Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2020-30002020-3000 4.03 Liquidated Damages A.Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed and Milestones not achieved within the Contract Times, as duly modified. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty); 1.Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner liquidated damages in accordance with Mn DOT Table 1807-1 for each day that expires after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified above for Substantial Completion, until the Work is substantially complete. 2.Completion of Remaining Work: After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) for completion and readiness for final payment, Contractor shall pay Owner liquidated damages in accordance with MnDOT Table 1807-1 until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 3.Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. ARTICLE -5 CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the amounts that follow, subject to adjustment under the Contract: A.For all Unit Price Work, an amount equal to the sum of the extended prices (established for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work by multiplying the unit price times the actual quantity of that item). The extended prices for Unit Price Work set forth as of the Effective Date of the Contract are based on estimated quantities. As provided in Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions, estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by Engineer. B.The Contractor's Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit, provides the basis for the extended prices for the Unit Price Work. ARTICLE -6 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A.Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A.Owner shall make progress payments on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the 24th day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below, provided that such Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract. All such SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 AGREEMENT PAGE2 payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract. 1.Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the Contract a.95 percent of Work completed (with the balance being retainage). 1)If 50 percent or more of the Work has been completed, as determined by Engineer, and if the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, then as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to Owner and Engineer, there will be no additional retainage; and b.95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (with the balance being retainage). B.Upon Substantial Completion, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an Application for Payment for the retainage amount less the following amounts: 1.250 percent of the anticipated cost to complete the punch list items; and 2.the greater of $500 or 1 percent of the Contract price to ensure delivery of final paperwork which includes, but is not limited to operation manuals, payroll documents for projects subject to prevailing wage requirements, and the IC134 form. The Owner, upon certification from the Engineer, shall make payment of any undisputed amounts within 30 days of receipt of the Application for Payment. 6.03 Final Payment A Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions 6.04 Consent of Surety A Owner will not make final payment or return or release retainage at Substantial Completion or at any other time, unless Contractor submits written consent of the surety to such payment, return, or release. 6.05 Interest A All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 1.5 percent per month. ARTICLE -7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.01 Contents A The Contract Documents consist of all of the following: 1.This Agreement. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 AGREEMENT PAGE3 2.Bonds: a.Performance bond (together with power or attorney). b.Payment bond (together with power of attorney). 3.General Conditions. 4.Supplementary Conditions. 5.Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual. 6.Drawings (not attached but incorporated by reference) consisting of 25 sheets with each sheet bearing the following general title: Silver Lake Boat Landing Site Improvement Project, dated 02/07/2020. 7.Addenda (numbers 1 to 1, inclusive). 8.Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a.Completed Bid Form. b.Non-Collusion Affidavit. c.Responsible Contractor Verification and Certification of Compliance Form. d.Notice to Bidders -Bidder's Acknowledgement. 9.The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and are not attached hereto: a.Notice to Proceed. b.Work Change Directives. c.Change Orders. d.Field Orders. e.Maintenance Bond. B.The Contract Documents listed in Paragraph 7.01 .A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C.There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 7. D.The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the Contract. ARTICLE -8 REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS, AND STIPULATIONS 8.01 Contractor's Representations A.In order to induce the Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor makes the following representations: 1.Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, including Addenda. 2.Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.Contractor is familiar with all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790 -000 AGREEMENT PAGE4 4.Contractor has carefully studied all: (a) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and the drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to the Technical Data in such reports and drawings; and (b) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. 5.Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Technical Data identified in the Supplementary Conditions or by definition, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and Technical Data on (a) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (b) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and (c) Contractor's safety precautions and programs. 6.Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions the Contract. 7.Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents 8.Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and of discrepancies between Site conditions and the Contract Documents; and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. 9.The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 10.Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. 8.02 Contractor's Certifications A.The provisions of MINN. STAT. 16C.285 Responsible Contractor are imposed as a requirement of this Contract. This Contract may be terminated by the Owner at any time upon discovery by the Owner that the prime contractor or subcontractor has submitted a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria set forth in the Statute. B.The provisions of MINN. STAT. 471.425, subdivision 4a. are imposed as a requirement of this Contract. 1.Each contract of a municipality must require the prime contractor to pay any subcontractor within ten days of the prime contractor's receipt of payment from the municipality for undisputed services provided by the subcontractor. The contract must require the prime contractor to pay interest of 1.5 percent per month or any part of a month to the subcontractor on any undisputed amount not paid on time to the subcontractor. The minimum monthly interest penalty payment for an unpaid balance of $100 or more is $10. For an unpaid balance of less than $100, the prime contractor shall SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 AGREEMENT PAGES pay the actual penalty due to the subcontractor. A Subcontractor who prevails in a civil action to collect interest penalties from a prime contractor must be awarded its costs and disbursements, including attorney's fees, incurred in bringing the action. 8.03 Standard General Conditions A.Owner stipulates that if the General Conditions that are made a part of this Contract are EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions for the Construction Contract (2018), published by the Engineer's Joint Contract Documents Committee, and if Owner is the party that has furnished said General Conditions, then Owner has plainly shown all modifications to the standard wording of such published document to the Contractor, through a process such as highlighting or "track changes" (redline/strikeout), or in the Supplementary Conditions. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 AGREEMENT PAGE6 IN WITNES S WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. This Agreement will be effective on March 9, 2020 Owner: By: Date: Name: Donna K. Schmitt / Kelli Bourgeois Title: Mayor I City Manager (which is the Effective Date of the Contract). Contractor: Name: Title: __ 3Jll/-..=.::2��2:.=...6 ---­ Ls,4 Alavi VJ [Fo (If Contractor is a corp ration, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach e� d ,ce of authority to sign.) Attest: Title: ��·�=------Attest: . � G t'f C � k,Title Address for giving notices: City of Columbia Heights 637 38 th Ave NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: Steve Foss, PLA Project Manager. WSB 701 Xenia Ave S., Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 Address for giving notices: ltf Jdtf fir�sf 8/v) & Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: AGREEMENT PAGE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND Contractor Name: Lametti & Sons, Inc. Address (principal place of business): P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 Owner Name: City of Columbia Heights Mailing address (principal place of business): 590 40th Ave NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Bond 9340620 Surety Name: Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland Address (principal place of business): 3910 Keswick Road Baltimore, MD 21211 Contract Description (name and location): City of Columbia Heights-Silver Lake Boat Landing and Site Improvements, City Project No. 2019 Contract Price: Eight Hundred Four Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-one And 50/100($804,661.S0) Effective Date of Contract: March 9th, 2020 Bond Amount: Eight Hundred Four Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-one And 50/100($804,661.50) Date of Bond: March 13th, 2020 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Effective Date of Can tract) Modifications to this Bond form: [X] None D See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth in this Performance Bond, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. Contractor as Principal Lametti & Sons, Inc. By: Name: Title: Attest: Name: Title: . {Signature) Liv, A/4///n (Printed or typed) {Printed or typed) Surety Name: Alan Starks (Printed or typed) Title: Attest: Name: Name Alemdar (Printed or typed) TOdRX Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party is considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of4 1.The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2.If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3. 3.If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation under this Bond will arise after: 3.1. The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice may indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5} business days after receipt of the Owner's notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 will be held within ten (10) business days of the Surety's receipt of the Owner's notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement does not waive the Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; 3.2. The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and 3.3. The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms bf the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. 4.Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 does not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 5.When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take one of the following actions: 5.1. Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 5.2. Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; 5.3. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or 5.4. Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances: EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond. Copyright@ 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page2 of4 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or 5.4.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner, citing the reasons for denial. 6.If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment, or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice, the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 7.If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner will not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety will not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without duplication for: 7.1. the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 7.2. additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5; and 7.3. liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. 8.If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the Surety's liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 9.The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price will not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action will accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. 10.The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11.Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond must be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and must be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit will be applicable. 12.Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor must be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. 13.When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement will be deemed deleted therefrom and provisions conforming to such EJCDC ® C-610, Performance Bond. Copyright@ 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page3 of4 statutory or other legal requirement will be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond will be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14.Definitions 14.1. Balance of the Contract Price-The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. 14.2. Construction Contract-The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 14.3. Contractor Default-Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. 14.4. Owner Default-Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 14.5. Contract Documents-All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 15.If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond will be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner will be deemed to be Contractor. 16.Modifications to this Bond are as follows: [Describe modification or enter "None"] EJCDC® C-610, Performance Bond. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page4of4 INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF __________ _ ss COUNTY OF ________ _ On the ___ day of _______ , ___ , before me personally appeared _______________________________ to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, as Principal(s), and acknowledged to me that _he_ executed the same as his/her/their free act and deed. (Notary Seal) ,A}· CORPORA TE ACKNOWLEDGMENT sTATE oF Mnncfil&c I COUNTY OF/)J,S,h[r •• On the 13th day of March, 2020 before me personally appeared LtA--/t/4/A''� to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that he/she is the C:Eo of Lametti & Sons, Inc., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that ·t was so affixed by order of the board of directors of said corporation; and that he/she signed· is er name thereto by like order ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STATE OF MINNESOTA ss COUNTY OF Sherburne KRIS A. MCPHEENotary Public State of Minnesota My Commission Expires January 31, 2024 On the 13th day of March, 2020 before me personally appeared Alan Starks to me known, who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is the aforesaid officer or attorney-in-fact of the Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland a corporation; that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its board of directors; and the aforesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. (Notary Seal) r ... ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, a corporation of the State of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMP ANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by Robert D. Murray, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Terry STARKS, Alan STARKS, Melissa M. NORDIN, Robert E. CLEMANTS, Jeffrey SETTEM and Name ALEMDAR, all of Minneapolis, Minnesota, EACH, its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMP ANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 23rd day of April, AD. 2019. By: Robert D. Murray Vice President By: Dawn E. Brown Secretary State of Maryland County of Baltimore ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND On this 23rd day of April, A.D. 2019, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, Robert D. Murray, Vice President and Dawn E. Brown, Secretary of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES "Article V, Section 8, Attorneys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested corporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the corporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify ofrevoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMP ANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney ... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seals of the said Companies, this...Ll!.h._day of MARCH , 2 0 :Il Brian M. Hodges, Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND, THE BOND NUMBER, AND YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION TO: Zurich Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 www.reportsfclaims@zurichna.com 800-626-4577 '. . j Contractor Name: Lametti & Sons, Inc. Address (principal place of business): P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 Owner Name: City of Columbia Heights Mailing address (principal place of business): 590 40th Ave NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Bond 9340620 PAYMENT BOND Surety Name: Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland Address (principal place of business): 3910 Keswick Road Baltimore, MD 21211 Contract Description (name and location): City of Columbia Heights-Silver Lake Boat Landing and Site Improvements, City Project No. 2019 Contract Price: Eight Hundred Four Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-one And 50/100($804,661.S0) Effective Date of Contract: March 9th, 2020 Bond Amount: Eight Hundred Four Thousand Six Hundred Sixty-one And 50/100($804,661.50) Date of Bond: March 13th, 2020 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Effective Date of Contract) Modifications to this Bond form: IXl None D See Paragraph 18 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth in this Payment Bond, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or re resentative. Contractor as Principal Lametti & Sons,lnc. Name: (Printed or typed) Title: Attest: «J,i M Name: 7. ynature) . /<r/s l!!J//?h-ec (Printed or typed) Title: Surety Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland By: Name: Alan Starks {Printed or typed) Title: Attorney-in-fact Attest: Name : Name Alemdar (Printed or typed) �: Notes: (1) Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party is considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond. Copyright@ 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 • ; 1.The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. 2.If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 3.If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this Bond will arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against the Owner or the Owner's property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, and tendered defense 'of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. 4.When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit. 5.The Surety's obligations to a Claimant under this Bond will arise after the following: 5.1. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor 5.1.1. have furnished a written notice of non-payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and 5.1.2. have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 5.2. Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 6.If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. 7.When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 7.1. Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and 7.2. Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 7.3. The Surety's failure to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 will not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of4 8.The Surety's total obligation will not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's fees provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this Bond will be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 9.Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract will be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfying obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 10.The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. 11.The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 12.No suit or action will be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit will be applicable. 13.Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor must be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, will be sufficient compliance as of the date received. 14.When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement will be deemed deleted here from and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement will be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond will be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 15.Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. 16.Definitions 16.1. Claim-A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: 16.1.1. The name of the Claimant; 16.1.2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; 16.1.3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 16.1.4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page3 of4 16.1.5. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 16.1.6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 16.1.7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and 16.1.8. The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. 16.2. Claimant-An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond is to include without limitation in the terms of "labor, materials, or equipment" that part of the water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 16.3. Construction Contract-The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 16.4. Owner Default-Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 16.5., Contract Documents-All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 17.If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond will be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner will be deemed to be Contractor. 18.Modifications to this Bond are as follows: [Describe modification or enter "None"] EJCDC® C-615, Payment Bond. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page4 of4 INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF _________ _ ss COUNTY OF ________ _ On the ___ day of _______ _, ____ , before me personally appeared _______________________________ to me known to be the person(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, as Principal(s), and acknowledged to me that _he_ executed the same as his/her/their free act and deed. (Notary Seal) CORPORATE ACKNOWLEDGMENT ss STATE OF 11/ltnn e.s()k COUNTY O�tlv) On the 13th day of March, 2020 before me personally appeared L/(fl A/.tUA·n to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did say that he/she is the CF?! of Lametti & Sons, Inc., the corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he/she knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the board of directors of said corporation; and that he/she signed is/ r name the � eto y like order KRIS A. MCPHEE 7 / Notary Public ��==---State of Minnesota ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF CORPORATE SURETY STATE OF MINNESOTA ss COUNTY OF Sherburne My Commission 'Expires January 31, 2024 On the 13th day of March, 2020 before me personally appeared Alan Starks to me known, who being duly sworn, did say that he/she is the aforesaid officer or attorney-in-fact of the Fidelity and Deposit Company of Maryland a corporation; that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation, and that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by the aforesaid officer, by authority of its board of directors; and the aforesaid officer acknowledged said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation. (Notary Seal) ,-.. ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation of the State of New York, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMP ANY, a corporation of the State of Illinois, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND a corporation of the State of Illinois (herein collectively called the "Companies"), by Robert D. Murray, Vice President, in pursuance of authority granted by Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies, which are set forth on the reverse side hereof and are hereby certified to be in full force and effect on the date hereof, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint Terry STARKS, Alan STARKS, Melissa M. NORDIN, Robert E. CLEMANTS, Jeffrey SETTEM and Name ALEMDAR, all of Minneapolis, Minnesota, EACH, its true and lawful agent and Attorney-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for, and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed: any and all bonds and undertakings, and the execution of such bonds or undertakings in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon said Companies, as fully and amply, to all intents and purposes, as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at its office in New York, New York., the regularly elected officers of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., and the regularly elected officers of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND at its office in Owings Mills, Maryland., in their own proper persons The said Vice President does hereby certify that the extract set forth on the reverse side hereof is a true copy of Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of said Companies, and is now in force. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Vice-President has hereunto subscribed his/her names and affixed the Corporate Seals of the said ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, this 23rd day of April, AD. 2019. By: Robert D. Murray Vice President By: Dawn E. Brown Secretary State of Maryland County of Baltimore ATTEST: ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUAL TY AND SURETY COMP ANY FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND On this 23rd day of April, AD. 2019, before the subscriber, a Notary Public of the State of Maryland, duly commissioned and qualified, Robert D. Murray, Vice President and Dawn E. Brown, Secretary of the Companies, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described in and who executed the preceding instrument, and acknowledged the execution of same, and being by me duly sworn, deposeth and saith, that he/she is the said officer of the Company aforesaid, and that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the Corporate Seals of said Companies, and that the said Corporate Seals and the signature as such officer were duly affixed and subscribed to the said instrument by the authority and direction of the said Corporations. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed my Official Seal the day and year first above written. Constance A. Dunn, Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 9, 2019 ,,, ...... EXTRACT FROM BY-LAWS OF THE COMPANIES ' .. ' "Article V, Section 8, Attorneys-in-Fact. The Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Executive Vice President or Vice President may, by written instrument under the attested cotporate seal, appoint attorneys-in-fact with authority to execute bonds, policies, recognizances, stipulations, undertakings, or other like instruments on behalf of the Company, and may authorize any officer or any such attorney-in-fact to affix the coiporate seal thereto; and may with or without cause modify ofrevoke any such appointment or authority at any time." CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Vice President of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY, the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY, and the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMPANY OF MARYLAND, do hereby certify that the foregoing Power of Attorney is still in full force and effect on the date of this certificate; and I do further certify that Article V, Section 8, of the By-Laws of the Companies is still in force. This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the ZURICH AMERICAN INSURANCE COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 1998. RESOLVED: "That the signature of the President or a Vice President and the attesting signature of a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary and the Seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile on any Power of Attorney ... Any such Power or any certificate thereof bearing such facsimile signature and seal shall be valid and binding on the Company." This Power of Attorney and Certificate may be signed by facsimile under and by authority of the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the COLONIAL AMERICAN CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY at a meeting duly called and held on the 5th day of May, 1994, and the following resolution of the Board of Directors of the FIDELITY AND DEPOSIT COMP ANY OF MARYLAND at a meeting duly called and held on the 10th day of May, 1990. RESOLVED: "That the facsimile or mechanically reproduced seal of the company and facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any Vice-President, Secretary, or Assistant Secretary of the Company, whether made heretofore or hereafter, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the coiporate seals of the said Companies, this...Ll!h_day of MARCH ,l0_'.Il Brian M. Hodges, Vice President TO REPORT A CLAIM WITH REGARD TO A SURETY BOND, PLEASE SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE CLAIM INCLUDING THE PRINCIPAL ON THE BOND, THE BOND NUMBER, AND YOUR CONTACT INFORMATION TO: Zurich Surety Claims 1299 Zurich Way Schaumburg, IL 60196-1056 www.reportsfclaims@zurichna.com 800-626-4577 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 1 of 5 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology.......................................................................................................1 1.01Defined Terms..............................................................................................................................1 1.02Terminology..................................................................................................................................6 Article 2—Preliminary Matters.....................................................................................................................7 2.01Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance.........................................7 2.02Copies of Documents....................................................................................................................7 2.03Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................7 2.04Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives..................................8 2.05Acceptance of Schedules..............................................................................................................8 2.06Electronic Transmittals.................................................................................................................8 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse....................................................................9 3.01Intent............................................................................................................................................9 3.02Reference Standards.....................................................................................................................9 3.03Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................10 3.04Requirements of the Contract Documents.................................................................................10 3.05Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................11 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................11 4.01Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................11 4.02Starting the Work.......................................................................................................................11 4.03Reference Points.........................................................................................................................11 4.04Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................12 4.05Delays in Contractor’s Progress..................................................................................................12 Article 5—Site; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions.....................13 5.01Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................13 5.02Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................14 5.03Subsurface and Physical Conditions...........................................................................................15 5.04Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................16 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 2 of 5 5.05Underground Facilities................................................................................................................17 5.06Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site.............................................................................19 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance.................................................................................................................21 6.01Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................21 6.02Insurance—General Provisions...................................................................................................22 6.03Contractor’s Insurance...............................................................................................................24 6.04Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance..............................................................................25 6.05Property Losses; Subrogation.....................................................................................................25 6.06Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds..........................................................27 Article 7—Contractor’s Responsibilities.....................................................................................................27 7.01Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction....................................................................27 7.02Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................27 7.03Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................27 7.04Services, Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................28 7.05“Or Equals”.................................................................................................................................28 7.06Substitutes..................................................................................................................................29 7.07Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers..................................................................................31 7.08Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................32 7.09Permits........................................................................................................................................33 7.10Taxes...........................................................................................................................................33 7.11Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................33 7.12Record Documents.....................................................................................................................33 7.13Safety and Protection.................................................................................................................34 7.14Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................35 7.15Emergencies................................................................................................................................35 7.16Submittals...................................................................................................................................35 7.17Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee.........................................................................38 7.18Indemnification...........................................................................................................................39 7.19Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................39 Article 8—Other Work at the Site..............................................................................................................40 8.01Other Work.................................................................................................................................40 8.02Coordination...............................................................................................................................41 8.03Legal Relationships.....................................................................................................................41 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 3 of 5 Article 9—Owner’s Responsibilities............................................................................................................42 9.01Communications to Contractor..................................................................................................42 9.02Replacement of Engineer............................................................................................................42 9.03Furnish Data................................................................................................................................42 9.04Pay When Due............................................................................................................................42 9.05Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings.................................................................43 9.06Insurance....................................................................................................................................43 9.07Change Orders............................................................................................................................43 9.08Inspections, Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................43 9.09Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities.....................................................................................43 9.10Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................43 9.11Evidence of Financial Arrangements..........................................................................................43 9.12Safety Programs..........................................................................................................................43 Article 10—Engineer’s Status During Construction....................................................................................44 10.01Owner’s Representative.........................................................................................................44 10.02Visits to Site............................................................................................................................44 10.03Resident Project Representative............................................................................................44 10.04Engineer’s Authority...............................................................................................................44 10.05Determinations for Unit Price Work.......................................................................................45 10.06Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................45 10.07Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities.......................................................45 10.08Compliance with Safety Program...........................................................................................45 Article 11—Changes to the Contract..........................................................................................................46 11.01Amending and Supplementing the Contract..........................................................................46 11.02Change Orders........................................................................................................................46 11.03Work Change Directives..........................................................................................................46 11.04Field Orders............................................................................................................................47 11.05Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................47 11.06Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................47 11.07Change of Contract Price........................................................................................................47 11.08Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................49 11.09Change Proposals....................................................................................................................49 11.10Notification to Surety.............................................................................................................50 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 4 of 5 Article 12—Claims......................................................................................................................................50 12.01Claims.....................................................................................................................................50 Article 13—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................51 13.01Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................51 13.02Allowances..............................................................................................................................55 13.03Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................55 Article 14—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work.....................56 14.01Access to Work.......................................................................................................................56 14.02Tests, Inspections, and Approvals...........................................................................................56 14.03Defective Work.......................................................................................................................57 14.04Acceptance of Defective Work...............................................................................................58 14.05Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................58 14.06Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................58 14.07Owner May Correct Defective Work......................................................................................59 Article 15—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period.........................................59 15.01Progress Payments.................................................................................................................59 15.02Contractor’s Warranty of Title................................................................................................62 15.03Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................62 15.04Partial Use or Occupancy........................................................................................................63 15.05Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................64 15.06Final Payment.........................................................................................................................64 15.07Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................65 15.08Correction Period....................................................................................................................66 Article 16—Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................67 16.01Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................67 16.02Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................67 16.03Owner May Terminate for Convenience................................................................................68 16.04Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate...............................................................................68 Article 17—Final Resolution of Disputes....................................................................................................69 17.01Methods and Procedures.......................................................................................................69 Article 18—Miscellaneous..........................................................................................................................69 18.01Giving Notice...........................................................................................................................69 18.02Computation of Times............................................................................................................69 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. TOC Page 5 of 5 18.03Cumulative Remedies.............................................................................................................70 18.04Limitation of Damages............................................................................................................70 18.05No Waiver...............................................................................................................................70 18.06Survival of Obligations............................................................................................................70 18.07Controlling Law.......................................................................................................................70 18.08Assignment of Contract..........................................................................................................70 18.09Successors and Assigns...........................................................................................................70 18.10Headings.................................................................................................................................70 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 71 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A.Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1.Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2.Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3.Application for Payment—The document prepared by Contractor, in a form acceptable to Engineer, to request progress or final payments, and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4.Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5.Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 6.Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7.Bidding Requirements—The Advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8.Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9.Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10.Claim a.A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 71 requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. b.A demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer’s decision regarding a Change Proposal, or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address. c.A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, made pursuant to Paragraph 12.01.A.4, concerning disputes arising after Engineer has issued a recommendation of final payment. d.A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11.Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), lead-based paint (as defined by the HUD/EPA standard), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to Laws and Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12.Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13.Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14.Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 15.Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 16.Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17.Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18.Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19.Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20.Electronic Document—Any Project-related correspondence, attachments to correspondence, data, documents, drawings, information, or graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other Submittals, that are in an electronic or digital format. 21.Electronic Means—Electronic mail (email), upload/download from a secure Project website, or other communications methods that allow: (a) the transmission or communication of Electronic Documents; (b) the documentation of transmissions, including sending and receipt; (c) printing of the transmitted Electronic Document by the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 71 recipient; (d) the storage and archiving of the Electronic Document by sender and recipient; and (e) the use by recipient of the Electronic Document for purposes permitted by this Contract. Electronic Means does not include the use of text messaging, or of Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, or similar social media services for transmission of Electronic Documents. 22.Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 23.Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 24.Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. a.The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated into the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition. b.The presence of Constituents of Concern that are to be removed or remediated as part of the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition. c.The presence of Constituents of Concern as part of the routine, anticipated, and obvious working conditions at the Site, is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 25.Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and binding decrees, resolutions, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26.Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract-related funds, real property, or personal property. 27.Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date, or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28.Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner’s acceptance of the Bid. 29.Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 30.Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 31.Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 32.Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 71 33.Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative (RPR) includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative. 34.Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 35.Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer’s review of the submittals. 36.Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 37.Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 38.Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands or areas furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 39.Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 40.Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 41.Submittal—A written or graphic document, prepared by or for Contractor, which the Contract Documents require Contractor to submit to Engineer, or that is indicated as a Submittal in the Schedule of Submittals accepted by Engineer. Submittals may include Shop Drawings and Samples; schedules; product data; Owner-delegated designs; sustainable design information; information on special procedures; testing plans; results of tests and evaluations, source quality-control testing and inspections, and field or Site quality-control testing and inspections; warranties and certifications; Suppliers’ instructions and reports; records of delivery of spare parts and tools; operations and maintenance data; Project photographic documentation; record documents; and other such documents required by the Contract Documents. Submittals, whether or not approved or accepted by Engineer, are not Contract Documents. Change Proposals, Change Orders, Claims, notices, Applications for Payment, and requests for interpretation or clarification are not Submittals. 42.Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms “substantially complete” and “substantially completed” as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion of such Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 71 43.Successful Bidder—The Bidder to which the Owner makes an award of contract. 44.Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 45.Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 46.Technical Data a.Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (1) existing subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site, or existing physical conditions at or adjacent to the Site including existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) or (2) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. b.If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then Technical Data is defined, with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06, as the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, assessments of the condition of subsurface facilities, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical, environmental, or other Site or facilities conditions report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. c.Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities are not intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as Technical Data, and instead Underground Facilities are shown or indicated on the Drawings. 47.Underground Facilities—All active or not-in-service underground lines, pipelines, conduits, ducts, encasements, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or systems at the Site, including but not limited to those facilities or systems that produce, transmit, distribute, or convey telephone or other communications, cable television, fiber optic transmissions, power, electricity, light, heat, gases, oil, crude oil products, liquid petroleum products, water, steam, waste, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. An abandoned facility or system is not an Underground Facility. 48.Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 49.Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. 50.Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 71 1.02 Terminology A.The words and terms discussed in Paragraphs 1.02.B, C, D, and E are not defined terms that require initial capital letters, but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B.Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C.Day: The word “day” means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D.Defective: The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: 1.does not conform to the Contract Documents; 2.does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or 3.has been damaged prior to Engineer’s recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or Paragraph 15.04). E.Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1.The word “furnish,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2.The word “install,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3.The words “perform” or “provide,” when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, means to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4.If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or “provide,” then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 71 F.Contract Price or Contract Times: References to a change in “Contract Price or Contract Times” or “Contract Times or Contract Price” or similar, indicate that such change applies to (1)Contract Price, (2) Contract Times, or (3) both Contract Price and Contract Times, as warranted, even if the term “or both” is not expressed. G.Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Performance and Payment Bonds; Evidence of Insurance A.Performance and Payment Bonds: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner the performance bond and payment bond (if the Contract requires Contractor to furnish such bonds). B.Evidence of Contractor’s Insurance: When Contractor delivers the signed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured (as identified in the Contract), the certificates, endorsements, and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6, except to the extent the Supplementary Conditions expressly establish other dates for delivery of specific insurance policies. C.Evidence of Owner’s Insurance: After receipt of the signed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured (as identified in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A.Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully signed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B.Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A.Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1.a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2.a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3.a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 71 into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A.Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work, and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other Submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B.At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Acceptance of Schedules A.At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. No progress payment will be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1.The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor’s full responsibility therefor. 2.Contractor’s Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3.Contractor’s Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 4.If a schedule is not acceptable, Contractor will have an additional 10 days to revise and resubmit the schedule. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A.Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may send, and shall accept, Electronic Documents transmitted by Electronic Means. B.If the Contract does not establish protocols for Electronic Means, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. C.Subject to any governing protocols for Electronic Means, when transmitting Electronic Documents by Electronic Means, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long- term compatibility, usability, or readability of the Electronic Documents resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the Electronic Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 71 ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A.The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one Contract Document is as binding as if required by all. B.It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C.Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version will govern. D.The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E.Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. F.Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation will be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions will continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, which agree that the Contract Documents will be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. G.Nothing in the Contract Documents creates: 1.any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work, for the benefit of such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; or 2.any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 3.02 Reference Standards A.Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1.Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, means the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2.No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, and no instruction of a Supplier, will be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner or Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 71 inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A.Reporting Discrepancies 1.Contractor’s Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2.Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3.Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B.Resolving Discrepancies 1.Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a.the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b.the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A.During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer in writing all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation— RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 71 B.Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer’s written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C.If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly notify Owner and Contractor in writing that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A.Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1.have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media versions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2.have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner’s express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents. B.The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein precludes Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A.The Contract Times will commence to run on the 30th day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the 60th day after the day of Bid opening or the 30th day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A.Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work may be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A.Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer’s judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 71 established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A.Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1.Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. 2.Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times must be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B.Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work will be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor’s Progress A.If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. B.Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C.If Contractor’s performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Such an adjustment will be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1.Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2.Abnormal weather conditions; 3.Acts or failures to act of third-party utility owners or other third-party entities (other than those third-party utility owners or other third-party entities performing other work at or adjacent to the Site as arranged by or under contract with Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4.Acts of war or terrorism. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 71 D.Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of Contract Times or Contract Price is limited as follows: 1.Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on the delay, disruption, or interference adversely affecting an activity on the critical path to completion of the Work, as of the time of the delay, disruption, or interference. 2.Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Such a concurrent delay by Contractor shall not preclude an adjustment of Contract Times to which Contractor is otherwise entitled. 3.Adjustments of Contract Times or Contract Price are subject to the provisions of Article 11. E.Each Contractor request or Change Proposal seeking an increase in Contract Times or Contract Price must be supplemented by supporting data that sets forth in detail the following: 1.The circumstances that form the basis for the requested adjustment; 2.The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference began to affect the progress of the Work; 3.The date upon which each cause of delay, disruption, or interference ceased to affect the progress of the Work; 4.The number of days’ increase in Contract Times claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay, disruption, or interference; and 5.The impact on Contract Price, in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 11.07. Contractor shall also furnish such additional supporting documentation as Owner or Engineer may require including, where appropriate, a revised progress schedule indicating all the activities affected by the delay, disruption, or interference, and an explanation of the effect of the delay, disruption, or interference on the critical path to completion of the Work. F.Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5, together with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E. G.Paragraph 8.03 addresses delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. ARTICLE 5—SITE; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A.Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 71 B.Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner’s interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic’s or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C.Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A.Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1.Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor’s operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas, or to improvements, structures, utilities, or similar facilities located at such adjacent lands or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2.If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.13, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or in a court of competent jurisdiction; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part by, or based upon, Contractor’s performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B.Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris will conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C.Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 71 and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D.Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A.Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1.Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site that contain Technical Data; 2.Those drawings of existing physical conditions at or adjacent to the Site, including those drawings depicting existing surface or subsurface structures at or adjacent to the Site (except Underground Facilities), that contain Technical Data; and 3.Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B.Underground Facilities: Underground Facilities are shown or indicated on the Drawings, pursuant to Paragraph 5.05, and not in the drawings referred to in Paragraph 5.03.A. Information and data regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities are not intended to be categorized, identified, or defined as Technical Data. C.Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.46.b. D.Limitations of Other Data and Documents: Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1.the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; 2.other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; 3.the contents of other Site-related documents made available to Contractor, such as record drawings from other projects at or adjacent to the Site, or Owner’s archival documents concerning the Site; or 4.any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 71 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A.Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site: 1.is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2.is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3.differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4.is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B.Engineer’s Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine whether it is necessary for Owner to obtain additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C.Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D.Early Resumption of Work: If at any time Engineer determines that Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question may resume prior to completion of Engineer’s review or Owner’s issuance of its statement to Contractor, because the condition in question has been adequately documented, and analyzed on a preliminary basis, then the Engineer may at its discretion instruct Contractor to resume such Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 71 E.Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1.Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a.Such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b.With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, c.Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E. 2.Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a.Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; b.The existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor’s making such commitment; or c.Contractor failed to give the written notice required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3.If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, then any such adjustment will be set forth in a Change Order. 4.Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. F.Underground Facilities; Hazardous Environmental Conditions: Paragraph 5.05 governs rights and responsibilities regarding the presence or location of Underground Facilities. Paragraph 5.06 governs rights and responsibilities regarding Hazardous Environmental Conditions. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03 and 5.04 are not applicable to the presence or location of Underground Facilities, or to Hazardous Environmental Conditions. 5.05 Underground Facilities A.Contractor’s Responsibilities: Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the cost of all of the following are included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: 1.reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 71 2.complying with applicable state and local utility damage prevention Laws and Regulations; 3.verifying the actual location of those Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being within the area affected by the Work, by exposing such Underground Facilities during the course of construction; 4.coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and 5.the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B.Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated on the Drawings, or was not shown or indicated on the Drawings with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing regarding such Underground Facility. C.Engineer’s Review: Engineer will: 1.promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated on the Drawings, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2.identify and communicate with the owner of the Underground Facility; prepare recommendations to Owner (and if necessary issue any preliminary instructions to Contractor) regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; 3.obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4.advise Owner in writing of Engineer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D.Owner’s Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer’s written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E.Early Resumption of Work: If at any time Engineer determines that Work in connection with the Underground Facility may resume prior to completion of Engineer’s review or Owner’s issuance of its statement to Contractor, because the Underground Facility in question and conditions affected by its presence have been adequately documented, and analyzed on a preliminary basis, then the Engineer may at its discretion instruct Contractor to resume such Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 71 F.Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1.Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated on the Drawings, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a.With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; b.Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E; and c.Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.B. 2.If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor’s entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, then any such adjustment will be set forth in a Change Order. 3.Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, no later than 30 days after Owner’s issuance of the Owner’s written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. 4.The information and data shown or indicated on the Drawings with respect to existing Underground Facilities at the Site is based on information and data (a) furnished by the owners of such Underground Facilities, or by others, (b) obtained from available records, or (c) gathered in an investigation conducted in accordance with the current edition of ASCE 38, Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Utility Data, by the American Society of Civil Engineers. If such information or data is incorrect or incomplete, Contractor’s remedies are limited to those set forth in this Paragraph 5.05.F. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A.Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1.those reports known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; 2.drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 3.Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 71 B.Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.46.b. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1.the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; 2.other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3.any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C.Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D.Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E.If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.06.F. If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. F.Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 71 and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G.If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, as a result of such Work stoppage, such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, or any costs or expenses incurred in response to the Hazardous Environmental Condition, then within 30 days of Owner’s written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. Entitlement to any such adjustment is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D, 4.05.E, 11.07, and 11.08. H.If, after receipt of such written notice, Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner’s own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court, arbitration, or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.B, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.I obligates Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. J.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.J obligates Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. K.The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 71 ARTICLE 6—BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A.Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. These bonds must remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the terms of a prescribed bond form, the Supplementary Conditions, or other provisions of the Contract. B.Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds (if any) as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other provisions of the Contract. C.All bonds must be in the form included in the Bidding Documents or otherwise specified by Owner prior to execution of the Contract, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and must be issued and signed by a surety named in “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Department Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Bureau of the Fiscal Service, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual’s authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority must show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. D.Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue bonds in the required amounts. E.If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer in writing and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which must comply with the bond and surety requirements above. F.If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. G.Upon request to Owner from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the performance of the Work, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to such person or entity. H.Upon request to Contractor from any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor, services, materials, or equipment used in the performance of the Work, Contractor shall provide a copy of the payment bond to such person or entity. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A.Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this article and in the Supplementary Conditions. B.All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue insurance policies for the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 71 required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better. C.Alternative forms of insurance coverage, including but not limited to self-insurance and “Occupational Accident and Excess Employer’s Indemnity Policies,” are not sufficient to meet the insurance requirements of this Contract, unless expressly allowed in the Supplementary Conditions. D.Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Contract, certificates of insurance and endorsements establishing that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies and coverages required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such required insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies, documentation of applicable self-insured retentions (if allowed) and deductibles, full disclosure of all relevant exclusions, and evidence of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Subcontractors or Suppliers. In any documentation furnished under this provision, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers may block out (redact) (1) any confidential premium or pricing information and (2) any wording specific to a project or jurisdiction other than those applicable to this Contract. E.Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Contract, certificates of insurance and endorsements establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies and coverages required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies, documentation of applicable self-insured retentions (if allowed) and deductibles, and full disclosure of all relevant exclusions. In any documentation furnished under this provision, Owner may block out (redact) (1) any confidential premium or pricing information and (2) any wording specific to a project or jurisdiction other than those relevant to this Contract. F.Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party’s full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, will not be construed as a waiver of the other party’s obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. G.In addition to the liability insurance required to be provided by Contractor, the Owner, at Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain Owner’s own liability insurance. Owner’s liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner’s liability policies for any of Contractor’s obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. H.Contractor shall require: 1.Subcontractors to purchase and maintain worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, and other insurance that is appropriate for their participation in the Project, and to name as additional insureds Owner and Engineer (and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on Contractor’s liability policies) on each Subcontractor’s commercial general liability insurance policy; and 2.Suppliers to purchase and maintain insurance that is appropriate for their participation in the Project. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 71 I.If either party does not purchase or maintain the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. J.If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Contractor’s entitlement to enter or remain at the Site will end immediately, and Owner may impose an appropriate set-off against payment for any associated costs (including but not limited to the cost of purchasing necessary insurance coverage), and exercise Owner’s termination rights under Article 16. K.Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect (but is in no way obligated) to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party’s interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price will be adjusted accordingly. L.Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor’s interests. Contractor is responsible for determining whether such coverage and limits are adequate to protect its interests, and for obtaining and maintaining any additional insurance that Contractor deems necessary. M.The insurance and insurance limits required herein will not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor’s liability, or that of its Subcontractors or Suppliers, under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract or otherwise. N.All the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained under this Contract will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, or renewal refused, until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured and Engineer. 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance A.Required Insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain Worker’s Compensation, Commercial General Liability, and other insurance pursuant to the specific requirements of the Supplementary Conditions. B.General Provisions: The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 6.03 as supplemented must: 1.include at least the specific coverages required; 2.be written for not less than the limits provided, or those required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3.remain in effect at least until the Work is complete (as set forth in Paragraph 15.06.D), and longer if expressly required elsewhere in this Contract, and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract; 4.apply with respect to the performance of the Work, whether such performance is by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 71 by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable; and 5.include all necessary endorsements to support the stated requirements. C.Additional Insureds: The Contractor’s commercial general liability, automobile liability, employer’s liability, umbrella or excess, pollution liability, and unmanned aerial vehicle liability policies, if required by this Contract, must: 1.include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified as additional insureds in the Supplementary Conditions; 2.include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, and consultants of all such additional insureds; 3.afford primary coverage to these additional insureds for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations); 4.not seek contribution from insurance maintained by the additional insured; and 5.as to commercial general liability insurance, apply to additional insureds with respect to liability caused in whole or in part by Contractor’s acts or omissions, or the acts and omissions of those working on Contractor’s behalf, in the performance of Contractor’s operations. 6.04 Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance A.Builder’s Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the Work’s full insurable replacement cost (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). The specific requirements applicable to the builder’s risk insurance are set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. B.Property Insurance for Facilities of Owner Where Work Will Occur: Owner is responsible for obtaining and maintaining property insurance covering each existing structure, building, or facility in which any part of the Work will occur, or to which any part of the Work will attach or be adjoined. Such property insurance will be written on a special perils (all-risk) form, on a replacement cost basis, providing coverage consistent with that required for the builder’s risk insurance, and will be maintained until the Work is complete, as set forth in Paragraph 15.06.D. C.Property Insurance for Substantially Complete Facilities: Promptly after Substantial Completion, and before actual occupancy or use of the substantially completed Work, Owner will obtain property insurance for such substantially completed Work, and maintain such property insurance at least until the Work is complete, as set forth in Paragraph 15.06.D. Such property insurance will be written on a special perils (all-risk) form, on a replacement cost basis, and provide coverage consistent with that required for the builder’s risk insurance. The builder’s risk insurance may terminate upon written confirmation of Owner’s procurement of such property insurance. D.Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, as provided in Paragraph 15.04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder’s risk policy, or through Contractor) will EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 71 provide advance notice of such occupancy or use to the builder’s risk insurer, and obtain an endorsement consenting to the continuation of coverage prior to commencing such partial occupancy or use. E.Insurance of Other Property; Additional Insurance: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for insuring it. If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder’s risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.04, it may do so at Contractor’s expense. 6.05 Property Losses; Subrogation A.The builder’s risk insurance policy purchased and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 6.04 (or an installation floater policy if authorized by the Supplementary Conditions), will contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. 1.Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils, risks, or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as builder’s risk or installation floater insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. 2.None of the above waivers extends to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B.Any property insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage, or consequential loss to Owner’s existing structures, buildings, or facilities in which any part of the Work will occur, or to which any part of the Work will attach or adjoin; to adjacent structures, buildings, or facilities of Owner; or to part or all of the completed or substantially completed Work, during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06, will contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them, and that the insured is allowed to waive the insurer’s rights of subrogation in a written contract executed prior to the loss, damage, or consequential loss. 1.Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or any of the perils, risks, or causes of loss covered by such policies. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 71 C.The waivers in this Paragraph 6.05 include the waiver of rights due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner’s property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril, risk, or cause of loss. D.Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that each Subcontract contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from fire or other peril, risk, or cause of loss covered by builder’s risk insurance, installation floater, and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.06 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds A.Any insured loss under the builder’s risk and other policies of property insurance required by Paragraph 6.04 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other insured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B.Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder’s risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.04 shall maintain such proceeds in a segregated account, and distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C.If no other special agreement is reached, Contractor shall repair or replace the damaged Work, using allocated insurance proceeds. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Contractor’s Means and Methods of Construction A.Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B.If the Contract Documents note, or Contractor determines, that professional engineering or other design services are needed to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, or for Site safety, then Contractor shall cause such services to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, at Contractor’s expense. Such services are not Owner-delegated professional design services under this Contract, and neither Owner nor Engineer has any responsibility with respect to (1)Contractor’s determination of the need for such services, (2) the qualifications or licensing of the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor, (3) the performance of such services, or (4) any errors, omissions, or defects in such services. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 71 7.02 Supervision and Superintendence A.Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B.At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who will not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.03 Labor; Working Hours A.Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B.Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of Contractor’s employees; of Suppliers and Subcontractors, and their employees; and of any other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work, just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. C.Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site will be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner’s written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.04 Services, Materials, and Equipment A.Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B.All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work must be new and of good quality, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications will expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C.All materials and equipment must be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7.05 “Or Equals” A.Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Whenever an item of equipment or material is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the names of one or more proprietary items or specific Suppliers, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified. The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 71 description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or equal” item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of equipment or material, or items from other proposed Suppliers, under the circumstances described below. 1.If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of equipment or material proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer will deem it an “or equal” item. For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of equipment or material will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a.in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that the proposed item: 1)is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2)will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3)has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4)is not objectionable to Owner. b.Contractor certifies that, if the proposed item is approved and incorporated into the Work: 1)there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2)the item will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B.Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed “or equal” item at Contractor’s expense. C.Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each “or-equal” request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed “or-equal” item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or- equal” item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an “or-equal,” which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. D.Effect of Engineer’s Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an “or-equal” request will result in any change in Contract Price. The Engineer’s denial of an “or-equal” request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract. E.Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of equipment or material proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item, Contractor may request that Engineer consider the item a proposed substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.06. 7.06 Substitutes A.Contractor’s Request; Governing Criteria: Unless the specification or description of an item of equipment or material required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 71 Engineer authorize the use of other items of equipment or material under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests must be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1.Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of equipment or material from anyone other than Contractor. 2.The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.06.B, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. 3.Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of equipment or material that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a.will certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1)perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; 2)be similar in substance to the item specified; and 3)be suited to the same use as the item specified. b.will state: 1)the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times; 2)whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; and 3)whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. c.will identify: 1)all variations of the proposed substitute item from the item specified; and 2)available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services. d.will contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B.Engineer’s Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer’s review is complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer’s determination will be evidenced by a EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 71 Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C.Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D.Reimbursement of Engineer’s Cost: Engineer will record Engineer’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E.Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor’s expense. F.Effect of Engineer’s Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer’s denial of a substitution request will be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.06.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.07 Concerning Subcontractors and Suppliers A.Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. The Contractor’s retention of a Subcontractor or Supplier for the performance of parts of the Work will not relieve Contractor’s obligation to Owner to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B.Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C.Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor’s Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor or Supplier to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D.Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 5 days. E.Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor or Supplier. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors or Suppliers for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor or Supplier so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 32 of 71 Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor or Supplier. F.If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor or Supplier retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner’s requirement of replacement. G.No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor or Supplier, whether initially or as a replacement, will constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H.On a monthly basis, Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I.Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors and Suppliers. J.The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings do not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or in delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. K.All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier must be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. L.Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work performed for Contractor by the Subcontractor or Supplier. M.Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors and Suppliers from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed in this Contract. 7.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A.Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If an invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights will be disclosed in the Contract Documents. B.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 71 being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.09 Permits A.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, and certificates of occupancy. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 7.10 Taxes A.Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.11 Laws and Regulations A.Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B.If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It is not Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C.Owner or Contractor may give written notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor’s Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 71 changes, then within 30 days of such written notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.12 Record Documents A.Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.13 Safety and Protection A.Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B.Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of Work-related accidents and the maintenance and supervision of safety precautions and programs. C.Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1.all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2.all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3.other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. D.All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.13.C.2 or 7.13.C.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). E.Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. F.Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property; the owners of Underground Facilities and other utilities (if the identity of such owners is known to Contractor); and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, in writing, when EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 35 of 71 Contractor knows that prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. G.Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner’s safety programs, if any. Any Owner’s safety programs that are applicable to the Work are identified or included in the Supplementary Conditions or Specifications. H.Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program with which Owner’s and Engineer’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. I.Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will continue until all the Work is completed, Engineer has issued a written notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.C that the Work is acceptable, and Contractor has left the Site (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). J.Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and protection will resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A.Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of safety data sheets (formerly known as material safety data sheets) or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.15 Emergencies A.In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused by an emergency, or are required as a result of Contractor’s response to an emergency. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of an emergency or Contractor’s response, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 7.16 Submittals A.Shop Drawing and Sample Requirements 1.Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall: a.review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b.determine and verify: 1)all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to the Submittal; 2)the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 71 3)all information relative to Contractor’s responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; c.confirm that the Submittal is complete with respect to all related data included in the Submittal. 2.Each Shop Drawing or Sample must bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor’s review of that Submittal, and that Contractor approves the Submittal. 3.With each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Submittal may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice must be set forth in a written communication separate from the Submittal; and, in addition, in the case of a Shop Drawing by a specific notation made on the Shop Drawing itself. B.Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall label and submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. 1.Shop Drawings a.Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b.Data shown on the Shop Drawings must be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.C. 2.Samples a.Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b.Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the Submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.C. 3.Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer’s review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C.Engineer’s Review of Shop Drawings and Samples 1.Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Engineer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the Submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 71 2.Engineer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3.Engineer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4.Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order or other appropriate Contract modification. 5.Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample will not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraphs 7.16.A and B. 6.Engineer’s review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, will not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. 7.Neither Engineer’s receipt, review, acceptance, or approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample will result in such item becoming a Contract Document. 8.Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.C.4. D.Resubmittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples 1.Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous Submittals. 2.Contractor shall furnish required Shop Drawing and Sample submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than two resubmittals. Engineer will record Engineer’s time for reviewing a third or subsequent resubmittal of a Shop Drawing or Sample, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3.If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 71 E.Submittals Other than Shop Drawings, Samples, and Owner-Delegated Designs 1.The following provisions apply to all Submittals other than Shop Drawings, Samples, and Owner-delegated designs: a.Contractor shall submit all such Submittals to the Engineer in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Contract Documents. b.Engineer will provide timely review of all such Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals and return such Submittals with a notation of either Accepted or Not Accepted. Any such Submittal that is not returned within the time established in the Schedule of Submittals will be deemed accepted. c.Engineer’s review will be only to determine if the Submittal is acceptable under the requirements of the Contract Documents as to general form and content of the Submittal. d.If any such Submittal is not accepted, Contractor shall confer with Engineer regarding the reason for the non-acceptance, and resubmit an acceptable document. 2.Procedures for the submittal and acceptance of the Progress Schedule, the Schedule of Submittals, and the Schedule of Values are set forth in Paragraphs 2.03. 2.04, and 2.05. F.Owner-delegated Designs: Submittals pursuant to Owner-delegated designs are governed by the provisions of Paragraph 7.19. 7.17 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A.Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer is entitled to rely on Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B.Owner’s rights under this warranty and guarantee are in addition to, and are not limited by, Owner’s rights under the correction period provisions of Paragraph 15.08. The time in which Owner may enforce its warranty and guarantee rights under this Paragraph 7.17 is limited only by applicable Laws and Regulations restricting actions to enforce such rights; provided, however, that after the end of the correction period under Paragraph 15.08: 1.Owner shall give Contractor written notice of any defective Work within 60 days of the discovery that such Work is defective; and 2.Such notice will be deemed the start of an event giving rise to a Claim under Paragraph 12.01.B, such that any related Claim must be brought within 30 days of the notice. C.Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1.abuse, or improper modification, maintenance, or operation, by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2.normal wear and tear under normal usage. D.Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 71 not in accordance with the Contract Documents, a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or a release of Owner’s warranty and guarantee rights under this Paragraph 7.17: 1.Observations by Engineer; 2.Recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3.The issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4.Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5.Any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6.The issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7.The end of the correction period established in Paragraph 15.08; 8.Any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 9.Any correction of defective Work by Owner. E.If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in the assigned contract will govern with respect to Contractor’s performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7.18 Indemnification A.To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, from losses, damages, costs, and judgments (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising from third-party claims or actions relating to or resulting from the performance or furnishing of the Work, provided that any such claim, action, loss, cost, judgment or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to damage to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B.In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7.18.A will not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 71 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A.Owner may require Contractor to provide professional design services for a portion of the Work by express delegation in the Contract Documents. Such delegation will specify the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy, and the Submittals that Contractor must furnish to Engineer with respect to the Owner-delegated design. B.Contractor shall cause such Owner-delegated professional design services to be provided pursuant to the professional standard of care by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal must appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such design professional. Such design professional must issue all certifications of design required by Laws and Regulations. C.If a Shop Drawing or other Submittal related to the Owner-delegated design is prepared by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or others for submittal to Engineer, then such Shop Drawing or other Submittal must bear the written approval of Contractor’s design professional when submitted by Contractor to Engineer. D.Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by the design professionals retained or employed by Contractor under an Owner-delegated design, subject to the professional standard of care and the performance and design criteria stated in the Contract Documents. E.Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.19, Engineer’s review, approval, and other determinations regarding design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other Submittals furnished by Contractor pursuant to an Owner-delegated design will be only for the following limited purposes: 1.Checking for conformance with the requirements of this Paragraph 7.19; 2.Confirming that Contractor (through its design professionals) has used the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents; and 3.Establishing that the design furnished by Contractor is consistent with the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. F.Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. G.Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. ARTICLE 8—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A.In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner’s employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third-party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 71 B.If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any third-party utility work that Owner has arranged to take place at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C.Contractor shall afford proper and safe access to the Site to each contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner’s employees, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. D.Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. E.If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. F.The provisions of this article are not applicable to work that is performed by third-party utilities or other third-party entities without a contract with Owner, or that is performed without having been arranged by Owner. If such work occurs, then any related delay, disruption, or interference incurred by Contractor is governed by the provisions of Paragraph 4.05.C.3. 8.02 Coordination A.If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1.The identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2.An itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3.The extent of such authority and responsibilities. B.Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 71 8.03 Legal Relationships A.If, in the course of performing other work for Owner at or adjacent to the Site, the Owner’s employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner that Owner has arranged to perform work, causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment will take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, and any remedies available to Contractor under Laws or Regulations concerning utility action or inaction. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price will be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor’s rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor’s entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times or Contract Price is subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E. B.Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 1.If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner’s contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this Paragraph 8.03.B. 2.When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner’s employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner’s other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may impose a set-off against payments due Contractor. C.If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor’s failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor’s actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 71 arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9—OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A.Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A.Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer’s status under the Contract Documents will be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A.Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A.Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A.Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B.Owner’s duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C.Article 5 refers to Owner’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A.Owner’s responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders A.Owner’s responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A.Owner’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner’s Responsibilities A.The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 44 of 71 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A.Owner’s responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A.Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner’s obligations under the Contract (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A.While at the Site, Owner’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which Owner has been informed. B.Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10—ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner’s Representative A.Engineer will be Owner’s representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner’s representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A.Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe, as an experienced and qualified design professional, the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer’s efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B.Engineer’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer’s authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Resident Project Representative A.If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 71 responsibilities thereof will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions and in Paragraph 10.07. B.If Owner designates an individual or entity who is not Engineer’s consultant, agent, or employee to represent Owner at the Site, then the responsibilities and authority of such individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Engineer’s Authority A.Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. B.Engineer’s authority as to Submittals is set forth in Paragraph 7.16. C.Engineer’s authority as to design drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications and other Submittals from Contractor in response to Owner’s delegation (if any) to Contractor of professional design services, is set forth in Paragraph 7.19. D.Engineer’s authority as to changes in the Work is set forth in Article 11. E.Engineer’s authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.05 Determinations for Unit Price Work A.Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A.Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.07 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities A.Neither Engineer’s authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, will create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B.Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C.Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D.Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 71 inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Contractor under Paragraph 15.06.A, will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E.The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.07 also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.08 Compliance with Safety Program A.While at the Site, Engineer’s employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner’s and Contractor’s safety programs of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11—CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract A.The Contract may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. B.If an amendment or supplement to the Contract includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. C.All changes to the Contract that involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2)the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, must be supported by Engineer’s recommendation. Owner and Contractor may amend other terms and conditions of the Contract without the recommendation of the Engineer. 11.02 Change Orders A.Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1.Changes in Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2.Changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3.Changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.05, (b)required because of Owner’s acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer’s recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise) or other engineering or technical matters; and 4.Changes that embody the substance of any final and binding results under: Paragraph 11.03.B, resolving the impact of a Work Change Directive; Paragraph 11.09, concerning Change Proposals; Article 12, Claims; Paragraph 13.02.D, final adjustments resulting from allowances; Paragraph 13.03.D, final adjustments relating to determination of quantities for Unit Price Work; and similar provisions. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 71 B.If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of Paragraph 11.02.A, it will be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.03 Work Change Directives A.A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive’s effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.07 regarding change of Contract Price. B.If Owner has issued a Work Change Directive and: 1.Contractor believes that an adjustment in Contract Times or Contract Price is necessary, then Contractor shall submit any Change Proposal seeking such an adjustment no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. 2.Owner believes that an adjustment in Contract Times or Contract Price is necessary, then Owner shall submit any Claim seeking such an adjustment no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 11.04 Field Orders A.Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. B.If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.05 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work A.Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Changes involving the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise) or other engineering or technical matters will be supported by Engineer’s recommendation. B.Such changes in the Work may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work must be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. C.Nothing in this Paragraph 11.05 obligates Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor’s safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 71 11.06 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A.Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05.C.2. 11.07 Change of Contract Price A.The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.09. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B.An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1.Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); 2.Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.07.C.2); or 3.Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.07.C). C.Contractor’s Fee: When applicable, the Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit will be determined as follows: 1.A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2.If a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a.For costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2, the Contractor’s fee will be 15 percent; b.For costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor’s fee will be 5 percent; c.Where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.07.C.2.a and 11.07.C.2.b is that the Contractor’s fee will be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.B.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of 5 percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted Work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner will be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 71 d.No fee will be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.B.4, 13.01.B.5, and 13.01.C; e.The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in Cost of the Work will be the amount of the actual net decrease in Cost of the Work and a deduction of an additional amount equal to 5 percent of such actual net decrease in Cost of the Work; and f.When both additions and credits are involved in any one change or Change Proposal, the adjustment in Contractor’s fee will be computed by determining the sum of the costs in each of the cost categories in Paragraph 13.01.B (specifically, payroll costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.1; incorporated materials and equipment costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.2; Subcontract costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.3; special consultants costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.4; and other costs, Paragraph 13.01.B.5) and applying to each such cost category sum the appropriate fee from Paragraphs 11.07.C.2.a through 11.07.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.08 Change of Contract Times A.The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.09. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B.Delay, disruption, and interference in the Work, and any related changes in Contract Times, are addressed in and governed by Paragraph 4.05. 11.09 Change Proposals A.Purpose and Content: Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; contest an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; challenge a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under the Contract. The Change Proposal will specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. Each Change Proposal will address only one issue, or a set of closely related issues. B.Change Proposal Procedures 1.Submittal: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer within 30 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. 2.Supporting Data: The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. a.Change Proposals based on or related to delay, interruption, or interference must comply with the provisions of Paragraphs 4.05.D and 4.05.E. b.Change proposals related to a change of Contract Price must include full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated into the Work and labor and equipment used for the subject Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 71 The supporting data must be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 3.Engineer’s Initial Review: Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. If in its discretion Engineer concludes that additional supporting data is needed before conducting a full review and making a decision regarding the Change Proposal, then Engineer may request that Contractor submit such additional supporting data by a date specified by Engineer, prior to Engineer beginning its full review of the Change Proposal. 4.Engineer’s Full Review and Action on the Change Proposal: Upon receipt of Contractor’s supporting data (including any additional data requested by Engineer), Engineer will conduct a full review of each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after such receipt of the Contractor’s supporting data, either approve the Change Proposal in whole, deny it in whole, or approve it in part and deny it in part. Such actions must be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer’s inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 5.Binding Decision: Engineer’s decision is final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. C.Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties in writing that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice will be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12. D.Post-Completion: Contractor shall not submit any Change Proposals after Engineer issues a written recommendation of final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06.B. 11.10 Notification to Surety A.If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12—CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A.Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor are subject to the Claims process set forth in this article: 1.Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer’s decisions regarding Change Proposals; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 71 2.Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; 3.Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters; and 4.Subject to the waiver provisions of Paragraph 15.07, any dispute arising after Engineer has issued a written recommendation of final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06.B. B.Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C.Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim will be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D.Mediation 1.At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate will stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2.If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process will resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim submittal and decision process will resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3.Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator’s fees and costs. E.Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action will be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F.Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim will be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 52 of 71 G.Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim will be incorporated in a Change Order or other written document to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13—COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A.Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1.To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials, or other cost-based terms; or 2.When needed to determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B.Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work will be in amounts no higher than those commonly incurred in the locality of the Project, will not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and will include only the following items: 1.Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor in advance of the subject Work. Such employees include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, safety managers, safety representatives, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work will be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs include, but are not limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, will be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2.Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts will accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment will accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3.Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 71 acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, which will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee will be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4.Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed or retained for services specifically related to the Work. 5.Other costs consisting of the following: a.The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b.Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. 1)In establishing included costs for materials such as scaffolding, plating, or sheeting, consideration will be given to the actual or the estimated life of the material for use on other projects; or rental rates may be established on the basis of purchase or salvage value of such items, whichever is less. Contractor will not be eligible for compensation for such items in an amount that exceeds the purchase cost of such item. c.Construction Equipment Rental 1)Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner as to price (including any surcharge or special rates applicable to overtime use of the construction equipment or machinery), and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs will be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts must cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 2)Costs for equipment and machinery owned by Contractor or a Contractor-related entity will be paid at a rate shown for such equipment in the equipment rental rate book specified in the Supplementary Conditions. An hourly rate will be computed by dividing the monthly rates by 176. These computed rates will include all operating costs. 3)With respect to Work that is the result of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price (“changed Work”), included costs will be based on the time the equipment or machinery is in use on the changed Work and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal when directly attributable to the changed Work. The cost of any such equipment or machinery, or parts thereof, must cease to accrue when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the changed Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 71 d.Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e.Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f.Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of builder’s risk or other property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.04), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses will be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. g.The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h.Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i.The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C.Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work does not include any of the following items: 1.Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals, general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.B.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.B.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2.The cost of purchasing, renting, or furnishing small tools and hand tools. 3.Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 4.Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 5.Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 6.Expenses incurred in preparing and advancing Claims. 7.Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.B. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 71 D.Contractor’s Fee 1.When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus-a-fee, then: a.Contractor’s fee for the Work set forth in the Contract Documents as of the Effective Date of the Contract will be determined as set forth in the Agreement. b.for any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee will be determined as follows: 1)When the fee for the Work as a whole is a percentage of the Cost of the Work, the fee will automatically adjust as the Cost of the Work changes. 2)When the fee for the Work as a whole is a fixed fee, the fee for any additions or deletions will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.07.C.2. 2.When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of a stipulated sum, or any other basis other than cost-plus-a-fee, then Contractor’s fee for any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price on the basis of Cost of the Work will be determined in accordance with Paragraph 11.07.C.2. E.Documentation and Audit: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor and pertinent Subcontractors will establish and maintain records of the costs in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices. Subject to prior written notice, Owner will be afforded reasonable access, during normal business hours, to all Contractor’s accounts, records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and Contractor’s fee. Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of three years after the final payment by Owner. Pertinent Subcontractors will afford such access to Owner, and preserve such documents, to the same extent required of Contractor. 13.02 Allowances A.It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B.Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1.the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2.Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment for any of the foregoing will be valid. C.Owner’s Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that an Owner’s contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D.Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor for Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price will be correspondingly adjusted. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 56 of 71 13.03 Unit Price Work A.Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B.The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C.Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D.Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer’s preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer’s written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, and the final adjustment of Contract Price will be set forth in a Change Order, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E.Adjustments in Unit Price 1.Contractor or Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment in the unit price with respect to an item of Unit Price Work if: a.the quantity of the item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and b.Contractor’s unit costs to perform the item of Unit Price Work have changed materially and significantly as a result of the quantity change. 2.The adjustment in unit price will account for and be coordinated with any related changes in quantities of other items of Work, and in Contractor’s costs to perform such other Work, such that the resulting overall change in Contract Price is equitable to Owner and Contractor. 3.Adjusted unit prices will apply to all units of that item. ARTICLE 14—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A.Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply with such procedures and programs as applicable. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 71 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A.Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B.Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work will be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05. C.If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D.Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1.by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2.to attain Owner’s and Engineer’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3.by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4.for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5.for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests will be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E.If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F.If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering will be at Contractor’s expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor’s intention to cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A.Contractor’s Obligation: It is Contractor’s obligation to assure that the Work is not defective. B.Engineer’s Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 71 C.Notice of Defects: Prompt written notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D.Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E.Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F.Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A.If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer’s confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work will be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A.Engineer has the authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B.If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer’s observation, and then replace the covering, all at Contractor’s expense. C.If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 71 1.If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor’s full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2.If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A.If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work will not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A.If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace defective Work as required by Engineer, then Owner may, after 7 days’ written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B.In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner’s representatives, agents and employees, Owner’s other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer’s consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C.All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set-offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor’s defective Work. D.Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 71 ARTICLE 15—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A.Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost-based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B.Applications for Payments 1.At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 2.If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment must also be accompanied by: (a) a bill of sale, invoice, copies of subcontract or purchase order payments, or other documentation establishing full payment by Contractor for the materials and equipment; (b) at Owner’s request, documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens; and (c) evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. 3.Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application must include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received by Contractor have been applied to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 4.The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C.Review of Applications 1.Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer’s reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2.Engineer’s recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer’s observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer’s knowledge, information and belief: a.the Work has progressed to the point indicated; EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 71 b.the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c.the conditions precedent to Contractor’s being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer’s responsibility to observe the Work. 3.By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a.inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b.there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4.Neither Engineer’s review of Contractor’s Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer’s recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a.to supervise, direct, or control the Work; b.for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto; c.for Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work; d.to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid by Owner; or e.to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5.Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer’s opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6.Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set-offs) necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a.the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b.the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c.Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; d.Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 71 e.Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D.Payment Becomes Due 1.Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E.Reductions in Payment by Owner 1.In addition to any reductions in payment (set-offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a.Claims have been made against Owner based on Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages resulting from Contractor’s conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b.Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; c.Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d.Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; e.Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f.The Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g.Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h.The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; i.An event has occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause; j.Liquidated or other damages have accrued as a result of Contractor’s failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k.Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; or l.Other items entitle Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended. 2.If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 71 after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed will be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3.Upon a subsequent determination that Owner’s refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld will be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.D.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor’s Warranty of Title A.Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A.When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B.Promptly after Contractor’s notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C.If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which will fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have 7 days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner’s objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D.At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder’s risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder’s risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 71 property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner’s use or occupancy of the Work. E.After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. F.Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A.Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1.At any time, Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03.A through 15.03.E for that part of the Work. 2.At any time, Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3.Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4.No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.04 regarding builder’s risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A.Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 71 15.06 Final Payment A.Application for Payment 1.After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2.The final Application for Payment must be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a.all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b.consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c.satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d.a list of all duly pending Change Proposals and Claims; and e.complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3.In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B.Engineer’s Review of Final Application and Recommendation of Payment: If, on the basis of Engineer’s observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer’s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer’s recommendation of final payment and present the final Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation will account for any set-offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer’s opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C.Notice of Acceptability: In support of its recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment, Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 66 of 71 acceptable, subject to stated limitations in the notice and to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07. D.Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer’s written recommendation of final payment and issuance of notice of the acceptability of the Work. E.Final Payment Becomes Due: Upon receipt from Engineer of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, Owner shall set off against the amount recommended by Engineer for final payment any further sum to which Owner is entitled, including but not limited to set-offs for liquidated damages and set-offs allowed under the provisions of this Contract with respect to progress payments. Owner shall pay the resulting balance due to Contractor within 30 days of Owner’s receipt of the final Application for Payment from Engineer. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A.By making final payment, Owner waives its claim or right to liquidated damages or other damages for late completion by Contractor, except as set forth in an outstanding Claim, appeal under the provisions of Article 17, set-off, or express reservation of rights by Owner. Owner reserves all other claims or rights after final payment. B.The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted as a Claim, or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A.If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the Supplementary Conditions or the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), Owner gives Contractor written notice that any Work has been found to be defective, or that Contractor’s repair of any damages to the Site or adjacent areas has been found to be defective, then after receipt of such notice of defect Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner’s written instructions: 1.correct the defective repairs to the Site or such adjacent areas; 2.correct such defective Work; 3.remove the defective Work from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, and 4.satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting from the corrective measures. B.Owner shall give any such notice of defect within 60 days of the discovery that such Work or repairs is defective. If such notice is given within such 60 days but after the end of the correction period, the notice will be deemed a notice of defective Work under Paragraph 7.17.B. C.If, after receipt of a notice of defect within 60 days and within the correction period, Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 67 of 71 Contractor shall pay all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Contractor’s failure to pay such costs, losses, and damages within 10 days of invoice from Owner will be deemed the start of an event giving rise to a Claim under Paragraph 12.01.B, such that any related Claim must be brought within 30 days of the failure to pay. D.In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. E.Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. F.Contractor’s obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and warranties. The provisions of this paragraph are not to be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A.At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments must be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A.The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1.Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2.Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3.Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4.Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 68 of 71 B.If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) 10 days’ written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the Contract, Owner may proceed to: 1.declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) written notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2.enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C.Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D.Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.B if Contractor within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E.If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F.Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G.If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond will govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.B and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate for Convenience A.Upon 7 days’ written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1.completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2.expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 69 of 71 connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3.other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B.Contractor shall not be paid for any loss of anticipated profits or revenue, post-termination overhead costs, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A.If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon 7 days’ written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03. B.In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, 7 days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor’s stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17—FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A.Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this article: 1.A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full, pursuant to Article 12; and 2.Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work, or obligations under the Contract Documents, that arise after final payment has been made. B.Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this article, Owner or Contractor may: 1.elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2.agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3.if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 70 of 71 ARTICLE 18—MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A.Whenever any provision of the Contract requires the giving of written notice to Owner, Engineer, or Contractor, it will be deemed to have been validly given only if delivered: 1.in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the recipient’s place of business; 2.by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the recipient’s place of business; or 3.by e-mail to the recipient, with the words “Formal Notice” or similar in the e-mail’s subject line. 18.02 Computation of Times A.When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A.The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.04 Limitation of Damages A.With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A.A party’s non-enforcement of any provision will not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor will it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A.All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract or of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A.This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2018 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 71 of 71 18.08 Assignment of Contract A.Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party to this Contract of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on the other party without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract. 18.09 Successors and Assigns A.Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 18.10 Headings A.Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................... 1 ARTICLE - 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ............................................................................... 1 ARTICLE - 2 PRELMINARY MATTERS ................................................................................................. 1 ARTICLE - 3 DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE ...................................................... 2 ARTICLE - 4 COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK .................................................. 3 ARTICLE - 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ........................................................................................ 3 ARTICLE - 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE ............................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE - 7 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................................ 6 ARTICLE - 8 OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ........................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE - 10 ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ........................................................ 8 ARTICLE - 11 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT ................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE - 12 CLAIMS ........................................................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE - 13 COST OF WORK; ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK .............................................. 10 ARTICLE - 14 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK .................................................................................................................................... 11 ARTICLE - 15 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR, SET OFFS; COMPLETIONS; CORRECTION PERIOD ......................................................................................................................................... 11 ARTICLE - 17 FINAL RESOLUTIONS OF DISPUTES .......................................................................... 12 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 INTRODUCTION These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement EJCDC® C 700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (2018). The General Conditions remain in full force and effect except as amended. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added—for example, “Paragraph SC 4.05.” ARTICLE - 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC - 1.01 Defined Terms Modify the definition of Change Order, Paragraph 1.01.A.8 by adding the following: At the direction of the Owner, where the revision to the Contract involves minor changes to the Work or a change in Contract Time, the Contract may be revised by a Work Order as defined in MnDOT 1103. Modify the definition of Technical Data, Paragraph 1.01.A.46 by amending the first sentence of Paragraph 1.01.A.46.b to read as follows: If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then Technical Data is defined, with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06, as the data contained in boring logs, assessments of the condition of subsurface facilities, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical, environmental, or other Site or facilities conditions report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Add to the list of definitions in Paragraph 1.01.A by inserting the following as numbered items in their proper alphabetical positions: Observer – The individual or entity by with whom the Owner and Engineer is represented in the observation and construction of the Project. Project Manual – The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and construction the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing condition information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. Work Order – A Work Order shall be as defined in MnDOT 1103. ARTICLE - 2 PRELMINARY MATTERS SC - 2.03 Before Starting Construction Modify the beginning of the first sentence of Paragraph 2.03.A to read as follows: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise required by the Contract Documents) and prior to the preconstruction conference, Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: Delete Paragraph 2.03.A.3 in its entirety. SC - 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representative Delete Paragraph 2.04.A in its entirety and replace with the following: A.Before any work at the Site is started, Engineer will arrange a preconstruction conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, private utility owners, and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work, and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other Submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. SC - 2.05 Acceptance of Schedules Delete the first sentence of Paragraph 2.05.A. Delete Paragraph 2.05.A.3 in its entirety. SC - 2.06 Electronic Transmittals Add the following new paragraphs to Paragraph 2.06: D.The contents of the information in any Electronic Document will be the responsibility of the transmitting party. E.Electronic Documents that are exchanged may be used in the same manner as the printed versions of the same documents that are exchanged using non-electronic format and methods, subject to the same governing requirements, limitation, and restrictions, set forth in the Contract Documents. F.The parties agree not to intentionally edit, reverse engineer, decrypt, remove security or encryption features, or convert to another format for modification purposes any Electronic Document or information contained therein that was transmitted in a software data format, including Portable Document Format (PDF), intended by sender not to be modified, unless the receiving party obtains the permission of the sending party or is citing or quoting excerpts of the Electronic Document for project purposes. ARTICLE - 3 DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE SC - 3.01 Reference Standards Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 3.02.A: B.The Work shall be performed in accordance with: 1.the Project Manual; 2.the City of Columbia Heights General Specifications and Standard Detail Plates for Street and Utility Construction, dated October 2019; 3.the 2018 Edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Standard Specifications for Construction; and 4.the 2018 Edition of the City Engineers Association of Minnesota (CEAM) Standard Specifications. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 ARTICLE - 4 COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC - 4.04 Progress Schedule Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 4.04.A to read as follows: Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 4.04.A.1 to read as follows: 1.Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. ARTICLE - 5 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC - 5.01 Availability of Lands Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 5.01.A: If the Contractor believes that there has been delay by Owner in furnishing land, right-of-way, or easements, Contractor’s sole remedy shall be an extension of Contract Time, for which the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 12. SC - 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 5.03.D: E.A geotechnical report is included in the appendix containing data of of explorations of subsurface conditions. F.Copies of reports and drawings identified in SC 5.03.E are included with the Bidding Documents for reference only, and are not part of the Contract Documents. G.Under no circumstances may Contractor rely upon the data contained in reports of explorations or tests, regarding the amounts, elevations, or locations of subsurface groundwater. SC - 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site Delete Paragraph 5.06.A in its entirety and replace with the following: A.Reports and Drawings: There are no reports or drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or adjacent to the Site. ARTICLE - 6 BONDS AND INSURANCE SC - 6.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 6.01.A: 1.Required Performance Bond Form: The performance bond that Contractor furnishes will be in the form of EJCDC® C 610, Performance Bond. 2.Required Payment Bond Form: The payment bond that Contractor furnishes will be in the form of EJCDC® C 615, Payment Bond. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 SC - 6.02 Insurance – General Provisions Add the following paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.02.B: 1.Contractor may obtain worker’s compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by A.M. Best, provided that such company (a) is domiciled in the state in which the Project is located, (b) is certified or authorized as a worker’s compensation insurance provider by the appropriate state agency, and (c) has been accepted to provide worker’s compensation insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months. SC - 6.03 Contractor’s Insurance Supplement Paragraph 6.03 with the following provisions after Paragraph 6.03.C: D.Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance, including, as applicable, United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers’ Compensation Act, Jones Act, stop-gap employer’s liability coverage for monopolistic states, and foreign voluntary workers’ compensation (from available sources, notwithstanding the jurisdictional requirement of Paragraph 6.02.B of the General Conditions). Worker’s Compensation and Related Policies Policy limits of not less than: Workers’ Compensation State Statutory Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoreman’s) Statutory Foreign voluntary workers’ compensation (employer’s responsibility coverage), if applicable Statutory Employer’s Liability Each accident $1.000,000 Each employee $1,000,000 Policy limit $1,000,000 E.Commercial General Liability – Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against claims for: 1.damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees, 2.damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage, and, 3.damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. F.Commercial General Liability – Form and Content: Contractor’s commercial liability policy must be written on a 1996 (or later) Insurance Services Organization, Inc. (ISO) commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1.Products and completed operations coverage. a.Such insurance must be maintained for three years after final payment. b.Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2.Blanket contractual liability coverage, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor’s contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18. 3.Severability of interests and no insured-versus-insured or cross-liability exclusions. 4.Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 5.Personal injury coverage. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 6.Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together). If Contractor demonstrates to Owner that the specified ISO endorsements are not commercially available, then Contractor may satisfy this requirement by providing equivalent endorsements. 7.For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04 “Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured” or its equivalent. G.Commercial General Liability – Excluded Content: The commercial general liability insurance policy, including its coverages, endorsements, and incorporated provisions, must not include any of the following: 1.Any modification of the standard definition of “insured contract” (except to delete the railroad protective liability exclusion if Contractor is required to indemnify a railroad or others with respect to Work within 50 feet of railroad property). 2.Any exclusion for water intrusion or water damage. 3.Any provisions resulting in the erosion of insurance limits by defense costs other than those already incorporated in ISO form CG 00 01. 4.Any exclusion of coverage relating to earth subsidence or movement. 5.Any exclusion for the insured’s vicarious liability, strict liability, or statutory liability (other than worker’s compensation). 6.Any limitation or exclusion based on the nature of Contractor’s work. 7.Any professional liability exclusion broader in effect than the most recent edition of ISO form CG 22 79. H.Commercial General Liability – Minimum Policy Limits Commercial General Liability Policy limits of not less than: General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products – Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Bodily Injury and Property Damage – Each Occurrence $1,000,000 I.Automobile Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy must be written on an occurrence basis. Automobile Liability Policy limits of not less than: Bodily Injury Each Person $1,000,000 Each Accident $1,000,000 Property Damage Each Accident $1,000,000 or Combined Single Limit Combined Single Limit (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $1,000,000 J.Umbrella or Excess Liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the Paragraphs above. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 Excess or Umbrella Liability Policy limits of not less than: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 General Aggregate $1,000,000 K.Using Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance to Meet CGL and Other Policy Limit Requirements: Contractor may meet the policy limits specified for employer’s liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability through the primary policies alone, or through combinations of the primary insurance policy’s policy limits and partial attribution of the policy limits of an umbrella or excess liability policy that is at least as broad in coverage as that of the underlying policy, as specified herein. L.Contractor’s Pollution Liability Insurance: Contractor is not required to provide Pollution Liability Insurance under this Contract. M.Contractor’s Professional Liability Insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance must cover negligent acts, errors, or omissions in the performance of professional design or related services by the insured or others for whom the insured is legally liable. The insurance must be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. The retroactive date on the policy must pre-date the commencement of furnishing services on the Project. Contractor’s Professional Liability Policy limits of not less than: Each Claim $ 1,000,000 Annual Aggregate $ 2,000,000 SC - 6.04 Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance Delete Paragraph 6.04.A and insert the following in its place: A.Builder’s Risk: Contractor is not required to purchase and maintain builder’s risk insurance under this Contract. However, any damage or loss to property shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor until final acceptance of the Work. Supplement Paragraph 6.04 of the General Conditions with the following provision: F.Builder’s Risk and Other Property Insurance Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder’s risk, installation floater, or other property insurance will be responsible for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. ARTICLE - 7 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES SC - 7.07 Regarding Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others Add the following new paragraph to Paragraph 7.07: N.In accordance with Minnesota Statues, section 471.425, Contractor shall pay any subcontractor within 10 days of the Contractor’s receipt of payment from the Owner. SC - 7.16 Submittals Amend Paragraph 7.16.B.1.a to read as follows: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 Contractor shall submit as a minimum, one electronic copy or as required in the Specifications. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 7.16.B.1.b: c.Detailed, dimensions manufacturer’s drawings shall be submitted for all materials, apparatus and machinery, and for such fittings and devices as the Engineer may direct, including but not limited to: manhole/catch basin structures, castings, sewer pipe, watermain, lift stations, and waterworks brass. Amend Paragraph 7.16.B.3 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend the second sentence of Paragraph 7.16.C.1 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.2 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.3 to read as follows: Engineer’s review of a separate item as such will not indicate acceptance of the assembly in which the item functions. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 7.16.C.4 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.5 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.6 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.7 to read as follows: Neither Engineer’s receipt, review or acceptance of a Shop Drawing or Sample will result in such item becoming a Contract Document. Amend Paragraph 7.16.C.8 to read as follows: Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in accepted Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7.16.D.4. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 7.16.D.1 by striking out the following words: and approval Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 7.16.D.2 to read as follows: Contractor shall furnish required Shop Drawing and Sample submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required acceptance of an item with no more than two resubmittals. Amend Paragraph 7.16.D.3 to read as follows: If Contractor requests a change of a previously accepted Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer’s charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 8 Amend Paragraph 7.17.D.5 by striking out the following words: and approval ARTICLE - 8 OTHER WORK AT THE SITE SC - 8.01 Other Work Add the following language at the end of Paragraph 8.01.C: Contractor shall cooperate with all parties to facilitate the prompt completion of all contracts for work at or adjacent to the Site. SC - 8.02 Coordination Add the following new paragraphs immediately following paragraph 8.02.B: C.Contractor is hereby advised that the following work may be performed at or adjacent to the Site by others during the Contract Time: 1.Private utility companies may be installing and/or relocating underground facilities SC - 8.03 Legal Relationships Add the following sub-paragraph to Paragraph 8.03.B: 3.If Owner performs work for the Contractor, the Contractor must pay Owner for such work with no deduction in Contract amount. ARTICLE - 10 ENGINEER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SC - 10.02 Visits to Site Add the following new paragraph immediately following paragraph 10.02.B: C.Throughout the construction phase, regular weekly meetings will be held by the Engineer on site to review progress and to discuss items necessary for an orderly completion of the project. This weekly construction meeting shall include the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. Contractor’s representative must be able to make decisions for the Contractor pertaining to the project. All project conflicts shall be brought to these meetings, including requests for additional payment. Meeting minutes will be provided to all participants as a record of the meeting. SC - 10.03 Resident Project Representative Add the following new subparagraph immediately after Paragraph 10.03.A: 1.On this Project, by agreement with the Owner, the Engineer will not furnish a Resident Project Representative. Rather, the Engineer will furnish an Observer to represent both the Owner and the Engineer at the Site and to assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work. Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 10.03.B: C.The Observer's dealings in matters pertaining to the Work in general will be with Engineer and Contractor. Observer’s dealings with Subcontractors will only be through or with the full knowledge or approval of Contractor. The Observer will: 1.Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences, and other Project-related meetings (but not including Contractor’s safety meetings), and as appropriate prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 9 2.Safety Compliance: Comply with Site safety programs, as they apply to Observer, and if required to do so by such safety programs, receive safety training specifically related to Observer’s own personal safety while at the Site. 3.Liaison a.Serve as Engineer’s liaison with Contractor. Working principally through Contractor’s authorized representative or designee, assist in providing information regarding the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents. b.Assist Engineer in serving as Owner’s liaison with Contractor when Contractor’s operations affect Owner’s On-Site operations. c.Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for Contractor’s proper execution of the Work. 4.Review of Work; Defective Work a.Conduct on-Site observations of the Work to assist Engineer in determining, to the extent set forth in Paragraph 10.02, if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b.Observe whether any Work in place appears to be defective. c.Observe whether any Work in place should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. 5.Inspections and Tests a.Observe Contractor-arranged inspections required by Laws and Regulations, including but not limited to those performed by public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. b.Accompany visiting inspectors representing public or other agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. 6.Payment Requests: Review Applications for Payment with Contractor. 7.Completion a.Participate in Engineer’s visits regarding Substantial Completion. b.Assist in the preparation of a punch list of items to be completed or corrected. c.Participate in Engineer’s visit to the Site in the company of Owner and Contractor regarding completion of the Work, and prepare a final punch list of items to be completed or corrected by Contractor. d.Observe whether items on the final punch list have been completed or corrected. D.The Observer will not: 1.Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment (including “or-equal” items). 2.Exceed limitations of Engineer’s authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3.Undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. 4.Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction. 5.Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over security or safety practices, precautions, and programs in connection with the activities or operations of Owner or Contractor. 6.Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted off-site by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. 7.Authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. SC - 10.07 Limitations on Engineer’s Authority and Responsibilities Add the following new sub-paragraph to paragraph 10.07.A: 1.Insofar as the subject matter of any pertinent claim, dispute, or other matter falls within the realm of the technical expertise of Engineer, Engineer shall not render any decision on any claims, disputes, or other matters the subject matter of which, at Engineer’s sole discretion, requires legal, rather than technical interpretation. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 10 Add the following new paragraph immediately following paragraph 10.07.E: F.Paragraph 10.07 pertains to the Engineer’s responsibilities to the Contractor and its subcontractors, suppliers, and other agents. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to limit the Engineer’s responsibilities to the Owner, if any, under the Engineer’s contract with the Owner. ARTICLE - 11 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SC - 11.06 Unauthorized Changes in the Works Add the following new paragraph immediately following paragraph 11.06.A: B.Except as specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer at the time additional work is done beyond the original scope of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make no claims for additional compensation. The Contractor’s plea of ignorance of foreseeable conditions which will create difficulties or hindrances in the execution of the Work will not be acceptable to the Owner as an excuse for any failure of the Contractor to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents, and shall not be a basis for the Contractor’s claim for additional compensation. C.Any discrepancies in or conflicts between the items described in these Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to the Engineer for adjustment prior to proceeding with the Work as any claims for additional compensation to achieve compliance with the requirements of those items will not be allowed or considered. SC - 11.09 Change Proposals Delete paragraph 11.09.B in its entirety, and replace with the following: B.Change Proposal Procedures: All Change Proposal procedures shall follow the requirements of MnDOT 1403, Notification for Contract Revisions. ARTICLE - 12 CLAIMS SC - 12.01 Claims Amend the first sentence of paragraph 12.01.B to read as follows: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 10 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 10 days of the decision under appeal. ARTICLE - 13 COST OF WORK; ALLOWANCES, UNIT PRICE WORK SC - 13.03 Unit Price Work Delete Paragraph 13.03.E in its entirety and insert the following in its place: E.Adjustments in Unit Price: There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from the Bids as the Owner sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation for remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the Project. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 11 ARTICLE - 14 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC - 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals Add the following sub-paragraphs to paragraph 14.02.A: 1.The Contractor shall provide a minimum 48-hour notice to the Observer for any testing that must be observed or accomplished by someone other than the Contractor’s personnel. All final tests and inspections shall be performed in the presence of the Observer. 2.Signed copies of all reports on tests shall be sent at once to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor 3.Inspection and testing shall in no way relieve the Contractor or supplier from the responsibility of furnishing materials and workmanship in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE - 15 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR, SET OFFS; COMPLETIONS; CORRECTION PERIOD SC - 15.01 Progress Payments Amend paragraph 15.01.A to read as follows: Basis for Progress Payments: The Contractor’s Bid will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments for Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Delete paragraph 15.01.D.1 in its entirety and insert the following: 1.Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer’s recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set-offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor, unless extenuating circumstances exist which would preclude such payment by Owner to Contractor. If such extenuating circumstances exist, then payment shall be made within 45 days after Owner received the Application for Payment. SC - 15.03 Substantial Completion Add the following new subparagraph to Paragraph 15.03.B: 1.If some or all of the Work has been determined not to be at a point of Substantial Completion and will require re-inspection or re-testing by Engineer, the cost of such re-inspection or re- testing, including the cost of time, travel and living expenses, will be paid by Contractor to Owner. If Contractor does not pay, or the parties are unable to agree as to the amount owed, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under this Article 15. SC - 15.05 Final Inspection Add the following language at the end of the second sentence of Paragraph 15.05.A: If, after such measures are taken, subsequent inspections by the Engineer reveal that any of the previously identified construction items remain incomplete or defective, the Engineer will again notify the Contractor in writing of the remaining construction items. All costs associated with any subsequent inspections in which said remaining particulars are revealed, will be documented by the Engineer and paid by the Contractor to the Owner. SC - 15.06 Final Payment Add the following new sub-paragraphs to Paragraph 15.06.A: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 12 4.Before final application for payment is made for the Work, the Contractor must make satisfactory showing of compliance with MINN. STAT. 290.92, which requires the withholding of state income taxes for wages paid to employees on this project. Receipt by the Engineer of a certificate of Compliance from the Commissioner of Taxation to the Owner will satisfy this requirement. The Contractor is advised that before such certificate can be issued, the Contractor must first place on file with the Commissioner of Taxation an affidavit that the Contractor has complied with the provisions of MINN.STAT. 290.92. The required affidavit form will be supplied by the Commissioner of Taxation, Centennial Building, St. Paul, Minnesota, on request. 5.Final payment will not be made until the Contractor has filed with the Engineer evidence in the form of an affidavit or such other evidence as may be required that all claims against the Contractor by reason of the Contract have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured. This shall be in the form of IC134 forms, paid-in-full final lien waivers from the Contractor, subcontractors, and major suppliers, and a Consent of Surety. Such evidence shall precede or accompany the final application for payment. If evidence is not furnished, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all lienable claims unpaid. SC - 15.08 Correction Period Add the following new paragraphs to Paragraph 15.08: G.The correction period specified as one year after the date of Substantial Completion in Paragraph 15.08.A of the General Conditions is hereby revised to be the number of years set forth in SC – 6.01.B.1. H.With regard to any surface concrete work, including but not limited to sidewalks, curb, gutter, and driveway aprons within the project area, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any warranty work unless written approval is provided by the Owner releasing the Contractor for the responsibility for damages. The intent of this provision is to release the Contractor from accepting monetary losses for destruction of surface concrete work due to damages and circumstances beyond control of the Contractor. At no point during the two-year correction period shall this relieve the Contractor’s responsibility for correction of the defective work as states above, or as caused by poor construction and defective materials on surface concrete work within the project area. The Owner or engineer shall make the final determination of what work is defective within the project area at any point within the two-year correction period. ARTICLE - 17 FINAL RESOLUTIONS OF DISPUTES SC - 17.09 Mediation Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 17.01. 17.02 Mediation A.To resolve any conflicts that arise during the design or construction of the project or following the completion of the project, the Contractor and the Engineer agree that all disputes between them arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be resolved, if possible, at the lowest possible staff level. If the individuals with full settlement authority for the Contractor and the Engineer are unable to achieve a resolution, the dispute shall be submitted to non- binding mediation. B.The rights and remedies available to the Contractor shall be limited to breach of Contract, and no other cause of action, including, without limitation, negligence, misrepresentation or other tort theory. The Owner or Contractor may assert any such breach of contract claim in any court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Owner nor the Contractor shall be entitled to a jury trial in any such action. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 13 C.The rights and remedies to the Owner hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not be constructed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to the Owner, which is otherwise available by law or contract, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provision of the Contract Documents. D.The provision of Paragraph 17.02 shall be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which it may apply. All representations, warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents shall survive final payment, termination, or completion of this agreement. E.No waiver or failure to enforce any part of provision of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the change order process, shall be deemed to be waiver by the Owner of any subsequent default or breach of the same or any other part of provision contained herein, or right to enforce the same or any other part or provision contained herein. DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................... 1 GR - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK .................................................................................................................. 1 GR - 2 WORK SEQUENCE ...................................................................................................................... 1 GR - 3 (1401) INTENT OF CONTRACT ................................................................................................... 2 GR - 4 (1402) CONTRACT REVISIONS .................................................................................................. 2 GR - 5 (1403) NOTIFICATION FOR CONTRACT REVISIONS ............................................................... 2 GR - 6 (1404) MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC .......................................................................................... 2 GR - 7 (1405) USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON THE PROJECT ......................................................... 2 GR - 8 (1406) PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL OBJECTS ................................................................ 2 GR - 9 (1407) FINAL CLEANUP ............................................................................................................... 2 GR - 10 (1502) PLANS AND WORKING DRAWINGS ........................................................................... 3 GR - 11 (1504) COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ....................................................... 3 GR - 12 (1506) SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR .............................................................................. 3 GR - 13 (1507) UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE ........................................................................... 3 GR - 14 (1508) CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINE, AND GRADES....................................................... 4 GR - 15 (1511) INSPECTION OF WORK ............................................................................................... 5 GR - 16 (1513) RESTRICTIONS ON MOVEMENT AND STORAGE OF HEAVY LOADS AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 5 GR - 17 (1514) MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION ............................................................... 5 GR - 18 (1601) SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY ......................................................................... 5 GR - 19 (1603) MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE .............. 5 GR - 20 (1606) STORAGE OF MATERIALS .......................................................................................... 6 GR - 21 (1607) HANDLING MATERIALS ............................................................................................... 6 GR - 22 (1608) UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS .................................................................................... 6 GR - 23 (1609) DEPARTMENT PROVIDED MATERIAL ....................................................................... 6 GR - 24 (1701) LAWS TO BE OBSERVED ............................................................................................ 7 GR - 25 (1702) PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES ............................................................................ 7 GR - 26 (1706) EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND WELFARE ......................................................................... 7 GR - 27 (1707) PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY ....................................................................... 7 GR - 28 (1710) TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES .................................................................................... 8 GR - 29 (1712) PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY ................................................ 8 GR - 30 (1716) CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK....................................................... 8 GR - 31 (1717) AIR, LAND, AND WATER POLLUTION ........................................................................ 8 GR - 32 (1802) QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKERS ............................................................................... 9 GR - 33 (1804) PROSECUTION OF WORK .......................................................................................... 9 GR - 34 (1805) METHODS AND EQUIPMENT .................................................................................... 13 GR - 35 (1807) FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME ...................................................... 13 GR - 36 (1901) MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES ............................................................................ 13 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 GR - 37 (1903) COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES....................................................... 13 GR - 38 (1908) FINAL ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT – CONDITIONS AND PROCESS ...................... 13 GR - 39 (1910) COST ESCALATION ................................................................................................... 14 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 INTRODUCTION These General Requirements amend or supplement Division I of the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) Standard Specifications for Construction (2018 Edition). With the exclusion of Definitions and Terms, Bidding Requirements and Conditions, and Bidding Requirements and Covenants, unless specifically stated, provisions of MnDOT Division I which are not amended or supplemented shall not apply to this Contract. GR - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK The Silver Lake Boat Landing and Site Improvement Project shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete the bituminous drive and parking, retaining wall, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, grading, lift station improvements and controls, utility improvements, demolition, and appurtenant work as shown on the Plans and specified herein. GR - 2 WORK SEQUENCE The Notice to Proceed is anticipated to be issued by the Owner on March 9, 2020. The contractor will be allowed to mobilize and begin construction on or after May 11, 2020. The Work must be substantially completed on or before September 30, 2020. Substantial completion requires all work to be completed, functional and open to the public. The Work must be 100% complete including all punchlist items on or before October 14, 2020 for final review and preparation for final payment. Final payment shall be in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. The project schedule has been set to accommodate sufficient time for private utility relocation and weather delays. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to complete the project within the assigned schedule. No extension of time will be granted for weather conditions typical to the time of year the work is undertaken. Provide 48-hour notice prior to installing traffic control signs. The Contractor shall schedule work to occur continuously to avoid delays. The Contractor shall coordinate schedules with all utility owners within the project limits. The Contractor shall: 1.Perform its work in such a manner as to cause the least interference with adjoining property owners and the general public. 2.For each phase of the project, construct work in a sequence that will allow the utility work to follow immediately upon the removal of the bituminous pavement and concrete curb and gutter. Subgrade excavation, subgrade preparation, and placement of aggregate base shall be completed within two weeks of the completion of any utility work. Curb and gutter placement, final aggregate base placement, and the first lift of bituminous pavement shall be placed within two weeks of initial aggregate base placement. All restoration work shall be completed within two weeks of paving the bituminous base course. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 3.All construction shall occur within the construction limits as shown on plans. 4.Provide temporary power and controls for existing lift station and limit the number of days the lift station is in temporary bypass. GR - 3 (1401) INTENT OF CONTRACT The provision of MnDOT 1401 shall apply. GR - 4 (1402) CONTRACT REVISIONS The provision of MnDOT 1402 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Delete Paragraph 1402.6 in its entirety. GR - 5 (1403) NOTIFICATION FOR CONTRACT REVISIONS The provision of MnDOT 1403 shall apply. GR - 6 (1404) MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC The provisions of MnDOT 1404 shall apply. GR - 7 (1405) USE OF MATERIALS FOUND ON THE PROJECT The provisions of MnDOT 1405 shall apply. GR - 8 (1406) PRESERVATION OF HISTORICAL OBJECTS The provisions of MnDOT 1406 shall apply. GR - 9 (1407) FINAL CLEANUP The provisions of MnDOT 1407 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: During the progress of the work, the area affected shall be kept clean and free of all rubbish and surplus materials. All unnecessary construction equipment shall be removed from the site and all damage repaired so that the public and adjacent property owners are inconvenienced as little as possible. Where materials or debris have washed, flowed into, or have been placed in water courses, ditches, gutters, drains, catch basins, or elsewhere as a result of the Contractor’s operations, such material or debris shall be removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of work. All ditches, channels, drains, etc. shall be kept in a clean and neat condition. On or before the completion of work, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise directed in writing, remove all temporary works, tools and machinery, other construction equipment, or stockpiles placed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall remove all rubbish from any grounds which the Contractor occupied and shall leave all the premises and adjacent properties affected by the operation in a neat and restored condition satisfactory to the Engineer. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 Street sweeping (with a pickup broom) will be required periodically. Any material deposited on streets adjacent to the project from construction or hauling operations shall be cleaned as directed by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to clear adjacent roadways within 24 hours of notification, the Engineer shall arrange to have the roadways cleaned by the Owner and bill the Contractor $500 per occurrence. The $500 fee for street sweeping will be deducted from project retainage for each occurrence. GR - 10 (1502) PLANS AND WORKING DRAWINGS The provisions of MnDOT 1502 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Drawings provided by the Owner will include the information, as applicable to the project, in accordance with MnDOT 1502. The Owner’s Standard Plates, MnDOT’s Standard Plates, and MnDOT’s Standard Plans may provide supplemental information. GR - 11 (1504) COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 1504 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Delete the second sentence of the first paragraph and replace with the following: If discrepancies exist between the Contract documents, the following order of precedence applies: 1.Addenda, 2.Project Manual, 3.Project Plans, 4.Owner’s General Specifications and Standard Plates (if applicable), 5.MnDOT Standard Specifications for Construction, and 6.CEAM Standard Specifications. GR - 12 (1506) SUPERVISION BY CONTRACTOR The provisions of MnDOT 1506 shall apply. GR - 13 (1507) UTILITY PROPERTY AND SERVICE The provisions of MnDOT 1507 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The plans show only known underground utilities, public and private, and the locations are approximate. No assurance is given that additional underground facilities do not exist. The utilities are classified as “Level D” unless the plans specifically state otherwise. This utility quality level was determined according to the guidelines of CI/ASCE38-02, entitled “Standard Guidelines for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface Data”. State law requires the Contractor to contact Gopher State One Call (811) for utility locations before doing any underground excavation. The Contractor is responsible for ascertaining the actual location of underground utilities. All bidders are encouraged to contact the affected utilities prior to submitting a bid to determine the extent of their facilities within the project area and the scope and anticipated schedule of any facility relocation, removal, or adjustment. The following utility owners are known to have existing facilities that may be affected by the Work: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 Gas Centerpoint Energy Alla Denisova 612-321-5077 Alla.denisova@centerpointenergy.com Electric Xcel Energy Arthur Lott 612-630-4409 Arthur.w.lott@xcelenergy.com Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall check all existing manholes, catch basins, gate valve boxes, stop boxes, culverts, and storm sewer lines in the construction zones to determine their condition. Failure to report deficiencies in writing, and have such deficiencies acknowledged in writing by the Engineer, will be cause for any required repairs and/or cleaning to be charged to this Contractor. The Contractor shall coordinate activities with the activities of all utility owners present within the project limits. This includes delays associated with scheduling conflicts, fees charges by utility owners for construction services, and all time necessary to communicate and work with utility owners within the project limits. The location, protection, maintenance and/or repair, if damaged, of all in-place utilities shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Where construction operations require the interruption of service of a utility, the Contractor shall notify the utility at least 48 hours before the interruption and shall advise the utility of the probable time when the service will be restored. GR - 14 (1508) CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINE, AND GRADES MnDOT 1508 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1508 CONSTRUCTION STAKES, LINE AND GRADES The Engineer will provide horizontal and vertical control construction stakes to allow the Contractor to construct the improvements as follows: 1.Offset stakes placed at 25-foot intervals for the first 100 feet out of each manhole, then 100- foot intervals thereafter for sanitary or storm sewer, with a cut sheet indicating horizontal and vertical distances from the stake to the pipe invert. 2.Offset stakes placed at 50-foot intervals, including changes in direction and appurtenances for watermain construction. 3.Curb and Gutter: 3-foot offset stakes placed at 25-foot intervals with a cut sheet indicating a cut/fill to the proposed top of curb. 4.Reference hubs (blue tops) at approximately 100-foot intervals at a measured distance either side of centerline, including cut or fill instructions for subgrade and/or gravel base. It shall be the Contractor's total responsibility to accurately construct the improvements in accordance with the construction stakes. Construction stakes will not be placed by the Owner until a written request is received from the Contractor giving the Engineer 48 hours’ notice, describing where and when the Contractor wants the construction stakes placed for the next week's construction. The stakes will be set only one time and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve the stakes. The Engineer shall have the right to order the Contractor to have construction stakes replaced if the Engineer determines that a significant number of stakes have been destroyed. The replacement of any construction stakes will be done by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 The Contractor shall be responsible for replacement of all property or section corners removed by the Contractor. The Owner will mark all property corners and section corners the Owner is aware of prior to construction. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any property corner, whether the Owner has marked them or not, which the Contractor may disturb in sufficient time to allow the Engineer to establish ties to the corner. The replacement of property or section corners shall be by the Owner at the Contractor's expense and for which the Contractor will be billed. No additional compensation shall be allowed the Contractor for any claims of crews being held up because of lack of line and grade stakes. GR - 15 (1511) INSPECTION OF WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1511 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Any person representing Federal or State agencies, the Engineer, or Owner shall have the right of entry to inspect the Work being performed by the Contractor. If the case warrants, the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer anytime they anticipate working on this project. No work will be allowed without notifying the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours beforehand. GR - 16 (1513) RESTRICTIONS ON MOVEMENT AND STORAGE OF HEAVY LOADS AND EQUIPMENT The provisions of MnDOT 1513 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall limit the roadways utilized for delivery of equipment and for hauling operations. The Contractor shall provide and use only rubber tire dozers, front end loaders, and other necessary equipment on all work where street pavements or portions of pavements are undisturbed for the protection of the pavements or in such locations as the Engineer may direct. No compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for replacement of damaged utilities and resurfacing or replacing damaged pavements. GR - 17 (1514) MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION The provisions of MnDOT 1514 shall apply. GR - 18 (1601) SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY The provisions of MnDOT 1601 shall apply. GR - 19 (1603) MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLES, TESTS, AND ACCEPTANCE The provisions of MnDOT 1603 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Delete the first paragraph of MnDOT 1603.2 and replace with the following: Testing of materials and/or densities shall be completed to assure quality of materials and/or workmanship. The Observer will coordinate and order the tests to be performed. Initial testing of materials and/or densities, in accordance with the requirements below, will be paid for by the Owner. Any retesting due to failures shall be at the expense of the Contractor. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 Schedule of Materials Control Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 1603.2: Copies of all test results, either passing or failing, shall be provided to the Observer, Owner, and Engineer. Failing test results shall be retested to confirm compliance with the project specifications. GR - 20 (1606) STORAGE OF MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 1606 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Any disturbed area shall be cleaned up and fully restored to the pre-existing condition prior to closing out this project. The Contractor shall be required to install protective fencing and silt fence around the storage area. The protection, cleanup, and restoration of the project storage area shall be the Contractor’s responsibility; no compensation will be made for this work. It is anticipated that all work, including stockpiling of materials, will be completed within the construction limits as identified on plan. GR - 21 (1607) HANDLING MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 1607 shall apply. GR - 22 (1608) UNACCEPTABLE MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 1608 shall apply. GR - 23 (1609) DEPARTMENT PROVIDED MATERIAL The provisions of MnDOT 1609 shall apply. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 GR - 24 (1701) LAWS TO BE OBSERVED The provisions of MnDOT 1701 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Delete MnDOT 1701.2 and replace with the following: 1701.2 WORKER CONDUCT The Owner intends to provide a workplace free of violence, threats of violence, harassment, and discrimination. The Owner has zero tolerance for violence in the workplace. Contractors shall maintain a workplace free of violence, harassment, and discrimination. The Contractor shall immediately remove from the Project any employee of the Contractor or a Subcontractor in violation of these requirements. The Contractor shall not discriminate against prospective employees because of age, race, color, sex, creed, religion, nationality, or disability. Delete MnDOT 1701.3 in its entirety. GR - 25 (1702) PERMITS, LICENSES, AND TAXES The provisions of MnDOT 1702 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The following permits will be acquired by the Owner (except as noted). The Contractor is required to follow the provisions of all permits: The Contractor will be required to comply with RCWD watershed permit 19-119. A copy of the permit requirements can be found in the appendix. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR): The Contractor shall acquire a DNR Water Appropriations permit if any dewatering becomes necessary. GR - 26 (1706) EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND WELFARE The provisions of MnDOT 1706 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor, at their own expense, shall provide and maintain temporary toilet facilities at the site during the construction period sufficient for the scheduled workforce. The Contractor and Engineer shall agree to the location of the temporary toiled facilities. Areas of special concern include, but are not limited to, excavation stability protection, fall protection, protection from overhead hazards, vehicle backup protection, confined space safety, blasting operations, and personal safety devices. The Contractor must not use motor vehicle equipment that has an obstructed rear view unless the vehicle has a reverse alarm that is audible above the surrounding noise level; or an observer signals to the operator that it is safe to revers. GR - 27 (1707) PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY The provisions of MnDOT 1707 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Regular working hours will be from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday. The Contractor shall not be permitted to work on Sundays or holidays, except in the case of emergencies. Requests for modification of working hours must be approved by the Owner. The Contractor shall submit all requests in writing to the Engineer. The Contractor shall structure the proposed project schedule based on the stated working hours. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 8 The Contractor shall comply with local and state ordinances on noise abatement. All equipment shall have effective mufflers on engine exhaust systems. The Contractor shall provide any barricades, fences or other means of protection necessary to properly execute the work and adequately protect its employees, employees of the Owner, employees of the Engineer, and members of the public according to federal, state, and local regulators. All utility trenches shall be backfilled at the end of each working day to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All labor and materials necessary to comply with these provisions are incidental, and no payment shall be made. GR - 28 (1710) TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES The provisions of MnDOT 1710 shall apply. GR - 29 (1712) PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY The provisions of MnDOT 1712 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall take whatever steps necessary to protect adjoining properties and structures from hazards due to performance of the work. The Contractor is responsible for any and all damage to properties and structures that occur as a result of the Contractor’s operations. Construction may occur in close proximity to a number of existing structures. The Contractor shall use shoring or other means as necessary to ensure that those structures are protected during construction. Existing residences may not be of modern construction and are thus sensitive to vibrating equipment. The Contractor shall take care when utilizing vibratory equipment to avoid damage to adjoining structures. Damage to structures resulting from the use of vibratory equipment are the responsibility of the Contractor. In the event of a complaint or perceived problem, a seismograph will be required to be provided at the Contractor’s expense. All labor and materials necessary to comply with the provisions of this section are incidental, and no payment shall be made. GR - 30 (1716) CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1716 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall guarantee and maintain the stability of all work, equipment and materials for a period of two years from date of final payment. This Contractor shall provide as part of the contract security a separate two-year maintenance bond to be dated to begin the date the Owner formally accepts the project. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as restricting Contractor's liability for breach of contract by reason of non-conformance with the specification for defects or faulty workmanship. GR - 31 (1717) AIR, LAND, AND WATER POLLUTION Pollution of natural resources of air, land, and water by operations under this Contract shall be prevented, controlled, and abated in accordance with the rules, regulations, and standards adopted and established by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) and MnDOT 1717. The provisions of MnDOT 1717 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Add the following requirements to MnDOT 1717.1.D: The Contractor shall be responsible for dust control. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 9 Add the following requirements to MnDOT 1717.2: Erosion control shall be placed and maintained by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall use the appropriate means of control for individual situations. The erosion control types may include but are not limited to silt fence, fiber blanket, rock construction entrances, and catch basin inlet protection, all of which will be considered incidental to the project cost unless a bid item is provided in the Bid Form. Failure to maintain the erosion control will be sufficient cause to withhold further payments on the project until the maintenance is complete. Emergency Best Management Practices must be enacted to help minimize turbidity of surface waters and relieve runoff from extreme weather events. All manholes shall be protected from surface water drainage. All storm sewer systems shall be protected from sedimentation, along with downstream ponding areas. All catch basins shall be protected with approved means of protection, immediately following construction. Prior to final acceptance of the project or the end of the warranty period, the Contractor shall remove all erosion control items. GR - 32 (1802) QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKERS The provisions of MnDOT 1802 shall apply. GR - 33 (1804) PROSECUTION OF WORK The provisions of MnDOT 1804 are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following: 1804 PROSECUTION OF WORK 1804.1 SPECIAL PROJECT ADA REQUIREMENTS All pedestrian facilities on this Project must be constructed according to the Public Rights-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines (PROWAG) which can be found at: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/ada/pdf/PROWAG.pdf. The Engineer may provide additional details to those provided in the Plan that meet the PROWAG guidelines as the need arises and field conditions dictate. A.Responsible Person – ADA Compliance Supervisor The Contractor must designate a responsible person competent in all aspects of PROWAG to assess proposed sidewalk layouts at each site before work begins. The designated person must have attended the MnDOT ADA Construction Certification Course and received a passing score, within the past three years. A minimum of one person per project must possess a valid ADA Construction Certification card anytime ADA work is being performed on the project. ADA work shall include, but not be limited to the following: assessment of proposed sidewalk layouts at each site before work begins, determining and marking removal limits for work pertaining to pedestrian facilities, all ADA related removals and grading, forming and finishing of concrete at all pedestrian facilities, paving pedestrian crossings, placing bituminous pedestrian facilities, final grading, and pavement markings. Any ADA work not listed above can be added at the discretion of the Engineer. An ADA Certified person is not required on site if the only work being performed concerns traffic signals and APS installations. Any time work the Contractor is performing concerns pedestrian facilities, the Contractor’s ADA Certified person shall be on site. No measurement will be made of the various duties of the ADA Compliance Supervisor, and all such work shall be construed to be incidental to the project. B.Criteria for Pedestrian Facilities Pedestrian facilities must be constructed to meet the following criteria: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 10 1.Pedestrian Access Routes (PAR) must be constructed to meet the following: a.Minimum width of 4 ft. b.Maximum cross slope of 2.0 percent. c.Vertical discontinuities of less than ¼ inch. d.Provide positive drainage without allowing any ponding and maintain existing drainage flow patterns unless indicated otherwise in the Plan. e.All grade breaks shall be constructed perpendicular to the path of travel. f.Maximum 5 percent running slope unless adjacent roadway profile exceeds 5 percent. 2.Landings are part of the PAR and must be constructed to meet the following: a.4 ft x 4 ft minimum width and matching full width of incoming PAR. b.Maximum slope of 2.0 percent in all directions. c.Required at all locations where the PAR changes directions or inverse running slopes are greater than 2 percent. d.Must be connected to the PAR. e.Shall be constructed as a single plane surface having no grade breaks. 3.Ramps are part of the PAR and must be constructed to meet either of the following criteria: a.Longitudinal slopes less than 5 percent in the direction of travel require no landing at the top of the ramp (unless the PAR changes direction). b.Longitudinal slopes from 5 percent to 8.3 percent in the direction of travel require a landing at the top of the ramp. C.General Requirements The Contractor and the Engineer shall work together to construct all pedestrian facilities set forth in the plans. If the plan or site conditions do not allow accessibility standards to be met, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine a resolution. The Engineer shall respond to the Contractor in a timely manner with a solution on how to proceed. The Contractor shall mitigate any potential delays by progressing other available work on the project. If the Contractor constructs any pedestrian facilities that are not per Plan, or do not meet the above requirements, or do not follow the agreed upon resolution with the Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for correcting the deficient facilities with no compensation paid for the corrective work. The following hold points will be utilized in the construction of pedestrian facilities: 1.Removals: The Contractor and the Engineer shall use the appropriate ramp, sidewalk, and driveway details in the Plan, and calculate the removal limits for the sidewalk and curb and gutter. If it is determined that the removal limits will exceed the plan removal limits by more than 10 ft and the plan removal limits are not adequate to meet PROWAG and MnDOT Standards, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine a solution. Once the Engineer and the Contractor reach an agreement on how to proceed, the Contractor may finish the removals. 2.Curb and Gutter: a.Curb and Gutter at Quadrants: Prior to pouring the curb and gutter at curb ramps the Contractor and the Engineer must verify that the curb and gutter will work with any vertical constraints (doorways, steps, bus stops, outwalks and landing areas). Prior to pouring curb and gutter at quadrants the Contractor must verify the zero-height curb, and curb transitions will be located as shown in the Plans and will provide an adequate detectable edge as shown on Standard Plan 5- 297.250 (Sheet 4 of 6). Verify curb tapers are constructed at correct heights so that positive boulevard slopes and drainage is maintained away from landings and sidewalks, to the newly constructed curb and gutter sections. The Contractor shall verify that the proposed gutter flow lines will provide positive drainage as well as maintain existing drainage patterns including existing gutter inflows/outflows. The curb and gutter shall be constructed as detailed in the Plan SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 11 with a defined flow line and with no vertical discontinuities over ¼ inch. For required flow line corrections including curb line raises and curb ramp cross slope “tabling”, see Standard Plan 5-297.250 (Sheet 6 of 6). Curb shall be poured at 3 percent inflow around the radius or at a minimum distance of 10 ft from any zero-height curb section when machine placed. The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine a resolution if any of these conditions cannot be met. Once the Engineer and the Contractor reach an agreement on how to proceed, the Contractor may proceed with pouring the curb and gutter. b.Curb and Gutter at Roadway Sections: Prior to pouring curb and gutter at roadway sections the Contractor must verify proposed curb and gutter heights will work with existing roadway and shoulder slopes. The Contractor shall verify prior to placing the pedestrian facilities that positive drainage is maintained within public right-of-way (R/W), as well as maintaining existing off R/W drainage. The Contractor shall check to ensure all top back of curb elevations will allow for adequate boulevard slopes, PAR slopes, and widths as shown on Standard Plan 5-297.254 (Sheet 4 of 4) while maintaining all vertically constrained match points (doorways, steps, bus stops, outwalks and landing areas). The Contractor shall check all driveway locations and widths and follow driveway details and plans for all driveway layouts including curb heights and curb tapers. Driveway curbs sections and aprons shall be constructed to minimize changes in the sidewalk width, alignment, and profile. The Contractor shall consult with the Engineer to determine a resolution if any of these conditions cannot be met. Once the Engineer and the Contractor reach agreement on how to proceed, the Contractor may proceed with pouring the curb and gutter. 3.Forming and Finishing: After the curb and gutter has been correctly poured, and the Contractor has set the sidewalk forms, the Contractor shall verify prior to placing the curb ramps and sidewalks that positive drainage is maintained within public R/W, as well as maintaining existing off R/W drainage, and that all the requirements in 1804.1.B will be achieved. a.Ramps: In addition, the longitudinal slopes shown in the Construction Plans and the Standard Plan shall be utilized unless these conditions cannot be met. The starting point for setting the forms on the controlling ramp legs, landings, and sidewalk slopes should be the following: Steep (S) 7% Flat (F) 4% Landing 1% Sidewalk Cross Slope 1.5% If any of these requirements cannot be met the Contractor shall meet with the Engineer to determine the best solution. Once the Engineer and the Contractor reach an agreement on how to proceed, the Contractor may proceed with the curb ramp and sidewalk pour. b.Landings: An initial landing is the first required landing of a pedestrian ramp. All initial landings required at the top of a ramped sloped surface (greater than 2 percent longitudinal slope), shall be formed and placed separately in an independent concrete pour. This does not include initial landings placed at roadway grade such as depressed corners, parallel ramps, rural flat landings, or flat cut-throughs. Secondary landings consist of all landings beyond the initial landing. These secondary landings do not require a separate landing pour. Wet casting or drill and grouting of reinforcement bars will be required in accordance with the details shown in Standard Plan 5-297.250 (Sheet 6 of 6). Wet casting of reinforcement bars shall be installed through holes or slots in the forms, with a form height at least equal to the walk thickness of the formed concrete shown in the plans. These bars shall be deformed and installed with minimum concrete cover of 2 in. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 12 All necessary subgrade preparation and aggregate base placement for the entire ramp construction limit shall be done before the initial landing is constructed at each location. D.Laying Out the Work It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, or Contractor’s Surveyor if applicable, to lay out all proposed work at each intersection in accordance with the Plan and requirements listed in this Special Provision. The Contractor may confer with the Engineer for guidance in laying out the proposed work, but it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure the proposed work meets all the requirements of this Special Provision. This layout includes, but is not limited to placement of grade breaks, curb transitions, gutter flow lines, truncated dome placement, crosswalk marking placement, flares, landing limits, removal limits, driveway tie in limits, and ramp limits. It is important that the Contractor lay out this work properly to achieve the construction of a compliant pedestrian facility. The owner’s surveyor will only stake points and elevations provided in the Plan. For custom designs, other than specific dimensions provided in the Plan, the Contractor shall be expected to scale dimensions from the Plan as needed to construct the facility. If scaled dimensions do not allow for a facility to be constructed to meet the requirements of 1804.1.B, the Contractor shall follow the process listed in 1804.1.C. This layout work shall be incidental. E.Existing Buildings The Contractor shall utilize measures and methods when working near existing buildings that will avoid damaging the building’s face or structure. The contractor will be responsible for any damage to the building’s face or structure, both below and above ground. Any damage resulting from Contractor’s operations will be repaired at the Contractor’s expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer. F.Joints and Edges The Contractor will round all joints and edges with a ¼ in radius grooving or edging tool within the PAR. This requirement includes all curb and gutter joints at zero-height curb sections at curb ramps. Contraction joints shall extend to at least 30 percent of walk thickness. The Contractor shall also have the option of providing saw cuts to construct the sidewalk joints. If saw cutting, provide 1/8 in wide contraction joints within the PAR, including all curb and gutter joints at zero-height curb sections. When greater than 50 ft of continuous sidewalk runs are constructed the contractor shall saw cut all joints. This work shall be incidental. The top grade break of walkable flares needs a visual joint to indicate a change in grade. To eliminate the use of excessive contraction joints in the quadrant the visual joint shall meet MnDOT 2521.3.C, except the depth requirement is reduced to ¼ in. In sections where concrete-boulevard is placed between the back of curb and the sidewalk, the ½ in preformed joint filler material shall be placed at the back of curb and between the outside edge of sidewalk at existing building or structures. The ½ in wide preformed joint filler shall not be placed in the longitudinal joint between the sidewalk and boulevard, unless it is necessary to provide expansion at fixed structures. At locations where sidewalk is adjacent to existing buildings, extend walk up to the edge of building and place ½ in preformed joint filler ½ in lower than top of walk whenever possible. Furnish and install Backer Rod of appropriate diameter when joints are ¼ in wide or greater, clean surfaces and apply approved silicon joint filler to flush with top of walk. If the transverse sidewalk and boulevard joint layouts cannot be aligned, use approved preformed joint filler with a maximum 1/8 in width and place between the sidewalk and boulevard to prevent contraction joints from migrating into the adjacent concrete panels. G. Minimum Requirements The minimum continuous and unobstructed clear width of a pedestrian access route shall be 4 ft. All new or reconstructed sidewalk widths shall match or exceed in place sidewalk and in no case shall it be less than 5 ft in width except at locations where obstructions cannot be moved or at driveways where slopes exceed the maximum allowable grades. The cross slope of the sidewalk or shared use path shall not exceed 2 percent, and shall be measured perpendicular to the path of travel across the entire surface width of the sidewalk or shared use path. Curb ramps should match proposed sidewalk PAR width and shall match full shared use path widths. Whenever possible, the entire landings should be placed in a single concrete placement. If this is not possible due to construction staging, follow requirements for reinforcement bar placement and tie adjacent landings together. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 13 In areas where the sidewalk is to be constructed around fixed structures and the grade has been changed, the sidewalk shall be finished around these structures to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no additional cost. Architectural elements such as brick pavers, concrete stamping, and multiple colored concrete placements shall be kept outside the curb ramps and landing areas. Any architectural elements that do not maintain a consistent flat smooth surface shall not be used within the PAR. GR - 34 (1805) METHODS AND EQUIPMENT The provisions of MnDOT 1805 shall apply. GR - 35 (1807) FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME The provisions of MnDOT 1807 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence and that the Owner will suffer financial loss and other losses if the work is not completed within the times specified by the Owner, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration preceding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) Contractor shall pay the Owner as follows: •The liquidated damages shall be in accordance with Table 1807-1 Schedule of Liquidated Damages for all stated completion dates, as well as any intermediate completion dates. GR - 36 (1901) MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES The provisions of MnDOT 1901 shall apply. GR - 37 (1903) COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES MnDOT 1903 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1903 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES There will be no adjustment in unit price for increased or decreased quantities. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reduce certain quantities or delete certain items from each section of the bids as the Owner sees fit, either before or after the Award of Contract. There will be no additional compensation due to remobilization of equipment as necessary to complete punch list items or other items not completed by the Contractor. There will be no additional compensation due to restocking charges for materials not used on the project. GR - 38 (1908) FINAL ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT – CONDITIONS AND PROCESS MnDOT 1908 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: 1908 FINAL ESTIMATE AND PAYMENT – CONDITIONS AND PROCESS Absent complete and legally effective releases or waivers of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work, the Owner may retain out of any monies due said Contractor sums sufficient to cover all unpaid liens/claims. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 1 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 14 The Owner cannot make final payment to the Contractor until the Contractor demonstrates that it and all its subcontractors have complied with the Income Tax withholding requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 290.92 for wages paid for work performed under the contract. To establish compliance, the Contractor must submit a “Contractor Affidavit” (IC134) to the Minnesota Department of Revenue. The Contractor will receive written certification of compliance when the Department of Revenue determines that all withholding tax returns have been filed and all withholding taxes attributable to the work performed on the contract have been paid. The Contractor must then provide this written certification to the Owner to receive final payment. Every subcontractor working on the Project must submit an approved “Contractor Affidavit” from the Minnesota Department of Revenue to the Contractor before the Contractor can file its own Contractor Affidavit. GR - 39 (1910) COST ESCALATION The provisions of MnDOT 1910 shall apply. DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATIONS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 2021 MOBILIZATION ............................................................................................................................. 1 2104 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES ............................................ 1 2105 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT ............................................................................................ 3 2106 EXCAVATION – COMPACTED VOLUME METHOD ................................................................... 4 2111 TEST ROLLING ............................................................................................................................ 8 2112 SUBGRADE PREPARATION ....................................................................................................... 8 2123 EQUIPMENT RENTAL .................................................................................................................. 9 2211 AGGREGATE BASE ..................................................................................................................... 9 2357 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT ........................................................................................................ 11 2360 PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (MSCR) ........................................................................ 11 2411 CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL ................................................................................... 14 2451 (CEAM 2600) STRUCTURE EXCAVATIONS AND BACKFILLS ............................................... 33 2502 SUBSURFACE DRAINS ............................................................................................................. 34 2503 (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS ..................................................................................................... 35 2505 UTILITY COORDINATION .......................................................................................................... 38 2506 (CEAM 2621) MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS ..................................................................... 38 2511 RIPRAP ....................................................................................................................................... 44 2521 WALKS ........................................................................................................................................ 44 2531 CONCRETE CURBING .............................................................................................................. 45 2540 MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES ........................................................................................ 46 2557 FENCING .................................................................................................................................... 47 2563 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT .................................................................................. 49 2564 METAL INFORMATION SIGNAGE............................................................................................. 50 2571 PLANT INSTALLATION AND ESTABLISHMENT ...................................................................... 50 2572 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION .......................................................... 50 2573 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................. 51 2574 SOIL PREPARATION ................................................................................................................. 52 2575 ESTABLISHING VEGETATION AND CONTROLLING EROSION ............................................ 52 2582 PAVEMENT MARKINGS ............................................................................................................ 56 DIVISION 2 SPECIFICATIONS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 2021 MOBILIZATION 2021.1 – DESCRIPTION This item shall consist of preparatory work and operations, personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site. This item also includes protection of the project during construction, including temporary erosion and sediment control, protection for existing fences or trees, daily street sweeping, and protecting the integrity of the stormwater ponds during construction. No additional compensation will be given for these items. The replacement and/or restoration of damaged property shall be considered incidental to the Mobilization bid item and shall not incur any additional payments from the Owner. The Contractor must notify the property owner of any and all damage to their property, as well as a plan to fix said damage, within twenty-four (24) hours of damage. 2021.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Mobilization: Payment shall be made at the lump sum price bid, which shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total Contract amount for mobilization and traffic control, and shall be payment in full for of all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the project as specified shall be made at the lump sum item "Mobilization & Traffic Control". 2104 REMOVING PAVEMENT AND MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES The provisions of MnDOT 2104 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2104.1 – DESCRIPTION All curb and gutter scheduled for removal and marked by the Engineer in the field shall first be full-depth saw cut, using a wet saw, at any panel joints with existing curb and gutter as identified by the Engineer, and then removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all curb and gutter within the project that is to remain in place. Any damage to existing curb and gutter shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer with no additional compensation thereto. Remove sanitary sewer pipe. Adhere to requirements of 2104.3 Part B.. Remove existing generator building including building, foundation, and chain-link fence. Salvage existing natural gas generator, controls, and transfer switch and return to Owner. Remove existing communications pole. Salvage existing antenna and return to Owner. Remove existing lift station to the elevation required to lay new sanitary piping (Approx. 216.00’). Abandon sumps in place per 2104.3 Part E. 2104.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Paragraph D.3 is supplemented with the following: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 Materials and debris removed from the project site shall be disposed of at a site selected by the Contractor. Such disposal areas shall be approved landfills or property under the direct control of the Contractor, in accordance with State and local rules and regulations. No burning or burying of debris on the project site will be permitted. B.Removal Operations Removals made by sawing, shall result in a neat, straight line, or a square edge. The use of wedges driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed will not be permitted. Add the following new paragraphs to MnDOT 2104.3.C: B.7 Concrete Curb and Gutter All concrete curb and gutter scheduled for removal and marked by the Engineer in the field shall first be saw cut, using a wet saw and then removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all curb and gutter within the project that is to remain in place. Any damage to existing curb and gutter shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer with no additional compensation thereto. B.8 Pipe Removal Removal of sanitary sewer pipe, sanitary forcemain, storm sewer pipe and culvert, as noted in the plans, shall be in manner and at the stage of construction so that conveyance and drainage will be maintained, respectively. Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2104.3: E.Abandon Operations Sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and/or watermain pipe that are to be abandoned shall be filled with a granular or other approved material and capped watertight. Filling and capping of the abandoned pipe shall be included in the unit price for abandonment. Manhole structures that are to be abandoned shall first have the cone section removed (to a depth specified by the engineer) (incidental) and then filled with granular or other approved material to the top of the barrel section. The remainder of the backfilling shall consist of the native soils. Abandoning a manhole is not allowed unless specifically called for in the plans. 2104.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT REMOVE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per linear foot for the removal and disposal of material specified. In removing curb and gutter, a saw cut shall be used to make a neat, straight line. Incidental to this bid item includes all full depth saw cuts regardless of thickness and/or whether or not the concrete has reinforcement (i.e., rebar or mesh). Pavement shall be saw cut, using a wet saw, to a full depth to provide a neat, vertical, straight edge for all thicknesses. REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per square yard for the removal and disposal of material specified. In removing pavement, a saw cut shall be used to make a neat, straight line. The use of wedges driven into the saw cut to break off the portion to be removed will not be permitted. Incidental to this bid item includes full depth saw cuts regardless of thickness and/or whether or not the concrete has reinforcement (i.e., rebar or mesh). Pavement shall be saw cut, using a wet saw, to a full depth to provide a neat, vertical, straight edge for all thicknesses. B.Length Measurement will be by the length of pipe sealed and abandoned as specified. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 E.Lump Sum Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2104.4.E: E.1 Remove Generator Building Removal of generator building and salvage of materials as specified shall be lump sum. E.2 Remove Utility Pole Removal of utility pole and salvage of antenna as specified shall be lump sum. E.3 Remove Existing Sanitary Lift Station Removal and abandonment of existing lift station and incoming gravity sewer pipe as specified shall be lump sum. 2104.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Measurement and payment for the removal and disposal of materials will be made only for those Items of removal work specifically included for payment as such in the Bid Form and as listed in the Plans. All costs of hauling salvaged materials shall be included in the cost of salvaging the material. Delete the last sentence of the second paragraph and replace with the following: Saw cutting necessary for the removal of sidewalks or concrete curb and gutter shall be considered incidental with no direct compensation made. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2104.502 REMOVE PIPE APRON EACH 2104.502 REMOVE MANHOLE EACH 2104.502 REMOVE DRAINAGE STRUCTURE EACH 2104.502 SALVAGE CASTING EACH 2104.503 REMOVE SEWER PIPE (STORM) LF 2104.503 REMOVE CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF 2104.503 REMOVE SPLIT-RAIL FENCE LF 2104.503 REMOVE CONCRETE CURB LF 2104.503 REMOVE SEWER PIPE (SANITARY) LF 2104.504 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SY 2104.501 REMOVE GENERATOR BUILDING LS 2104.501 REMOVE UTILITY POLE LS 2104.501 REMOVE EXISTING SANITARY LIFT STATION LS 2105 EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2105.1 DESCRIPTION SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2105.1: B.Dewatering The Contractor shall provide groundwater excavation dewatering as necessary to allow for construction on a stable foundation. Dewatering within the project area will be defined as any activity that requires temporary lowering of the water table using point wells, placement of temporary barriers, or other satisfactory types of water control to allow for construction and to protect the improvements. Payment will not be made for using pumps and rock to keep a dry excavation. Dewatering operations are controlled by permit from the DNR or other agencies. Dewatering operations must be in accordance with the MnDOT 2573. Rerouting surface water is not considered dewatering and is incidental. The Contractor is responsible for application for any necessary permits and compliance with all conditions of permits. The Contractor shall also be responsible for noise control during dewatering as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall make their own determination as to the extent of the groundwater on the project prior to bidding. No additional compensation will be made for a higher than expected groundwater table or any compliance requirements from regulatory agencies. Dewatering systems and excavations must remain inside construction limits. 2105.2 MATERIALS C.Geotextiles Geotextiles for stabilization shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 3733, Type 5. 2105.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Add the following new paragraphs to MnDOT 2105.4: A.Dewatering The Engineer will measure dewatering by the lump sum. 2105.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2105.5: L.Dewatering Payment shall be made at the unit price bid on a lump sum basis and shall be compensation in full for materials, labor, and equipment necessary to complete the work as specified. Permits necessary for this work shall be considered incidental. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2105.504 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC TYPE 5 S Y 2105.601 DEWATERING LS 2106 EXCAVATION – COMPACTED VOLUME METHOD The provisions of MnDOT 2106 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 2106.1 DESCRIPTION A.Definitions No modifications to the definitions provided in MnDOT 2106.1.A have been made except for A.6, Select Grading Material. Delete MnDOT 2106.1.A.6 and replace with the following: A.6 Select Grading Material Select grading materials are all mineral soils found in the Triaxial Chart in the Grading and Base Manual, excluding: organic soils per MnDOT 2106.1.A.10, marl, and silt. Silt is defined as soils containing 80 percent or more silt-sized particles as determined by MnDOT Laboratory manual procedure 1302. Select Grading Material may contain up to 100 percent recycled materials composed of recycled concrete, asphalt, or glass meeting the following: •no more than 10 percent glass, •no more than 75 percent concrete, and •with a bitumen content of 3.5 percent or less. 2106.2 MATERIALS Delete MnDOT 2106.2.A.1 and replace with the following: A.1 Common Excavation Earthwork, Subgrade Preparation & Export: Common excavation and earthwork operations shall consist of all excavation required between the existing surface and the proposed subgrade elevation, including the salvaging and respreading of existing topsoil, rough grading, backfilling, compaction, finish grading operations, and export of excess soils. Subgrade excavation shall be performed, as directed by the Engineer, for the removal of any unstable soils which may be encountered. Such excavation shall be backfilled with suitable excess common excavation material or imported granular borrow as directed by the Engineer and as indicated on plans. If the Contractor proceeds without approval from the Engineer, all work and material required to restore the proposed improvements to the proper grade shall be at the Contractor's expense. Topsoil shall be respread to a finished depth of six inches (6”) in all non-paved areas. 2106.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Management of the excavated materials on the site is the Contractor’s responsibility. All suitable material shall be utilized for roadway construction. Excess material shall become property of the Contractor. A.General Before beginning the embankment and excavation operations, topsoil shall be stripped and stockpiled for re-spreading upon the graded area. Mining of materials for removal from the project area and replacement with less desirable materials by the Contractor shall not be permitted. Delete MnDOT 2106.3.B in its entirety and replace with the following: B.Contractor Quality Control (QC) Testing, Aggregate Certification, and Moisture Requirements B.1 Contractor Quality Control (QC) Testing SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 Perform Contractor QC testing as required in the Schedule of Materials Control. Correct areas represented by failing QC or Quality Assurance (QA) tests. Submit test results to the Engineer within one business day. B.2 Aggregate Certification Certify granular materials on Form G&B-104, and attach any required tests. Material placed without certification is unauthorized work. B.3 Moisture Control Meet the moisture content requirements listed in Table 2106-2. Table 2106-2 Moisture Content Requirements Compaction Requirement Relative Moisture Content Requirement * Minimum of 100% maximum density 65% – 102% Minimum of 95% maximum density 65% – 115% Quality Compaction 65% – 102% Penetration Index Method ≥ 65% *As Determined on Form G&B-105 Correct moisture content in areas represented by failing moisture tests. Note that optimum moisture content determination tests and moisture tests during compaction are required for all compaction requirements, including quality compaction, LWD, penetration index, and specified density. The Owner’s proctor test results are used to determine optimum moisture determination. Delete MnDOT 2106.3.G in its entirety and replace with the following: F.Agency Quality Assurance (QA) Test according to the Schedule of Materials Control. F.1 Material Testing Sample granular materials from the road core after spreading, but before compaction. Select crushing, aggregate quality, and bitumen samples using the random sampling method in the Grading and Base manual; additional samples and tests may be taken to delineate visually indicated material failures. Select gradation samples from locations that are at risk of not meeting the specification requirements. F.2 Compaction Testing Test for compaction using: •Quality compaction, and specified density or the LWD method for materials not meeting the requirements of Table 3.149-1, 1 Granular Material, or •Quality compaction, and specified density or granular penetration index or the LWD method for materials meeting the requirements of Table 3149-1, 1 Granular Material. Test for compaction in areas with the greatest rutting or deflection, and near structures, and in an area at least 1 foot from an unconfined edge. After Contractor correction of areas represented by a failing test, perform additional tests in areas with the greatest rutting or deflection. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 For granular materials with less than 6 percent passing the #200 sieve, the Engineer may elect to only use the Quality Compaction method, MnDOT 2106.3.F.2. Use the specified density method for virgin materials only. The following method may be used in lieu of point testing (penetration index, specified density, or LWD) for material meeting Table 3149-1, 2 Select Granular Material, when the material thickness is 18 in or less and when not adjacent to Structures (per MnDOT 1103.) The Engineer may elect, with the concurrence of the Contractor, to have the Contractor test roll per MnDOT 2111, material meeting the requirements of Table 3149-1, 2 Select Granular Material, in lieu of point compaction testing. If this method is elected, the Contractor is required to first place 3 in of base on top of the material meeting Table 3149-1, 2 Select Granular Material, prior to test rolling. For areas failing test rolling, the Contractor is required to remove the base and recompact the material meeting Table 3149-1, 2 Select Granular Material, then place the base back, and re-test roll. There is no additional compensation to the Contractor, if this method is selected. Additionally, the material meeting Table 3149-1, 2 Select Granular Material, is not accepted, until acceptable test rolling has occurred. F.3 Moisture Testing Optimum moisture content determination tests and moisture tests during compaction are required for all compaction requirements, including quality compaction, LWD, penetration index, and specified density. G.Finishing Operations Topsoil borrow, in accordance with MnDOT 2574, shall be used only when specifically authorized by the Engineer. It shall only be used when there is not sufficient in place topsoil to restore the disturbed area. This work shall not be substituted for the work required of the Contractor to salvage and replace existing topsoil. All topsoil shall be free of all sticks, rocks/stones, and debris. Topsoil shall be of a consistency acceptable to the Engineer. Excess topsoil may be disposed of outside the road core as directed by the Engineer. 2106.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required as Quality Control (QC). The Owner shall be responsible for all inspections and tests required as Quality Assurance (QA). C.Embankment Material Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2106.5C: C.1 Select Granular Embankment Select granular embankment shall be used only as directed by the Engineer. Add the following new paragraphs to MnDOT 2106.5D: D.5 Common Excavation Payment shall be at the unit price bid per cubic yard as an excavated volume, and shall be compensation in full for excavation (including salvaging and stockpiling topsoil), preparing the excavation and embankment areas, loading, hauling, placing and compacting fill, stockpiling materials, spreading topsoil, and disposal of material as required. Excess material shall become property of the Contractor. Payment for Common Excavation shall not include the volume of items paid for separately as removals (e.g. curb, bituminous pavement, concrete pavement, reclaimed material). SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 8 Potholing to locate existing utilities may be required. All labor and materials use for potholing will be incidental. D.6 Subgrade Excavation Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard as an excavated volume, and shall be compensation in full for excavation, hauling, stockpiling, and embankment, and the disposal of unsuitable materials. This work shall also include the replacement and compaction of suitable material within the excavated area unless it is directed by the Engineer that embankment material be used to replace the excavated material volume. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2106.507 COMMON EXCAVATION (P) CY 2106.507 SELECT GRANULAR EMBANKMENT (CV) CY 2111 TEST ROLLING The provisions of MnDOT 2111 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2111.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A1. General A representative of the Owner and Contractor shall be present during test rolling. For full depth reclamation, the reclaimed material shall be test rolled prior to placement of the bituminous base course. If it rains after a test roll has been performed and the test roll has been accepted, the Contractor, at the discretion of the Owner and Engineer, will be required to perform an additional test roll prior to commencing with construction at no additional compensation. 2112 SUBGRADE PREPARATION The provisions of MnDOT 2112 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2112.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A.General Maintain drainage for surface water to avoid unnecessary saturation of the subgrade. 2112.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required as Quality Control (QC). The Owner shall be responsible for all inspections and tests required as Quality Assurance (QA). Subgrade Preparation is considered incidental to the Project with no separate payment made. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 9 2123 EQUIPMENT RENTAL The provisions of MnDOT 2123 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2123.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Add the following new paragraph to 2123.5: A.Utility Crew Payment at the bid unit price per hour shall include all labor and equipment for work associated with additional utility work which has not been previously indicated or accurately shown in the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. This item is not for a Contractor to fulfill their obligation to locate private utilities prior to excavation as required by the contract documents. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2123.610 UTILITY CREW HOUR 2211 AGGREGATE BASE The provisions of MnDOT 2211 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2211.2 MATERIALS Aggregate base shall be Class 5, as specified in MnDOT 3138. For virgin materials (MnDOT 3138.2.B), the Contractor/Supplier may not knowingly allow brick and other objectionable material and must employ a QC process to screen it out, before it becomes incorporated into the final product. The amount of Brick must not exceed 1 percent. The amount of other objectionable materials including but not limited to: wood, plant matter, plastic, plaster, and fabric must not exceed 0.3 percent. Aggregate base shall be Class 5, as specified in MnDOT 3138. No greater than 75 percent recycled concrete will be allowed. The Contractor may substitute reclamation material (recycled bituminous and aggregate) for class 3, 4, 5, or 6, if used for base, subbase, stabilizing aggregate, or fine aggregate bedding. Gradation must meet the requirements in Table 3138-6 below and all other requirements of MnDOT 3138. Table 3138-6 Reclamation Material Permitted as a Substitute for Class 3, 4, 5, or 6 Total Percent Passing Sieve Size Class 3 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6 3” * 100 100 100 100 3/4” --- --- 70 – 100 70 – 100 3/8” --- --- 45 – 90 45 – 85 #4 35 – 100 35 – 100 35 – 80 35 – 70 #10 20 – 100 20 – 100 20 – 65 20 – 55 #40 5 – 50 5 – 35 10 – 35 10 – 30 #200 0 – 10.0 0 – 10.0 0 – 10.0 0 – 7.0 *Note for bedding within 2 feet of plastic pipe the requirement is 100% passing the 1” sieve. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 10 2211.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Delete MnDOT 2211.3.B in its entirety, and replace with the following: B.Contractor Quality Control (QC) Testing If required by the Schedule of Materials Control, perform Contractor QC testing and submit results and all required forms to the Engineer within one business day. Certify materials on Form G&B-104 and attach any required aggregate test results. Correct base, which fails either QC or Quality Assurance (QA) testing Correct failing material before placing the next lift. C.Placing and Compacting The Contractor shall install the aggregate base immediately, no more than 24 hours after completion and approval of the Grading Grade. If placement of the aggregate base is done more than 24 hours after the initial test roll, a second test roll shall be required and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to maintain the aggregate base until completion of bituminous surfacing with no direct payment, therefore. Additional aggregate base required due to erosion, washouts, trench settlements or other similar causes shall be replaced by the Contractor without additional compensation, therefore. Add the following new paragraph to MnDOT 2211.4.D: D.4 Moisture Testing Test for the moisture content in areas that appear least likely to meet specifications. Note that moisture tests during compaction are required for all compaction requirements, including quality compaction, LWD, penetration index, and specified density. 2211.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Add the following new paragraphs to MnDOT 2211.4: BOAT LAUNCH RAMP WITH BASE: The contract unit price bid for the boat launch with base shall be paid at the contract unit price per lump sum and shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install DNR supplied precast concrete ramp planks, and to import, place and compact the aggregate base for the boat launch ramp, including the application of water for compaction, test rolling, and maintenance and correction of failures, washouts and settlements, in accordance with the plans and specifications. 2211.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required as Quality Control (QC). The Owner shall be responsible for all inspections and tests required as Quality Assurance (QA). Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2211.507 AGGREGATE BASE (CV) CLASS 5 CY 2211.604 BOAT LAUNCH RAMP WITH BASE LS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 11 2357 BITUMINOUS TACK COAT The provisions of MnDOT 2357 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2357.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Delete MnDOT 2357.5 in its entirety and replace with the following: All costs of furnishing and applying bituminous tack coat material will be incidental with no direct compensation being made, therefore. 2360 PLANT MIXED ASPHALT PAVEMENT (MSCR) The provisions of MnDOT 2360 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2360.1 DESCRIPTION A.Mixture Designations Mix Designation Numbers for the bituminous mixtures on this Project are as follows: Type SP 9.5 Wearing Course 1.5” Thick SPWEA230C Type SP 12.5 Non Wearing Course 2.0” Thick SPNWB230C 2360.2 MATERIALS Delete MnDOT 2360.2.B and replace with: B.Asphalt Binder Material Only use Performance Graded (PG) Asphalt Binder meeting the requirements of AASHTO M 332, Table 3151-1A below, and the Combined State Binder Group Method of Acceptance for Asphalt Binder, available on the Asphalt Products page of the Approved/Qualified Products List. Use asphalt binder supplier recommendations for mixing and compaction temperatures. Table 3151-1A Multi Stress Creep Recovery (MSCR) Test Requirements Grade* Binder Code for 2360 Mix Design Jnr@3.2kPA, maximum %R @ 3.2kPA, min.** Jnr Difference (max. per M 332)*** PG 58S-28 B 4.5 N/A report (75 PG 58H-28 E 2.0 30% report (75 PG 58V-28 H 1.0 55% report (75 PG 58E-28 0.5 75% report (75 PG 58S-34 4.5 N/A report (75 PG 58H-34 C 2.0 30% report (75 PG 58V-34 F 1.0 55% report (75 PG 58E-34 I 0.5 75% report (75 PG 49S-34 M 4.5 N/A report (75 PG 52S-34 A 4.5 N/A report (75 PG 64S-22 L 4.5 N/A report (75 *LTPP Bind temperature for Minnesota is 58°C for the high PG Grade temperature. The bottom three grades are special use binders and are to be tested at the high temperature indicated by the grade (example: PG 49S-34 is tested @ 49°C). ** Use in place of Appendix X1 in AASHTO – M332. *** Jnr Difference is waived for all “S, H, V, and E” grade binders. The test value should be reported for information only. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 12 G.Mixture Quality Management The first paragraph of MnDOT 2360.2.G.4.b Sampling and Testing is revised as shown below: Take QC samples at random tonnage or locations, quartered from a larger sample of mixture. Sample randomly and in accordance with the Schedule of Materials Control. Determine random numbers and tonnage or locations using the Bituminous Manual; Section 5-693.7 Table A or ASTM D 3665, Section 5, or, an Engineer approved alternate method of random number generation. Sample either behind the paver or from the truck box at the plant site. Other sampling locations can be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor must decide and notify the Engineer where samples will be taken before production begins. The Contractor and Engineer must both agree to a change of sampling location once production has begun. Sample mixture from behind the paver. Sampling from the truck box at the plant site is not allowed unless approved by the Engineer. In addition to the QC sample, the Contractor will also bring an additional split of the mixture sample to the plant site and store for the Department for 10 calendar days. The procedure for truck box sampling is on the Bituminous Office website. The Contractor will obtain at least a 130 lb sample. Split the sample in the presence of the Inspector. The Inspector will retain possession of the Agency portion of each split sample and randomly submit a minimum of one sample, on a daily basis, to the District Laboratory for Verification testing (see 2360.2.G.3). Store compacted mixture specimens and loose mixture companion samples for 10 calendar days. Label these split companion samples with companion numbers. 2360.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS D.Compaction The first paragraph of MnDOT 2360.3.D.1 is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: Compact the pavement to at least the minimum required maximum density values in accordance with Table 2360-19, “Required Minimum Lot Density (Mat)”. MnDOT Table 2360-20 Longitudinal Joint Density Requirement is hereby deleted. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.h Mat Density Cores is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: D.1.h Mat Density Cores Obtain four cores in each lot. Take two cores from random locations as directed by the Engineer. Take the third and fourth cores, the companion cores, within 1 ft longitudinally from the first two cores. Submit the companion cores to the Engineer immediately after coring and sawing. If the random core location falls on an unsupported joint, at the time of compaction, (the edge of the mat being placed does not butt up against another mat, pavement surface, etc.) cut the core with the outer edge of the core barrel 1 ft away (laterally) from the edge of the top of the mat (joint). If the random core location falls on a confined joint (edge of the mat being placed butts up against another mat, pavement surface, curb and gutter, or fixed face), cut with the outer edge of the core barrel 6 in ± 0.5 in from the edge of the top of the mat (ex. center of 4-in core barrel 8 in ± 0.5 in from the edge of the top of the mat). Cores will not be taken within 1 ft of any unsupported edge. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining traffic, coring, patching the core holes, and sawing the cores to the paved lift thickness before density testing. The Engineer may require additional density lots to isolate areas affected by equipment malfunction, heavy rain, or other factors affecting normal compaction operations. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.j Companion Core Testing is hereby deleted and replaced with the following: D.1.j Companion Core Testing The Department will select at least one of the two companion cores per lot to test for verification. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.n Longitudinal Joint Density is hereby deleted. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 13 MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.p Shoulders is hereby deleted. MnDOT Table 2360-24 Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density 4% Void is hereby deleted. MnDOT Table 2360-25 Payment Schedule for Longitudinal Joint Density 3% Void is hereby deleted. MnDOT 2360.3.D.1.r Pay Factor Determination is hereby deleted. D.2. Ordinary Compaction Modify the first sentence of MnDOT 2360.3.D.2 to read as follows: Perform ordinary compaction for all bituminous paving on the Project, as directed by the Engineer. E.Surface Requirements MnDOT Table 2360-27 is replaced with the following: Table 2360-27 Surface Requirements Course/Location Description Tolerance Leveling/1st lift using automatics Tolerance also applies to 1st lift placed other than leveling when automatics are used. ½ in Wear Tolerance of final 2 lifts from the edge of a 10 ft straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. ¼ in Shoulder Wear, Temporary Wear & bypasses Tolerance from the edge of a 10 ft straightedge laid parallel to or at right angles to the centerline. ¼ in Transverse joints/construction joints Tolerance from the edge of a 10 ft straightedge centered longitudinally across the transverse joint. Correction by diamond grinding required unless the Engineer and the Contractor agree to a deduct of $1,500. ¼ in 20 ft pavement section excluded from IRI and ALR testing in Table 2399-3 Tolerance from the edge of a 10 ft straightedge placed parallel to or at right angles to centerline. Corrective Works required unless both the Engineer and the Contractor agree to a deduct of $1,500 per lane. ¼ in Transverse Slope Tolerance for surface of each lift exclusive of final shoulder wear. Not to vary by more than 0.4% from plans Distance from edge of each lift and established centerline No less than the plan distance or more than 3 in greater than the plan distance. The edge alignment of the wearing lift on tangent sections and on curve sections of 3 degrees or less can’t deviate by more than 1 in from the established alignment in any 25 ft section. See Description Final wear adjacent to concrete pavements After compaction the final lift of wear adjacent to concrete pavements must be slightly higher (but not to exceed 1/4 in) than the concrete surface. See Description Final wear adjacent to fixed structures After compaction the final lift of wear adjacent to gutters, manholes, pavement headers, or other fixed structures must be slightly higher (but not to exceed ¼ in) than the surface of the structure. See Description Finished surface of each lift * Must be free of segregated and open and torn sections and deleterious material. *Excluding tight blade and scratch courses. See Description Delete the last paragraph of MnDOT 2360.3.E. Surface smoothness of the plant mixed asphalt pavement will not be evaluated using MnDOT 2399. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 14 2360.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required as Quality Control (QC). The Owner shall be responsible for all inspections and tests required as Quality Assurance (QA). Where bituminous driveway pavement is measured by the square yard, aggregate base material required beneath the driveway pavement shall be considered included in the cost of the bituminous driveway pavement. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Unit 2360.504 SY 2360.504 Item TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE 1.5” THICK TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR COURSE 2.0” THICK SY 2411 CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL The provisions of MnDOT 2411 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2411.1 – DESCRIPTION Concrete block retaining wall to be Redi-Rock modular block retaining wall. The specifications in this section have been provided by Redi-Rock. 1.01 SUMMARY A.This Section includes furnishing all materials and labor required for the design and construction of a precast concrete modular block (PMB) retaining wall with or without geosynthetic reinforcement. Precast modular block retaining wall blocks under this section shall be cast utilizing a wet-cast concrete mix and exhibit a final handling weight in excess of 1,000 pounds (450 kg) per unit. B.Scope of Work: The work shall consist of furnishing materials, labor, equipment and supervision for the construction of a precast modular block (PMB) retaining wall structure in accordance with the requirements of this section and in acceptable conformity with the lines, grades, design and dimensions shown in the project site plans. C.Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 31, Division 32 and Division 33 also apply to this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES A.Where the specification and reference documents conflict, the Owner’s designated representative will make the final determination of the applicable document. B.Definitions: 1.Precast Modular Block (PMB) Unit – machine-placed, “wet cast” concrete modular block retaining wall facing unit. 2.Geotextile – a geosynthetic fabric manufactured for use as a separation and filtration medium between dissimilar soil materials. 3.Geogrid – a geosynthetic material comprised of a regular network of tensile elements manufactured in a mesh-like configuration of consistent aperture openings. When connected to the PMB facing units and placed in horizontal layers in compacted fill, the SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 15 geogrid prevents lateral deformation of the retaining wall face and provides effective tensile reinforcement to the contiguous reinforced fill material. 4.Drainage Aggregate – clean, crushed stone placed within and immediately behind the precast modular block units to facilitate drainage and reduce compaction requirements immediately adjacent to and behind the precast modular block units. 5.Unit Core Fill – clean, crushed stone placed within the hollow vertical core of a precast modular block unit. Typically, the same material used for drainage aggregate as defined above. 6.Foundation Zone – soil zone immediately beneath the leveling pad and the reinforced zone. 7.Retained Zone – soil zone immediately behind the drainage aggregate and wall infill for wall sections designed as modular gravity structures. Alternatively, in the case of wall sections designed with geosynthetic soil reinforcement, the retained zone is the soil zone immediately behind the reinforced zone. 8. Reinforced Zone – structural fill zone within which successive horizontal layers of geogrid soil reinforcement have been placed to provide stability for the retaining wall face. The reinforced zone exists only for retaining wall sections that utilize geosynthetic soil reinforcement for stability. 9.Reinforced Fill – structural fill placed within the reinforced zone. 10.Leveling Pad – hard, flat surface upon which the bottom course of precast modular blocks are placed. The leveling pad may be constructed with crushed stone or cast-in- place concrete. A leveling pad is not a structural footing. 11.Wall Infill – the fill material placed and compacted between the drainage aggregate and the excavated soil face in retaining wall sections designed as modular gravity structures. C.Reference Standards 1.Design a.AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, 7th Edition, 2014. b.Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures – ASCE/SEI 7-10. c.International Building Code, 2012 Edition. d.FHWA-NHI-10-024 Volume I and GEC 11 Design of Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes. e.FHWA-NHI-10-025 Volume II and GEC 11 Design of Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes. 2.Precast Modular Block Units a.ACI 201 – Guide to Durable Concrete b.ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete c.ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates d.ASTM C39 – Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens e.ASTM C94 – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. f.ASTM C136 – Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. g.ASTM C143 – Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. h.ASTM C150 – Standard Specification for Portland Cement i.ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. j.ASTM C260 – Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. k.ASTM C494 – Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. l.ASTM C595 - Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements. m.ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 16 n.ASTM C666 – Standard Test Method for Concrete Resistance to Rapid Freezing and Thawing. o.ASTM C845 - Standard Specification for Expansive Hydraulic Cement. p.ASTM C920 – Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. q.ASTM C989 - Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars. r.ASTM C1116 – Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete. s.ASTM C1157 - Standard Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cement. t.ASTM C1218 - Standard Test Method for Water-Soluble Chloride in Mortar and Concrete. u.ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. v.ASTM C1611 – Standard Test Method for Slump Flow of Self-Consolidating Concrete. w.ASTM C1776 – Standard Specification for Wet-Cast Precast Modular Retaining Wall Units. x.ASTM D6638 – Standard Test Method for Determining Connection Strength Between Geosynthetic Reinforcement and Segmental Concrete Units (Modular Concrete Blocks). y.ASTM D6916 – Standard Test Method for Determining Shear Strength Between Segmental Concrete Units (Modular Concrete Blocks). 3.Geosynthetics a.AASHTO M 288 – Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications. b.ASTM D3786 – Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile Fabrics Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method. c.ASTM D4354 – Standard Practice for Sampling of Geosynthetics for Testing. d.ASTM D4355 – Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles e.ASTM D4491 – Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity. f.ASTM D4533 – Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. g.ASTM D4595 – Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Geotextiles by the Wide-Width Strip Method. h.ASTM D4632 – Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. i.ASTM D4751 – Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile. j.ASTM D4759 – Standard Practice for Determining Specification Conformance of Geosynthetics. k.ASTM D4833 – Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes and Related Products. l.ASTM D4873 – Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples. m.ASTM D5262 – Standard Test Method for Evaluating the Unconfined Tension Creep and Creep Rupture Behavior of Geosynthetics. n.ASTM D5321 – Standard Test Method for Determining the Coefficient of Soil and Geosynthetic or Geosynthetic and Geosynthetic Friction by the Direct Shear Method. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 17 o.ASTM D5818 – Standard Practice for Exposure and Retrieval of Samples to Evaluate Installation Damage of Geosynthetics. p.ASTM D6241 – Standard Test Method for the Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles and Geotextile-Related Products Using a 50-mm Probe. q.ASTM D6637 – Standard Test Method for Determining Tensile Properties of Geogrids by the Single or Multi-Rib Tensile Method. r.ASTM D6706 – Standard Test Method for Measuring Geosynthetic Pullout Resistance in Soil. s.ASTM D6992 – Standard Test Method for Accelerated Tensile Creep and Creep- Rupture of Geosynthetic Materials Based on Time-Temperature Superposition Using the Stepped Isothermal Method. 4.Soils a.AASHTO M 145 – AASHTO Soil Classification System. b.AASHTO T 104 – Standard Method of Test for Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. c.AASHTO T 267 – Standard Method of Test for Determination of Organic Content in Soils by Loss of Ignition. d.ASTM C33 – Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. e.ASTM D422 – Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. f.ASTM D448 – Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregates for Road and Bridge Construction. g.ASTM D698 – Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort. (12,400 ft-lbf/ft (2,700 kN-m/m)). h.ASTM D1241 – Standard Specification for Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base and Surface Courses. i.ASTM D1556 – Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by Sand-Cone Method. j.ASTM D1557 – Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. (56,000 ft-lbf/ft (2,700 kN-m/m)). k.ASTM D2487 – Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). l.ASTM D2488 – Standard Practice for Description and Identification of Soils (Visual- Manual Procedure). m.ASTM D3080 – Standard Test Method for Direct Shear Test of Soils Under Consolidated Drained Conditions. n.ASTM D4254 – Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. o.ASTM D4318 – Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. p.ASTM D4767- Test Method for Consolidated-Undrained Triaxial Compression Test for Cohesive Soils. q.ASTM D4972 – Standard Test Method for pH of Soils. r.ASTM D6938 – Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). s.ASTM G51 – Standard Test Method for Measuring pH of Soil for Use in Corrosion Testing. t.ASTM G57 – Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the Wenner Four-Electrode Method. 5.Drainage Pipe SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 18 a.ASTM D3034 – Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. b.ASTM F2648 – Standard Specification for 2 to 60 inch [50 to 1500 mm] Annular Corrugated Profile Wall Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Land Drainage Applications. 1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A.Preconstruction Meeting. As directed by the Owner, the General Contractor shall schedule a preconstruction meeting at the project site prior to commencement of retaining wall construction. Participation in the preconstruction meeting shall be required of the General Contractor, Retaining Wall Design Engineer, Retaining Wall Installation Contractor, Grading Contractor and Inspection Engineer. The General Contractor shall provide notification to all parties at least 10 calendar days prior to the meeting. 1.Preconstruction Meeting Agenda: a.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall explain all aspects of the retaining wall construction drawings. b.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall explain the required bearing capacity of soil below the retaining wall structure and the shear strength of in-situ soils assumed in the retaining wall design to the Inspection Engineer. c.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall explain the required shear strength of fill soil in the reinforced, retained and foundation zones of the retaining wall to the Inspection Engineer. d.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall explain any measures required for coordination of the installation of utilities or other obstructions in the reinforced or retained fill zones of the retaining wall. e.The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall explain all excavation needs, site access and material staging area requirements to the General Contractor and Grading Contractor. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A.Product Data. At least 14 days prior to construction, the General Contractor shall submit a minimum of six (6) copies of the retaining wall product submittal package to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval. The submittal package shall include technical specifications and product data from the manufacturer for the following: 1.Precast Modular Block System brochure 2.Precast Modular Block concrete test results specified in paragraph 2.01, subparagraph B of this section as follows: a.28-day compressive strength b.Air content c.Slump or Slump Flow (as applicable) 3.Drainage Pipe 4.Geotextile 5.Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement (if required by the retaining wall design). The contractor shall provide certified manufacturer test reports for the geosynthetic soil reinforcement material in the manufactured roll width specified. The test report shall list the individual roll numbers for which the certified material properties are valid. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 19 B.Installer Qualification Data. At least 14 days prior to construction, the General Contractor shall submit the qualifications of the business entity responsible for installation of the retaining wall, the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor, per paragraph 1.07, subparagraph A of this section. C.Retaining Wall Design Calculations and Construction Shop Drawings. At least 14 days prior to construction, the General Contractor shall furnish six (6) sets of construction shop drawings and six (6) copies of the supporting structural calculations report to the Owner for review and approval. This submittal shall include the following: 1.Signed, sealed and dated drawings and engineering calculations prepared in accordance with these specifications. 2.Qualifications Statement of Experience of the Retaining Wall Design Engineer as specified in paragraph 1.07, subparagraph B of this section. 3.Certificate of Insurance of the Retaining Wall Design Engineer as specified in paragraph 1.06, subparagraph B of this section. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION SHOP DRAWING PREPARATION A.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall coordinate the retaining wall construction shop drawing preparation with the project Civil Engineer, project Geotechnical Engineer and Owner’s Representatives. The General Contractor shall furnish the Retaining Wall Design Engineer the following project information required to prepare the construction shop drawings. This information shall include, but is not limited to, the following: 1.Current versions of the site, grading, drainage, utility, erosion control, landscape, and irrigation plans; 2.electronic CAD file of the civil site plans listed in (1); 3.report of geotechnical investigation and all addenda and supplemental reports; 4.recommendations of the project Geotechnical Engineer regarding effective stress shear strength and total stress shear strength (when applicable) parameters for in-situ soils in the vicinity of the proposed retaining wall(s) and for any fill soil that may potentially be used as backfill in retained and/or foundation zones of the retaining wall. B.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall provide the Owner with a certificate of professional liability insurance verifying the minimum coverage limits of $1 million per claim and $1 million aggregate. C.Design of the precast modular block retaining wall shall satisfy the requirements of this section. Where local design or building code requirements exceed these specifications, the local requirements shall also be satisfied. D.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall note any exceptions to the requirements of this section by listing them at the bottom right corner of the first page of the construction shop drawings. E.Approval or rejection of the exceptions taken by the Retaining Wall Engineer will be made in writing as directed by the Owner. F.The precast modular block design, except as noted herein, shall be based upon AASHTO Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) methodology as referenced in paragraph 1.03, subparagraph C.1. G.In the event that a conflict is discovered between these specifications and a reasonable interpretation of the design specifications and methods referenced in paragraph F above, these specifications shall prevail. If a reasonable interpretation is not possible, the conflict shall be resolved per the requirements in paragraph 1.03, subparagraph A of this section. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 20 H.Soil Shear Parameters. The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall prepare the construction shop drawings based upon soil shear strength parameters from the available project data and the recommendations of the project Geotechnical Engineer. If insufficient data exists to develop the retaining wall design, the Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall communicate the specific deficiency of the project information or data to the Owner in writing. I.Allowable bearing pressure requirements for each retaining wall shall be clearly shown on the construction drawings. J.Global Stability. Overall (global) stability shall be evaluated in accordance with the principals of limit equilibrium analysis as set forth in FHWA-NHI-10-024 Volume I and FHWA-NHI-10- 025 Volume II GEC 11 Design of Mechanically Stabilized Earth Walls and Reinforced Soil Slopes as referenced in paragraph 1.03, subparagraph C.1. The minimum factors of safety shall be as follows: Normal Service (Static) 1.4 Seismic 1.1 Rapid Drawdown (if applicable) 1.2 K.Seismic Stability. Seismic loading shall be evaluated in accordance with AASHTO Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) methodology as referenced in paragraph 1.03, subparagraph C.1. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Retaining Wall Installation Contractor Qualifications. In order to demonstrate basic competence in the construction of precast modular block walls, the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall document compliance with the following: 1.Experience. a.Construction experience with a minimum of 30,000 square feet (2,800 square meters) of the proposed precast modular block retaining wall system. b.Construction of at least ten (10) precast modular block (large block) retaining wall structures within the past three (3) years. c.Construction of at least 50,000 square feet (4,650 square meters) of precast modular block (large block) retaining walls within the past three (3) years. 2.Retaining Wall Installation Contractor experience documentation for each qualifying project shall include: a.Project name and location b.Date (month and year) of construction completion c.Contact information of Owner or General Contractor d.Type (trade name) of precast modular block system built e.Maximum height of the wall constructed f.Face area of the wall constructed 3.In lieu of the requirements set forth in items 1 and 2 above, the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor must be a certified Precast Modular Block Retaining Wall Installation Contractor as demonstrated by satisfactory completion of a certified precast modular block retaining wall installation training program administered by the precast modular block manufacturer. B.Retaining Wall Design Engineer Qualifications and Statement of Experience. The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall submit a written statement affirming that he or she has the following minimum qualifications and experience. 1.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall be licensed to practice in the jurisdiction of the project location. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 21 2.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall be independently capable of performing all internal and external stability analyses, including those for seismic loading, compound stability, rapid draw-down and deep-seated, global modes of failure. 3.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall affirm in writing that he or she has personally supervised the design of the retaining walls for the project, that the design considers all the requirements listed in paragraph 1.06 and that he or she accepts responsibility as the design engineer of record for the retaining walls constructed on the project. 4.The Retaining Wall Design Engineer shall affirm in writing that he or she has personally designed in excess of 100,000 face square feet (9,000 face square meters) of modular block earth retaining walls within the previous three (3) years. 5.In lieu of these specific requirements, the engineer may submit alternate documentation demonstrating competency in Precast Modular Block retaining wall design. C.The Owner reserves the right to reject the design services of any engineer or engineering firm who, in the sole opinion of the Owner, does not possess the requisite experience or qualifications. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL A.The Owner’s Representative shall review all submittals for materials, design, Retaining Wall Design Engineer qualifications and the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor qualifications. B.The General Contractor shall retain the services of an Inspection Engineer who is experienced with the construction of precast modular block retaining wall structures to perform inspection and testing. The cost of inspection shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor. Inspection shall be continuous throughout the construction of the retaining walls. C.The Inspection Engineer shall perform the following duties: 1.Inspect the construction of the precast modular block structure for conformance with construction shop drawings and the requirements of this specification. 2.Verify that soil or aggregate fill placed and compacted in the reinforced, retained and foundation zones of the retaining wall conforms with paragraphs 2.04 and 2.05 of this section and exhibits the shear strength parameters specified by the Retaining Wall Design Engineer. 3.Verify that the shear strength of the in-situ soil assumed by the Retaining Wall Design Engineer is appropriate. 4.Inspect and document soil compaction in accordance with these specifications: a.Required dry unit weight b.Actual dry unit weight c.Allowable moisture content d.Actual moisture content e.Pass/fail assessment f.Test location – wall station number g.Test elevation h.Distance of test location behind the wall face 5.Verify that all excavated slopes in the vicinity of the retaining wall are bench-cut as directed by the project Geotechnical Engineer. 6.Notify the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor of any deficiencies in the retaining wall construction and provide the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor a reasonable opportunity to correct the deficiency. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 22 7.Notify the General Contractor, Owner and Retaining Wall Design Engineer of any construction deficiencies that have not been corrected timely. 8.Document all inspection results. 9.Test compacted density and moisture content of the retained backfill with the following frequency: a.At least once every 1,000 square feet (90 square meters) (in plan) per 9-inch (230 mm)vertical lift, and b.At least once per every 18 inches (460 mm) of vertical wall construction. D.The General Contractor’s engagement of the Inspection Engineer does not relieve the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor of responsibility to construct the proposed retaining wall in accordance with the approved construction shop drawings and these specifications. E.The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall inspect the on-site grades and excavations prior to construction and notify the Retaining Wall Design Engineer and General Contractor if on-site conditions differ from the elevations and grading conditions depicted in the retaining wall construction shop drawings. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A.The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall inspect the materials upon delivery to ensure that the proper type, grade and color of materials have been delivered. B.The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall store and handle all materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations as specified herein and in a manner that prevents deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping, UV exposure or other causes. Damaged materials shall not be incorporated into the work. C.Geosynthetics 1.All geosynthetic materials shall be handled in accordance with ASTM D4873. The materials should be stored off the ground and protected from precipitation, sunlight, dirt and physical damage. D.Precast Modular Blocks 1.Precast modular blocks shall be stored in an area with positive drainage away from the blocks. Be careful to protect the block from mud and excessive chipping and breakage. Precast modular blocks shall not be stacked more than three (3) units high in the storage area. E.Drainage Aggregate and Backfill Stockpiles 1.Drainage aggregate or backfill material shall not be piled over unstable slopes or areas of the project site with buried utilities. 2.Drainage aggregate and/or reinforced fill material shall not be staged where it may become mixed with or contaminated by poor draining fine-grained soils such as clay or silt. 2411.2 – MATERIALS 2.01 PRECAST MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL UNITS A.All units shall be wet-cast precast modular retaining wall units conforming to ASTM C1776. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 23 B.All units for the project shall be obtained from the same manufacturer. The manufacturer shall be licensed and authorized to produce the retaining wall units by the precast modular block system patent holder/licensor and shall document compliance with the published quality control standards of the proprietary precast modular block system licensor for the previous three (3) years or the total time the manufacturer has been licensed, whichever is less. C.Concrete used in the production of the precast modular block units shall be first-purpose, fresh concrete. It shall not consist of returned, reconstituted, surplus or waste concrete. It shall be an original production mix meeting the requirements of ASTM C94 and exhibit the properties as shown in the following table: Concrete Mix Properties Freeze Thaw Exposure Class(1) Minimum 28-Day Compressive Strength(2) Maximum Water Cement Ratio Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size Aggregate Class Designation(3) Air Content(4) Moderate 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) 0.45 1 inch (25 mm) 3M 4.5% +/- 1.5% Severe 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) 0.45 1 inch (25 mm) 3S 6.0% +/- 1.5% Very Severe 4,500 psi (30.0 MPa) 0.40 1 inch (25 mm) 4S 6.0% +/- 1.5% Maximum Water-Soluble Chloride Ion (Cl-) Content in Concrete, Percent by Weight of Cement(5,6) 0.15 Maximum Chloride as Cl- Concentration in Mixing Water, Parts Per Million 1000 Maximum Percentage of Total Cementitious Materials By Weight (7,9) (Very Severe Exposure Class Only): Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans Conforming to ASTM C618 25 Slag Conforming to ASTM C989 50 Silica Fume Conforming to ASTM C1240 10 Total of Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans, Slag, and Silica Fume(8) 50 Total of Fly Ash or Other Pozzolans and Silica Fume(8) 35 Alkali-Aggregate Reactivity Mitigation per ACI 201 Slump (Conventional Concrete) per ASTM C143(10) 5 inches +/- 1½ inches (125 mm +/- 40 mm) Slump Flow (Self-Consolidating Concrete) per ASTM C1611 18 inches – 32 inches (450 mm – 800 mm) (1)Exposure class is as described in ACI 318. “Moderate” describes concrete that is exposed to freezing and thawing cycles and occasional exposure to moisture. “Severe” describes concrete that is exposed to freezing and thawing cycles and in continuous contact with moisture. “Very Severe” describes concrete that is exposed to freezing and thawing cycles and in continuous contact with moisture and exposed to deicing chemicals. Exposure class should be specified by owner/purchaser prior to order placement. (2)Test method ASTM C39. (3)Defined in ASTM C33 Table 3 Limits for Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirements of Coarse Aggregates for Concrete. (4)Test method ASTM C231. (5)Test method ASTM C1218 at age between 28 and 42 days. (6)Where used in high sulfate environments or where alkali-silica reactivity is an issue, water soluble chloride shall be limited to no more than trace amounts (from impurities in concrete-making components, not intended constituents.) (7)The total cementitious material also includes ASTM C150, C595, C845, C1157 cement. The maximum percentages shall include: (a)Fly ash or other pozzolans in type IP, blended cement, ASTM C595, or ASTM C1157. (b)Slag used in the manufacture of an IS blended cement, ASTM C595, or ASTM C1157. (c)Silica fume, ASTM C1240, present in a blended cement. (8)Fly ash or other pozzolans and silica fume shall constitute no more than 25 and 10 percent, respectively, of the total weight of the cementitious materials. (9)Prescriptive limits shown may be waived for concrete mixes that demonstrate excellent freeze/thaw durability in a detailed and current testing program. (10)Slump may be increased by a high-range water-reducing admixture. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 24 D.Each concrete block shall be cast in a single continuous pour without cold joints. With the exception of half-block units, corner units and other special application units, the precast modular block units shall conform to the nominal dimensions listed in the table below and be produced to the dimensional tolerances shown. Block Type Dimension Nominal Value Tolerance 28” (710 mm) Block Height 18” (457 mm) +/- 3/16” (5 mm) Length 46-1/8” (1172 mm)+/- 1/2” (13 mm) Width* 28” (710 mm) +/- 1/2” (13 mm) 41” (1030 mm) Block Height 18” (457 mm) +/- 3/16” (5 mm) Length 46-1/8” (1172 mm)+/- 1/2” (13 mm) Width* 40-1/2” (1030 mm)+/- 1/2” (13 mm) 60” (1520 mm) Block Height 18” (457 mm) +/- 3/16” (5 mm) Length 46-1/8” (1172 mm)+/- 1/2” (13 mm) Width* 60” (1520 mm) +/- 1/2” (13 mm) *Block tolerance measurements shall exclude variable face texture E.Individual block units shall have a nominal height of 18 inches (457 mm). F.With the exception of half-block units, corner units and other special application units, the precast modular block units shall have two (2), circular dome shear knobs that are 10 inches (254 mm), 7.5 inches (190 mm), or 6.75 inches (171 mm) in diameter and 4 inches (102 mm) or 2 inches (51 mm) in height. The shear knobs shall fully index into a continuous semi- cylindrical shear channel in the bottom of the block course above. ThePeak interlock shear between any two (2) vertically stacked precast modular block units, with 10 inch (254 mm) diameter shear knobs, measured in accordance with ASTM D6916 shall exceed 6,500 lb/ft (95 kN/m) at a minimum normal load of 500 lb/ft (7kN/m). as well as an ultimate peak interface shear capacity in excess of 11,000 lb/ft (160 kN/m). The peak interlock shear between any two (2) vertically stacked precast modular block units, with 7.5 inch (190 mm) or 6.75 inch (171 mm) diameter shear knobs, measured in accordance with ASTM D6916 shall exceed 1,850 lb/ft (27 kN/m) at a minimum normal load of 500 lb/ft (7kN/m) as well as an ultimate peak interface shear capacity in excess of 10,000 lb/ft (146 kN/m).Test specimen blocks tested under ASTM D6916 shall be actual, full-scale production blocks of known compressive strength. The interface shear capacity reported shall be corrected for a 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) concrete compressive strength. Regardless of precast modular block configuration, interface shear testing shall be completed without the inclusion of unit core infill aggregate. G.The 28” (710 mm) and 41” (1030 mm) precast modular block units shall be cast with a 13” (330 mm) wide, continuous vertical core slot that will permit the insertion of a 12” (305 mm) inch wide strip of geogrid reinforcement to pass completely through the block. When installed in this manner, the geogrid reinforcement shall form a non-normal load dependent, positive connection between the block unit and the reinforcement strip. The use of steel for the purposes of creating the geogrid to block connection is not acceptable. H.Without field cutting or special modification, the precast modular block units shall be capable of achieving a minimum radius of 14 ft 6 in (4.42 m). I.The precast modular block units shall be manufactured with an integrally cast shear knobs that establishes a standard horizontal set-back for subsequent block courses. The precast modular block system shall be available in the four (4) standard horizontal set-back facing batter options listed below: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 25 Horizontal Set-Back/Blk. Course Max. Facing Batter 3/8” (10 mm) 1.2˚ 1-5/8” (41 mm)5.2˚ 9-3/8” (238 mm)27.5˚ 16-5/8” (422 mm)42.7˚ The precast modular block units shall be furnished with the required shear knobs that provide the facing batter required in the construction shop drawings. J.The precast modular block unit face texture shall be selected by the owner from the available range of textures available from the precast modular block manufacturer. Each textured block facing unit shall be a minimum of 5.76 square feet (0.54 square meters) with a unique texture pattern that repeats with a maximum frequency of once in any 15 square feet (1.4 square meters) of wall face. K.The block color shall be selected by the owner from the available range of colors available from the precast modular block manufacturer. L.The Redi-Rock modular block retaining wall color 1.Finished retaining wall shall be stained. a.Acceptable product stains: 1.Sherwin Williams H & C SHIELD PLUS CONCRETE STAIN 2.TK Products TRI-SHEEN PIGMENTED STAIN TK-5272 b.Color to be approved by LA-Engineer. Submit color sample to LA-Engineer. 2.Sealing a.Acceptable sealers and anti-graffiti coatings 1.TK Products TK-290 Tri-SILOXANE OTC (sealer) 2.TK Products 1496 TK Permaclean OTC (anti-graffiti) per MnDOT Spec 2411 Anti-Graffiti Coating. M.All precast modular block units shall be sound and free of cracks or other defects that would interfere with the proper installation of the unit, impair the strength or performance of the constructed wall. PMB units to be used in exposed wall construction shall not exhibit chips or cracks in the exposed face or faces of the unit that are not otherwise permitted. Chips smaller than 1.5” (38 mm) in its largest dimension and cracks not wider than 0.012” (0.3 mm) and not longer than 25% of the nominal height of the PMB unit shall be permitted. PMB units with bug holes in the exposed architectural face smaller than 0.75” (19 mm) in its largest dimension shall be permitted. Bug holes, water marks, and color variation on non- architectural faces are acceptable. PMB units that exhibit cracks that are continuous through any solid element of the PMB unit shall not be incorporated in the work regardless of the width or length of the crack. N.Preapproved Manufacturers. Manufacturers of Redi-Rock Retaining Wall Systems as licensed by Redi-Rock International, LLC, 05481 US 31 South, Charlevoix, MI 49720 USA; telephone (866) 222-8400; website www.redi-rock.com. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 26 O.Substitutions. Technical information demonstrating conformance with the requirements of this specification for an alternative precast modular block retaining wall system must be submitted for preapproval at least 14 calendar days prior to the bid date. Acceptable alternative PMB retaining wall systems, otherwise found to be in conformance with this specification, shall be approved in writing by the owner 7 days prior to the bid date. The Owner’s Representative reserves the right to provide no response to submissions made out of the time requirements of this section or to submissions of block retaining wall systems that are determined to be unacceptable to the owner. 2.02 GEOGRID REINFORCEMENT A.Geogrid reinforcement shall be a woven or knitted PVC coated geogrid manufactured from high-tenacity PET polyester fiber with an average molecular weight greater than 25,000 (Mn > 25,0000) and a carboxyl end group less than 30 (CEG < 30). The geogrid shall be furnished in prefabricated roll widths of certified tensile strength by the manufacturer. The prefabricated roll width of the geogrid shall be 12” (300 mm) +/- 1/2” (13 mm). No cutting of geogrid reinforcement down to the 12” (300 mm) roll width from a larger commercial roll width will be allowed under any circumstances. B.The ultimate tensile strength (Tult) of the geogrid reinforcement shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D6637. C.Geogrid – Soil Friction Properties 1.Friction factor, F*, shall be equal to 2/3 Tan ɸ, where ɸ is the effective angle of internal friction of the reinforced fill soil. 2.Linear Scale Correction Factor, α, shall equal 0.8. D.Long-Term Tensile Strength (Tal) of the geogrid reinforcement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 3.5.2 of FHWA-NHI-10-024 and as provided in this specification. 1.The creep reduction factor (RFCR) shall be determined in accordance with Appendix D of FHWA-NHI-10-025 for a minimum 75 year design life. 2.Minimum installation damage reduction factor (RFID) shall be 1.25. The value of RFID shall be based upon documented full-scale tests in a soil that is comparable to the material proposed for use as reinforced backfill in accordance with ASTM D5818. 3.Minimum durability reduction factor (RFD) shall be 1.3 for a soil pH range of 3 to 9. E.Connection between the PMB retaining wall unit and the geogrid reinforcement shall be determined from short-term testing per the requirements of FHWA NHI-10-025, Appendix B.4 for a minimum 75-year design life. F.The minimum value of Tal for geogrid used in design of a reinforced precast modular block retaining wall shall be 2,000 lb/ft (29 kN/m) or greater. G.The minimum length of geogrid reinforcement shall be the greater of the following: 1.0.7 times the wall design height, H. 2.6 feet (1.83 m). 3.The length required by design to meet internal stability requirements, soil bearing pressure requirements and constructability requirements. H.Constructability Requirements. Geogrid design embedment length shall be measured from the back of the precast modular block facing unit and shall be consistent for the entire height of a given retaining wall section. I.Geogrid shall be positively connected to every precast modular block unit. Design coverage ratio, Rc, as calculated in accordance with AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications Figure 11.10.6.4.1-2 shall not exceed 0.50. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 27 J.Preapproved Geogrid Reinforcement Products. 1.Miragrid XT Geogrids as manufactured by TenCate Geosynthetics of Pendergrass, Georgia USA and distributed by Manufacturers of the Redi-Rock Retaining Wall System. K.Substitutions. No substitutions of geogrid reinforcement products shall be allowed. 2.03 GEOTEXTILE A.Nonwoven geotextile fabric shall be placed as indicated on the retaining wall construction shop drawings. Additionally, the nonwoven geotextile fabric shall be placed in the v-shaped joint between adjacent block units on the same course. The nonwoven geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements Class 3 construction survivability in accordance with AASHTO M 288. B.Preapproved Nonwoven Geotextile Products 1.Mirafi 140N 2.Propex Geotex 451 3.Skaps GT-142 4.Thrace-Linq 140EX 5.Carthage Mills FX-40HS 6.Stratatex ST 142 2.04 DRAINAGE AGGREGATE AND WALL INFILL A.Drainage aggregate (and wall infill for retaining walls designed as modular gravity structures) shall be a durable crushed stone conforming to No. 57 size per ASTM C33 with the following particle-size distribution requirements per ASTM D422: U.S. Standard Sieve Size % Passing 1-½” (38 mm)100 1” (25 mm)95-100 ½” (13 mm)25-60 No. 4 (4.76 mm) 0-10 No. 8 (2.38 mm) 0-5 2.05 REINFORCED FILL A.Material used as reinforced backfill material in the reinforced zone (if applicable) shall be a granular fill material meeting the requirements of USCS soil type GW, GP, SW or SP per ASTM D2487 or alternatively by AASHTO Group Classification A-1-a or A-3 per AASHTO M 145.The backfill shall exhibit a minimum effective internal angle of friction, ϕ = 34 degrees at a maximum 2% shear strain and meet the following particle-size distribution requirements per ASTM D422. U.S. Standard Sieve Size % Passing 3/4” (19 mm) 100 No. 4 (4.76 mm) 0-100 No. 40 (0.42 mm) 0-60 No. 100 (0.15 mm) 0-10 No. 200 (0.07 mm) 0-15 B.The reinforced backfill material shall be free of sod, peat, roots or other organic or deleterious matter including, but not limited to, ice, snow or frozen soils. Materials passing the No. 40 (0.42 mm) sieve shall have a liquid limit less than 25 and plasticity index less than 6 per SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 28 ASTM D4318. Organic content in the backfill material shall be less than 1% per AASHTO T- 267 and the pH of the backfill material shall be between 5 and 8. C.Soundness. The reinforced backfill material shall exhibit a magnesium sulfate soundness loss of less than 30% after four (4) cycles, or sodium sulfate soundness loss of less than 15% after five (5) cycles as measured in accordance with AASHTO T-104. D.Reinforced backfill shall not be comprised of crushed or recycled concrete, recycled asphalt, bottom ash, shale or any other material that may degrade, creep or experience a loss in shear strength or a change in pH over time. 2.06 LEVELING PAD A.The precast modular block units shall be placed on a leveling pad constructed from crushed stone or unreinforced concrete. The leveling pad shall be constructed to the dimensions and limits shown on the retaining wall design drawings prepared by the Retaining Wall Design Engineer. B.Crushed stone used for construction of a granular leveling pad shall meet the requirements of the drainage aggregate and wall infill in section 2.04 or a preapproved alternate material. C.Concrete used for construction of an unreinforced concrete leveling pad shall satisfy the criteria for AASHTO Class B. The concrete should be cured a minimum of 12 hours prior to placement of the precast modular block wall retaining units and exhibit a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa). 2.07 DRAINAGE A.Drainage Pipe 1.Drainage collection pipe shall be a 4” (100 mm) diameter, 3-hole perforated, HDPE pipe with a minimum pipe stiffness of 22 psi (152 kPa) per ASTM D2412. 2.The drainage pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D1248 for HDPE pipe and fittings. B.Preapproved Drainage Pipe Products 1.ADS 3000 Triple Wall pipe as manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems. 2411.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 3.01 GENERAL A.All work shall be performed in accordance with OSHA safety standards, state and local building codes and manufacturer’s requirements. B.The General Contractor is responsible for the location and protection of all existing underground utilities. Any new utilities proposed for installation in the vicinity of the retaining wall, shall be installed concurrent with retaining wall construction. The General Contractor shall coordinate the work of subcontractors affected by this requirement. C.New utilities installed below the retaining wall shall be backfilled and compacted to a minimum of 98% maximum dry density per ASTM D698 standard proctor. D.The General Contractor is responsible to ensure that safe excavations and embankments are maintained throughout the course of the project. E.All work shall be inspected by the Inspection Engineer as directed by the Owner. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 29 3.02 EXAMINATION A.Prior to construction, the General Contractor, Grading Contractor, Retaining Wall Installation Contractor and Inspection Engineer shall examine the areas in which the retaining wall will be constructed to evaluate compliance with the requirements for installation tolerances, worker safety and any site conditions affecting performance of the completed structure. Installation shall proceed only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.03 PREPARATION A.Fill Soil. 1.The Inspection Engineer shall verify that reinforced backfill placed in the reinforced soil zone satisfies the criteria of this section. 2.The Inspection Engineer shall verify that any fill soil installed in the foundation and retained soil zones of the retaining wall satisfies the specification of the Retaining Wall Design Engineer as shown on the construction drawings. B.Excavation. 1.The Grading Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades required for construction of the precast modular block retaining wall as shown on the construction drawings. The Grading Contractor shall minimize over-excavation. Excavation support, if required, shall be the responsibility of the Grading Contractor. 2.Over-excavated soil shall be replaced with compacted fill in conformance with the specifications of the Retaining Wall Design Engineer and “Division 31, Section 31 20 00 – Earthmoving” of these project specifications. 3.Embankment excavations shall be bench cut as directed by the project Geotechnical Engineer and inspected by the Inspection Engineer for compliance. C.Foundation Preparation. 1.Prior to construction of the precast modular block retaining wall, the leveling pad area and undercut zone (if applicable) shall be cleared and grubbed. All topsoil, brush, frozen soil and organic material shall be removed. Additional foundation soils found to be unsatisfactory beyond the specified undercut limits shall be undercut and replaced with approved fill as directed by the project Geotechnical Engineer. The Inspection Engineer shall ensure that the undercut limits are consistent with the requirements of the project Geotechnical Engineer and that all soil fill material is properly compacted according project specifications. The Inspection Engineer shall document the volume of undercut and replacement. 2.Following excavation for the leveling pad and undercut zone (if applicable), the Inspection Engineer shall evaluate the in-situ soil in the foundation and retained soil zones. a.The Inspection Engineer shall verify that the shear strength of the in-situ soil assumed by the Retaining Wall Design Engineer is appropriate. The Inspection Engineer shall immediately stop work and notify the Owner if the in-situ shear strength is found to be inconsistent with the retaining wall design assumptions. b.The Inspection Engineer shall verify that the foundation soil exhibits sufficient ultimate bearing capacity to satisfy the requirements indicated on the retaining wall construction shop drawings per paragraph 1.06 I of this section. D.Leveling Pad. 1.The leveling pad shall be constructed to provide a level, hard surface on which to place the first course of precast modular block units. The leveling pad shall be placed in the dimensions shown on the retaining wall construction drawings and extend to the limits indicated. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 30 2.Crushed Stone Leveling Pad. Crushed stone shall be placed in uniform maximum lifts of 6” (150 mm). The crushed stone shall be compacted by a minimum of 3 passes of a vibratory compactor capable of exerting 2,000 lb (8.9 kN) of centrifugal force and to the satisfaction of the Inspection Engineer. 3.Unreinforced Concrete Leveling Pad. The concrete shall be placed in the same dimensions as those required for the crushed stone leveling pad. The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall erect proper forms as required to ensure the accurate placement of the concrete leveling pad according to the retaining wall construction drawings. 3.04 PRECAST MODULAR BLOCK WALL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A.The precast modular block structure shall be constructed in accordance with the construction drawings, these specifications and the recommendations of the retaining wall system component manufacturers. Where conflicts exist between the manufacturer’s recommendations and these specifications, these specifications shall prevail. B.Drainage components. Pipe, geotextile and drainage aggregate shall be installed as shown on the construction shop drawings. C.Precast Modular Block Installation 1.The first course of block units shall be placed with the front face edges tightly abutted together on the prepared leveling pad at the locations and elevations shown on the construction drawings. The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall take special care to ensure that the bottom course of block units are in full contact with the leveling pad, are set level and true and are properly aligned according to the locations shown on the construction drawings. 2.Backfill shall be placed in front of the bottom course of blocks prior to placement of subsequent block courses. Nonwoven geotextile fabric shall be placed in the V-shaped joints between adjacent blocks. Drainage aggregate shall be placed in the V-shaped joints between adjacent blocks to a minimum distance of 12” (300 mm) behind the block unit. 3.Drainage aggregate shall be placed in 9 inch maximum lifts and compacted by a minimum of three (3) passes of a vibratory plate compactor capable exerting a minimum of 2,000 lb (8.9 kN) of centrifugal force. 4.Unit core fill shall be placed in the precast modular block unit vertical core slot. The core fill shall completely fill the slot to the level of the top of the block unit. The top of the block unit shall be broom-cleaned prior to placement of subsequent block courses. No additional courses of precast modular blocks may be stacked before the unit core fill is installed in the blocks on the course below. 5.Base course blocks for gravity wall designs (without geosynthetic soil reinforcement) may be furnished without vertical core slots. If so, disregard item 4 above, for the base course blocks in this application. 6.Nonwoven geotextile fabric shall be placed between the drainage aggregate and the retained soil (gravity wall design) or between the drainage aggregate and the reinforced fill (reinforced wall design) as required on the retaining wall construction drawings. 7.Subsequent courses of block units shall be installed with a running bond (half block horizontal course-to-course offset). With the exception of 90 degree corner units, the shear channel of the upper block shall be fully engaged with the shear knobs of the block course below. The upper block course shall be pushed forward to fully engage the interface shear key between the blocks and to ensure consistent face batter and wall alignment. Geogrid, drainage aggregate, unit core fill, geotextile and properly compacted backfill shall be complete and in-place for each course of block units before the next course of blocks is stacked. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 31 8.The elevation of retained soil fill shall not be less than 1 block course (18” (457 mm)) below the elevation of the reinforced backfill throughout the construction of the retaining wall. 9.If included as part of the precast modular block wall design, cap units shall be secured with an adhesive in accordance with the precast modular block manufacturer’s recommendation. D.Geogrid Reinforcement Installation (if required) 1.Geogrid reinforcement shall be installed at the locations and elevations shown on the construction drawings on level fill compacted to the requirements of this specification. 2.Continuous 12” (300 mm) wide strips of geogrid reinforcement shall be passed completely through the vertical core slot of the precast modular block unit and extended to the embedment length shown on the construction plans. The strips shall be staked or anchored as necessary to maintain a taut condition. 3.Reinforcement length (L) of the geogrid reinforcement is measured from the back of the precast modular block unit. The cut length (Lc) is two times the reinforcement length plus additional length through the block facing unit. The cut length is calculated as follows: Lc = 2*L + 3 ft (2*L + 0.9 m) (28” (710 mm) block unit) Lc = 2*L + 5 ft (2*L + 1.5 m) (41” (1030 mm) block unit) 4.The geogrid strip shall be continuous throughout its entire length and may not be spliced. The geogrid shall be furnished in nominal, prefabricated roll widths of 12” (300 mm)+/- ½” (13 mm). No field modification of the geogrid roll width shall be permitted. 5.Neither rubber tire nor track vehicles may operate directly on the geogrid. Construction vehicle traffic in the reinforced zone shall be limited to speeds of less than 5 mph (8 km/hr) once a minimum of 9 inches (230 mm) of compacted fill has been placed over the geogrid reinforcement. Sudden braking and turning of construction vehicles in the reinforced zone shall be avoided. E.Construction Tolerance. Allowable construction tolerance of the retaining wall shall be as follows: 1.Deviation from the design batter and horizontal alignment, when measured along a 10’ (3 m)straight wall section, shall not exceed 3/4” (19 mm). 2.Deviation from the overall design batter shall not exceed 1/2“ (13 mm) per 10’ (3 m) of wall height. 3.The maximum allowable offset (horizontal bulge) of the face in any precast modular block joint shall be 1/2” (13 mm). 4.The base of the precast modular block wall excavation shall be within 2” (50 mm) of the staked elevations, unless otherwise approved by the Inspection Engineer. 5.Differential vertical settlement of the face shall not exceed 1’ (300 mm) along any 200’ (61 m) of wall length. 6.The maximum allowable vertical displacement of the face in any precast modular block joint shall be 1/2“ (13 mm). 7.The wall face shall be placed within 2” (50 mm) of the horizontal location staked. 3.05 WALL INFILL AND REINFORCED BACKFILL PLACEMENT A.Backfill material placed immediately behind the drainage aggregate shall be compacted as follows: 1.98% of maximum dry density at ± 2% optimum moisture content per ASTM D698 standard proctor or 85% relative density per ASTM D4254. B.Compactive effort within 3’ (0.9 m) of the back of the precast modular blocks should be accomplished with walk-behind compactors. Compaction in this zone shall be within 95% of maximum dry density as measured in accordance with ASTM D698 standard proctor or 80% SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 32 relative density per ASTM D 4254. Heavy equipment should not be operated within 3’ (0.9 m)of the back of the precast modular blocks. C.Backfill material shall be installed in lifts that do not exceed a compacted thickness of 9” (230 mm). D.At the end of each work day, the Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall grade the surface of the last lift of the granular wall infill to a 3% ± 1% slope away from the precast modular block wall face and compact it. E.The General Contractor shall direct the Grading Contractor to protect the precast modular block wall structure against surface water runoff at all times through the use of berms, diversion ditches, silt fence, temporary drains and/or any other necessary measures to prevent soil staining of the wall face, scour of the retaining wall foundation or erosion of the reinforced backfill or wall infill. 3.06 OBSTRUCTIONS IN THE INFILL AND REINFORCED FILL ZONE A.The Retaining Wall Installation Contractor shall make all required allowances for obstructions behind and through the wall face in accordance with the approved construction shop drawings. B.Should unplanned obstructions become apparent for which the approved construction shop drawings do not account, the affected portion of the wall shall not be constructed until the Retaining Wall Design Engineer can appropriately address the required procedures for construction of the wall section in question. 3.07 COMPLETION A.For walls supporting unpaved areas, a minimum of 12” (300 mm) of compacted, low- permeability fill shall be placed over the granular wall infill zone of the precast modular block retaining wall structure. The adjacent retained soil shall be graded to prevent ponding of water behind the completed retaining wall. B.For retaining walls with crest slopes of 5H:1V or steeper, silt fence shall be installed along the wall crest immediately following construction. The silt fence shall be located 3’ to 4’ (0.9 m to 1.2 m) behind the uppermost precast modular block unit. The crest slope above the wall shall be immediately seeded to establish vegetation. The General Contractor shall ensure that the seeded slope receives adequate irrigation and erosion protection to support germination and growth. C.The General Contractor shall confirm that the as-built precast modular block wall geometries conform to the requirements of this section. The General Contractor shall notify the Owner of any deviations. 2411.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Concrete Block Retaining Wall: Measurement shall be made per the facial square foot from the top of the leveling pad including but not limited to all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install as specified including aggregate base course, draintile, concrete block units, stamped engineered shop drawings, staining, sealing, testing requirements, and submittals. 2411.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 33 Item No. Item Unit 2411.604 CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL SFF 2451 (CEAM 2600) STRUCTURE EXCAVATIONS AND BACKFILLS The provisions of MnDOT 2451 shall apply, in addition to the provisions of CEAM 2600, Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration, which are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2451.2 (CEAM 2600.2) MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2600.2 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: A.1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications Bedding and encasement materials, unless noted otherwise, shall meet the requirements of MnDOT 3149.2.B.1 Granular Material, except that 100 percent by weight shall pass the one inch sieve. Add the following new paragraph to CEAM2600.2: D.Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be in accordance with CEAM 2611.2.I. 2451.3 (CEAM 2600.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2600.3 are modified and/or supplemented as follows: Add the following new paragraph to CEAM 2600.3.A: A.6 Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be installed in accordance with CEAM 2611.3.B.4. E.Pipeline Backfilling Operations If insufficient suitable materials are available to complete backfilling, excess suitable materials from other areas of the project may be used to complete the work, as directed by the Engineer. Granular foundation, bedding, and encasement materials shall be placed around all pipe within areas of rock excavation. Bedding as specified within the CEAM Standard Specifications and shall be used for all ductile iron pipe (DIP) and reinforced concrete pipe (RCP) installations unless otherwise called for in the drawings or directed by the Engineer. Backfilling above the encasement zone shall comply with the general requirements specified in 2600.3.E and the following: 1.Backfill within the roadbed or building pad areas shall be placed in accordance with MnDOT 2105.3.E and shall be compacted to Specified Density Requirements in accordance with MnDOT 2105.3.F.1. 2.Backfill not within the roadbed or building pad areas shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density (MnDOT Standard Proctor). 3.Maximum backfill lift thicknesses may be increased or decreased by authority and at the discretion of the Engineer in consideration of material type, material disposition, or the demonstrated capability of compaction equipment. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 34 4.The Engineer shall have full authority to suspend backfill operations until the preceding lift of backfill has been determined by the Engineer to be fully compacted and a passing compaction test has been taken. No additional compensation for lost time shall be made if backfill operations are suspended by the Engineer for the purposes of determining adequate trench backfill compaction. 2451.5 (CEAM 2600.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2600.5 are modified and/or supplemented with the following; Furnishing and placing of granular materials for foundation, bedding, cover or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. 2502 SUBSURFACE DRAINS 2502.1 DESCRIPTION The location and alignment of the subsurface drains and outlets are shown in a general manner on the Plans. Modifications to the proposed alignment may be made by the Engineer in the field to ensure that the drain properly collects groundwater and infiltration water that may accumulate in the bottom of granular base material. Perforated corrugated thermoplastic (TP) pipe or perforated corrugated PE pipe as designated, shall be installed in accordance with the requirements for subcut drains, (MnDOT 2502.3.F) except that perforated pipe drains shall be bedded on coarse filter aggregate (MnDOT3149.2.H). Trenches shall also be backfilled with coarse filter aggregate. Tracer wire shall be installed with all thermoplastic pipe in accordance with CEAM 2611 and CEAM 2621. Perforated PE draintile and cleanouts shall also be installed as shown in the details on the plans for the biofiltration basin. This work shall also include the connection to sump pump drains in the adjacent yards as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer in the field. 2502.2 MATERIALS Delete MnDOT 2502.2.A1 and replace with the following: A.1 Thermoplastic (TP) Provide thermoplastic pipe and fittings (for use as pipe sewers or subsurface drains) meeting the requirements of the Contract. If pipe is not specified in the Contract, use pipe meeting the applicable application, i.e. use perforated pipe for drainage application and unperforated pipe for outlet into ditch, etc. 1.AASHTM M278, Class PS 46, Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (perforated and unperforated) 2.Blank 3.ASTM D3034, Type PSM PVC Sewer Pipe, SDR 35, (unperforated only) 4.ASTM F758, Smooth-Wall PVC, Type PS 46 (perforated and unperforated) 5.ASTM F949, PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe (perforated and unperforated) 6.ASTM D17885, Schedule 40 pipe (perforated & unperforated as applicable) with one of the following: a.Perforated: Slotted with maximum slot width of 1/16 in and minimum slot area of 1½ sq. in/linear ft for 4 in diameter pipe and greater than 1 sq. in/linear ft for pipe having a diameter less than 4 in. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 35 b.Perforated: Circular holes with two to four rows of holes. Hole diameter equal to 3/16 in to 3/8 in, and minimum area of holes 1½ sq. in/linear ft for 4 in diameter pipe and greater and 1 sq.in/linear ft for pipe having a diameter less than 4 in. c.Unperforated. 7.AASHTO M252, Corrugated Polyethylene (CP) dual-wall, Type “S” (unperforated) or “SP” (perforated) pipe, PS 50. If perforated pipe is specified, provide pipe with perforations in accordance with the applicable specification. Create all perforations at manufacturer’s plant; no field perforations are allowed. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable specifications, plans, or special provisions, the Contractor may choose the joint type. Submit to the Engineer a manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with each pipe shipment. 2502.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Item No. Item Unit 2502.503 4” PERF TP PIPE DRAIN L F 2502.602 4” PVC PIPE DRAIN CLEANOUT EACH 2503 (CEAM 2621) PIPE SEWERS 2503.2 (CEAM 2621.2) MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2621.2 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: A.3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Manufacturers of reinforced concrete pipe may produce an alternate “offset joint” on the spigot end of the pipe. This type of offset joint is to be used with the profile or pre-lubricated pipe seal systems. See MnDOT Standard Plate 3006. A.5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Sanitary sewer polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe and fittings shall conform to the CEAM requirements. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe used for storm sewer installations shall conform to the requirements outlined in MnDOT 2503. Submit a manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with each pipe shipment including date manufactured, nominal and actual inside pipe diameters. A.8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Submit a manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with each pipe shipment including date manufactured, nominal and actual inside pipe diameters. Delete CEAM 2621.2.A.11 and replace with the following: A.11 Polypropylene Pipe Provide corrugated polypropylene (PP) dual-wall pipe with couplings and fittings meeting the requirements of the following: 1.AASHTO M330 dual wall Type “S” pipe, and 2.Section 12 of the AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications, and 3.Gasketed integral bell and spigot joint meeting the requirements of ASTM F2881, for respective diameters, and SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 36 4.Water tight joints that meet a 10.8 psi laboratory test per ASTM D3212 with a gasket that meets the requirements of ASTM F477, and 5.Protect polypropylene compounds from ultraviolet (UV) degradation with UV stabilizers or carbon black meeting the requirements and testing in AASHTO M330 and ASTM D3895. Provide laboratory certification that the pipe connection for each size of pipe meets or exceeds these requirements. Submit shop drawings of each pipe coupler and any additional mechanical connections required by the plans. Mitered end sections are not to be constructed of polypropylene. Provide polypropylene (PP) pipe and fittings manufactured from high-density polypropylene (PP) virgin compounds. Clean, reworked PP materials from the manufacturer’s own production may be used if the pipe fittings produced meet the requirements of this section. Store and handle polypropylene (PP) pipe as recommended by the manufacturer. Provide pipe manufactured no more than six months prior to installation. Do not use damaged pipe. Polypropylene (PP) pipe is considered to be plastic pipe and must be installed according to MnDOT 2501.3.C.4 and must pass deflection testing for acceptance. Submit a manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance with each pipe shipment including the date manufactured, nominal and actual inside pipe diameters. Polypropylene (PP) manufacturing facilities are required to participate and be in compliance with AASHTO’s National Transportation Product Evaluation Program (NTPEP) for producers of AASHTO M330 polypropylene (PP) pipe. The Engineer confirms the plant where the pipe is manufactured is in compliant status by checking the NTPEP website, a link is provided through the Approved Products List. 2503.3 (CEAM 2621.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2621.3 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: The Engineer shall receive notice 24 hours in advance for testing of sewers. When the Contractor uses laser beam control for grade and alignment, the Contractor shall check into the grade stakes provided. Any discrepancies found between the laser beam elevation and grade stake elevation, or the line and grade shown on the plans, shall be immediately brought to the Engineer’s attention before continuing pipe installation. Failure to check into grade stakes provided or to notify the Engineer of discrepancies shall put the full responsibility on the Contractor for any removal and reinstallation of pipe necessary to conform to the line and grade as shown in the Drawings. A.2 Pipe Laying Operations Dewatering to maintain pipe trenches free of water shall be considered incidental, unless a bid item has been included for Dewatering. Install pipe to the alignment, grade, and location as shown in the drawings and/or staked in the field. No deviation from the drawings and/or staked alignment, grade, or location is allowed. A.4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends Mark end of sewer stubs with a wooden 4 in x 4 in marker. The marker shall extend adjacent to the plug and to a depth 6 in below, and shall extend 2 ft above the ground line. The marker shall be continuous without any breaks, and shall be vertical or plumb. G.Televising All new sanitary sewer main shall be jetted clean and televised after the services are installed, as applicable, and prior to wear course paving. Televising should include panning the camera up to the SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 37 sanitary sewer wyes and service lines so that it is visible. The Contractor shall supply two videos and two detailed reports within 15 days of the televising being complete. One set shall be supplied to the Engineer and one set to Owner. A digital copy of the report shall also be delivered to the Owner. Prior to placement of wear course paving, the Engineer must review all sewer televising reports and conclude there are no subsurface deficiencies requiring excavation to correct. The Contractor will be responsible for television inspection of the sanitary sewer after it has been constructed. The Owner reserves the right to view these television inspection records prior to final project acceptance and at any time within the warranty period. Add the following new paragraph to CEAM 2621.3: H.Sanitary Sewer By-Pass Pumping The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove temporary pumps, pipes, automatic controls, and related appurtenances to allow continuous operation of sanitary sewer facilities whenever necessary to ensure service will be maintained during construction. Sanitary sewer facilities shall include, but are not limited to gravity sanitary sewer main, sanitary sewer force mains, sanitary sewer services, sanitary sewer lift stations, and/or sanitary sewer grinder pumps. Sanitary sewer pipe sizes are shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all sanitary sewer pipe sizes and locations within the project limits to determine the most appropriate manner to provide sanitary sewer bypass pumping. The Contractor shall submit copies of the proposed pumping, piping, and control systems for sanitary sewer bypass pumping to the Engineer a minimum of seven days in advance of installing the sanitary sewer bypass pumping system. The Contractor shall have one standby pump available on-site for each pumping location to use in the event of a pump failure. The standby pump shall be adequately sized to handle the rates of sanitary sewer flow being bypasses. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to provide provisions for monitoring and managing all aspects of sanitary sewer by-pass pumping. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and penalties incurred by the City as a result of sanitary sewer overflow during construction and periods of by- pass pumping. The Contractor shall immediately report a sanitary sewer overflow to the City and the Minnesota Duty Officer. 2503.5 (CEAM 2621.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2621.5 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Sewer connections shall be paid per each connection of new sewer to existing sewer. All necessary labor, materials, and work required to make the connection shall be included in the price per each as provided in the Bid Form. Sanitary sewer by-pass pumping shall be paid per lump sum to furnish, install, maintain, and remove temporary pumps, pipes, automatic controls, and related appurtenances to allow continuous operation of sanitary sewer facilities whenever necessary to ensure service will be maintained during construction. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2503.503 10” PVC GRAVITY SEWER L F 2503.503 8” HDPE FORCEMAIN PIPE SEWER L F SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 38 2503.503 6” HDPE FORCEMAIN PIPE SEWER L F 2503.601 CONNECT INTO EXISTING RCP L S 2503.602 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS PUMPING L S 2503.503 12” PP PIPE L F 2505 UTILITY COORDINATION 2505.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor shall coordinate its activities with the activities of all “private” utility (natural gas, power, phone, etc.) owners present within the project limits. Coordination will include any delays associated with scheduling conflicts, fees charged by utility owners for construction services, and all time necessary to communicate and work with utility owners within the project limits. The plans show only known underground utilities (including public utilities) and the locations are approximate. No assurance is given that additional underground facilities do not exist. The Contractor shall make its own investigation to determine to what extent existing utilities shall affect the Contractor’s work. In the event a private or public utility is to be relocated by Others, the Contractor shall coordinate their work directly with the private or public utility. 2505.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT No measurement will be made of the various items that constitute Utility Coordination. 2505.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the lump sum unit price bid and shall be compensation in full for all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the work as specified. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2505.601 UTILITY COORDINATION LS 2506 (CEAM 2621) MANHOLES AND CATCH BASINS The provisions of MnDOT 2506 shall apply, in addition to the provisions of CEAM 2621, Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation, which are modified and/or supplemented as follows: 2506.2 (CEAM 2621.2) MATERIALS The provisions of CEAM 2621.2 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: B.Metal Sewer Castings Metal Sewer Castings shall conform to the Standard Detail Plates. All castings shall be Class 35B or better, in accordance with MnDOT 3321. The words "SANITARY SEWER" or "STORM SEWER" shall be cast on top of each manhole cover in 2 in letters as applicable. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 39 C.Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Adjusting rings manufactured from high density polyethylene (HDPE) are approved as an alternate to concrete adjusting rings. HDPE adjusting rings shall be sealed with the product recommended by the manufacturer. Delete CEAM 2621.2.C, Item 3 and replace with the following: (3)Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a watertight joint consisting of a rubber boot with a non-magnetic, corrosion resistant steel coupling band or equal. Add the following new item to CEAM 2621.2.C: (7)The base of sanitary manholes shall be cast integral with the bottom section of the manholes unless noted otherwise. Add the following new paragraph to CEAM 2621.2: F.Chimney Seal The adjusting rings and castings of each sanitary sewer and storm sewer manhole located within the project area shall be sealed with external chimney seal, Infi-Shield or approved equal, meeting the material and installation requirements of the manufacturer. 2506.3 (CEAM 2621.3) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of CEAM 2621.3 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 2 (Storm Water Treatment Device): shall be furnished and installed including all labor, equipment and materials necessary to install the storm water treatment device (SWTD) and appurtenances specified in the Drawings and these specifications. All components shall be subject to inspection by the engineer at the place of manufacture and/or installation. All components are subject to be rejected or identified for repair if the quality of materials and manufacturing do not comply with the requirements of this specification. Components which have been identified as defective may be subject for repair where final acceptance of the component is contingent on the discretion of the Engineer. The SWTD manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer of Record a “Manufacturer’s Performance Certification” certifying that each SWTD is capable of achieving the specified removal efficiencies listed in these specifications. The certification shall be supported by independent third-party research. The Contractor shall prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with these specifications and shall detail horizontal and vertical dimensioning, reinforcement and joint type and locations. The SWTD precast concrete components shall conform to applicable sections of ASTM C 478, ASTM C 857 and ASTM C 858 and the following: 1.Concrete shall achieve a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square-inch (psi); 2.Unless otherwise noted, the precast concrete sections shall be designed to withstand lateral earth and AASHTO H-20 traffic loads; 3.Cement shall be Type III Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C 150; 4.Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33; 5.Reinforcing steel shall be deformed billet-steel bars, welded steel wire or deformed welded steel wire conforming to ASTM A 615, A 185, or A 497. 6.Joints shall be sealed with preformed joint sealing compound conforming to ASTM C 990. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 40 7.Shipping of components shall not be initiated until a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi is attained or five (5) calendar days after fabrication has expired, whichever occurs first. The SWTD internal components and appurtenances shall conform to the following: 1.Screen and support structure shall be manufactured of Type 316 and 316L stainless steel conforming to ASTM F 1267-01; 2.Hardware shall be manufactured of Type 316 stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 320; 3.Fiberglass components shall conform to the National Bureau of Standards PS-15 and coated with an isophalic polyester gelcoat; 4.Access system(s) shall be per the standard details and/or conform to the following: a.The clean out casting shall be Neenah R-1642-B with “Storm Sewer” incorporated into the lid itself with two (2) concealed pick holes. The SWTD shall provide a rated-treatment capacity in accordance with Table 1. At this rated-treatment capacity the device shall be capable of achieving an 80 percent average annual reduction for a particle distribution having a mean particle size (d50) of 110 microns. This removal efficiency shall be supported by independent third-party research. The SWTD shall be capable of capturing and retaining 100 percent of pollutants greater than or equal to 3/16 of an inch regardless of the pollutant’s specific gravity (i.e.: floatable and neutrally buoyant materials) for flows up to the device’s rated-treatment capacity. The SWTD shall be designed to retain all previously captured pollutants addressed by this subsection under all flow conditions. The SWTD shall be capable of capturing and retaining total petroleum hydrocarbons. The SWTD shall be capable of achieving a removal efficiency of 92 and 78 percent when the device is operating at 25 and 50 percent of its rated-treatment capacity. These removal efficiencies shall be based on independent third-party research for influent oil concentrations representative of storm water runoff (20 ± 5 mg/L). The SWTD shall be greater than 99 percent effective in controlling dry-weather accidental oil spills. The SWTD shall maintain the peak conveyance capacity of the drainage network as defined by the Engineer. If a substitute SWTD is proposed, supporting documentation shall be submitted that demonstrates equal or better upstream hydraulic conditions compared to that specified herein. This documentation shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Minnesota. All costs associated with preparing and certifying this documentation shall be born solely by the contractor. The SWTD shall be designed with a sump chamber for the storage of captured sediments and other negatively buoyant pollutants in between maintenance cycles. The minimum storage capacity provided by the sump chamber shall be in accordance with the volume listed in Table 1. The boundaries of the sump chamber shall be limited to that which do not degrade the SWTD’s treatment efficiency as captured pollutants accumulate. The sump chamber shall be separate from the treatment processing portion(s) of the SWTD to minimize the probability of fine particle re- suspension. In order to not restrict the Owner’s ability to maintain the SWTD, the minimum dimension providing access from the ground surface to the sump chamber shall be 20 inches in diameter. The SWTD shall be designed to capture and retain Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons generated by wet-weather flow and dry-weather gross spills. The minimum storage capacity provided by the SWTD shall be in accordance with the volume listed in Table 1. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 41 The manufacturer of the SWTD shall be one that is regularly engaged in the engineering design and production of systems deployed for the treatment of storm water runoff for at least five (5) years and which have a history of successful production, acceptable to the Engineer. The contractor shall exercise care in the storage and handling of the SWTD components prior to and during installation. Any repair or replacement costs associated with events occurring after delivery is accepted and unloading has commenced shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The SWTD shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and related sections of the contract documents. The manufacturer shall provide the contractor installation instructions and offer on- site guidance during the important stages of the installation as identified by the manufacturer at no additional expense. A minimum of seventy-two (72) hours’ notice shall be provided to the manufacturer prior to their performance of the services included under this subsection. The contractor shall fill all voids associated with lifting provisions provided by the manufacturer. These voids shall be filled with non-shrinking grout providing a finished surface consistent with adjacent surfaces. The contractor shall trim all protruding lifting provisions flush with the adjacent concrete surface in a manner, which leaves no sharp points or edges. The contractor shall removal all loose material and pooling water from the SWTD prior to the transfer of operational responsibility to the Owner. TABLE 1 Storm Water Treatment Device Storage Capacities First Defense High Capacity Model Number Minimum Sump Storage Capacity (yd3)/(m3) Minimum Oil Storage Capacity (gal)/(L) FD-3HC 0.4/0.3 125-473 FD-4HC 0.7/0.5 191/723 FD-5HC 1.1/0.84 300/1135 FD-6HC 1.6/1.2 496/1,878 FD-8HC 2.8/2.1 1120/4239 B.Appurtenance Installations It is the Contractor’s responsibility to verify the type and quantity of casting assemblies prior to ordering materials. The final surface elevation of the frame or ring casting shall be ½ in below the adjacent pavement surface elevation and at-grade in turf areas unless noted otherwise. Add the following new paragraph to CEAM 2621.3.B: B.1 Chimney Seal All chimney seal installation shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. The Contractor shall be required to perform the installation of the first chimney seal in the presence of the Engineer to verify that the installation is acceptable and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 42 D.Manhole and Catch Basin Structures For shallow structures, the Contractor may furnish precast structures with additional depth as necessary for pre casting, not to exceed a maximum of 2 ft deeper than the plan design build. The additional depth of manhole shall be filled with grout to match elevations of proposed pipe inverts. Steps shall be aligned over the downstream side of the manhole and be: •1 in plus or minus horizontal alignment •1 in plus or minus vertical alignment with 16 in spacing Catch basins under curb and gutter shall be installed to an alignment deviation of less than 0.20 ft with the top slab centered over the base. Deviations greater than 0.2 ft shall be corrected by the Contractor by moving the base to its proper location. All grade stakes involved must be saved by the Contractor. If a catch basin location must be adjusted and the grade stake shows the Contractor to be in error or the grade stake has been destroyed, the Contractor must make the correction at their expense. All manholes must be protected or covered with plates, castings, or other approved materials at all times during construction to prevent sediment from entering the system. Sanitary manholes shall be covered to also prevent rainwater from entering the sanitary sewer system. This is included in the construction of the structure. When installing a new structure within an existing pipe network, the Contractor shall verify the structure location, invert elevation and line of any existing opening to ensure the installation of the proposed sewer facility can be constructed according to the plan requirements. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer of any deviation from the plan requirements necessitated by existing conditions. The Contractor shall ensure that upon completion of the connection that the area of the connection be water tight. The Contractor shall ensure smooth even flow from the newly connected pipe to the invert of the existing structure. 2506.4 (CEAM 2621.4) METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2506.4 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Delete CEAM Paragraph 2621.4.B and replace with the following: B.Manholes Manholes will be measured by length in accordance with MnDOT 2506.4.A unless noted otherwise. Where manholes are measured by length, the casting assembly will be measured separately by each, in accordance with MnDOT 2506.4.C Delete CEAM Paragraph 2621.4.C and replace with the following: C.Catch Basins Drainage structures of each design designation will be measured in accordance with MnDOT 2506.4.A unless noted otherwise. In accordance with MnDOT 2506.4.C, where drainage structures are measured by length, the casting assembly will be measured separately by each. No separate measurement for casting assemblies will be made where drainage structures are measured as a unit. H.Appurtenant Items Chimney seals shall be measured by the number of each chimney seal provided and installed. Add the following new paragraph to CEAM 2621.4: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 43 I.Adjust Frame and Ring Casting Measurement for adjustment of frame and ring castings shall be for existing castings that are adjusted in preparation for bituminous wear course placement or curb and gutter placement. Initial casting placement after base course construction, installation of new castings on catch basins or structures, or installation of any castings in areas outside of the bituminous roadway surface shall be considered included with the casting and/or manhole structure pay item. 2506.5 (CEAM 2621.5) BASIS OF PAYMENT The provisions of CEAM 2621.5 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: Add the following new paragraphs to CEAM 2621.5: A.Casting Assembly Payment for both sanitary sewer and storm sewer castings shall be made under the casting assembly pay item. This item shall include furnishing, installing, and adjusting each new casting assembly and be compensation in full for all materials, labor, and equipment required to set the furnished and install castings on new or existing structures to the required elevation for new pavement surface, including multiple adjustments to suit pavement lifts. B.Chimney Seal The bid unit price for chimney seal by the each shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor and equipment necessary to perform the work. C.Reconstruct Sanitary Manhole The bid unit price for reconstruct sanitary manhole by linear foot, shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, casting adjustments, excavation, and backfilling necessary to install the new manhole sections. A separate bid item shall be provided for the casting assembly. Demolition and disposal of existing manhole sections, castings, and appurtenances shall be incidental to this item. D.Construct Drainage Structure The bid unit price for construct drainage structure design special (2 ft x 3 ft) by each, shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, casting, casting adjustments, base slab, excavation, and backfilling to install the catch basin. The casting assembly shall be considered included with the drainage structure. The bid unit price for construct drainage structure by linear foot of each structure design and size, shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, casting adjustments, base slab, excavation, and backfilling to install the drainage structure. A separate bid item shall be provided for the casting assembly. No separate payment shall be made for connecting to a new drainage structure. Stormwater Treatment Device (Construct Drainage Structure Design Special 2): Payment shall be made as for construction of each structure as outlined in the plans and details and as outlined above. Payment shall be for each Design Special 2 installed and shall include any field modifications required, shoring to protect trench, dewatering, all casting adjustments necessary, including interim adjustments to meet multiple lifts of bituminous, the casting assembly, and necessary adjustment rings. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2506.502 RECONSTRUCT SANITARY MANHOLE L F SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 44 2506.502 SANITARY MANHOLE CASTING EACH 2506.501 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE L S 2506.601 STORMCEPTOR L S 2506.502 CHIMNEY SEAL EACH 2511 RIPRAP The provisions of MnDOT 2511 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2511.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Delete MnDOT 2511.4.B and replace with the following: B.Filter Materials No separate measurement shall be made for filter material/geotextile fabric. Filter materials and geotextile fabric shall be considered included with the installation of the riprap. 2511.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The bid unit price for riprap of each type and class includes the cost of providing the materials, excavating, and preparing the foundations, placing the riprap stone, and providing and placing the filter materials as required by the contract. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2511.507 RANDOM RIPRAP CLASS III C Y 2521 WALKS The provisions of MnDOT 2521 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2521.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Where private utilities are to be installed within the public right-of-way and drainage and utility easements, and are on the same side as the walk, the private utility work shall be coordinated with all applicable private utility companies such that all construction of private utilities will be completed prior to construction of the walk. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination with the private utilities, Engineer, and Owner to ensure that the private utilities are constructed prior to the walk. The Contractor shall give a minimum of two weeks notification to private utilities for the estimated completion date of curb, gutter, grading, and erosion control stabilization. No additional compensation from the Owner shall be provided to the Contractor for any claims of crews being delayed because of scheduling issues with private utility companies resulting from inadequate notification of grading and erosion control completion dates. 2521.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT 12” CONCRETE WALK-REINFORCED: Measurement shall be made per the square foot including but not limited to all labor, materials and equipment necessary to install as shown on plans and details. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 45 2521.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2521.518 6” CONCRETE WALK SF 2521.618 12” CONCRETE WALK-REINFORCED SF 2531 CONCRETE CURBING The provisions of MnDOT 2531 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2531.2 MATERIALS PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP: Shall be 6 feet long x 9 inches wide precast concrete curb (5,000 psi) with steel reinforcement and chamfered tops, with two (2) predrilled ¾-inch holes for installation. Standard gray concrete color. 2531.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS C.Placing and Finishing Concrete For concrete curb and gutter, including curb fill-ins, mechanical vibration of the concrete will be required to produce a smooth curb face. G.Backfill Construction Backfilling of the curb and gutter shall be completed prior to bituminous surfacing of the roadway. H.Workmanship and Finish Unacceptable work shall be removed and replaced with acceptable work as ordered by the Engineer. 2531.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT A.Length Concrete valley gutter shall be measured per linear foot installed as measured through the flow line. No separate measurement shall be taken for any apron space necessary to connect the valley gutter to the adjacent curb and gutter. B.Area Square or rectangular truncated dome area will be measured by square foot. Radial truncated domes will be measured along the long chord and multiplied by two feet to compute square footage. 2531.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT The Contractor shall designate a responsible person (ADA Compliance Supervisor) in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 (1804) Prosecution of Work. No measurement will be made of the various duties of the ADA Compliance Supervisor and will be incidental to the project. PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP: The contract unit price bid per each for precast concrete wheel stop shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to furnish and install concrete wheel stop in accordance with the plans and specifications. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 46 Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2531.503 CONCRETE CURB & GUTTER DESIGN B618 LF 2531.604 PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP EA 2540 MISCELLANEOUS SITE AMENITIES 2540.1 DESCRIPTION Paragraph A is supplemented with the following: The site amenities listed below shall be installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for complete installation of site amenities in accordance with both the construction documents and manufacturer’s specifications (supplied by manufacture’s local representative and approved by LA-E. prior to construction). Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, equipment, concrete, and miscellaneous expenses associated with installation of the site amenities. All site amenities listed below shall not be substituted without Owner and LA-E approval of alternate manufacturer and product line. Following selection of site amenities, the Owner will directly purchase site amenities from the manufacturer for Contractor installation. Any request for a substitution must be in writing and made at not less than seven (7) days prior to bid opening date. The requests must be self-explanatory with all product line, technical drawings and manufacturer information supplied for review by the Owner and LA-E. Requests for substitutions for this equipment subsequent to this date will not be considered. SUBMITTALS Provide product data. Colors will be selected by Owner/ LA-E at time of shop drawing review from manufacturer’s list of standard colors. WARRANTY Provide manufacturer's standard limited warranty covering all components against failure resulting from normal use. 2540.4 & 2540.5 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT Paragraph A is supplemented with the following: 6’ WIDE X 30’ LONG COMPOSITE DOCK: shall be as manufactured by AMERICAN MUSCLE DOCKS & FABRICATION LLC ®. Install as per manufacturer's specifications and as shown on drawings (included in Appendix). Payment shall be by "LUMP SUM" at the contract unit price as shown on the Bid Form and shall be compensation in full for labor required to install dock system including all associated materials, labor, freight, unloading of dock material, and equipment necessary to complete the work as required by the plans and these specifications. Product / Manufacturer: AMERICAN MUSCLE DOCKS & FABRICATION LLC ® 141 SUNSET AVENUE WELLSBURG, WV 26070 Ph: 1-800-223-3444 Attn: Mark Robinson SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 47 BOLLARD: shall be as furnished and installed including all associated materials, labor, and equipment necessary to complete the work as required by the plans and these specifications. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2540.602 BOLLARD EA 2540.604 6’ WIDE X 30’ LONG COMPOSITE DOCK SYSTEM LS 2557 FENCING The provisions of MnDOT 2557 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2557.1 DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2557.1 are supplemented with the following: SECTION INCLUDES A.Fence framework, fabric, and accessories. B.Excavation for post bases; concrete foundation for posts. REFERENCES A.ANSI/ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B.ANSI/ASTM F567 - Installation of Chain-Link Fence. C.ASTM A120 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses. D.ASTM A153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. E.ASTM A392 - Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A.Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings. B.Line Post Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. SUBMITTALS A.Submit under provisions of Division I. B.Product Data: Provide data on fabric, posts, accessories, fittings and hardware. QUALITY ASSURANCE A.Perform Work in accordance with ANSI/ASTM F567. QUALIFICATIONS A.Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. FIELD MEASUREMENTS A.Verify that field measurements are as indicated on the drawings. 2557.2 MATERIALS The provisions of MnDOT 2557.2 are supplemented with the following: 42” HIGH PVC COATED CHAINLINK MATERIALS LIST: A.Line Posts: 1.9" O.D., 3.65 lbs. galvanized steel. B.Top Rail: 1 5/8" O.D., 2.27 lbs. galvanized steel with connectors. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 48 C.Fabric: 9 gauge aluminum coated steel, 1" mesh top and bottom salvage knuckle end closed; fabric placed on frame side closest to the lake. D.Tension Bar: 3/16" x 48" galvanized steel with connectors. E.Tie Wire: 6-gauge aluminum. F.Post Caps: Malleable iron galvanized; sized to fit post. G.Truss/Brace Rods: 3/8" galvanized steel rod tightener and connectors. H.Concrete footings: All terminal and corner posts and as per drawings. 2557.3 Construction Requirements The provisions of MnDOT 2557.3 are supplemented with the following: INSTALLATION A.Install framework, fabric and accessories in accordance with ANSI/ASTM F567. B.Set all posts plumb as indicated on drawings. C.Fence Line Post to be installed to a depth of 48" below finished grade. D.Fence Corner and Terminal Post Concrete Footing Depth Below Finish Grade: As shown on the drawings. E.Provide top rail through line post tops and splice with 12-inch long rail sleeves. F.Install intermediate and bottom brace rail. G.Stretch fabric between terminal posts or at intervals of 100 feet (30 m) maximum, whichever is less. H.Position bottom of fabric 1/2- inch above finished grade. I.Fasten fabric to top rails, line posts, and braces, with tie wire at maximum 15 inches (380 mm)on centers. J.Attach fabric to end and corner posts with tension bars and tension bar clips. K.All welds shall be ground smooth, cleaned, and refinished with a minimum of two coats cold galvanizing spray in accordance with ASTM standards. L.All void spaces shall be less than 4” in width in any direction. M.All chain-link fence fabric and ties to be PVC coated. Posts, rails, and caps shall be powder-coated, color black. ERECTION TOLERANCES A.Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8". B.Maximum Offset From True Position: 1". C.Components shall not infringe adjacent property lines. 2557.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2557.4 are supplemented with the following: 48” High PVC Coated Chain-link Fence: Measurement shall be per linear foot of chain-link fence installed complying with the requirements of the plan drawings and details. This includes all labor, materials, and equipment, including footings and foundations, necessary to complete the specified work. 2557.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2557.602 48” HIGH PVC COATED CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 49 2563 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT 2563.1 – DESCRIPTION All traffic control devices shall conform and be installed in accordance to the "Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (MMUTCD), the "Field Manual for Temporary Traffic Control Zone Layouts," the "Guide to Establishing Speed Limits in Highway Work Zones," the Minnesota Flagging Handbook, the provisions of MnDOT 1404 and MnDOT 1710, the Minnesota Standard Signs Manual Parts I, II, and III, the Traffic Engineering Manual Chapter 8 Appendices 8-8.02 and 8-8.03, the Traffic Control Layouts/Typical Traffic Control Layouts in the Plans, and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all traffic control devices required to provide safe movement of vehicular traffic through the project during the duration of the contract, from the start of contract operations to the final completion thereof. The Engineer will have the right to modify the requirements for the traffic control as deemed necessary due to existing field conditions. Traffic control devices include, but are not limited to, barricades, warning signs, trailers, flashers, cones, drums, pavement markings, and flagmen as required and sufficient barricade weights to maintain barricade stability. Access must be maintained to all residences between the hours of 7:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. During working hours, the Contractor may close half of the street to complete the necessary work, with advance two (2) day notice, pending City approval. At no point can the street be completely closed to traffic. The Contractor shall be responsible for flagging and signage. All trenches shall be closed and streets fully open to traffic at the end of each working day. The Contractor shall provide a responsible person who is on call twenty-four (24) hours per day and seven (7) days per week that can respond to maintain accesses within two (2) hours of a call for service. 2563.2 – MATERIALS All traffic control devices shall conform to the latest MMUTCD. 2563.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall provide all traffic control. The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Plan for approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to the start of construction. Any deviation from the traffic control plan shall require approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to the start of construction. The Contractor shall provide a traffic control supervisor who shall drive through the Project to inspect the traffic control on a daily basis and provide necessary maintenance of traffic control devices. The Contractor shall use aggregate base material to ramp all driveways as necessary to provide access during construction. 2563.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for traffic control shall be considered incidental to mobilization and be considered payment in full for providing all material, labor, and maintenance of traffic control. In the event that the Contractor fails to maintain traffic control the Owner shall respond and deduct an amount equal to two (2) times the cost to provide this maintenance. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 50 2564 METAL INFORMATION SIGNAGE 2564.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ADA PARKING SIGN: The contract unit price bid per each for the signage shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to furnish and install the sign in accordance with plans and specifications, including the U-channel post, PVC sleeve and attachments. SAFETY SIGN: The contract unit price bid per each for the signage shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to furnish and install the sign in accordance with plans and specifications, including the U-channel post, PVC sleeve and attachments. 2564.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2564.604 ADA PARKING SIGN EA 2564.604 SAFETY SIGN EA 2571 PLANT INSTALLATION AND ESTABLISHMENT 2571.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2557.4 are supplemented with the following: Transplant tree (42” spade): Measurement shall be per each as shown on plan drawings and details. This includes all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the specified work. Watering shall be considered incidental and shall be performed until established as determined by the LA-E / Owner. 2571.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2571.524 TRANSPLANT TREE (42 IN SPADE SIZE) TREE 2572 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF VEGETATION 2572.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A.Protecting and Preserving Any trees or shrubs not designated for removal shall be fully protected by the Contractor during construction. Any trees or shrubs removed or damaged by the Contractor, which were not designated for removal, will be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 2572.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All work under this section shall be considered incidental to the contract with no additional compensation allowed unless provided for in the Bid Form. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 51 2573 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2573.1 DESCRIPTION The Contractor will be required to comply with NPDES General Storm Water Permit regulations to prevent erodible materials from leaving the site, even if such permit is not required due to the project scope, size or location. 2573.2 MATERIALS BMP devices shall be a MnDOT approved product. The Contractor shall verify with the Engineer prior to installation that the proposed BMP device is suitable for prevention of soil and sediment erosion in the field. 2573.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of all-temporary erosion and sediment control measures. These measures shall be repaired, replaced, or supplemented as set forth in the NPDES General Storm Water Permit. If the Contractor fails to provide maintenance of the temporary erosion and sediment control measures as set forth in the NPDES permit requirements, the Engineer shall have the authority under the terms of this contract to hire the work done and deduct the costs incurred from the amounts due to the Contractor. The Contractor shall be assessed liquidated damages for each specified area for which the Contractor has not installed or repaired erosion and sediment control devices (including sod) within 48 hours after receiving written notice. 2573.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2573.4 are supplemented with the following: Stabilized Construction Exit: The contract unit price bid per each for stabilized rock construction exit drive shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install, maintain, and remove/restore rock construction entrance drive upon project completion, in accordance with the plans and specifications. Sediment Control Log (Type Wood Fiber): The contract unit price bid per lineal foot for sediment control log shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install, maintain, and remove log upon project completion, in accordance with the plans and specifications. Silt Fence (Type MS): The contract unit price bid per lineal foot for erosion control silt fence shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install, maintain, and remove/ restore erosion control silt fence upon project completion (adequate turf restoration), in accordance with the plans and specifications. Flotation Silt Curtain: The contract unit price bid per lineal foot for flotation silt curtain shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install, maintain, and remove curtain upon project completion, in accordance with the plans and specifications. Inlet Protection: The contract unit price bid per each for inlet protection shall be compensation in full for all equipment, materials and labor required to install, maintain, and remove inlet protection upon project completion, in accordance with the plans and specifications. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 52 Dust Control: Dust Control is incidental to the contract and no additional payment will be made to the Contractor. 2573.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2573.501 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT LS 2573.502 INLET PROTECTION EA 2573.503 SILT FENCE, TYPE MS LF 2573.503 FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN, TYPE STILL WATER LF 2573.503 SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG TYPE WOOD FIBER LF 2574 SOIL PREPARATION The provisions of MnDOT 2574 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2574.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS C.Topsoil The topsoil shall be free from roots, stick, chunks of miscellaneous debris, rocks larger than 1 in, and garbage. Topsoil placement shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. 2574.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT E.Topsoil Borrow Topsoil borrow shall be imported only at the direction of the Engineer. Load tickets will be required for payment. 2575.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2574.507 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW CY 2575 ESTABLISHING VEGETATION AND CONTROLLING EROSION The provisions of MnDOT 2575 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2575.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2575.1 are supplemented with the following: Seeding Schedule: All disturbed areas within the project shall be either seeded to an equal or better condition to that which was in place prior to construction and as directed by the Engineer. All exposed areas of the site will receive seed within two (2) weeks after final grade on slopes, or as directed by the LA-E / Owner. Restoration may include areas outside of the construction limits as determined by the Engineer. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 53 2575.2 – MATERIALS Turf Seed Mixture: 15% Brooklawn Kentucky Bluegrass 15% Bonaire Kentucky Bluegrass 20% Park Kentucky Bluegrass 20% Boreal Creeping Red Fescue 30% Pizzazz 2 Perrenial Ryegrass Native Seed Mixture: Grasses/Sedges/Rushes Scientific Name Common Name oz./Acre Andropogon gerardii Big Bluestem 24.0 Bouteloua curtipendula Side Oats Grama 8.00 Elymus canadensis Canada Wild Rye 24.0 Elymus virginicus Virginia Wild Rye 16.0 Panicum virgatum Switchgrass 16.0 Schizachyrium scoparium Little Bluestem 8.00 Sorghastrum nutans Indian Grass 24.0 Total Seeding Rate: 120 oz. = 7.50 lbs. PLS / Acre Forbs: Scientific Name Common Name oz./Acre Achillea millefolium Yarrow 1.0 Amorpha canescens Lead Plant 2.0 Asclepias syriaca Common Milkweed 1.0 Aster ericoides Heath Aster 2.0 Aster laevis Smooth Aster 2.0 Echinacea angustifolia Purple Coneflower 2.0 Heliopsis helianthoides False Sunflower 2.0 Liatris aspera Rough Blazing Star 2.0 Lespedeza capitata Bush Clover 4.0 Monarda fistulosa Wild Bergamot 2.0 Petalostemum purpureum Purple Prairie Clover 6.0 Ratibida pinnata Yellow Coneflower 2.0 Rudbeckia hirta Black-eyed Susan 2.0 Rudbeckia subtomentosa Sweet Black-eyed Susan 1.0 Solidago rigida Stiff Goldenrod 2.0 Solidago speciosa Showy Goldenrod 2.0 Verbena stricta Hoary Vervain 4.0 Zizia aurea Golden Alexander’s 1.0 Total Seeding Rate: 40.0 oz./Acre = 2.5 lbs./Acre SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 54 Cover Crop: Avena sativa (spring/summer) Oats Triticum aestivum (fall/dormant) Winter Wheat Total of applicable cover crop: 25.0 lbs./Acre Temporary Stabilization and Permanent Stabilization shall be per the following tables: Temporary Stabilization Type Materials Rapid Stabilization Method 3 Hydromulch + Temporary Seed Mix (see below) Rapid Stabilization Method 4 Blanket + Temporary Seed Mix (see below) Permanent Stabilization Type Materials Seeding – Type I Fertilizer (10-10-10) Type 3 @ 200 lbs/acre, Seed Mix @ 220 lbs/acre, Type 1 mulch @ 2 tons per acre Seeding – Type II Fertilizer (0-10-20) Type 3 @ 60 lbs/acre, Seed Mix @ 22 lbs/acre, Type 3 mulch @ 2 tons per acre Erosion Control Blanket Erosion Control Blanket Type 4N/2S (Straw) Turf Reinforcement Mat Turf Reinforcement Mat Category 2 Rapid Stabilization Method Materials 3 3884, Stabilized Fiber Matrix, placed at 330 lbs per 1000 gallons of slurry mixture [150 kg per 3.8 cubic meters of slurry mixture]. Seed mixture 22-111 placed at a rate of 10 lb per 1,000 gal [4.5 kg per 3.8 cu. m] of slurry mix. Type 3 Slow Release Fertilizer 10-10-10 placed at a rate of 50 lb per 1000 gal [22.7 kg per 3.8 cu. m] of slurry mix. Water placed at a rate of 875 gal per 1,000 gal [3.3 cu. m per 3.8 cu. m] of slurry mix. Apply mixture at a rate of 6,000 gal per acre [56 cu. m per ha]. 4 Category 3 erosion control blanket. Seed mixture 22-111 placed at a rate of 2 lb per 100 sq yd [1.1 kg per 100 cu. m]. Type 3 Slow Release Fertilizer 10-10-10 placed at a rate of 8 lb per 100 sq yd [3.6 kg per 84 sq m]. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.2 are supplemented with the following: Erosion Control Blanket: The erosion control blanket for permanent turf establishment shall be MnDOT Category 4N/2S Straw. The provisions of MnDOT 3884.B.4 are supplemented with the following: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 55 Hydromulch: Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) 2575.3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3.A are supplemented with the following: General: The Contractor is cautioned to salvage all available and suitable topsoil from the project site for spreading on areas to be restored. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3.A.2.a are supplemented with the following: Seeding: Seeding shall be completed within seven days after finish grading has been completed. Areas to be seeded are areas per the Plan. All Type I seeding areas are to be drill seeded. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3.F are supplemented with the following: General: Watering will become the responsibility of the City only after the maintenance period has expired AND final acceptance of the turf. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping a log of watering hours and notifying the Engineer when they are on the project maintaining and watering the turf establishment area. The provisions of MnDOT 2575.3.K.3 are supplemented with the following: Maintenance of Seed: The Contractor shall be solely responsible for replacement and/or repair of any seeded areas that may wash out, erode, or fail to grow prior to acceptance with no additional compensation therefore. 2575.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Seeding – Type I Turf Seed Mix: Measurement shall be made by the acre of seed planted, fertilizer, and straw mulched installed. Seeding – Type II Native Seed Mix: Measurement shall be made by the acre of seed planted and straw mulched installed. Rapid Stabilization: Measurement shall be made by the acre of seed, fertilizer, and erosion control installed. Erosion Control Blanket: Measurement shall be made by the square yard of erosion control blanket installed. 2575.5 – BASIS OF MAYMENT The provisions of MnDOT 2575.5 are supplemented with the following: Seeding – Type I Turf Seed Mix: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each “ACRE” of fine grading, permanent turf establishment fertilizer and seed, straw mulch, maintenance and subsurface preparation. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. Seeding – Type II Native Seed Mix: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each “ACRE” of fine grading, permanent turf establishment seed, straw mulch, maintenance and subsurface preparation. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. Rapid Stabilization Method 3: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each “SQUARE YARD” of Rapid Stabilization, Method 3 or 4, which includes the items in the Temporary Stabilization Table above. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 2 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 SPECIFICATIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 56 Erosion Control Blanket: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid for each “SQUARE YARD” of preparation, erosion control blanket, and maintenance. Payment shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the installation until final acceptance by the Engineer. Watering shall be considered incidental throughout the maintenance period. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2575.505 SEEDING – TYPE I TURF SEED MIX ACRE 2575.505 SEEDING – TYPE II NATIVE SEED MIX ACRE 2575.505 RAPID STABILIZATION SQ YD 2575.523 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET - CATEGORY 4N/2S STRAW SQ YD 2582 PAVEMENT MARKINGS The provisions of MnDOT 2582 are modified and/or supplemented with the following: 2582.1 – DESCRIPTION The provisions of MnDOT 2582 are supplemented with the following: Permanent striping and messages are to be installed following the paving of the wearing courses. 2582.4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Pavement Markings: Measurement shall be made by the lump sum. 2582.5 – BASIS OF PAYMENT Pavement Markings: Payment shall be made at the unit price bid per “LUMP SUM” for all stripping and symbols associated with proposed accessible parking stalls. Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2582.601 PAVEMENT MARKINGS LUMP SUM DIVISION 9 LIFT STATION FINISHES TABLE OF CONTENTS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 9 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS RPOJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION FINISHES WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINT AND COATINGS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 9 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 PAINT & COATINGS SECTION 09 9000 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 09 90 00 PAINT AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL A.This section includes the furnishing of all labor and materials for the painting and finishing of the lift station. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A.All paints and materials furnished shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer. The standard products of manufacturers other than that specified hereinafter as a descriptive standard will be accepted if they are equal in composition, durability, utility and in all other respects are equal for the purpose intended to those specified. B.All paint shall be delivered to the site of the work in unbroken containers. Each container shall show the name of the manufacturer, date of manufacture, the designated name of the paint or formula, the color, and any special instructions for mixing or application. All mixing and tinting will be done on the premises, and no material shall be reduced or changed, except as specified by the manufacturer. All paints shall be stored in a manner to prevent contamination of painting materials after containers are opened. C.Paint and Coating Schedules: ITEM MANUFACTURER PRODUCT(S) Lift station structures Tnemec Series 436 Perma-Shield FR with Series 218 MortarClad Sherwin Williams CorCote FRE with CoroBond 300 Exposed pipe, valves, and fittings Tnemec N140F or V140F Sherwin Williams Dura-Plate 235 PART 3 - EXECUTION A.Lift Station Structures – Provide surface preparation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendation for concrete. Apply coatings to a thickness 60 to 70 mils with Series 218 MortarClad or CoroBond300 applied first to cover the bug holes and make concrete pin hole free. B.Exposed pipe, valves, and fittings in the lift station shall be coated as follows: 1.Sandblast and/or pressure wash as required by coating manufacturer. 2.The piping, valves and fittings shall be coated as follows: a.Shall be supplied with a factory applied prime wet. Primer coat to be touched up as needed prior to final painting. Primer shall be compatible for over coating with any field applied coating. b.Apply two (2) coats. Total coating thickness shall be not less than 12-14 mils. C.Basis of Payment - Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2506.601 SANITARY SEWER LIFT STATION (DIV. 9 & 22) LUMP SUM END OF SECTION 09 90 00 DIVISION 22 LIFT STATION EQUIPMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION EQUIPMENT WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 SECTION 22 13 44 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 22 13 44 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION PART 1 – GENERAL A.Description A.1 This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to complete the Sanitary Lift Station Improvements and appurtenant work as shown on the plan sheets and specified herein. A.2 The Smith & Loveless Everlast wet well-mounted pump station equipment will be provided by the City and installed and commissioned by the Contractor with this project. The Contractor shall furnish and install the lift station wet well, suction piping, discharge forcemain piping, and fittings as shown on the plan sheets. A.3 The electrical and control equipment for the lift station will be furnished and installed by the Contractor with this project per Division 26. A.4 Construction of the lift station's wet well, suction, discharge and forcemain piping, and influent piping may require dewatering. Dewatering is considered incidental to the construction of the sanitary sewer lift station wet well, suction, influent, and discharge forcemain piping. A.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, installing, and coordinating all necessary equipment and components described above and as shown in on the project plans. B.Submittals B.1 Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval by Engineer in accordance with the General Supplementary Conditions. Submit the following as a minimum for review: 1.Detailed specifications, dimensions, and buoyancy calculations certified by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Minnesota. 2.Detailed specifications and dimensions of piping, fittings, couplings, and other appurtenances. PART 2 – MATERIALS A.The wet well mounted pump station equipment shall be provided to the Contractor for installation and commissioning. Refer to Appendix C for equipment information. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for equipment provided by the City during construction and installation. City will re- assume possession upon successful commissioning. B.Cable Protection and Suspension B.1 Engineer approved cable protection and suspension system shall be submitted and approved on all installations with in-tube cable runs over 10 feet in length. B.2 The cable entry water seal design shall preclude specific torque requirements and ensure a watertight and submersible seal. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 2 B.3 The cable entry shall consist of two cylindrical elastomer grommets, flanked by washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable and the cable entry. This design shall combine the sealing function with the cable strain relief function so that when the cable entry is mounted onto the junction box, the cable entry will be 100% watertight during immersion of 65 feet or greater, while providing sufficient strain relief to prevent the cable from pulling out when handling, installing, or operating the pump. The assembly shall bear against a shoulder in the pump top and direct the cable axially upwards. Epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing systems shall not be considered acceptable for the cable entry and sealing system. C.Piping and Valves C.1 Exposed Piping and Fittings a.Flanged pipe shall be centrifugally cast, ductile iron, complying with ANSI/AWWA A21.51 C115 and Class 52 thickness. b.Flanges shall be ductile iron. c.Flange joints shall be drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1 Class 125. d.Pipe and flanges shall be threaded and suitable thread sealant applied before assembling flange to pipe. e.Bolt holes shall be in angular alignment within 1/20 between flanges. Flanges shall be faced and gasket finish applied. Gasket material shall be suitable for sewage service. Torque requirement of gaskets shall be less than torque rating of flange, bolts, and nuts. f.Fittings shall be ductile iron flange joint with a minimum pressure rating of 250 psi in accordance with AWWA C110. g.Inside lining of exposed piping and fittings shall be cement mortar lined AWWA C104 and seal coat. h.Exterior coating shall be asphaltic coating approximately 1-mil thickness in accordance with applicable AWWA and ANSI standards. i.Pipes and fittings shall be cleaned and the exterior shall be coated in accordance with Section 099000. j.Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. k.Flanged coupling adapters shall be Dresser Style 227, Smith Blair 912, or equal. E.Wall Sleeves and Wall Seals E.1 Wall sleeves shall be heavy wall stainless steel pipe with continuous welded waterstop. Anchor waterstop collar shall have outside diameter four inches (4") greater than the outside diameter of wall sleeve. E.2 Wall seal shall be Link Seal as manufactured by Thunderline Corp.; or equal. F.Pipe Supports F.1 Steel Pipe Supports a.Pipe supports shall conform to the requirements of MSS SP-58, MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Where pipe supports contact bare piping or in-line devices, provide supports of compatible material so that neither shall have a deteriorating action on the other. b.Pre-engineered support systems constructed of electrogalvanized steel products factory fabricated by firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of these items shall be used for this work. c.Adjust support size and style to account for pipe insulation. d.Where needed, use stainless steel epoxy adhesive anchor bolts, Hilti 150 injection adhesive anchors or equal, for building attachments. e.All meters, valves, equipment, and other point loads shall be independently supported to prevent undue pipe stress and failure. The piping shall support no SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 3 meter, valve, or other equipment. f.All anchor bolts installed as part of a pipe support system, regardless of location or application, shall be manufactured of Type 316 Stainless Steel. g.All hanger rods, bolts, u-bolts, turn buckles, aircraft cable, nuts, and washers shall be Type 316 stainless steel. h.Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, piping shall be supported @ 1-1/2" out from the face of walls and at least 3" below ceilings. i.Unless specified to be fabricated of stainless steel, all fabricated pipe supports shall be blasted to a white clean condition after fabrication and hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM 123. G.Anchor Bolts and Hardware G.1 The Contractor shall furnish all necessary anchor bolts, washers, hex nuts, and gaskets as well as templates required for setting anchors. Anchor bolts, washers, and hex nuts shall be 316 stainless steel. H.Precast Concrete Wet Well H.1 The wet well structure shall be constructed of Class I precast reinforced concrete with R4 joints and having an inside diameter as shown on the plans. The wet well structure shall be constructed as shown on the detail drawings and in accordance with the approved shop drawings. The concrete mix shall be Type I or II cement with C3A content less than 8 percent (Sulfate resistant) with entrained air content of not less than 4 percent and not more than 7 percent, Grade A concrete with a cement water ratio of 0.50, and a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 days. Precast structure shall have attained the specified design strength when delivered to the project site. H.2 Joints between barrel riser sections shall be sealed with two strips of flexible bitumastic preformed joint compound. H.3 Design of the concrete structure to prevent buoyancy shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. H.4 The wet well shall be coated in accordance with Division 9. I.Foundation Materials I.1 Granular materials furnished for use in foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: a.Foundation material shall meet the requirements of MnDOT 3149.2H Coarse Filter Aggregate. b.Backfill material shall meet the requirements of MnDOT 3149.2B2 Aggregate Backfill PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A.Installation A.1 Install equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and as shown on drawings. Coordinate with the Instrumentation and Controls and Electrical Contractors that will be providing the control panel and on-site electrical wiring. Coordinate access vent pipe location and installation with wet well. B.Sanitary Lift Station Structure B.1 Excavation SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 4 a.Excavation consists of removal and disposal of excess material and unsuitable material encountered when establishing grade elevations. Remove unsuitable materials in accordance to the depth recommended by soils testing laboratory beneath structures to obtain the design bearing capacity. 1.Dewater excavations for special inspector to observe and determine excavation limits. 2.When bottoms of excavations are approved by soils testing laboratory but are slightly unstable only in relation to Contractor operations or convenience, Contractor may, with approval of Engineer, provide a compacted gravel course utilizing materials acceptable to the soil testing laboratory. Such work shall be considered as for the Contractor's convenience and at Contractor's own expense. b.Slope sides of excavations as required to provide stability and to comply with Federal, State and Local laws and regulations. Shore and brace excavation to protect existing parking lot and when required by project conditions. 1.Utilize cofferdams, steel sheet piling, shoring, underpinning, and other systems required to prevent damage to existing structures, settlement, slope stability problems, and undermining. 2.Remove construction related protection systems after their need is complete, in manner that will not loosen or damage soils, create slope stability problems, and otherwise damage existing and new structures. Leave construction-related protection systems in place subject to approval of Engineer, when their removal would create potential for damage to the soil conditions or to structures. c.Excavate to required elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 ft., and extending a sufficient distance as required to provide for the work, completion of the structures, observation, and testing. 1.When excavating for footings and foundations, do not disturb soil materials at and below excavation limits. Excavate by hand when necessary to prevent damage to soil materials that will remain. 2.Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid dense base of required bearing capacity. 3.Final removal limits shall be approved by soil testing laboratory prior to concrete placement. d.Removal of materials beyond required subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific approval of soils testing laboratory as well as backfilling, compaction and remedial work recommended by soils testing laboratory at the over excavated area shall be at Contractor's own expense. 1.Under structures and their components fill unauthorized excavation utilizing one of the following systems and as acceptable to Engineer: Extend indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Install lean concrete fill to bring elevations to required position. Fill and compact unauthorized excavations with soil materials and to density required by Engineer. 2.Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as indicated for authorized excavations of same classification. e.Protect excavation bottoms from freezing. Remove frozen materials and provide unfrozen compacted materials acceptable to Engineer prior to placement of materials on them. B.2 Filling, Backfilling, and Compacting a.Surface compact excavations where noted, prior to installing fill material. b.Proof roll subgrade areas, where noted with, as a minimum, a tandem axle dump truck loaded to at least twenty five (25) ton weight. Truck shall traverse the structure footprint to detect areas of loose or soft soils. Loose or soft soils shall be defined as soils exhibiting "excessive rutting" from the truck tires (approximately one inch (1") wheel rut depth). c.Do not place fill required below structures until soil conditions encountered have SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 5 been approved by special inspector. d.Do not place material on muddy surfaces, frozen ground or on materials containing frost or ice. e.Do not place material on or in water. f.Do not proceed with backfilling of excavations until completion of the following: 1.Acceptance by Engineer of construction and structures below finish grade. 2.Observation, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground utilities. 3.Removal of concrete formwork. 4.Removal of shoring, bracing, other protection systems, and backfilling and compaction of voids left by their removals. 5.Removal of unsuitable materials, construction related debris, and excess materials. 6.Walls, including interior walls that brace exterior walls and intermediate floors and roof construction is installed, cured, and obtained required twenty eight (28) day compressive strength. 7.When existing in-place soil materials are of density less than that specified, but the soil material is acceptable to Engineer, perform removal, filling, discing of ground surface, moisture-conditioning to the optimum moisture content, and compact to provide specified density and bearing capacity as recommended by soils testing laboratory and acceptable to Engineer. g.Placement and Compaction 1.Place materials in compacted layers of thickness required to obtain specified soil densities. Layers shall not exceed eight inches (8") or twelve inches (12") in loose depth for cohesive and cohesionless soil material, respectively, compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than four inches (4") or twelve inches (12") in loose depth for cohesive and cohesionless soil materials, respectively, compacted by hand operated tampers unless soil density tests substantiate specified densities will be obtained when material is placed in thicker lifts. 2.Place material in lifts uniformly to the same approximate elevation, not exceeding the final grade height, in manner required to prevent creation of unbalanced soil lateral pressures, wedging action of materials and soil pressures that exceed the design lateral soil conditions and to prevent damage to the structure. 3.Moisten or aerate each layer to the extent required to obtain the optimum moisture content required for the indicated compaction density. Prevent free water from appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 4.Remove and replace with acceptable material, or scarify and air dry otherwise acceptable soil material that is too wet to obtain specified soil density. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing, until moisture content is reduced to value required for compaction. 5.Compact each layer to the required density specified for each area classification. Hand tamp or utilize hand operated vibratory equipment when required to compact material placed immediately adjacent to walls. 6.Do not place additional layers until density of each layer in place complies with compaction requirements. Perform corrective work as required to obtain required density. Cost associated with correction work and retesting at failed test locations shall be at Contractor's expense. B.3 Compaction Requirements a.Compact material to provide the following minimum percentages of Standard Proctor Density, tested in accordance with ASTM D698, at the area classification indicated: 1.Under structures including footings, mat foundations, slabs-on-grade, and exterior equipment and piping support pads: one hundred percent (100%). SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 6 2.In backfill zones under piping areas within twenty feet (20') of outermost edge of structures: one hundred percent (100%). See Section 2600 for further piping area compaction requirements. 3.In backfill zones in upper three feet (3') under roadway and pavement subgrade: one hundred percent (100%) 4.In backfill zones not indicated above: ninety five percent (95%) unless otherwise indicated. B.4 The wet well shall be completed in accordance with the plan sheets, standard details, and MnDOT specification 2506.3 C.Process Pipe Installation C.1 Piping shall be run as straight as practical along the alignment shown on the Drawings and with a minimum of joints. Piping and appurtenances shall be installed in conformance with reviewed shop Drawings and manufacturer’s instructions. Piping shall be installed without springing or forcing the pipe. C.2 Thrust protection shall be provided as required. Flexible couplings shall be installed as connections to equipment, and where shown on the Drawings. Additional pipe anchors and flexible couplings beyond those shown on the Drawings shall be provided to facilitate piping installation, in accordance with reviewed shop drawings. C.3 Piping components and indicators shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Required upstream and downstream clearances, valves, and miscellaneous devices as shown on the Drawings shall be provided for an operable installation. C.4 Contractor shall provide materials and equipment necessary for the safe and timely installation of piping systems. Site shall be kept clean before, during and after pipe installation. Coordinate work with other trades. C.5 Clean pipe before installation. Foreign matter shall be removed prior to installation. C.6 Pipe Supports and Anchors a.Contractor shall provide hangers, supports and anchors for adequate support and pipe restraint for pipe, joints, fittings valves etc. b.Do not support piping from other piping. c.Hangers, supports and anchors shall be as indicated on the Drawings, and as required for compliance with MSS SP-69. C.7 Pipe Flanges a.Pipe flanges shall be set level, plumb, and aligned. Flanged fittings shall be installed true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. The bolt holes shall be concentric to the centerline of the pipe. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 7 C.8 Wall Penetrations a.Wall sleeves shall be securely supported by form work to prevent contact with reinforcing steel and tie wires. D.Buried Pipe Installation D.1 Trench Excavation a.Trench excavation shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. b.When unsuitable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or ordered by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Refill trench to trench bottom grade with concrete, gravel, or other approved suitable material to assure a suitable foundation. c.Bottom trench widths shall allow for at least six inches (6") of clearance on each side of the joint hubs. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet (2'), subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary disruption of the surface structures. d.The maximum allowable trench width at the level of the top of pipe may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven (7) days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe deigns shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for increase in material or construction costs. e.If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Contract Documents in order to satisfy design requirements without additional compensation. f.Cut soil true and even so barrel of pipe will have a bearing for the full length. Trenches shall be sufficiently straight between designated angle points to permit the pipe to be laid true to line in the approximate center of the trench. g.Trench excavation shall be made by open cut. Trench sides shall be as vertical as possible and trench shall be so braced, sheeted, and drained that work may be performed safely therein. D.2 Sheeting and Bracing a.Excavations shall be sheeted, shored, and braced as will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract or to adjacent structures or property caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing or through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. b.The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing wherever and to such depths that SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 8 soil stability may dictate the need for support to prevent displacement. Bracing, sheeting, and shoring shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and so as not to place stress or strain on the in-place structures to any extent that may cause damage. c.Trench sheeting shall remain in place until pipe has been laid, tested for defects, and repaired if necessary, and the earth around it compacted in a minimum of one pass with vibrator equipment of a depth of one foot (1') over the top of the pipe. The sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials shall be removed only when and in such manner as will assure adequate protection of the in-place structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Contract Documents or ordered by Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting, and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet (3') or more below the established surface grade as the Engineer may direct. D.3 Pipe Bedding a.Pipe shall be laid upon sound, granular material (minimum of six inches (6")), cut true and even so that the barrel of the pipe will have a bearing for its full length. b.If unstable material for bedding of pipe or trench backfill is encountered, notify the Engineer. Unstable material shall be removed and replaced with the foundation material specified herewith as may be ordered by the Engineer. D.4 Pipe Laying a.Installation of pipe and fittings. 1.Installation of ductile-iron pipe and appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C-600 Specifications and the Contract Documents. b.Pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required line and grade. c.All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. d.While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. Inspection procedures shall be approved by Engineer. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered, and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. e.Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges, or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. f.Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper placement and joining of pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench, and they shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying. The pipe materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. g.When placement or handling precautions prove inadequate in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor shall provide and install suitable plugs or caps effectively closing the open ends of each pipe section before it is lowered into laying position, and they shall remain so covered until removal is necessary for connection of adjoining unit. h.At the time of pipe placement, the bedding conditions shall be such as to provide uniform and continuous support for the pipe between bell holes. Bell holes shall be excavated as necessary to make the joint connections, but they shall be no larger than necessary. No pipe material shall be laid in water nor when the trench SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 9 or bedding conditions are otherwise unsuitable or improper. i.Unless otherwise permitted by Engineer, bell and spigot shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material, which shall be thoroughly compacted around the pipe. Joint areas shall remain exposed and soil shall be prevented from entering the joint space until the joint seal is affected. j.At all times when pipe laying is not in progress, including noon hour and overnight periods, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the seals shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. k.Wherever it is necessary to deflect ductile-iron pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane, to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the allowable limits for maintaining a satisfactory joint seal as given in AWWA C-600 for mechanical joints and push-on joints. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded. l.Contractor shall provide dewatering as necessary at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor will be required to acquire the DNR Water Appropriations Permit if said permit is deemed necessary. Granular foundation material shall not be used in lieu of dewatering. D.5 Backfilling in Pipe Zone a.Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to twelve inches (12") thick, spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill free from rocks, boulders, or frozen material may be placed in twelve inch (12") layers above an elevation one foot (1') above the top of the pipe. Place and compact material to a minimum ninety five percent (95%) Standard Proctor Density. b.Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient for this portion of the backfill as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide and place an approved material as defined in this Specification. D.6 Backfilling above Pipe Zone a.Backfilling with suitable materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Contractor shall segregate undesirable materials encountered during excavation from suitable material. b.Suitable materials are mineral soils free of rubbish, debris, frozen soil, oversize stone, concrete and bituminous chunks and other similar unsuitable material. c.Place backfill materials in uniform depth layers not to exceed twelve inches (12") before compaction. Acceptably complete the compaction of each layer before placing material for the succeeding layer. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 10 d.The intent of this specification is to compact the backfill enough to prevent large settlements above the pipe, but to use as little effort as possible to avoid disturbing the pipe and bedding at the pipe zone. e.The method of means of placement and type of compaction equipment used is at the discretion of the Contractor. However, all portions of the trench backfill must meet the Engineer approval. f.Any deficiency in quantity of backfill material will be furnished and installed by the Contractor at no additional compensation. g.Excavated material not suitable or required for backfill is to be disposed of by the Contractor. Contractor shall remove the material from the site and dispose of said material according to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. No additional payment will be made for disposal. h.Trench areas beyond existing or proposed roadbeds and driveways shall be compacted by any method approved by the Engineer such that the final density will be ninety five percent (95%) Standard Proctor Density. i.In those areas where the pipe lines are constructed in existing or proposed roadways, parking lots or other areas where settlement may cause structural damage to other utilities, the backfill shall be compacted as follows: Compaction requirements shall be ninety five percent (95%) Standard Proctor Density from the pipe zone to three feet below finished grade, and one hundred percent (100%) Standard Proctor Density in the upper three feet (3') of the trench. j.Tests to determine the compacted density of the backfill shall be ordered by Engineer if in Engineer's opinion the compaction is not adequate. D.7 Restraining Pipe a.All joints, including plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with restraining glands or tie rods. E.Pipe Pressure Testing E.1 Interior lift station piping to be hydrostatically tested. Hydrostatic testing to be performed at 150 pounds per square inch for at least two (2) hours, for each such test. If a pressure change or leakage is detected, the cause shall be determined and corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner and the Contractor will retest the piping at no additional cost to the Owner. E.2 Hydrostatic Testing of Pressure Force Mains a.After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all newly laid pipe or any valved section thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two (2) hours. b.Each section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water and air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air or to fill the water main shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner and shall be three quarter inch (3/4") and shall include an approved service saddle when required. c.The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the main at a service tap or special tap location. d.The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 – 200 psi and have a dial size of four and a half inches (4 ½") with one (1) psi increments. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 11 e.The hydrostatic test, pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of two (2) psi during the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. E.3 Contractor shall be responsible for necessary safety precautions during testing. E.4 Contractor shall notify Engineer seventy-two (72) hours' prior to testing pipe. F.Start Up and Testing F.1 A factory-trained service representative shall be present at the time when the station is to be put into service and turned over to the Owner. The service representative shall instruct the Owner in the proper operation and maintenance of the equipment. The service representative shall provide a minimum of eight (8) hours for installation, field testing, and training. F.2 At the time of start-up, the Contractor shall conduct the necessary pumping test to determine the proper operation of the system. The Contractor shall furnish all meters, equipment and water required for these tests and the tests shall be so conducted as to check the operation of the pumping system. Necessary measurements of the electrical consumption shall be made to determine whether or not the pump is operating within the conditions recommended by the pump manufacturer. In the event that the tests show the equipment does not comply with the specifications of the pump manufacturer, this shall be sufficient cause to reject the pump and require the Contractor to remove it at no cost to the Owner. All tests therein required shall be supervised by the Engineer. F.3 No "start-ups" shall be scheduled for Fridays. PART 4 – METHOD OF MEASUREMENT AND BASIS OF PAYMENT A.Construct Sanitary Lift Station A.1 Lift station construction shall be measured and paid for on a lump sum basis. The lump sum item shall include all materials, equipment, and labor to provide a complete operating system including, but not limited to, all items in the specifications and shown on the plans and the following: a.Excavation and backfill. c.Furnishing and installing the precast wet well structure. d.Furnishing and installing interior piping and fittings. e.Furnishing and installing vertical standpipes, hangers and power cords f.Furnishing and installing discharge piping, fittings and valves to the new 8-inch HDPE forcemain as shown on the plans. g.Installation of pump station and appurtenances. k.Delivery coordination and proper storage of equipment. l.Site grading around lift station structure and concrete pad. m.Scheduling and coordination of Lift Station Startup and Commissioning. B.Lift Station Electrical, Instrumentation and Control B.1 Lift Station Electrical, Instrumentation and Control, and Standby Generation shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor according to Division 26 and shall be included on the bid schedule as a separate lump sum pay item. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 22 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WET WELL MOUNTED LIFT STATION SECTION 22 13 44 WSB PROJECT NO. 014790-000 PAGE 12 C.Basis of Payment – Payment will be made based on the following schedule: Item No. Item Unit 2506.601 SANITARY SEWER LIFT STATION (DIV. 9 & 22)LUMP SUM END OF SECTION 22 13 44 DIVISION 26 LIFT STATION ELECTRICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION ELECTRICAL WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 26 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTION 26 20 00 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION SECTION 26 24 19 LIFT STATION CONTROLS SECTION 26 30 00 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A.Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division 00 of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section as fully as though repeated herein. B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO REFER TO THE OTHER DIVISIONS OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR INFORMATION WHICH PERTAINS TO THE ELECTRICAL SECTION. C.The work included in the project shall include the furnishing of all required labor and materials for a com plete and operable electrical system , as indicated on the accompanying drawings and as required by the project manual, inclusive of all appurtenances not specifically shown or covered by the specifications but required for complete operation of the electrical system as defined in the documents. The work shall also include the testing, adjustment, start-up and troubleshooting of the electrical equipment and the training of the Owner's operating personnel in its operation and maintenance. D.It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish a complete and fully operating system. The Contractor shall be responsible for all details which may be necessary to properly install, adjust and place in operation the complete installation. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for additional costs which may result from unauthorized deviations from the contract documents. 1.02 VERIFICATION OF DRAWINGS A.The contract drawings indicate the required size of conduit and cable for wiring. The locations of equipment shall be verified in the field by the Contractor. In the event it should become necessary to change the location of any work due to interference with other work, consult with the Engineer before making any changes. The Contractor shall determine and be responsible for the proper location and character of all anchor bolts, inserts, hangers, sleeves, etc. for the electrical equipment, unless specifically detailed otherwise. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.The Contractor shall submit for approval complete shop details for all equipment including but not limited to: 1.Lift station control panel and instrumentation 2.SCADA (supervisory control and data acquisition) equipment and instrumentation 3.Cable and conduit 4.Standby generator and automatic transfer switch 5.Other devices and systems, including complete schematic and interconnection diagrams, along with detailed parts lists and other information required by the Engineer. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 B.Operating and maintenance manuals shall be provided as defined in the project manual. The manual shall include a complete parts list. The manuals shall be submitted with the shop drawings. C.Submittals shall include complete schematic diagrams of individual devices and system diagrams. Manufacturer's standard "cut sheets" only are not acceptable. 1.04 ALTERNATES AND SUBSTITUTIONS A.See General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 00. 1.05 NAMEPLATES B.Each piece of equipment shall have a standard nameplate securely affixed in a conspicuous place, showing the manufacturer, model number and serial number as is applicable. The nameplate of the distributing agent only will not be acceptable. 1.06 QUALITY A.All work shall be installed by skilled mechanics in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be approved by the Engineer before final acceptance by the Owner . B.If equipment is furnished having power and control requirements other than as specified, the Contractor shall make all necessary changes and furnish a complete set of drawings for installing the alternate equipment. The installation shall comply with the requirements of the 2017 edition of the National Electrical Code and local codes and ordinances. Where the contract documents call for workmanship or materials in excess of code requirements, the project manual shall take precedence. Electrical e quipment and materials shall be Underwriters Laboratory approved, where UL standards for such products exist. C.All equipment to be installed on the project shall be new and unused. Existing equipment, if applicable, shall be reused only after obtaining written permission from the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A.The following items shall be included in the work to be done: 1.Furnish permits including but not limited to electrical construction permits required by the Minnesota Board of Electricity, as required for electrical construc- tion. 2.Furnish and install all power, control, signal and instrumentation conduit and cable. 3.Furnish and install the ground system and complete all grounding connections. 4.Furnish and install electrical equipment as specified in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, instructions and directions. All equipment shall be properly protected during construction. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 5.Complete all connections and test operate the equipment in cooperation with the Owner, the Engineer and others working on the project. 6.Provide temporary wiring for construction use including ground fault protection in accordance with the 2017 National Electrical Code. 7.The Contractor shall keep the premises clean and orderly during installation of the work, and remove rubbish daily or as directed by the Engineer. Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all dirt and debris, tools, scaffolding, etc. used or resulting from the work. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION A.The Contractor, under this portion of the contract, shall be responsible for all cutting, patching, excavation, backfill, sleeves, chases, openings, etc. for equipment specified in this portion of the contract documents or for cable and conduit and associated electrical equipment that is specified in this portion of the contract documents to serve equipment that is provided by a different portion of these documents. If the Contractor provides equipment that has power and control requirements that are different from those specified, then that Contractor shall be responsible for any additional costs incurred for engineering, construction, and all wiring changes required to make the alternate equipment perform per the intent of the contract documents. B.All patching, cutting, etc. shall have a finish that is compatible with the final finish of the remainder of the surface and shall meet with the approval of the Engineer. 3.03 INSPECTION A.The Contractor shall inspect all the electrical equipment and shall notify the Engineer in writing before the equipment is installed if the equipment appears to be deficient in fit, form or function. 3.04 COORDINATION A.It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate among suppliers and contractors providing equipment for the project. 3.05 INSTALLATION A.Each item shall be furnished complete and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, instructions and directions. All installed equipment shall be properly protected during subsequent construction operations. B.Cooperate with other trades to avoid interferences in the installation of this work. Install all equipment and systems so as not to delay progress of construction and correlate with other trades to avoid delay. Should differences of opinion develop, the Engineer's decision will be final. C.The Contractor shall keep the premises clean and orderly during installation of this work, remove rubbish periodically and as may be directed by the Engineer. Upon completion of this part of the project, remove all dirt, debris, tools, scaffolding, etc. used or resulting from this work. 3.06 INSPECTION, START UP AND ADJUSTMENT A.The manufacturer or single source supplier of equipment included in each section shall inspect the completed installation, and make all necessary adjustments, corrections or modifications prior to start-up as authorized by the Engineer. After start-up, the manufacturer shall make all final adjustments necessary for the intended use of the SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 equipment and certify in writing that the equipment has been properly installed and adjusted and is operating. END OF SECTION 26 00 00 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 26 05 00 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A.Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Sections in Division 00 of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section as fully as though repeated herein. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.All material shall meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) specifications and local codes and ordinances, and shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed, where UL standards for such products exist. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.The Contractor shall submit complete shop drawings, instruction manuals, and record drawings. The quantity and general format shall be as defined in the General Conditions. B.After installation and before the final acceptance of the equipment, bound books containing the record drawings in addition to complete information in connection with the assembly, operation, adjustments, maintenance and repair of all equipment, together with a detailed parts list with drawings and photographs shall be furnished. The quantity and format shall be as defined in the General Conditions. C.The shop drawings submittal shall conform to the requirements of the contract documents PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUCTORS - COPPER - 600V A.Conductors shall be of soft drawn, annealed copper, having a conductivity of not less than 98% of pure copper. Conductors shall be NEMA Class B stranded. The conductors shall conform to ICEA and NEMA standards. B.The minimum size for wiring shall be #12 AWG copper, unless shown otherwise. All conductor sizes are based on copper with THWN insulation rated at not less than 75°C and suitable for wet and dry locations unless noted otherwise. C.All circuits shall be installed using wire with 600V insulation, unless wire with a different voltage rating is indicated. The insulation, as a minimum, shall have a conductor rating of not less than 75°C in both wet and dry locations. All cable shall have the same type of insulation by the same manufacturer throughout the project. Insulation shall meet all applicable NEMA and ICEA standards. D.All lugs shall be suitable for 75°C, minimum. E.#12 or #10 power conductors may be single strand. Control cable and all power cable shall be stranded. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 2.02 CONTROL CABLE A.Multi-conductor cable shall be installed and shall have not less than the number of conductors required by the application. B.The conductors shall be of soft drawn, annealed copper, having a conductivity of not less than 98% pure copper, and shall be NEMA Class B stranded. The wire size shall be #14 AWG unless shown otherwise. C.All circuits shall be installed using wire with 600 volt insulation, unless a different voltage rating is indicated. The insulation type shall be suitable for not less than 75°C in a wet or dry location. All cable shall have the same type of insulation by the same manufacturer throughout the project. D.Control cable shall have each conductor insulated with code-grade insulating fillers where required to provide a round cable; tape over the insulated conductors and fillers; and a polyvinyl chloride jacket over all. The fillers and binders shall be of moisture-resisting type. Each conductor of each cable shall have insulation color -coded in accordance with ICEA standards. The color coding of the insulation shall be clear through the insulation, an exterior layer only of color coding is not acceptable. E.No splices shall be made in wire or cable unless specifically detailed otherwise. Conductors shall be continuous between devices and shall be terminated with pressure type connectors. The terminators shall be preinsulated, flanged, slotted tongue, indenter type lugs. Soldered type terminators are not acceptable. 2.03 SIGNAL CABLE A.Signal cable shall be supplied where required. Signal cable shall meet the following requirements: The conductors shall be not less than 16 gauge, 7 strand min., Class B, tin coated concentric bare copper wire with a 15 mil (nominal) 90°C PVC primary insulation. The conductors shall be shielded with .35x5 mil (min.) 100% coverage aluminum or copper Mylar tape shield, or equal, and an 18 gauge strand copper wire drain wire. The outer jacket shall be 20 mils (nominal) 75°C PVC suitable for wet or dry locations. 2.04 CABLE IDENTIFICATION A.Each power, control and signal cable identified on the drawings shall be identified by plastic tags permanently attached to the cable. The tags shall be attached to each cable at each termination and wherever the cable is accessible in junction or pull boxes. Tags shall be marked with printing showing the circuit number. B.Three phase power cables have a tag on each phase conductor. Power cable tags shall be red. The signal and control cable tags shall be yellow and shall have the cable number imprinted thereon. C.The cable marking system shall be Raychem TMS cable identification system utilizing a typewriter and TMS permatizer, or equal. 2.05 CONDUITS, FITTINGS, BOXES AND DEVICES A.The Contractor shall supply conduit, couplings, connectors, junction boxes, fittings and all other required items for a complete raceway system. The conduit fills indicated in the contract documents are based on copper conductors with THWN insulation suitable for 75°C insulation in both wet and dry locations. The Contractor shall resize conduits for other conductor and/or insulation systems, if approved. The conduit shall be reamed, cleaned and free of burrs. Exposed conduit runs shall be straight and true with the SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 building lines, elbows, bends and offsets uniform and symmetrical. All conduit runs shall be installed with adequate means for drainage provided at the low points. B.PVC Conduit: 1.Where shown, the Contractor shall furnish and install PVC conduit. The conduit shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer or as required by applicable codes and ordinances, whichever is the more stringent. The conduit shall be composed of high impact PVC conduit and shall be rated for 90°C wire. The conduit shall be listed for underground, encased, and exposed applications. The PVC conduit system shall contain fittings for connecting to cast junction boxes and other devices as required. 2.Wherever a PVC conduit system is used, the Contractor shall furnish and install copper ground conductors. The conductors shall be continuous with no splices or joints. The size of the ground conductor shall be as required by the National Electrical Code or as shown on the drawings, whichever is more stringent. 3.See section 3 regarding the installation of PVC conduit. C.Rigid Steel Conduit: 1.Where shown, the Contractor shall furnish and install rigid steel conduit. The conduit used shall be hot dipped galvanized, including the threads. Unless specified otherwise the conduit shall not be smaller than 3/4". The conduit shall bear the U.L. label. 2.Job site threading need not be galvanized. However, job site threading shall be painted with oil base primer to prevent oxidation of the threads. 3.The use of "threadless" connectors with rigid steel conduit is not acceptable. 4.Intermediate metal conduit shall not be acceptable. D.Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT): 1.EMT is not permitted on this project. E.Flexible Sections: 1.Unless equipment is factory wired, the conduit system shall be joined to the equipment with waterproof flexible metallic conduit. The conduit shall be cold rolled steel, galvanized strip shall meet the requirements of a one minute Preece dip test. The galvanized flexible conduit shall be covered with 40 mils +5 PVC coating. The tensile strength of the PVC shall exceed 1600 psi. The flexible conduit shall be connected to the equipment and conduit system with waterproof, oil proof and dust proof connectors which are designed for use with the flexible conduit installed. All flexible conduit and fittings shall be U.L. approved. The minimum and maximum lengths of flexible connectors shall be sixteen (16) and thirty (30) inches respectively. The flexible conduit shall not be used for grounding equipment. A separate conductor in accordance with NEC Section 250 shall be installed inside the flexible section. F.Boxes - Cast: 1.Outlet and junction boxes shall be of the weatherproof, galvanized cast ferrous alloy type with threaded hubs for use with rigid steel condu it. The boxes shall bear the UL label. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 G.Boxes - Stamped Steel or Non-Metallic: 1.Stamped steel or non-metallic boxes are not permitted on this project. H.Wiring Devices - Specification Grade: 1.Wiring devices shall be AC quiet, NEMA specification grade. All devices shall meet Federal and NEMA standards, and shall be listed by the Underwriters Laboratories. The voltage rating shall be as required for the application. The devices shall have an ampacity of not less than 20 amps. 2.Wall plates in unfinished areas shall be stainless steel, and in finished areas may be phenolic, color coordinated for the applicable area, or stainless steel. All switches, other than lighting switches, shall have an engraved label identifying the function of the switch and switch positions. I.Switch Labels 1.All switches, other than lighting switches, shall have an engraved label identifying the function of the switch and switch positions. Labels shall be stainless steel, brass or engraved laminated plastic, attached with screws. J.Bushings: 1.Plastic bushings shall be used when non-metallic cables enter or leave a conduit system. 2.Plastic or rubber bushings shall be used on metal plates when cable is run from outlet box to device, such as coaxial cable. 3.Plastic or rubber bushings shall be installed on metal studs where non-metallic cables pass thru. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A.The Contractor shall furnish, install, wire and start up equipment as required by the contract documents. The manufacturer's installation recommendations shall be observed, and the completed assembly shall meet applicable code requirements. 3.02 UNDERGROUND WORK A.The Contractor shall be responsible for all excavating, concrete work where applicable, and backfilling. The underground conduit shall be at least 30 inches below the finished grade. B.Backfill shall be earth or sand tamped into place. The trench shall be filled to the top and the surface restored to a finished condition. All excess earth shall be removed. 3.03 SIGNAL CABLE CONNECTIONS A.Where the Contractor connects signal cable or cables with low signal levels to devices, etc., the connections shall be by terminal strips with screws, etc. Where splices inside junction boxes, etc. are made, the splices shall be by means of pressure type nylon insulated butt connectors. After the connection is made, the connection shall be wrapped with PVC plastic tape to form a moisture resistance connection. "Wire nuts" are unacceptable. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A.The Contractor shall use PVC conduit below grade. The conduit system shall be fabricated using a solvent type of joining liquid to create watertight joints. B.The Contractor shall transition to threaded galvanized rigid steel conduit above grade. C.The specified conduit systems are based on rigid steel without a ground conductor. When a PVC system is installed, the Contractor shall provide a copper ground conductor from the branch circuit device to the final circuit element. The conduit systems shall be sized to accommodate the ground conductors at no change in the contract amount. 3.05 CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION A.Conductors shall be installed using industry accepted techniques as defined by Underwriters Laboratories, National Electrical Code, NEMA, ICEA, and other applicable standards. The Contractor shall use approved pulling compound where applicable. B.No splices shall be made in power wiring except in junc tion boxes. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. Wiring shall be terminated as required in the contract documents. C.No splices shall be made in signal or control conductors. The wiring shall be continuous from device to device. D.All wire and cable shall be tested for grounds and continuity before the circuit is energized. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for damage done to the equipment due to circuit grounds or open circuits. 3.06 SWITCH LABELING A.All switches, other than lighting switches, shall include an engraved cover plate or an engraved label mounted next to the switch. Labels shall be stainless steel, brass or engraved laminated plastic. B.Separate labels shall be mounted with anchors and screws. The use of double-back tape or adhesive only is not acceptable. END OF SECTION 26 05 00 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 26 20 00 LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A.Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent portions of Division 00 of these Specifications apply to the Work of this Section fully as though repeated herein. 1.02 POWER SERVICE A.Electrical service to the lift station will be 480vac, 3Ø, 100 amps. B.It is anticipated the utility will provide a pad mount transformer adjacent to the lift station control panel as shown in the Drawings. The contractor shall provide below grade cable and conduit from a utility pole located at the entrance to the boat launch area from Stinson Boulevard, to the pad mount transformer, and from the pad mount transformer to the control panel as shown in the Drawings. The utility will make final connections at the utility pole and the transformer. The overhead electrical service to the existing control panel in the existing generator building will be removed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to contact the serving utility to arrange disconnection of the old service and connection of the new service. B.The Owner will separately pay any utility company charges related to service installation. C.The local electrical utility is: Xcel Energy, Inc. Attn: A. Wayne Lott 414 Nicollet Mall – CSC 1 Minneapolis, MN 55401 Telephone: (612)630-4409 Cell: 612-298-1953 Email: arthur.w.lott@xcelenergy.com PART 2 – PRODUCTS Not used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A.The Contractor shall furnish, install, wire and start up equipment. See Section 26 00 00 for the requirements for installation, inspection, start up, adjustment, report, training, etc. The entire installation shall be grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Schedule work with the utility to meet the requirements of the overall project schedule. 3.02 SERVICE LATERAL WARNING RIBBONS A.Warning ribbons shall be installed to identify the location of service laterals per the requirements of the 2017 National Electrical Code, Section 300-5(d). END OF SECTION 26 20 00 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 26 24 19 LIFT STATION CONTROLS PART 1 – GENERAL A.01 DESCRIPTION A.All work and materials furnished under this section shall be supplied by: Primex Controls Attn: Mr. Dale Cormier 13005 16th Avenue North #100 Plymouth, MN 55441 763-559-0568 A.Bidding Requirements, Conditions of the Contract and pertinent Sections in Division 00 of these Specifications apply to this Section as fully as though repeated herein. B.The control panel shall include circuit breakers, motor starters, control switches, limit switches, a PLC, an operator interface terminal, a radio, antenna, and antenna mast, an automatic transfer switch, and other components as required. The Contractor shall install the control panel at the lift station site, along with a submersible level transducer and high/low level float switches furnished by Primex in the lift station wet well. C.The Contractor shall also contract with Primex to provide systems integration for integrating the control panel into the overall SCADA system, to allow for remote monitoring and control. This integration shall include interface, telemetry and ancillary modules, and all software services necessary to display lift station run and alarm status in a similar fashion to other existing lift stations. D.All equipment shall meet the requirements of NEMA standards and the latest edition of the National Electrical Code, where applicable. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL A.The lift station control panel shall be constructed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 698A. The panel shall be shop-inspected by UL, or constructed in a UL-recognized facility. The completed panel shall bear a serialized UL label indicating acceptance under Standard 698A. B.Enclosures 1.The enclosure shall be NEMA 3R, constructed of 12 gauge stainless steel with rounded corners and continuously welded seams ground smooth. The enclosure shall contain interior sub-panels for mounting all control devices and displays, and the enclosure shall be sufficiently large to accept all components without crowding. Larger enclosures shall contain door and panel stiffeners as required. The supplier shall determine enclosure width and depth as required for the internal components, wire bending spaces, UL-required clearances, SCADA equipment, etc. 2.The doors shall be fastened to the enclosure with continuous type stainless steel piano hinges and three-point minimum, stainless steel hardware. The doors shall include vault-style handles with provisions for padlocks. Provide a data pocket on the inside of one door. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 3.The enclosure shall have dead front inner hinged doors that house all front panel components, including switches, indicator lights, circuit breaker operating handles, running time meters, overload reset pushbuttons, the operator interface terminal and automatic transfer switch control panel, and any other components that require operator access. 4.All panels shall be flanged with corners welded and ground smooth. 5.The enclosure shall be tamper-resistant with no exposed fasteners, and rodent- resistant with no gaps greater than 1/8 inch. 6.The enclosure shall contain electric heater(s) with metal guards for condensation prevention. The heater(s) shall be thermostatically controlled and sized to maintain interior temperature at 32 degrees F in an ambient temperature of -30 degrees F. 7.Terminate all wiring on barrier type terminal strips. Label terminals per manufacturer's shop drawings. 8.Label all components using engraved laminated plastic nameplates. 9.Provide stainless steel mounting legs, with 14 gauge stainless steel skirting with louvered vent openings as indicated on the Drawings. Fasteners for the skirting shall be tamper resistant stainless steel. 10.The control panel enclosure shall be installed on a reinforced concrete pad as shown in the Drawings. Coordinate the pad size and location during construction. C.Motor Starters 1.Motor starters shall be combination magnetic across-the-line starters, with 120 VAC control and integral overload heaters for each phase. The motor starters shall be paired with circuit breakers as shown in the Drawings. The motor starters shall be NEMA rated starters. IEC rated motor starters are not acceptable. D.Control Devices 1.All control devices including, but not limited to, selector switches, pushbutton switches, limit switches, and indicating lights shall be of the heavy duty, oil tight type. The contacts shall meet NEMA rating designation A600. The devices shall be Cutler-Hammer Type T, Allen Bradley Bulletin 800T, or Square D Class 9001 units, or equal. Each shall be supplied complete with escutcheon and nameplate. E.Control Relays 1.Control relays shall be supplied as required. Addi tional relays shall be provided to starter auxiliary contacts as required. The relays shall be of the plug-in type with associated sockets and retaining clips. The relays shall have dust covers. All contacts shall be rated for not less than 10 amps at 120 VAC with 3/16" diameter gold flashed silver cadmium oxide moving and stationary points. Insulation resistance shall be 1000 megohms, nominal, at 500 VDC between all non-connected terminals. Dielectric withstand shall be 2,000 VAC between non-connected terminals. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 F.Timing Relays 1.Plug-in type with dust cover, socket and locking mechanism when mounted horizontally. 2.On-delay or off-delay as required. Delay time adjustable on front of relay, 0 to 5 minutes minimum. 3.Coil: continuous operation at 120 VAC +/-10% 4.Contacts: 2 pole double throw, minimum a.10 amps, make-break, 120 VAC, resistive b.Insulation resistance 1000 megohms at 500 VDC c.Dielectric 2000 VAC, 60 Hz 5.Mechanical life: 106 operations 6.Temperature: 0oC to 70oC. 7.Timing accuracy: 2% of setting 8.Transient protection: 2500 volts, 1 millisecond G.Circuit Breakers 1.Circuit breakers shall be one, two or three pole devices as required. All circuit breakers shall be UL labeled and shall be of the size shown. Breakers shall have an interrupting rating of not less than 22,000 amps, sym. H.Receptacle 1.Provide a 120vac GFCI receptacle for use with portable tools, etc. I.Heater 1.The control panel shall be equipped with a thermostatically controlled electric heater(s), sized to maintain the temperature inside the panel above 32 degrees F.The heater(s) shall be Hoffman DAH series or equal. J.Submersible Level Transducer 1.The transducer shall have a stainless steel housing. The assembly shall be UL rated, or labeled by a third party organization approved by the local inspection authority as suitable for use in a Class 1, Division 1 environment. If the transducer is not rated for a Class 1, Division 1 environment, provide a UL labeled intrinsically safe barrier. 2.Output shall be 4 - 20 mAdc, proportional to the measured depth of the liquid in the wetwell. Power supply shall be 23 to 40 volts, DC, with reverse polarity protection. Static accuracy +/- 0.25% minimum. 1.The transducer shall be furnished with integral cable that is submersible and approved for the application. 2.KPSI model 750 or approved equal. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 K.Float Switches - Non-Mercury Type 1.The float switches shall have an inert outer cover with the cord encapsulated into the bulb portion to form a water-tight seal. The float switches shall be of the non- mercury vial type with a SPDT contact arrangement. The cords shall be of type SO extra flexible conductors with an outer jacket over all conductor s. The switch and cord assemblies shall be suitable for not less than 4 amps at 120 VAC, 0.8 P.F. The float shall operate from 0 to 60 degrees C. in a liquid with a specific gravity of from 0.65 to 1.50 minimum. 2.Provide UL labeled intrinsically safe barriers in the control panel for the float switches. L.Terminals 1.All external float switches and terminals for relays, starters, etc., that are to be used for future connections shall be terminated on terminal strips. The terminal strips shall be of the barrier type. Each terminal shall be of the two screw type. The contacts shall be tin-plated copper, capable of carrying 10 amps at 600 VAC. The contacts shall be large enough to accept up to and including No. 12 AWG wire. The barrier strip shall have a minimum voltage withstand of 5,000 volts. The barrier strip shall be suitable for the required number of contacts. M.Surge Arresters 1.Controls shall include surge protectors on all incoming phases, Square D Class 6671 or equal. N.Indicating Lights 1.LED indicator lights with colored lenses 2.Press-to-test feature. 3.Heavy-duty, oil-tight. O.Running Time Meters 1.Six digit, hours and tenths. 2.Non-resettable. 3.3-inch diameter front, nominal P.Alarm Light 1.120 VAC powered, LED lamp, enclosure rated for outdoor use. 2.Edwards Signaling 105 series, or approved equal. Q.Magnetic Intrusion Switch 1.Corrosion resistant hermetically sealed reed switch encapsulated in polyurethane. 2.100 VA, 0.5A contact rating, SPDT contacts. Switches shall be configured so that the ‘normal’ condition is in the closed position. 3.Sentrol Industrial 2500 series, or equal. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 R.Low Temperature Switch 1.Temperature setting adjustable from 30 to 50 degrees F. 2.Contact rating: 3 amps, 120 VAC, resistive. 3.Coiled hydraulic element, adjustable over 100% of range. 4.Honeywell, Dayton or equal. S.120vac power to pump enclosure 1.Provide two (2) 120vac, 20 amp circuits for power to the pump enclosure for the priming pumps and space heater. T.Uninterruptible Power Supply 1.The control enclosure shall include a UL labeled, 120VAC uninterruptible power supply for operation of the control system. The unit shall include a sealed battery that will operate the controls for up to 30 minutes when utility power is lost. U.Pump Control 1.Allen-Bradley Micrologix 1400 PLC with integral power supply, digital inputs and outputs, and an analog input module as required. 2.Allen-Bradley PanelView Plus 7 6” operator interface terminal for HMI functions. 3.Radio and antenna that are compatible with the City’s existing SCADA system. Re-use the existing MDS 1710 radio. The antenna shall be installed on a fiberglass direct bury mast, Whatley, Shakespeare or equal. For bidding purposes, assume the antenna shall be mounted at 20 feet above grade, confirm the actual mast height required with a radio signal path study during con struction. 4.The PLC shall start and stop wastewater pumps based on start and stop set point values entered at the operator interface terminal, compared to wet well level as measured with a submersible level transducer. Operation of the pumps shall be automatically alternated. The pumps shall also be able to be operated in a fixed sequence if desired. High and low level alarm set points shall also be entered at the operator interface terminal. 5.When a wastewater pump is required, the PLC shall first enable the associated priming pump for a time period controlled with a time delay relay. When the time delay relay runs out, the priming pump shall be disabled and the wastewater pump shall be enabled. 6.The PLC shall monitor motor current for each wastewater pump and display the value on the operator interface terminal. In addition, if the motor current rises above a configurable high level alarm set point, the pump shall be disabled and an alarm shall be generated. 7.The PLC shall monitor pump failure signals from each of the priming pumps. If a failure signal is received, the priming pump and the associated wastewater pump shall be disabled, and an alarm shall be generated. 8.The PLC shall also monitor for power failure, phase failure, generator running and fail conditions, control panel door entry, pump enclosure door entry, and pump enclosure low temperature. An unmarked switch inside the panel shall be used to indicate authorized entry. The PLC shall accumulate and store pump operating time in hours and tenths of hours for each pump. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 9.Furnish and install a magnetic door switch in the pump enclosure to monitor for authorized entry. 10.Furnish and install a low temperature switch in the pump enclosure to m onitor for a low temperature alarm condition. 11.The PLC shall interface via radio and wireless router with the existing SCADA master. All run and alarm data, including set points, pump running and alarm status, and generator run and alarm status, shall be sent via the radio and wireless router to the SCADA master. 12.Backup pump control shall be provided by float switches and hard wired relay logic as shown in the Drawings. V.Automatic Transfer Switch and Standby Power Generation 3.Zenith 7000 series, 480vac, three phase, 100 amps, or approved equal. 4.A standby power generator to be provided under specification section 26 30 00. W.SCADA 1.Primex shall perform any required modifications to the existing SCADA system master to allow for monitoring of the lift station control panel. Include graphical display of information for pump run and alarm status, run time hours, wet well level, high and low level alarms, power failure, generator run and alarm status, authorized entry, etc. 2.Primex shall be responsible for performing the radio signal path study from the lift station to the master to determine the required antenna mast height and exact installation location. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A.The installation, inspection, start-up, adjustment, written report, guarantee, and operator training shall be as defined in the General Conditions in conjunction with this Section. 3.02 CALIBRATION, ADJUSTING AND TESTING A.Devices requiring field calibration shall be calibrated in the presence of the Engineer=s representative and documented. 3.03 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A.The Contractor shall provide engineering and administrative services necessary to fulfill the requirements of this Specification. B.The Contractor shall provide the services of an experienced project manager as the overall coordinator during the course of the project. 3.04 INSTALLATION AND START UP A.The Contractor shall install the lift station control panel, submersible level transducer, high/low level float switches, antenna mast, antenna and antenna cable, and pump enclosure door entry and low temperature switches. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 LIFT STATION CONTROLS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 B.The Contractor shall coordinate installation work with Primex, who shall provide a skilled instrumentation engineer or technician to complete troubleshooting and start-up to place the entire system into satisfactory operation. Primex shall inspect the completed installation, make final field adjustments, and make the existing master SCADA panel revisions as required for start-up. C.Coordinate demonstration of proper operation of all system features and functions to Owner and Engineer with Primex. D.Coordinate installation and start-up scheduling with the Owner and Engineer. E.Note that the existing lift station controls shall remain in operation for as long as possible during construction. Coordinate scheduling of the installation and startup of the new controls with the general contractor, utility provider, Owner and Engineer . 3.05 ACCEPTANCE TESTING A.After the installation is complete, and proper operation has been demonstrated, a 60 day acceptance test shall begin. The entire system shall be required to operate for 60 days with no malfunctions, field repairable malfunctions excepted. Any malfunction during the 60 day test which cannot be corrected within 24 hours by the supplier shall be considered a non-field repairable malfunction and, after repairs are complete, the test shall be repeated. B.The acceptance test shall apply to all equipment furnished under this Section. C.Substantial Completion may be obtained prior to starting the acceptance test. D.Final Completion shall not be considered prior to successful completion of the acceptance test. 3.06 TRAINING A.Training on the lift station control panel shall be for four (4) hours, minimum. 3.07 PARTS AND SUPPLIES A.Primex shall provide all expendable items inside the control panel such as lamps, fuses, etc. during system startup, checkout, and demonstration. B.Trained personnel shall be available on a 24-hour notice with complete spare parts, maintenance items and stocks as may be required under any and all circumstances. END OF SECTION 26 24 19 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 SECTION 26 30 00 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A.The Contractor shall furnish, deliver and install a natural gas powered engine-generator set with integral heat exchanger, gas pressure regulator, solenoid valves, crank control panel, batteries, battery charger, sound attenuated enclosure, concrete pad and all associated equipment. B.The generator set shall be as manufactured by Cummins or approved equal. Alternate machines shall have prior approval. 1.02 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A.Engine-Generator Set 1.Kilowatts (kW) (standby) ................................................................... 45 (estimated) 2.Engine and Generator Speed (RPM max.) .................................................... 1,800 3.Generator system voltage .................. 480 volts, three phase, four wire, 100 amps 4.The generator shall be capable of sequentially starting two 10 horsepower submersible pumps with NEMA Code G locked rotor characteristics, using full voltage motor starters, with an additional miscellaneous load of 5 kVA (for controls, heat, etc.) The maximum voltage dip during starting shall not exceed 35%. The Contractor shall confirm the sizing criteria during shop drawing review. 5.Provide a computer analysis confirming the sizing criteria for the generator proposed. B.Sound Attenuation 1.The generator set shall be sound-attenuated. The unit shall be suitable for operation with all access panels closed in a 115 degree F ambient, and the maximum sound level shall not exceed 68 dBA at 23 feet from any side of the generator C.Dimensions 1.For bidding purposes, assume the nominal generator dimensions shall be approximately twelve feet long by three feet wide by five feet tall. Confirm actual dimensions during construction, and coordinate proper size of concrete pad. 1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - ENGINE GENERATOR SET A.The generating equipment is required to provide not less than the indicated kW at 0.8 power factor after deducting for auxiliaries. A single unit shall provide the entire capacity required. The auxiliaries shall include, but not be limited to, heat exchanger fan, water pump, and excitation equipment. B.The unit shall consist of an engine generator and acces sories, all mounted on a common skid, and with a sound attenuated enclosure for outdoor installation. Include coolant, oil, filters, and all other peripheral equipment. The radiator shall be mounted so the top of SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 the radiator is above the top of the engine. The manufacturer shall be responsible for all engine generator exhaust, coolant and fuel piping. 1.04 GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – ENGINE-GENERATOR SET A.The engine coolant temperature gauge and oil pressure gauge shall be unit-mounted on the same panel. B.An engine starting battery shall be furnished and shall be mounted inside the enclosure. Provide a permanently shock-mounted battery charger with alarm contacts. C.All units of equipment shall be completely piped and wired. Terminals blocks shall be provided for all external electrical control connections. Terminal blocks shall be of the barrier type. 1.05 STANDARDS A.NEMA Motor and Generator Standards MG-1. 1.06 TESTING A.Engine Generator: 1.The manufacturer or fabricator of the engine-generator set shall have a certified test on the unit and all components to insure satisfactory operation. The manufacturer shall have a two-hour, minimum, period during a normal working day set aside for the test. The test will be on site. Two copies of the test report shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to shipment. 2.The standby generating equipment is to be tested as a complete unit including engine with the silencer and radiator, generator, excita tion system, with all sub- systems as specified, mounted in the sound attenuated enclosure. 3.The manufacturer shall provide all equipment for the test including, but not limited to, ammeters, voltmeters, frequency meter, and load banks capable of 10% maximum steps to 100% of the engine-generator's continuous standby rating; and the addition, in one step, of 50% of the continuous standby rating from a 50% continuous standby rating load point, or removal of the total load from the generator in one step. The test program shall cover the following items: a.Extended operation at 100% of continuous standby rating, one (1) hour minimum. b.50% load to 100% load test with a +10%-15% from nominal voltage dip, maximum, permitted with frequency fluctuation measurement. Code F motor inrush characteristics. Frequency deviation shall not exceed three (3)cycles. c.Protective device evaluation. d.No load operation with an addition of load to 50% of rating with 15% voltage dip maximum and frequency fluctuation measurement. e.Various 10% load additions and subtractions. 4.The Engineer and/or Owner shall have the option of witnessing the test. Certified test reports shall be furnished before the unit is shipped. The manufacturer or supplier shall notify the Engineer in writing not less than 14 days prior to the test. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 3 1.07 SUBMITTALS A.Engine-Generator Set Shop Drawings 1.The information shall include, but not be limited to: a.An outline drawing indicating the general arrangement, principal dimensions and loading; information on the lubricating and control system. b.Engine Speed Horsepower Displacement Batteries Fuel Accessories (regulator, solenoid valves) Starting System Type of Governor Battery Charger Engine Oil Analysis Information c.Generator curves showing predicated saturation, impedance and reactive capability, capacity, insulation type, temperature rise, etc. d.Complete enclosure details including, but not limited to doors, hinges, louvers, and sound attenuation information. B.Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1.Provide complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals on all components of the engine, generator, electrical and control systems. This shall include schematics, parts lists, and recommended maintenance intervals. 2.The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided in three-ring binders with the project name on the end. 1.08 HANDLING A.The equipment shall be suitably prepared to insure against damage during shipment. 1.09 SAFETY A.The unit shall be designed to minimize the danger of accidents to operating and maintenance personnel. The manufacturer shall, prior to shipment, verify that all electrical connections are tight and that circuits are isolated; that on-set piping connections are well made; and that standard equipment is included and functions according to design. B.The following are considered standard safety items: 1.All rotating exposed components shall have suitable guard covers designed to prevent accidental contact. The guards shall be of substantial construction, securely fastened in place, but removable for maintenance purposes. 2.Insulation or shields shall be provided to cover external hot surfaces of the engine where needed for fire prevention and personnel protection. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 4 3.The electrical system shall be designed so that there are no exposed conductors. The exciter and voltage regulator shall be supplied within metal enclosures to prevent accidental contact. The control panel shall be of the dead front type. 1.10 WARRANTY A.The equipment shall be furnished free from all defects in desig n, workmanship and materials, and shall be guaranteed to give successful service under the operating conditions herein specified for a period of not less than two (2) years after being accepted. Any defects or damage to the equipment because of such defects due to faulty material or workmanship shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the purchaser at the expense of the manufacturer. The entire set shall be warranted by the manufacturer and supplier of the engine. B.During the twentieth month of the warranty, the manufacturer of the engine-generator set shall provide an oil analysis of the engine lube oil and shall provide test results to the Engineer. Any defects detected shall be repaired under the warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ENCLOSURE / SUPPORT A.The generator frame shall be constructed of a structural steel channel and shall incor - porate wide flange beam cross supports. Drilled and tapped mounting holes shall be provided for the electric set. B.The unit shall include a 14 gauge (minimum) weather-resistant, sound-attenuated, steel enclosure with locking access doors. It shall be of welded and bolted construction, and capable of being removed for servicing after the unit has been delivered. The enclosure shall have access doors in each side, and an access door in the rear of the unit. A protective screen shall be mounted in front for the radiator exhaust air. The openings shall include downward turned blades or damper assemblies. The downward turned blades or damper assemblies shall not create a pressure drop of more than 0.5" H2O (total), and shall be sized to allow for 120% of the total engine combustion and cooling air requirements in a 115°F ambient. All doors, hinged louvers and access panels shall be made of steel channels, welded, and shall have the panels attached; or shall be made of steel with all sides flanged, welded, and ground smooth with ribs in the center for rigidity and shall have stainless steel pin type hinges. All components shall be cleaned, prime - painted, and then finish-coated with a high grade of gloss exterior paint. The enclosure shall be painted with a corrosion resisting paint, a finish coat of white on the interior. The Owner shall choose from not fewer than eight (8) manufacturer standard colo rs for the exterior. C.The enclosure doors shall contain latches to hold the access doors open when desired. All enclosure doors shall include latches and locks, and all the locks shall be keyed the same. D.A silencer shall be provided and mounted within the enclosure. A stainless steel flexible exhaust connector shall be provided between the engine and muffler. Provide an expanded stainless steel screen enclosure over the exhaust outlet to prevent the introduction of foreign articles into the exhaust opening. E.All access panels and doors shall have locking three-point latches with operating handle; and the unit shall be capable of running with all openings closed, locked and secured. Each door shall include a lock, and all the locks shall be k eyed the same. F.The generator enclosure shall include a power distribution system. For bidding purposes assume a single 240vac, single phase, 20 amp branch circuit will be routed from the lift SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 5 station control panel to the generator enclosure for the engine heater and battery charger. Coordinate the actual requirements during construction. G.Make all necessary wiring between units as required to meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code. H.Common ground all parts of unit. Provide ground pads for supplemental grounding of the generator. 2.02 ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES A.General Requirements: 1.The engine shall be a multi-cylinder, natural gas engine with electronic fuel control. Maximum engine speed shall be 1,800 RPM. The engine shall meet all EPA air quality criteria for emissions when constructed. 2.The engine shall have sufficient capacity to continuously drive the generator and all accessories, and deliver rated electrical power at the generator terminals as specified in the generator section. The engine shall be rated for operation at a nominal elevation of 1,000 feet above sea level. 3.The engine manufacturer shall provide information on engine pollution. The information shall contain the NO x, HC and CO levels. The levels shall be measured at rated load and speed in accordance with SAE recommended practices. B.Speed: 1.Generator speed shall not exceed 1,800 RPM at normal full load operation. C.Governor: 1.The governor shall be of the electronic type suitable for isochronous operation. The governor shall be adjustable. The governor steady state band speed shall not be worse than ±1.0% of rated speed. The unit shall be suitable for the indicated engine speed and shall operate from -40° to +220°F. D.Fuel: 1.The engine shall be capable of stated performance using normally delivered natural gas. 2.The engine shall be capable of operating at idle or light loads for extended periods of time. E.Fuel System: 1.The fuel system shall be of a type not requiring adjustment in service. All parts of the system shall be easily replaced. The fuel system shall be complete with solenoid valves and a gas pressure regulator sized as required to reduce the gas pressure delivered by the utility to the pressure required for engine operation. 2.The fuel system shall have fuel filters with replaceable elements which may be easily removed without breaking any fuel line connections. F.Lubrication: 1.The engine lubricating system shall include a strainer, oil pump, and oil filter. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 2.The lubricating oil shall be continuously full flow filtered and cooled by the system. The oil filter shall be equipped with a spring loaded bypass valve to bypass oil, and thereby assure a supply of lubricating oil in case of a clogged oil filter. The filter shall be of standard readily available size. The engine shall include a lubricating oil heat exchanger if recomm ended by the engine manufacturer. 3.A gear-type lubricating oil pump shall supply oil under pressure to main bearings, connecting rod bearings, pistons, timing gears, cam shaft bearings, and valve rocker mechanism. G.Air Cleaners: 1.One or more engine-mounted, dry-type air cleaners shall be provided. H.Cooling: 1.Coolant lines may be flexible rubber hoses if protected from damage. The engine cooling system shall include a centrifugal jacket water circulating pump, thermostat and a bypass arrangement, and a water to air heat exchanger complete with fan. The cooling equipment shall be capable of circulating and cooling the coolant fluid to maintain the engine and lubricating oil at the temperature recommended by the engine manufacturer when the engine is operating at full load in an ambient air temperature of 115°F at an altitude of 1,000 feet above mean sea level. 2.The coolant shall be an anti-freeze mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water, or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer; and shall prevent freezing at temperatures down to minus 35°F. I.Exhaust System: 1.A complete exhaust system shall be provided including exhaust piping, silencer, and flexible connections. All material for the exhaust system shall be of cor- rosion resisting materials. The silencer shall provide residential grade silencing, and shall provide a back pressure within the maximum allowed by the engine manufacturer. A stainless steel, corrosion resisting seamless convoluted flexib le exhaust connector shall be provided between the engine and the silencer. 2.The silencer shall be mounted inside the enclosure. 3.Provide an expanded stainless steel screen enclosure over the exhaust outlet to prevent the introduction of foreign objects into the exhaust pipe outlet. J.Starting: 1.The engine-generator set shall be capable of starting cold at -20°F and within 30 seconds be capable of delivering rated electrical output with stabilized voltage. 2.The engine shall be arranged for electric starting and shall be complete with cranking motor, battery, battery rack, and controls. 3.The cranking motor shall be sufficient to turn the engine over easily and at a speed to provide rapid starting of the engine. The motor shall be capable of providing three 30 second cranking cycles in three minutes without overheat ing. K.Battery: 1.The battery supplied shall be of the industrial lead acid type, and shall be capable of providing three 30 second crank ing cycles at 0 degrees F. Paralleling SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 of cells, or batteries, is not acceptable. Provide a battery rack and all associated equipment for mounting the battery assembly. L.Accessories: 1.The engine-generator package shall be equipped with, but not limited to, the following accessories: a.OSHA approved ear protectors. (Two sets.) b.Thermostatically controlled water jacket heater. Provide isolation valves for the jacket water heater. c.Battery charger installed and wired at the factory. c.Lube oil pressure gauge. d.Lube oil level dipstick. e.Jacket water temperature gauge. f.Safety shutdown for low oil pressure, engine over-temperature, low water, and engine over-speed. Safety shutdown shall be by fuel cutoff. g.Alternator and solid state voltage regulator to maintain batteries during engine operation. 2.03 GENERATOR A.General: 1.The generator shall be of the engine driven, single or two bearing type, self- aligning, continuous duty, salient pole, PMG, synchronous type with amortisseur windings. The generator enclosure shall be of the drip -proof type. The generator insulation shall be NEMA Class F or better, such that the generator life will match that of the engine. The generator shall be designed so that with a minimum amount of labor, all components are accessible. The generator shall be free from critical torsional vibration within the operating speed range. The generator shall be warranted by the same manufacturer as the engine. Replacement parts shall be readily available. 2.The generator shall have the following ratings: Capacity, kW at 0.8 P.F., Continuous Standby ......................... as described above Voltage, Volts ..................................................................................................... 480 Phases ................................................................................................................... 3 Frequency, Hz ...................................................................................................... 60 Insulation Class ...................................................................................................... F Temperature Rise ....................................................................... NEMA Standards B.Construction Features: 1.The generator stator and rotor shall be built up of high grade silicon steel laminations, precision punched, deburred, and individually insulated. Windings shall be carefully and thoroughly insulated for maximum moisture resistance, SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 8 high dielectric strength, and excellent bonding characteristics. Stator windings shall be wedged securely to prevent vibration and to withstand short circuit stresses. Rotor field windings shall be held securely in place to withstand rotational forces of not less than 125% of rated speed. The generator shall be able to withstand a 10 second, three-phase fault at the generator terminals and a line-to-ground fault of equal magnitude. 2.Forced ventilation to prevent overheating of any part of the generator and prevent hot spots shall be provided. 3.Bearings shall be shielded and sealed to prevent entrance of moisture and dirt. 4.The terminal box and terminals shall be of adequate size and shall be arranged and coordinated to connect to cables as required. C.Excitation: 1.The generator shall have PMG type, brushless excitation. The excitation system shall have the capacity to provide 150% of required excitation at rated load and voltage and shall incorporate circuitry to permit voltage buildup from residual magnetism. Field flashing from a separate source is not acceptable. “Fiel d boosting” for motor starting, etc., will not be permitted. 2.The excitation system shall be of sufficient capacity to produce the maximum excitation required at 0.8 P.F. and 105% of rated voltage. 3.In addition, excitation shall be such that the generator transient voltage deviation shall not exceed 25% upon adding or dropping of rated load from a stabilized initial condition as indicated in test procedures. Rated load shall be considered to be induction motors with NEMA Class F locked rotor characteristics. 4.The generator and excitation system shall be given factory insulation tests in accordance with the latest NEMA standards for such equipment. D.Voltage Regulation: 1.A generator voltage regulator shall be furnished to provide voltage level control, voltage gain, and voltage droop. The regulator shall be of the static magnetic amplifier type. The controls shall be readily accessible for normal operating adjustments. The voltage level control shall have a minimum range of ±5% from rated voltage. The regulator shall be of the volts/Hertz type. The regulator shall be suitable for high harmonic content loads. 2.Voltage regulation shall be within ±3% of rated voltage from no load to full load. Steady state modulation shall not exceed 1%. Instantaneous voltage deviation shall not exceed +10% - 15% from nominal voltage, when 50% of continuous standby rating is added to a 50% continuous standby rating at rated power factor. Recovery of stable operation after application of full load shall occur within one second. Voltage regulator adjustment devices shall be located behind a removable access panel. Inrush characteristics shall be as derived from motors with Class F locked rotor characteristics. 2.04 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A.The generator shall include a 480 volt, three phase, 100 amp main breaker with an interrupting rating greater than the sub-transient fault capability of the generator. B.The generator neutral shall not be grounded at the generator. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 9 2.05 CRANK PANEL A.The generator auto start control panel shall be mounted inside the enclosure and shall be shock mounted. The panel shall be wired to the generator using flexible conduit. The panel shall control the starting and stopping of the generator and the monitoring of the various functions. B.The crank panel shall include, but not be limited to, automatic engine crank control, engine safety controls, and all engine safety interlocks. In addition, the crank panel shall include: 1.Elapsed time meter. 2.Indicating lights for the required failure modes, including low coolant, overtemperature, overcrank, low oil pressure, charger failure, overspeed. 3.Frequency meter; voltmeter, phase/phase and phase/neutral, voltmeter switch; ammeter, ammeter switch, 3Ø. 4.Relays, timers, terminal strips, and miscellaneous material and equipment as necessary for the functions required herein. 5.The crank panel shall contain battery operated panel lights and switch. The lights shall operate from the engine starting battery. C.The engine control panel shall include provisions for remote starting of the generator set. The provisions shall include remote contacts in the automatic transfer switch. When the contacts close, the generator set shall crank, start and operate. When the contacts open, the generator set shall cool down for the prescribed period and stop. All safety controls shall be fully operational. The control panel shall include a “OFF - REMOTE - RUN” switch. When in the “OFF” position, the generator shall not run, or if it is running, shall cool down and stop. When the switch is in the “RUN” position the generator shall automatically crank, start and run. When the switch is returned to the “OFF” position, the generator shall cool down and stop. When the switch is in the “REMOTE” position, the remote contacts in the automatic transfer switch shall control the generator set as defined. The engine control panel shall also have an “emergency” stop pushbutton. When depressed, the generator shall immediately stop without a cool down period. D.Alarm lights on the control panel shall be provided for low coolant level, overcrank, overspeed, high coolant temperature, low oil pressure, and charger failure. E.Indicating Instruments: 1.Indicating instruments shall be of the taut-band type, suitable for semi-flush switchboard mounting. The instruments shall be approximately 2½" round with circular scales. The cases shall be dust-tight and moisture resistant. The instruments shall have white scales, black markings, black pointer, standard legend, zero left scale, plain glass window and dull black covers. The voltmeters shall be calibrated in accordance with the generator voltage. Ammeters shall be rated for five (5) amperes, with scales calibrated in accordance with the current transformer primary. F.Battery Charger: 1.The battery charger shall provide an automatic trickle charge for floating the battery and an equalizing charge for periodic maintenance. The charger shall be for operation from a 120vac 60 Hz source, and shall have a charger failure alarm. The charger shall be self-protected against overloads. An equalizer charge timer shall be provided, adjustable up to 24 hours. The charger shall be compatible with the battery and shall have an ampere rating of 4 amps, nominal. The SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT DIVISION 26 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 10 charger shall have a DC current sensitive relay with SPDT contacts rated not less than 5 amps at 120vac resistive. The control panel shall have a charger failure light. 2.The battery charger low charging rate shall be for “floating” the batteries. Any charger that “floats” the battery, such that the battery needs the addition of water more than twice a year when the battery is floating, is not acceptable. The battery charger shall have secondary fuses, ammeter and voltmeter. G.Terminals and Connections: 1.Terminal strips shall be of the barrier type, and shall be permanently marked. Shop drawings, interconnect drawings and hardware shall all reflect the same scheme. Permanent marking shall be with engraved labels. Embossed flexible labels are not acceptable. H.SCADA Connections 1.Provide the following minimum SCADA connections: a.generator running - two sets, form C, 3 amps, 30vdc b.generator trouble - two sets, form C, 3 amps, 30vdc. Trouble contacts shall be NC and shall be held open. The contacts shall close when trouble is alarmed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PAD A.The Contractor shall furnish and install a reinforced concrete pad for the generator set. The Contractor shall coordinate the concrete pad thickness and size with the generator supplier. 3.02 GAS SERVICE A.The Contractor shall coordinate installation of a natural gas service with the local gas utility. Furnish and install all required equipment for a complete installation, including a stand for the gas meter, gas piping from the meter to the generator, pressure regulator, etc. 3.03 TRAINING A.Provide up to four (4) hours on-site training on operation and maintenance of the equipment. B.Training shall be at a time determined by the Owner. END OF SECTION 26 30 00 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX A CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 APPENDIX A CEAM STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (2018) CITY ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION OF MINNESOTA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 2600 Trench Excavation and Backfill/Surface Restoration 2611 Watermain and Service Line Installation 2621 Sanitary Sewer and Storm Sewer Installation 2631-CIPPS Sewer Pipe Rehabilitation - Cured In Place Pipe Systems 2641 – Pipeline Rehabilitation - Pipe Bursting Method 2018 Edition TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION ......................................................................................... 1  2600.1 DESCRIPTION .................................................................................................................................... 1  2600.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................................ 1  A Granular Materials ...................................................................................................................................... 1  A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications ...................................................................................... 1  A2 Granular Material Use Designations .................................................................................................... 2  B Insulation ...................................................................................................................................................... 3  C Geotextile Fabric ........................................................................................................................................ 3  2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 3  A General Provisions .................................................................................................................................... 3  A1 Maintenance of Traffic ............................................................................................................................. 3  A2 Establishing Line and Grade .................................................................................................................. 3  A3 Protection of Surface Structures .......................................................................................................... 5  A4 Interference of Underground Structures............................................................................................. 6  A5 Removal of Surface Improvements ...................................................................................................... 6  A6 Temporary Service Measures ................................................................................................................ 7  B Excavation and Preparation of Trench ................................................................................................. 7  B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements ....................................................................................... 7  B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials ....................................................................................... 8  B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements ........................................................................................ 9  B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations .................................................................................................... 10  B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations ................................................................................ 11  B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes ............................................................................. 12  C Trenchless Pipe Installation .................................................................................................................. 13  C1 Jacking/Boring ......................................................................................................................................... 13  C2 Directional Boring ................................................................................................................................... 15  D Placement of Insulation .......................................................................................................................... 15  E Pipeline Backfilling Operations ............................................................................................................ 16  F Restoration of Surface Improvements ................................................................................................ 17  G Maintenance and Final Cleanup ........................................................................................................... 17  2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................................ 18  A Rock Excavation ....................................................................................................................................... 18  B Granular Materials .................................................................................................................................... 18  C Geotextile Fabric ...................................................................................................................................... 18  D Insulation .................................................................................................................................................... 18  2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 19  SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................ 20  2611.1 DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 20  2611.2 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................................... 22  A Water Pipe Materials ................................................................................................................................ 22  A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings............................................................. 22  A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings .................................................................... 23  A3 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................. 23  B Fire Hydrants ............................................................................................................................................. 24  C Valves and Valve Housing ..................................................................................................................... 25  C1 Valve Housings ........................................................................................................................................ 25  C2 Gate Valves ............................................................................................................................................... 25  C3 Butterfly Valves ....................................................................................................................................... 26  D Water Service Pipe and Fittings ........................................................................................................... 26  E Polyethylene Encasement Material ...................................................................................................... 27  F Mechanical Joint Restraints .................................................................................................................. 27  G Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 27  H Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 27  I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe ................................................................................................. 28  2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 28  A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 28  A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 29  A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 29  A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe .................................................................................................................. 30  A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe ......................................................................................................... 30  A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline ............................................................................................... 31  B Connection and Assembly of Joints ................................................................................................... 32  B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints .................................................................................. 32  B2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints ............................................................................................................ 33  B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints ...................................................................................................................... 33  B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe ................................................................................................ 33  C Water Service Installations .................................................................................................................... 34  C1 Tee Branch Service Lines ..................................................................................................................... 34  C2 Tapped Service Lines ............................................................................................................................ 34  D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials .............................................................................. 36  E Disinfection of Watermains.................................................................................................................... 36  F Electrical Conductivity Test ................................................................................................................... 37  G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains ..................................................................................................... 37  H Operational Inspection ............................................................................................................................ 38  2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................................ 38  A Water Pipe .................................................................................................................................................. 38  B Valves .......................................................................................................................................................... 38  C Corporation Stops .................................................................................................................................... 38  D Curb Stops ................................................................................................................................................. 39  E Hydrants ..................................................................................................................................................... 39  F Air Vents ..................................................................................................................................................... 39  G Polyethylene Encasement ...................................................................................................................... 39  H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings ............................................................................................................... 39  I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene ..................................................................................................... 39  J Access Structures .................................................................................................................................... 39  2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 39  SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION ................................................................................................. 41  2621.1 DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 41  2621.2 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................................... 42  A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials............................................................................................... 43  A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 43  A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings .................................................... 43  A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................. 44  A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................................... 45  A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings .................................................................................................. 45  A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe .................................................................................................................................. 45  A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe ................................................................................................ 46  A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe ............................................................................................................. 46  A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe ...................................................................................... 46  A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe ................................................................................................................ 46  A11 Polypropylene Pipe .............................................................................................................................. 47  A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe .............................................................................................. 47  B Metal Sewer Castings .............................................................................................................................. 48  C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections ................................................................... 48  D Mortar .......................................................................................................................................................... 49  E Concrete ..................................................................................................................................................... 49  2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 49  A Installation of Pipe and Fittings ............................................................................................................ 49  A1 Inspection and Handling ....................................................................................................................... 49  A2 Pipe Laying Operations ......................................................................................................................... 50  A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints .................................................................................................. 50  A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends .............................................................................................................. 51  A5 Tracer Wire ............................................................................................................................................... 51  B Appurtenance Installations .................................................................................................................... 51  C Sewer Service Installations ................................................................................................................... 52  D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures ................................................................................................. 53  E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing .......................................................................................................... 54  E1 Air Test Method ....................................................................................................................................... 54  E2 Hydrostatic Test Method ....................................................................................................................... 56  E3 Test Failure and Remedy....................................................................................................................... 57  F Deflection Test .......................................................................................................................................... 57  F1 Test Failure and Remedy ....................................................................................................................... 57  G Televising ................................................................................................................................................... 58  2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................................ 58  A Sewer Pipe ................................................................................................................................................. 58  B Manholes .................................................................................................................................................... 58  C Catch Basins.............................................................................................................................................. 58  D Outside Drop Connection ....................................................................................................................... 59  E Service Connection .................................................................................................................................. 59  F Service Pipe ............................................................................................................................................... 59  G Special Pipe Fittings ................................................................................................................................ 59  H Appurtenant Items .................................................................................................................................... 59  2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................ 59  SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS).............................................................................................................................. 61  2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................... 61  A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 61  B Qualifications ............................................................................................................................................ 62  B1 Manufactured Products and Installation ........................................................................................... 62  2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................... 63  A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 63  A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube .................................................................................................................................. 63  A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements .............................................................................................................. 64  A3 Material Testing Requirements ........................................................................................................... 66  2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................... 66  A Installation of CIPPS ................................................................................................................................ 66  A1 Access ....................................................................................................................................................... 66  A2 Water Usage ............................................................................................................................................. 66  A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines ....................................................................................................................... 67  A4 Bypassing Wastewater .......................................................................................................................... 67  A5 Inspection of Pipelines .......................................................................................................................... 67  A6 Line Obstructions ................................................................................................................................... 68  A7 Public Notification .................................................................................................................................. 68  A8 Liner Installation...................................................................................................................................... 68  A9 Resin Impregnation ................................................................................................................................ 69  A10 Cool Down .............................................................................................................................................. 69  A11 Finishing Operations ........................................................................................................................... 70  A12 Manhole Connections .......................................................................................................................... 70  A13 Reconnections of Existing Services ................................................................................................ 71  A14 CIPP Short-Liner ................................................................................................................................... 71  B TESTING AND INSPECTION .................................................................................................................. 72  B1 Testing ....................................................................................................................................................... 72  B2 Inspection ................................................................................................................................................. 72  B3 Televising .................................................................................................................................................. 72  2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ............................................................................................ 73  2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................................................ 73  SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING .......................................................................................................................... 74  2641.1 DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 74  A General ........................................................................................................................................................ 74  2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................. 74  2641.3 MATERIALS ....................................................................................................................................... 74  2641.4 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................................................... 75  2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ....................................................................................... 75  2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS ................................................................................................................. 75  2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 76  2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION ............................................................................................................ 78  2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ........................................................................................................ 78  2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................... 78  Page 1 SECTION 2600 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR TRENCH EXCAVATION & BACKFILL/SURFACE RESTORATION 2600.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of excavation, trenching, backfilling, and restoration of existing surfaces for the construction of underground utilities. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. 2600.2 MATERIALS A Granular Materials Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, encasement, backfill, or other purposes as may be specified shall consist of any natural or synthetic mineral aggregate such as sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed stone, or slag that shall be so graded as to meet the gradation requirements specified herein for each particular use by the material manufacturer or as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. A1 Granular Material Gradation Classifications Granular materials furnished for use in Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill construction shall conform to the following requirements: Foundation materials shall have one hundred percent (100%) by weight passing the one and one-half inch (1 1/2") sieve and a maximum of ten percent (10%) by weight passing the No. 4 sieve. Not less than fifty percent (50%) of the material by weight that is retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have one (1) or more crushed faces. Hard, durable crushed carbonate quarry rock may be used for Foundation materials. Bedding and encasement materials for flexible pipe shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2B1, Granular Material, except that one hundred percent (100%) by weight shall pass the one-inch (1") sieve. Page 2 Backfill materials shall consist of suitable existing trench materials, except as otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. Suitable material shall be defined as a mineral soil free of foreign materials (rubbish, organics, and debris), frozen clumps, oversize stone, rock, concrete or bituminous chunks, and other unsuitable materials that may damage the pipe, prevent thorough compaction, or increase the risks of settlement. A gradation report, certified by an approved independent testing laboratory, of the proposed granular materials shall be furnished to the Engineer before any of the granular materials are delivered to the project. A2 Granular Material Use Designations Granular materials provided for Foundation, Bedding, Encasement, or Backfill use as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, either as part of the pipe item work unit or as a separate contract item, shall be classified as to use in accordance with the following: Material Use Zone Designation Granular Foundation Placed below the bottom of pipe grade as replacement for unsuitable or unstable soils, to achieve improved foundation support. Granular Bedding Placed below the pipe midpoint, prior to pipe installation, to facilitate proper shaping and to achieve uniform pipe support. For flexible pipe installation, placed below the pipe midpoint to a point six inches (6") below the bottom of pipe or twenty five percent (25%) of the diameter below the pipe, whichever is greater. Granular Encasement Placed below an elevation one foot above the top of pipe, after pipe installation, for protection of the pipe and to assure proper filling of voids or thorough consolidation of backfill. Granular Backfill Placed below the surface base course, if any, as the second stage of backfill, to minimize trench settlement and provide support for surface improvements. In each case above, unless otherwise indicated, the lower limits of any particular zone shall be the top surface of the next lower course as constructed. The upper limits of each zone are established to define variable needs for material gradation and compaction or void content, taking into consideration the sequence of construction and other conditions. The material use and zone designations described above shall only serve to fulfill the objectives and shall not be construed to restrict the use of any particular material in other zones where the gradation requirements are met. Page 3 B Insulation Insulation shall be extruded rigid board material having a thermal conductivity of 0.23 BTU/hour/square foot/degree Fahrenheit/per inch thickness, maximum, at 40°F mean, a comprehensive strength of thirty-five (35) psi minimum, and water absorption of one quarter percent (0.25%) by volume maximum. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions, board dimensions shall measure eight feet (8') long, two or four feet (2' or 4') wide, and one (1), one and one half (1-1/2), two (2), or three (3) inches thick. C Geotextile Fabric Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3733 and be used as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2600.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A General Provisions A1 Maintenance of Traffic Whenever work interferes with the flow of traffic along a roadway, the Contractor shall provide traffic control signing and public safety in accordance with the provisions Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (current edition and all amendments), MnDOT Specifications 1404 and 1710, and the Special Provisions. Neither road closures nor detours shall be permitted unless specified in the Special Provisions or authorized by the Engineer. Where road closures or detours are permitted by the Engineer, the Engineer shall determine the appropriate agencies, boards, or departments the Contractor must notify prior to taking the action and the proper advance notice to be provided to each body. Compliance with this requirement shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of notifying agencies or institutions whose services may be predicated upon a roadway being opened to traffic or whose services would be hindered if a roadway is closed to traffic. Such agencies or institutions shall include, but not be limited to, the police department, the fire department, municipal bus service, school bus service, and ambulance service, mail delivery, and waste hauler services. The Contractor shall keep the required agencies informed of changing traffic patterns and detour situations. A2 Establishing Line and Grade The primary line and grade will be established by the Engineer. For trench installation, line and grade stakes will be set parallel to the proposed pipeline at an appropriate offset therefrom as will best serve the Contractor's operations wherever practical. For tunnel installation, line and grade stakes will be set directly above the proposed pipeline setting. The Contractor shall arrange operations to avoid unnecessary interference with the establishment of the primary line and grade stakes and shall render whatever assistance may be required by the Engineer in accomplishing the staking. The Contractor shall be responsible for preservation of the primary stakes and, if negligent in providing necessary protection, shall bear the full cost of any re-staking. Page 4 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the correct transfer of the primary line and grade to all working points and for construction of the work to the prescribed lines and grades as established by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions the watermain shall generally be placed with the minimum specified cover. However, a greater depth may be required to avoid conflicts with other utilities and obstructions. Installation of watermain and services to a depth deeper than specified shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation allowed therefore. The existing grade shown on the plans is approximate. Modification of the pipe location or differences in existing elevation shall not be cause for additional compensation. In areas where direct conflicts arise between watermain and water services, with storm sewer, sanitary sewer, sanitary sewer services, sewer forcemains, septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems, the following shall apply: Watermain and services located near sewer forcemains: A minimum of ten feet (10') of separation, measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. If ten feet (10') of separation cannot be provided, an approved additional measure of containment must be provided for either the watermain or the sewer forcemain. Watermain and services located near septic tanks, or subsoil treatment systems: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the watermain, tank and subsoil treatment system is required. Watermain and services located near gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum of ten feet (10') measured horizontally between the outer surfaces of the pipes is required. In locations where local conditions prevent the required separation indicated above (due to the presence of rock, buildings, other significant obstructions), the watermain may be laid closer to gravity sewer if one (1) of the following conditions is met: The bottom of the watermain is laid at least eighteen inches (18") above the top of the sewer on a separate shelf; or The sewer is constructed of materials and with joints that are equivalent to watermain standards of construction and is pressure tested to assure water tightness prior to backfilling. Watermain and services crossing gravity sanitary and storm sewers: A minimum vertical separation of eighteen inches (18") must be provided between the outer surfaces of the pipes, with preference that the watermain cross above the sewer, wherever possible. Page 5 One full length of water pipe shall be located so both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible. Watermain above-water crossings: The pipe shall be adequately supported and anchored, protected from vandalism, damage and freezing, and accessible for repair or replacement. Watermain underwater crossings: A minimum cover of five feet (5') shall be provided over the pipe unless otherwise approved by the Department of Health. When crossing water courses which are greater than fifteen feet (15') in width, the following shall be provided: 1.The pipe shall be of special construction, having flexible, restrained or welded watertight joints 2.Valves shall be provided at both ends of water crossings so that the section can be isolated for testing or repair; the valves shall be easily accessible, and not subject to flooding 3.Permanent taps or other provisions to allow insertion of a small meter to determine leakage and obtain water samples on each side of the valve closest to the supply source. A3 Protection of Surface Structures All surface structures and features located outside the permissible excavation limits for underground installations, together with those within the construction areas which are indicated in the Plans as being saved, shall be properly protected against damage and shall not be disturbed or removed without approval of the Engineer. Within the construction limits, as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the removal of improvements such as pavement, curb, curb & gutter, walks, turf, etc., shall be subject to equivalent acceptable replacement after completion of underground work, with all expense of removal and replacement being borne by the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. Obstructions such as street signs, guard posts, small culverts, mailboxes, and other items of prefabricated construction may be temporarily removed during construction provided that essential service is maintained in a relocated setting as approved by the Engineer and that nonessential items are properly stored for the duration of construction. Upon completion of the underground work, all such items shall be replaced in their proper setting at the sole expense of the Contractor to the extent that separate compensation is not specifically provided for in the Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for protection of existing overhead utilities and poles. This shall include arranging with the utility owner and arrange paying the utility for holding poles that will be close to the edge of any trench. Holding of poles and repair of any damage to these facilities shall be considered incidental to the project with no additional compensation allowed. If relocation or removal of these facilities is required, the Owner will contact the concerned utility owner and arrange and pay for the relocation or removal at no additional expense to the Contractor. Page 6 In the event of damage to any surface improvements, either privately or publicly owned, in the absence of construction necessity, the Contractor will be required to replace or repair the damaged property to the satisfaction of the Engineer and without cost to the Owner. A4 Interference of Underground Structures When any underground structure interferes with the planned placement of the pipeline or appurtenances to such an extent that alterations in the work are necessary to eliminate the conflict or avoid endangering effects on either the existing or proposed facilities, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner of the affected structure. When any existing facilities are endangered by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall cease work at the site and take such precautions as may be necessary to protect the in-place structures until a decision is made as to how the conflict will be resolved. Without specific authorization from the Engineer, no utility service shall be disrupted, nor shall any change be made in either the existing structures or the planned installations to overcome the interference. Alterations in existing facilities will be allowed only to the extent that service will not be curtailed and then only when the encroachment or relocation will satisfy all applicable regulations and conditions. Wherever alterations are required as a result of unforeseen underground interferences not due to any fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Engineer will issue a written order covering any additional or extra work involved and specifying the revised basis of payment, if any. Any alterations made strictly for the convenience of the Contractor, shall be subject to prior approval and shall be at the Contractor's expense. No extra compensation will be allowed for delays caused by the interference of underground structures. A5 Removal of Surface Improvements Removal of surface improvements in connection with trench excavation shall be limited to actual needs for installation of the pipeline and appurtenances, based on the allowable trench widths and any other controls imposed in connection with the work. Removal operations shall be coordinated effectively with the excavation and installation operations as will cause the least practical disruption of traffic or inconvenience to the public. The debris resulting from removals shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2104 and the Special Provisions. Removal debris shall not be deposited at locations that will block access to fire hydrants, private driveways, or other essential service areas, nor obstruct surface drainage. Removal and final disposal of debris shall be accomplished as a single operation wherever possible and, in any event, the debris shall be removed from the site before starting the excavating operations. Removal of concrete or bituminous structures shall be by methods producing clean-cut breakage to pre-scored lines as will preserve the remaining structure without damage. Removal equipment shall not be operated in a manner that will cause damage to the remaining structure or adjoining property. Where not removed to an existing joint, concrete structures shall be sawed along the break lines to a minimum depth of one-third (1/3) of the structure depth. Page 7 Any reusable materials generated during the work, such as aggregate, sod, topsoil, shall be segregated from other waste materials and be stockpiled so as to maintain suitability and permit proper reuse. The use of drop weight equipment for breaking pavement will be allowed to the extent that the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused thereby. The pavement breaking operation shall not be allowed to become a nuisance to the public or a source of damage to underground or adjacent structures. The Engineer reserves the right to order discontinuance of drop weight breaking operations at any time. A6 Temporary Service Measures While any open excavations are maintained, the Contractor shall have available a supply of steel plates suitable for temporary bridging of open trench sections where either vehicular or pedestrian traffic must be maintained. Use of the plates shall be as directed or approved by the Engineer and where installed they shall be secured against possible displacement and be replaced with the permanent structure as soon as possible. B Excavation and Preparation of Trench B1 Operational Limitations and Requirements Trench excavation must conform to all local, state and federal requirements. All work must be confined to the limits of the construction and to easements and right of way as indicated on the plans. The Contractor shall install at his expense the necessary trench support to meet the varying soil conditions and to protect existing structures and property. The trench shall be drained to provide stable excavation and permit the pipe to be laid in a dry trench. Excavating operations shall proceed only so far in advance of pipe laying as will satisfy the needs for coordination of work and permit advance verification of unobstructed line and grade as planned, consistent with the Contractors methods and scheduling. Where interference with existing structures is possible or in any way indicated, and where necessary to establish elevation or direction for connections to in-place structures, the excavating shall be done at those locations in advance of the main operation so actual conditions will be exposed in sufficient time to make adjustments without resorting to extra work or unnecessary delay. Wherever possible, excavated materials shall be placed in areas that will not block existing vehicle and pedestrian traffic and drainage ways. The Contractor shall review proposed methods of operation with the Engineer prior to beginning the work. The Contractor shall backfill all trenches at the end of each work day, or upon written authorization of the Engineer, shall provide another approved method of protecting the trench area while work is not being performed. All installations shall be accomplished by open trench with the exception that boring, jacking and tunnel construction methods shall be employed where specifically required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Page 8 The excavating operations shall be conducted so as to carefully expose all existing underground structures without damage. Wherever the excavation extends under or approaches so close to an existing structure as to endanger it in any way, precautions and protective measures shall be taken as necessary to preserve the structure and provide temporary support. Hand methods of excavating shall be utilized to probe for and expose such critical or hazardous installations as gas pipe, power and communication cables, watermain, gravity and pressure sewers, and respective service pipes. The Engineer shall be notified of any need for blasting to remove materials which cannot be broken up mechanically, and there shall be no blasting operations conducted until the Engineer's approval has been secured. Blasting will be allowed only when proper precautions are taken to protect life and property, and then shall be restricted as the Engineer directs. The hours of blasting operations shall be set by the Owner. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damages caused by blasting, regardless of the requirements for notification and approval. The Contractor shall secure any required permits for blasting and shall conduct blasting operations in conformance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, regulations, and ordinances. B2 Classification and Disposition of Materials Excavated materials will be classified for payment only when specifically provided in the Special Provisions, or the Proposal. All other materials encountered in the excavations will be considered incidental to utility construction, with no additional compensation provided thereto. Miscellaneous excavated materials that are not specifically identified for payment in the Special Provisions or Proposal, exceed one (1) cubic yard in volume, cannot be re-used within the project limits, and in the opinion of the Engineer requires special means for handling and disposal, may be considered for payment through supplemental agreement as extra work. Miscellaneous excavated materials include but are not limited to organic soils, rubble, wood debris, boulder stone, masonry, concrete fragments, and metals. Rock excavation shall be defined to include all hard, solid rock in ledge formation, bedded deposits and unstratified masses; all natural conglomerate deposits so firmly cemented as to present all the characteristics of solid rock; and any boulder stone, masonry or concrete fragments exceeding one (1) cubic yard in volume. Materials such as shale, hard pan, soft or disintegrated rock which can be dislodged with a hand pick or removed with a power operated excavator will not be classified as Rock Excavation. Excavated materials will be classified for reuse as being either Suitable or Unsuitable for backfill or other specified use, subject to selective controls. All suitable materials shall be reserved for backfill to the extent needed, and any surplus remaining shall be utilized for other construction on the project as may be specified or ordered by the Engineer. To the extent practicable, granular materials and topsoil shall be segregated from other materials during the excavating and stockpiling operations so as to permit best use of the available materials at the time of backfilling. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, material handling as described above shall be considered incidental with no additional compensation provided. Page 9 All excavated materials reserved for backfill or other use on the project shall be stored at locations approved by the Engineer that will cause a minimum of inconvenience to public travel, adjacent properties, and other special interests. The material shall not be deposited so close to the edges of the excavations in a manner that could create hazardous conditions, nor shall any material be placed so as to block the access to emergency services. All materials considered unsuitable by the Engineer, for any use on the project, shall be immediately removed from the project and be disposed of as arranged for by the Contractor with no additional compensation. B3 Excavation Limitations and Requirements Trench excavating shall be to a depth that will permit preparation of the foundation as specified and installation of the pipeline and appurtenances at the prescribed line and grade, except where alterations are specifically authorized. Trench widths shall be sufficient to permit the pipe to be laid and joined properly and the backfill to be placed and compacted as specified. Extra width shall be provided as necessary to permit convenient placement of sheeting and shoring and to accommodate placement of appurtenances. Excavations shall be extended below the bottom of structures as necessary to accommodate any required Granular Foundation material. When rock or unstable foundation materials are encountered at the established grade, additional materials shall be removed as specified or directed by the Engineer to produce an acceptable foundation. Unless otherwise indicated or directed, rock shall be removed to an elevation at least six inches (6") below the bottom surface of the pipe barrel and below the lowest projection of flange and bell/spigot joint. All excavations below grade shall be to a minimum width equal to the outside pipe diameter plus two feet (2'). Rock shall be removed to such additional horizontal dimensions as will provide a minimum clearance of six inches (6") on all sides of appurtenant structures such as valves, housings, access structures, etc. Where no other grade controls are indicated or established for the pipeline, the excavating and foundation preparations shall be such as to provide a minimum cover over the top of the pipe as specified. Trench widths shall allow for at least six inches (6") of clearance on each side of the flange and bell/spigot joint. The maximum allowable width of the trench at the top of pipe level shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet (2'), subject to the considerations for alternate pipe loading set forth below. The width of the trench at the ground surface shall be held to a minimum to prevent unnecessary destruction of the surface structures. The maximum allowable trench width at the top of pipe level may be exceeded only by approval of the Engineer, after consideration of pipe strength and loading relationships. Any alternate proposals made by the Contractor shall be in writing, giving the pertinent soil weight data and proposed pipe strength alternate, at least seven (7) days prior to the desired date of decision. Approval of alternate pipe designs shall be with the understanding that there will be no extra compensation allowed for any increase in material or construction costs. If the trench is excavated to a greater width than that authorized, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to provide a higher class of bedding and/or a higher strength pipe than that required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions in order to satisfy design requirements, without additional compensation. Page 10 Excess excavated materials generated by utility construction without a specified use on the project site, shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of offsite. Offsite disposal of excess excavated materials is considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed thereto. The use of granular foundation materials shall not be used as an aid to facilitate installation of pipe in wet soil conditions. Use of these materials in this manner in lieu of providing adequate dewatering measures shall be considered incidental to the construction with no additional compensation allowed therefore. B4 Sheeting and Bracing Excavations All trench excavations that require slope support shall be sheeted, shored, and braced in a manner that will meet all requirements of the applicable safety codes and regulations; comply with any specific requirements of the Contract; and prevent disturbance or settlement of adjacent surfaces, foundations, structures, utilities, and other properties. Any damage to the work under contract, to adjacent structures, or other property, caused by settlement, water or earth pressures, slides, cave-ins, or other causes due to the failure or lack of sheeting, shoring, or bracing, through negligence or fault of the Contractor in any manner shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense and without delay. The Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions may require special precautions to protect life and property. The Engineer may order other precautions when excavation conditions appear to warrant additional measures. Failure of the Engineer to order correction of improper or inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibilities for protection of life, property, and the work. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper and adequate placement of sheeting, shoring, and bracing, to prevent displacement. Bracing shall be so arranged as to provide ample working space and without increase of stress or strain on the in-place structures to any extent that may cause damage. Sheeting, shoring and bracing materials shall be removed only when and, in such manner, as will assure adequate protection of the in-place structures and prevent displacement of supported grounds. Sheeting and bracing shall be left in place only as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or ordered by the Engineer. Otherwise, sheeting and bracing may be removed as the backfilling reaches the level of respective support. Wherever sheeting and bracing is left in place, the upper portions shall be cut and removed to an elevation of three feet (3') or more below the established surface grade or as the Engineer may direct. All costs of furnishing, placing and removing sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials, including the value of materials left in place as required by the Contract, shall be included in the prices bid for pipe installation and will not be compensated for separately. When sheeting, shoring, or bracing materials are left in place by written order of the Engineer, in the absence of specific requirements of the Contract, payment will be made for those materials by supplemental agreement. Page 11 B5 Preparation and Maintenance of Foundations Foundation preparations shall be conducted as necessary to produce a stable foundation and provide continuous and uniform pipe bearing between bell holes. The initial excavating or backfilling operations shall produce a subgrade level slightly above finished grade as will permit hand shaping to finished grade by trimming of high spots and without the need for filling of low spots to grade. Final subgrade preparations shall be such as to produce a finished grade at the centerline of the pipe that is within three hundredths of a foot (0.03') of a straight line between pipe joints and to provide bell excavation at each joint as will permit proper joining of pipe and fittings. In excavations made below grade to remove rock or unstable materials, the backfilling to grade shall be made with available suitable materials unless placement of Granular Foundation or Bedding material is specified or is ordered by the Engineer. Placement of the backfill shall be in relatively uniform layers not exceeding eight inches (8") in loose thickness. Each layer of backfill shall be compacted thoroughly, by means of approved mechanical compaction equipment, as will produce uniform pipe support throughout the full pipe length and facilitate proper shaping of the pipe bed. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer of changing soil conditions which may be of poor bearing capacity and when organic soils are encountered. Where utilities are placed on unstable soils without notification of the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for all repairs and correction of the installation without further compensation. Care shall be taken during final subgrade shaping to prevent any over-excavation. Should any low spots develop, they shall only be filled with approved material, which shall have optimum moisture content and be compacted thoroughly without additional compensation to the Contractor. The finished subgrade shall be maintained free of water and shall not be disturbed during pipe lowering operations except as necessary to remove pipe slings. The discharge of trench dewatering pumps shall be directed to natural drainage channels or storm water drains. Draining trench water into sanitary sewers or combined sewers will not be permitted. The Contractor shall install and operate a dewatering system of wells or points to maintain pipe trenches free of water whenever necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions such work shall be considered incidental. All costs of excavating below grade and placing foundation or bedding aggregates as required shall be included in the bid prices for pipe items to the extent that the need for such work is indicated in the Contract provisions and the Proposal does not provide for payment under separate Contract Items. Any excavation below grade and any foundation or bedding aggregates required by order of the Engineer in the absence of Contract requirements will be compensated for separately. If examination by the Engineer reveals that the need for placement of foundation aggregate was caused by the Contractor's manipulation of the soils in the presence of excessive moisture or lack of proper dewatering, the cost of the corrective measures shall be borne by the Contractor. Page 12 B6 Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes If during the course of the Project, the Contractor unexpectedly encounters any of the following conditions indicating the possible presence of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the vicinity, and notify the Engineer. At the direction of the Engineer, a documented inspection and evaluation will be conducted prior to the resumption of work. The Contractor shall not resume work in the suspected area without authorization by the Engineer. Indicators of contaminated soil, groundwater or surface water include, but are not limited to the following: (1)Odor including gasoline, diesel, creosote (odor of railroad ties), mothballs, or another chemical odor. (2)Soil stained green or black (but not because of organic content), or with a dark, oily appearance, or any unusual soil color or texture. (3)A rainbow color (sheen) on surface water or soil. Indicators of regulated wastes include, but are not limited to the following: (1) Cans, bottles, glass, scrap metal, wood (indicators of solid waste and a potential dump site). (2) Concrete and asphalt rubble (indicators of demolition waste). (3) Roofing materials, shingles, siding, vermiculite, floor tiles, transite or any fibrous material (indicators of demolition waste that could contain asbestos, lead or other chemicals). (4) Culverts or other pipes with tar-like coating, insulation or transite (indicators of asbestos). (5)Ash (ash from burning of regulated materials may contain lead, asbestos or other chemicals). (6)Sandblast residue (could contain lead). (7) Treated wood including, but not limited to products referred to as green treat, brown treat and creosote (treated wood disposal is regulated). (8) Chemical containers such as storage tanks, drums, filters and other containers (possible sources of chemical contaminants). (9) Old basements with intact floor tiles or insulation (could contain asbestos), sumps (could contain chemical waste), waste traps (could contain oily wastes) and cesspools (could contain chemical or oily wastes). Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on State right of way, State property, and State funded projects shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MNDOT Office of Environmental Services (OES) and the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. Discovery of contaminated soil, contaminated water, or regulated waste on projects or properties that are not under the ownership or financed by the State shall be handled in accordance with guidance procedures of the MPCA requirements for materials handling, disposal, re-use and remediation. Page 13 C Trenchless Pipe Installation The Contractor shall inspect and verify soil conditions as necessary in order to determine the type of construction to employ. Natural and/or manmade obstructions may be encountered in the soil. These contract documents do not warrant the nature or condition of the soils, and do not warrant that natural or manmade obstructions will not be encountered, nor guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional compensation for any natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all existing utilities within the construction limits. C1 Jacking/Boring The terms "auger", "boring", "jack", "jacking", and "tunneling" in the proposal, specifications, and plans refers only to trenchless construction. The minimum diameter of the casing pipe shall be four inches (4") greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the carrier pipe. The Contractor shall prevent excavated materials from flowing back into the excavation during the trenchless construction. This shall include the use of a shield conforming to the size and shape of the casing that will prevent materials from flowing into the leading edge of the casing. The machine used shall be capable of controlling line and grade and shall conform to the size and shape of the casing pipe. No jacking/augering of pipe will be allowed below the water table unless the water table has been lowered sufficiently to keep the water below the pipe being installed. The use of water under pressure (jetting) or puddling will not be permitted to facilitate jacking/augering operations. If any installation is augered, the head shall be approved by the Engineer and the auger shall be located six inches (6") behind the lead edge of the casing or carrier pipe. The jacking system shall be provided with an integral grout pipe and casing pipe. A one-inch (1") grout pipe shall be tack welded to the front edge of the first length of casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be extended with the casing pipe, but not fastened to the casing pipe during the remaining jacking operations. After the pipes are through to the receiving pit, the grout pipe shall be cut free from the casing pipe. The grout pipe shall be pulled back through the embankment applying positive piston pressure on the grout along the outside of the casing pipe throughout the pulling operation. A cement slurry grout mix with as little water as possible shall be used. Bentonite shall not be used to fill voids. The Engineer shall approve grout and backfill material prior to placement of any material. Deviation from the pipe grade, as provided by the Engineer, in excess of five tenths of a percent (0.05%) may be cause for removal and relaying of the pipe by the Contractor with no additional compensation allowed therefore. If a void develops, the jacking or boring operation shall be stopped immediately and the void shall be filled by an approved method. Page 14 The Contractor shall take the following precautions when boring: Extend casing through entire distance bored. Check grade and alignment after each casing section is installed. Coordinate operations to provide continuous support to surrounding earth materials. Excavation shall be carried on in such a manner as to provide adequate support to surface structures and roads above and adjacent to the boring and not create any hazards to overhead traffic and other activities. These contract documents do not guarantee the extent to which rocks, boulders, or other obstructions, regardless of size, may be encountered during boring operations. No extra compensation will be made for removal of rocks, boulders or other natural or manmade obstructions encountered during trenchless construction or excavation. All voids caused by boring shall be filled by pressure grouting. The grout material shall consist of sand cement slurry of at least two (2) sacks of cement per cubic yard and a minimum of water to assure satisfactory placement. All slurry shall be pre-approved by the Engineer prior to use by the Contractor. The Contractor shall take the following precautions when jacking: The jacking machine shall be capable of controlling line and grade. Progressively push carrier pipe through completed casing. Strap two (2) wooden saddle blocks to each pipe length to provide support at regular intervals. Center carrier pipe in casing at all times. Seal each end of the casing with a concrete block and mortar bulkhead with PVC filler and vent pipes at opposite ends. Fill the annular space between casing and carrier pipe with dry blown sand. Space shall be considered filled when dry sand blows out of the vent pipe at the opposite end of casing pipe. Seal the filler and vent pipes after the sand has been deposited. The location, size, and configuration of all jacking pits shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Page 15 C2 Directional Boring Direction boring/drilling installation shall be accomplished where required on the Plans or in the Special Provisions to minimize disturbance of existing surface improvements. The installer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in this method of construction and have successfully installed at least ten thousand feet (10,000') of eight inch (8") or larger diameter pipe to specified grades. The field supervisor employed by the Contractor shall have at least five (5)years of experience and shall be at the site at all times during the boring/drilling installation. The Contractor shall submit boring/drilling pit locations to the Engineer before beginning construction. Boring pits may be located within roadway right-of-way and easements. Any other boring pit locations that may be desired by the Contractor for boring or other uses shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to attain authorization, including use of private property. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be compensated for the restoration work only within the areas at the connection points, or other locations as may be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for repairs, without compensation, for any other repair areas, including pit/boring points and areas above the drilled pipe where drilling fluid pressure may have caused heaving or damage to pavement and other surfaces. The drilling equipment shall be capable of placing the pipe as shown on the plans. The installation shall be by a steerable drilling tool capable of installing continuous runs of pipe between appurtenances such as valves, manholes, etc., without intermediate pits. The guidance system shall be capable of installing pipe within one and one-half inch (1 ½") of the plan vertical dimensions and two inches (2") of the plan horizontal dimensions. The Contractor shall remove and reinstall pipes which vary in depth and alignment from these tolerances. Pull back forces shall not exceed the allowable pulling forces for the pipe being installed. Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and bentonite clay and shall be suitable for existing soil conditions. Disposal of excess fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D Placement of Insulation Rigid insulation board shall be placed within the pipe encasement zone, six inches (6") above the pipe. Insulation boards shall be placed with the long dimension parallel to the centerline of the pipe. Boards shall be placed in a single layer with tight joints. No continuous joints or seams shall be placed directly over the pipe. If two (2) or more layers of insulation boards are used, each layer shall be placed to cover the joints of the layer immediately below. The Contractor shall exercise caution to ensure that all joints between boards are tight during placement and backfilling with only extruded ends placed end to end or edge to edge. Backfill material shall be placed in such a manner that construction equipment does not operate directly on the insulation and compacted with equipment which exerts a contact pressure of less than eighty (80) psi. Page 16 E Pipeline Backfilling Operations All pipeline excavations shall be backfilled to restore preexisting conditions as the minimum requirement, and fulfill all supplementary requirements indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The backfilling operations shall be started as soon as conditions will permit on each section of pipeline, so as to provide continuity in subsequent operations and restore normal public service as soon as practicable. All operations shall be pursued diligently, with proper and adequate equipment, to assure acceptable results. The backfilling shall be accomplished with the use of Suitable Materials selected from the excavated materials to the extent available and practical. Should the materials available within the trench section be unsuitable or insufficient, the required additional materials shall be furnished from outside sources as provided in the Special Provisions, or as arranged otherwise through supplemental agreement. Backfill material selection shall be such as to make the best and fullest utilization of what is available, taking into consideration particular needs of different backfill zones. Material containing stone, rock, or chunks of any sort shall only be utilized where and to the extent there will be no detrimental effects. Placement of backfill material containing stones, boulders, chunks, greater than eight inches (8") in any dimension shall not be allowed. All flexible pipe shall be bedded in accordance with ASTM Specification D2321, "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications". Where existing soils do not meet the requirements of bedding and encasement materials, the Contractor shall furnish the required granular materials. Placement and compaction of bedding and encasement materials around the pipe shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe. Compaction of materials placed within the pipe bedding and encasement zones shall be accomplished with portable or hand equipment methods, so as to achieve thorough consolidation under and around the pipe and avoid damage to the pipe. Above the cover zone material, the use of heavy roller type compaction equipment shall be limited to safe pipe loading. Backfill materials shall be carefully placed in uniform loose thickness layers up to twelve inches (12") thick spread over the full width and length of the trench section to provide simultaneous support on both sides of the pipeline. Granular backfill may be placed in layers up to twelve inches (12") above an elevation one foot (1') above the top of the pipe. Each layer of backfill material shall be compacted effectively, by approved mechanical or hand methods, until there is no further visual evidence of increased consolidation or the density of the compacted layer conforms to the density requirements specified in the Special Provisions. Compaction of each layer shall be completed acceptably before placing material for a succeeding layer thereon. The manner of placement, compaction equipment, or procedure effectiveness shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Page 17 All surplus or waste materials remaining after completion of the backfilling operations shall be disposed of in an acceptable manner within twenty-four (24) hours after completing the backfill work on each particular pipeline section. Disposal at locations within the project limits shall be as specified, or as approved by the Engineer; otherwise, disposal shall be accomplished outside the project limits at the Contractor's discretion. The backfilling and surplus or waste disposal operations shall be a part of the work required under the pipeline installation items, without until final cleanup. Compaction of backfill within Roadbed areas shall meet the density requirements of MnDOT Specification 2105.3 F1. Compaction of backfill in all other areas shall be as required in the Special Provisions. Until expiration of the guarantee period, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility and expense for all backfill settlement and shall refill and restore the work as directed to maintain an acceptable surface condition, regardless of location. All additional materials required shall be furnished without cost to the Owner. Any settlement of road surfaces placed under this Contract and that are within the guarantee period that are in excess of one inch (1"), as measured by a ten foot (10') straight edge shall be considered failure of the mechanical compaction. The Contractor shall be required to repair such settlement without cost to the Owner. F Restoration of Surface Improvements Wherever any surface improvements such as pavement, curbing, pedestrian walks, fencing, or turf have been removed, damaged or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor's operations, they shall be repaired or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction, as will restore the improvement in kind and structure to the preexisting condition. Each item of restoration work shall be done as soon as practicable after completion of installation and backfilling operations on each section of pipeline. In the absence of specific payment provisions, as separate Contract Items, the restoration work shall be compensated for as part of the work required under those Contract Items which necessitated the destruction and replacement or repair, and there will be no separate payment. If separate pay items are provided for restoration work, only that portion of the repair or reconstruction which was necessitated by the Contract work will be measured for payment. Any improvements removed or damaged unnecessarily or undermined shall be replaced or repaired at the Contractor's expense. G Maintenance and Final Cleanup All subgrade surfaces shall be maintained acceptably until the start of surfacing construction or restoration work, and until the work has been finally accepted. Additional materials shall be provided and placed as needed to compensate for trench settlement and to serve as temporary construction pending completion of the final surface improvements. Page 18 Final disposal of debris, waste materials, and other remains or consequences of construction, shall be accomplished intermittently as new construction items are completed and shall not be left to await final completion of all work. Cleanup operations shall be considered an incidental part of the work covered under the Contract Items. If disposal operations and other cleanup work are not conducted properly as the construction progresses, the Engineer may withhold partial payments until such work is satisfactorily performed or the Engineer may deduct the estimated cost of its performance from the partial estimate value. 2600.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-Place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. A Rock Excavation Rock Excavation shall be measured by volume in cubic yards. Depth shall be measured from the top of the rock to a point six inches below the outside barrel of the pipe and width shall be the inside diameter of the pipe plus twenty-four inches (24") (12" from each side). The minimum width of measurement shall be four feet (4'). B Granular Materials Granular materials furnished and placed as special foundation, bedding, encasement, or backfill construction will be measured by weight or volume of material furnished by the Contractor from outside sources and placed within the limits defined. Unless otherwise specified, volume will be determined by vehicular measure (loose volume) at the point of delivery. Measurements will not include any materials required to be placed as a component part of other Contract Items as may be specified. C Geotextile Fabric Where geotextile fabric is used for improving pipe foundation, it shall be measured by the square yard of material installed. D Insulation Rigid board insulation shall be measured on a square yard basis installed to the specified thickness noted on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor required for placement. Page 19 2600.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made. In the absence of special payment provisions, all costs of restoring surface improvements as required, disposal of surplus or waste materials, maintenance and repair of completed work, and final cleanup operations shall be incidental to the Contract Items under which the costs are incurred. Granular materials furnished for foundation, bedding, cover, or backfill placement as specified in connection with pipe or structure items will only be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent that the Proposal contains specific Pay Items. Otherwise the furnishing and placing of granular materials as specified shall be incidental to the pipe or structure item without any direct compensation being made. Materials utilized for filling annular spaces due to jacking/boring and drilling fluids for directional boring shall be incidental to the installation of the casing and pipe installed. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes not anticipated in the plans, specifications and special provisions and unexpectedly discovered during construction shall be compensated for as negotiated by supplemental agreement. Contaminated Materials and Regulated Wastes specifically identified for payment in the plans, specifications, and special provisions, will be paid for under separate Contract Items provided in the Proposal. Page 20 SECTION 2611 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATERMAIN AND SERVICE LINE INSTALLATION 2611.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of watermain and building service pipelines utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of potable water. The work includes the relocation or adjustment of existing facilities as may be specified in the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All reference to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following American Water Works Association (AWWA) Specifications and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards have been referenced in this Specification: AWWA C104 Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C105 Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems AWWA C110 Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 In. (75 mm Through 1200 mm) AWWA C111 Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C150 Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C151 Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast AWWA C153 Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. through 64 In. (80 mm Through 1,600 mm) AWWA C301 Standard for Prestressed Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type AWWA C304 Standard for Design of Prestressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe AWWA C500 Standard for Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service AWWA C502 Standard for Dry-Barrel Fire Hydrants AWWA C504 Standard for Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves AWWA C509 Standard for Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply AWWA C515 Standard for Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service AWWA C550 Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants AWWA C600 Standard for Installation of Ductile-Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances AWWA C605 Standard for Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Molecularly Oriented Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVCO) Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains AWWA C800 Standard for Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings Page 21 AWWA C900 Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 60 In. AWWA C901 Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 3/4 In. Through 3 In., for Water Service AWWA C904 Standard for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pressure Pipes, ½ In. (13 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm) for Water Service AWWA C906 Standard for Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. Through 65 In., for Waterworks AWWA C907 Standard for Injection-Molded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Fittings, 4 In. Through 12 In. (100mm Through 300 mm) for Water, Wastewater, and Reclaimed Water Service AWWA M55 Manual for P.E. Pipe Design and Installation ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A536 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings ASTM B88 Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM D543 Standard Practices for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D1248 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable ASTM D1784 Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds ASTM D1785 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120 ASTM D2241 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure Rated Pipe (SDR Series) ASTM D2466 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 ASTM D2467 Standard Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 ASTM D3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter ASTM D3261 Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing ASTM D3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials ASTM F593 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs ASTM F594 Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Nuts ASTM F714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR PR) Based on Outside Diameter ASTM F876 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing ASTM F877 Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Hot and Cold-Water Distribution Systems Service installations shall include either Branch Service Lines or Tapped Service Lines in accordance with the standards set forth herein. Page 22 Tapped Service installations shall include all water service lines less than three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe. The component parts of a tap service installation shall include a corporation stop coupling complete with watermain tap and saddle where required; a curb stop coupling complete with service box; and service piping extending from the corporation stop to the curb stop coupling and beyond to the property line or to the limits as established by the Engineer. Branch Service installations shall include all water service lines of three inches (3") nominal inside diameter pipe and larger. The component parts of a branch service installation shall include a tapping sleeve and valve or a tee connection and valve complete with valve box, and piping extending from the watermain connection, to the property line or to the limits as specified by the Engineer. All references to "structure" shall include any man-made object that is not otherwise exempted by special terminology or definition. 2611.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the reference specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in writing, a list of materials and suppliers for approval. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. A Water Pipe Materials All pipe furnished for watermain and branch line installations shall be of the type, kind, size, and class indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plan and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. A1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Page 23 Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for potable water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: (1) Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2)Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. (3) Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4)The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. (5)Conductivity shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A2 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D1784 and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C900 and Fusible C900, for the size, grade, and pressure class indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Fittings shall be the same pressure class as the pipe and shall conform to AWWA C907. PVC pressure pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D543. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel should conform to ductile iron or cast-iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. A3 Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings Polyethylene pressure pipe and fittings shall be manufactured with compounds conforming to ASTM D3350 and shall conform to ASTM D3035 and AWWA C-901(for 0.75” to 3” diameters) and ASTM F714 and AWWA C906 (for 4” to 65” diameters) for the size, grade and pressure class indicated on the plans, specifications and special provisions. Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3608 or PE 4710 for potable water transmission and pressure rating of one hundred sixty (160) psi or greater, unless otherwise provided in the special provisions. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from the same resin type, grade, and cell classification. Unless otherwise specified, the dimensions and tolerances of the pipe barrel shall conform to Page 24 Ductile Iron Pipe equivalent outside diameters (DIPS) for pipe diameters greater than three inches (3"). The method of joining material shall be by the Thermal Butt Heat Fusion Method in accordance with ASTM D3261. The minimum "quick-burst" strength of the fittings shall not be less than that of the pipe with which the fitting is to be used. B Fire Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be of the type, size, and construction specified in the Plans and shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C502. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants shall be furnished in conformance with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Hydrants shall have a five inch (5") (nominal diameter) main valve opening of the type that opens against water pressure. (2) Hydrant barrels shall be two (2) piece, non-jacket type, with flanged joint above finished grade line and with mechanical joint connection at the hub end for joining a six inch (6") ductile iron branch pipe. (3)Hydrant operating rod shall be equipped with a breakable joint coinciding with the flange joint above the grade line. (4) Hydrant bury length shall be measured from the bottom of the branch pipe connection to the finished ground line at the hydrant. (5)Hydrants shall have two (2) outlet nozzles for two and one-half inch (2-1/2") (I.D.) hose connection and one outlet nozzle for four-inch (4") (I.D.) steamer connection. All outlet nozzle threads shall be National Standard Fire-Hose Coupling Screw Threads (NFPA 1963). (6) Hydrant operating mechanisms shall be provided with "O" ring seals preventing entrance of moisture and shall be lubricated through an opening in the operating nut or bonnet. (7)Hydrants shall be provided with outlets for drainage in the base or barrel, or between the base and barrel, unless the Special Provisions require that drain outlets be omitted or plugged. (8) The hydrant operating nut shall be rotated counterclockwise to open. (9) Detailed drawings, catalog information, and maintenance data shall be furnished as requested by the Engineer. Page 25 (10)Hydrant body bolts shall be corrosion resistant, stainless steel conforming to the requirements of ASTM F593 and F594, alloy group 1, 2, 3, suitable for exterior use above and below ground. Bolts shall conform to manufacturer recommendation for tensile strength and torque. C Valves and Valve Housing C1 Valve Housings Valve housings shall be of ductile or cast iron, High Density Polyethylene or masonry construction as specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions for the particular valve size or installation. Masonry manhole or vault type units shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2506. Precast Concrete Manholes shall conform to ASTM C478 suitable for HS 20 traffic loading for all units located in driving areas. Ductile or cast-iron valve boxes and all castings for manhole or vault type units shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3321. C2 Gate Valves Gate Valves shall conform to all applicable requirements of AWWA C500 or AWWA C509 or AWWA C515, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified gate valves shall comply with the following supplementary requirements: (1) Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C500 shall be two-faced, double disc type, with parallel seats. Gate valves meeting the requirements of AWWA C509 and C515 shall be single disc type with resilient seat bonded or mechanically attached to either the gate or valve body, and the wedge shall be ductile iron fully encapsulated with EPDM rubber, shall be symmetrical and seal equally well with flow in either direction without misalignment. All valves shall be provided with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise and mechanical joint ends. (2) All gate valves shall be non-rising stem (NRS) type furnished with O-Ring stem seals. (3) All gate valves sixteen inches (16") or larger in size shall be arranged for operation in the horizontal position and shall be equipped with bypass valves. (4)All gears on gate valves shall be cut tooth steel gears, housed in heavy ductile or cast iron extended type grease cases of approved design. (5) All gate valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture cast on the valve bodies. (6)All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. (7)All gate valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. Page 26 C3 Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves shall be manufactured in conformance with all applicable requirements of AWWA C504 for 150 p.s.i. working pressure minimum, together with such supplementary requirements as may be covered in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, the butterfly valves furnished shall comply with the following supplementary requirements. (1)The butterfly valves shall be short body of ductile or cast iron with mechanical joint ends. (2)The butterfly valves shall be rubber seated with ductile or cast disc, non-rising stem type furnished with O-ring stem seals. (3) The butterfly valves shall be equipped with a two-inch square operating nut opening counterclockwise. (4) The butterfly valves shall be designed for direct burial installation. (5) All butterfly valves shall have an open indicating arrow, the manufacturer's name, pressure rating and year of manufacture on the valve bodies. (6)All internal and external surfaces of the valve body and bonnet shall have an epoxy coating, complying with ANSI/AWWA C550. (7)All butterfly valves shall have stainless steel body bolts unless otherwise specified. D Water Service Pipe and Fittings Water service pipe of 3 inches or larger inside diameter shall conform to the requirements as set forth under the provisions of 2611.2. Water service pipe of less than three inch (3") inside diameter shall conform to the requirements of ASTM B88 for Seamless Copper Water Tube, Type K, Soft Annealed temper; Polyethylene Pipe as per AWWA C901 and ASTM D3350, or Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and fittings as per a ASTM D1785, D2241, D2466, D2467 and D2740, or Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) pipe as per ASTM F876, ASTM F877, and AWWA C904, NSF/ANSI Standard 61 for potable water distribution, as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Water service piping supplied shall include markings indicating the type, pressure class, testing certification, and use for potable water systems. Corporation stops, saddles, curb stops, and curb stop service boxes shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800 and as detailed in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or approved designations. Page 27 Saddles for Polyethylene Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800 and shall be thermal fusion polyethylene type; ductile iron with dual stainless steel straps, spring washers, bolts and washers; or stainless steel sleeve type, with stainless steel bolts, nuts, and spring washers. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. Spring washers shall be manufactured from type 304 stainless steel, special “spring grade”. Saddles shall include threaded outlet tapping sleeves and Nitrile Butadiene Rubber (NBR) gaskets. All fittings for copper tubing shall be cast brass, having uniformity in wall thickness and strength, and shall be free of defects affecting serviceability. All copper pipe fittings shall be flared or compression type. All threads for underground service line fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C800. Each fitting shall be permanently and plainly marked with the name or trademark of the manufacturer. Fittings for thermoplastic pipe types shall be of the same material and pressure class as the piping. Curb stop service boxes shall be gray iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 48 for Class 20 or higher tensile strength and shall have at least twelve inches (12") of vertical adjustment for the cover depth specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. E Polyethylene Encasement Material Polyethylene encasement material shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C105 for tube type installation and 8 mil nominal film thickness. F Mechanical Joint Restraints Mechanical joint restraints shall be ductile iron conforming to the requirements of ASTM A536 and AWWA C600. Joint restraints shall be Lug or Grip Ring type, and be designed to withstand the design pressures indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Mechanical joint restraints shall be fusion bonded epoxy coated meeting the requirements of AWWA C116. All nuts, bolts, and tie rod type restraints shall be stainless steel, corrosion-resistant coating, or coated with an owner approved rustproofing material. G Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. H Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461 for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. The requirements for Grade B concrete shall be met where a higher grade is not specified. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. Page 28 I Tracer Wire for Non-Conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for use in direct burial applications, color coated per APWA uniform color code for the specific utility being marked. Tracer wire shall be a minimum 12 AWG copper clad steel rated to 30 volts, insulation shall be High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE) meeting ASTM D1248, with designation identified on the outside of the wire casing. Tracer wire shall meet the following additional criteria for the construction method specified: Open Trench - Trace wire shall be High Strength with minimum 450 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Directional Drilling/Boring - Trace wire shall be Extra High Strength with minimum 1,150 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining - Trace wire shall be 7 x 7 Stranded Copper Clad Steel, Extreme Strength with 4,700 lb. break load, with minimum 50 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Connectors for tracer wire shall meet the following: All mainline trace wires must be interconnected at tees and crosses, joined using a single 3-way or 4-way lockable connector for tees and crosses, respectively. Lockable connectors shall be for direct bury application and shall be dielectric silicon filled to seal out moisture and corrosion. 2611.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings Installation of ductile iron watermains and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C600, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C605, and the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Installation of Polyethylene Pipe and their appurtenances shall conform to the requirements of AWWA M55 and to the bedding and backfill conditions specified by the Manufacturer, Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. No existing valves or hydrants shall be operated by individuals other than personnel from the City Public Works Department. Only under emergency conditions or after specific authorization is given by the City Public Works Department shall the Contractor operate valves or hydrants. Page 29 Installation of pipe and fittings shall also conform to the following general guidelines: A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading delivered materials, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged material and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fittings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. During pipe laying operations, each pipe section and shall be inspected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper placement and joining of the pipe and fittings at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench, and they shall be kept clean. The watermain materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped or dumped into the trench. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved encasement and backfill materials. When pipe laying is not in progress, all open ends of the pipe line shall be closed by watertight plugs or other means approved by the Engineer. If water is present in the trench, the plugs shall remain in-place until the trench is pumped completely dry. When connecting to existing stubs, the Contractor shall prevent dirt or debris from entering the existing pipe. Page 30 A3 Aligning and Fitting of Pipe The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe and so as to leave a smooth square-cut end. Pipe shall be cut with approved mechanical tools. Flame cutting will not be allowed under any conditions. All rough edges shall be removed from the cut ends of pipe and, where rubber gasket joints are used, the outer edge shall be rounded or beveled by grinding or filing to produce a smooth fit. When necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, plumb stems, or produce a long radius curve when permitted, the amount of deflection allowed at each joint shall not exceed the limits to maintain a satisfactory joint seal in conformance with AWWA C600 for ductile iron pipe mechanical and push-on joints, AWWA C605 for PVC pipe and AWWA M55 for PE pipe. The maximum angular deflection at any joint for other pipe materials and joints shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. If the specified alignment requires angular deflections greater than recommended or allowed, the Contractor shall provide appropriate bends or shorter pipes such that the maximum angular deflection is not exceeded A4 Blocking and Anchoring of Pipe All plugs, caps, tees, bends, and other thrust points shall be provided with reaction backing, or movement shall be prevented by attachment of suitable restraining devices or tie rods, in accordance with the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. In the absence of other specified requirements for reaction backing or restraining devices, the following provisions shall apply: (1)All horizontal bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection, and all caps, plugs, and branch tees shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking. (2)All vertical bends exceeding twenty (20) degrees deflection shall be provided with concrete buttress blocking at the low points and with metal tie rod or strapping restraints at the high points. (3)Offset bends made with standard offset fittings need not be strapped or buttressed. (4)Hardwood blocking shall not be used. Concrete buttresses shall be poured against firm, undisturbed ground and shall be formed in such a way that the joints will be kept free of concrete and remain accessible for repairs. The concrete mix used in buttress construction shall meet the requirements for Grade B concrete in conformance with MnDOT Specification Section 2461. Buttress dimensions shall be a minimum of twelve inches (12") in thickness, and the minimum area, in square feet shall be as follows. Page 31 PIPE TEE OR 1/32 BEND SIZE PLUG 1/4 BEND 1/8 BEND 1/16 BEND 6" 2.9 3.1 1.6 0.8 8" 3.7 5.3 2.9 1.4 10" 5.7 8.1 4.4 2.2 12" 8.1 13.4 6.6 3.2 16" 15.1 21.4 11.6 5.9 20" 23.2 30.2 18.1 9.3 24" 33.6 48.5 26.1 13.3 Contractors are instructed to size concrete buttress blocking on fittings and dead ends where the blocking must withstand the pressure of larger main line fittings equipped with reducers, for the larger sized main line thrust and not for smaller fitting size only. This is of particular importance on tees and crosses where the main size is reduced on the run from large to small size by use of reducers. All metal parts of tie rod or strap type restraints shall be galvanized or coated with other approved asphaltic type rustproofing. All necessary fittings, bands, tie rods, nuts, and washers, and all labor and excavation required for installation of reaction restraints shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless a specific payment item is provided in the bid proposal. A5 Polyethylene Encasement of Pipeline Wherever so required by the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions the pipeline, including valves, fittings, and appurtenances, shall be fully encased in polyethylene film meeting the requirements of these Specifications. The film shall be furnished in tube form for installation on pipe and all pipe-shaped appurtenances such as bends, reducers, off- sets, etc. Sheet film shall be provided and used for encasing all odd-shaped appurtenances such as valves, tees, crosses, etc. The polyethylene tubing shall be installed on the pipe prior to being lowered into the trench. Tubing length shall be sufficient to provide a minimum overlap at all joints of one foot or more. Overlap may be accomplished with a separate sleeve tube placed over one end of the pipe prior to connecting another section of pipe, or by bunching extra overlap material at the pipe ends in accordion fashion. After completing the pipe jointing and positioning the overlap material, the overlap shall be secured in place with plastic adhesive tape wrapped circumferentially around the pipe not less than three (3) turns. After encasement, the circumferential slack in the tubing film shall be folded over at the top of the pipe to provide a snug fit along the barrel of the pipe. The fold shall be held in place with plastic adhesive tape applied at intervals of approximately three feet (3') along the pipe length. Also, any rips, punctures, or other damage to the tubing shall be repaired as they are detected. These repairs shall be made with adhesive tape and overlapping patches cut from sheet or tubing material. Page 32 At odd-shaped appurtenances such as gate valves, the tubing shall overlap the joint and be secured with tape, after which the appurtenant piece shall be wrapped with a flat film sheet or split length of tubing by passing the sheet under the appurtenance and bringing it up around the body. Seams shall be made by bringing the edges together, folding over twice, and taping down. Wherever encasement is terminated, it shall extend for at least two feet (2') beyond the joint area. Openings in the tubing for branches, service taps, air valves and similar appurtenances shall be made by cutting an X-shaped slit and temporarily folding back the film. After installing the appurtenance, the cut tabs shall be secured with tape and the encasement shall be completed as necessary for an odd-shaped appurtenance. Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, hydrants encased in polyethylene tubing shall have plugged drain outlets. B Connection and Assembly of Joints Where rubber gasket joints are specified, care shall be taken during the laying and setting of piping materials to ensure that the units being joined have the same nominal dimension of the spigot outside diameter and the socket inside diameter. A special adaptor shall be provided to make the connection when variations in nominal dimension might cause unsatisfactory joint sealing. Immediately before making the connection, the inside of the bell or socket and the outer surface of the spigot ends shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Insertion of spigot ends into the socket or bell ends shall be accomplished in a manner that will assure proper centering and insertion to full depth. The joint seal and securing requirements shall be as prescribed below for the applicable pipe and joint type. B1 Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fitting Joints B1a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be flexed inward and inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. A thin film of approved gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside surface of the gasket or the outside surface of the spigot end, or to both. Care shall be taken while inserting the spigot end to prevent introduction of contaminants. The joint shall be completed by forcing the spigot end to the bottom of the socket using suitable pry-bar or jack type equipment. Spigot ends which do not have depth marks shall be marked before assembly to ensure full insertion. The use of the bucket on the excavation equipment to force the pipe into the socket shall not be permitted. Page 33 B1b Mechanical Joints The last eight inches (8") of the outside spigot surface and the inside bell surface of each pipe and appurtenance joint shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant after being thoroughly cleaned. The gland shall then be slipped on the spigot end with the lip extension toward the socket or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be kept in a warm, flexible condition at all times, and for purposes of placement shall be painted with a thin film of approved gasket lubricant and be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland After the spigot end is inserted into the socket to full depth and centered, the gasket shall be pressed into place within the bell evenly around the entire joint. After the gland is positioned behind the gasket, all bolts shall be installed and the nuts tightened alternately to the specified torque, such as to produce equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Unless otherwise specified, the bolts shall be tightened by means of a suitable torque-limiting wrench to within a foot-pound range of: 45 to 60 for 5/8 inch bolts; 75 to 90 for 3/4 inch bolts; 85 to 100 for 1 inch bolts; and 105 to 120 for 1-1/4 inch bolts. After tightening, all exposed parts of the bolts and nuts shall be completely coated with an approved asphaltic type rust preventive material. B1c Flanged Joints Flanged joints shall be installed only in above grade or exposed locations and shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115, the Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions. Flanged joints shall have full face gaskets. B2 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe Joints B2a Push-On Joints The circular rubber gasket shall be bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. Installation of pipe spigot into the bell socket shall conform to the requirements for Ductile Iron Push-On Joints as set forth under the provisions of 2611.3B1a. B3 Polyethylene Pipe Joints Polyethylene pipe joints shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C906, and shall be made by the Thermal Butt Heat Fusion Method, Mechanical Flange Adaptor Method, Mechanical Joint Adaptor Method and Mechanical Transition Fittings. Mechanical joints shall include stainless steel pipe stiffeners. Compression fittings are not allowed for pipe diameters greater than two inches (2") in diameter. B4 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipes, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at gate valve boxes, hydrants, curb boxes, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Page 34 Splicing tracer wire shall be in a manner to prevent any uninsulated wire exposure. A twelve-inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. Tracer wire lengths greater than 500 linear feet without service laterals or hydrants are to include an approved grade level/in-ground access box, located at the edge of the road right-of- way and outside of the roadway. Tracer wire shall be grounded at all terminal ends (stubs, plugs). C Water Service Installations Water service facilities consisting of Tap Service Lines and Branch Service Lines, complete with all required appurtenances, shall be installed as required by in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, in accordance with all pertinent requirements for main line installations together with the provisions hereof. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep an accurate record of the location, depth and size of each service connection and other pertinent data such as the location of curb stops and pipe endings. Tap locations shall be recorded in reference to survey line stationing. Curb stops shall be tied to definable land marks such as building corners, lot corner markers, hydrants, gate valves, etc. Pipe terminals at the property line shall be marked to the ground surface with a suitable wood timber four by four inch (4"x4"), eight feet (8') long set vertically into the ground with the top two feet (2') painted blue. Approved record keeping forms will be furnished by the Engineer and the completed records shall be submitted by the Contractor upon completion of the work. Water service lines shall be subject to the same requirements as prescribed for the main pipeline installation. Water service lines shall be installed to provide a minimum of six inches (6") of clearance shall be maintained in crossing over or under other structures. Where the service pipe may be exposed to freezing due to insufficient cover or exposure from other underground structures, the water pipe shall be insulated as directed by the Engineer. C1 Tee Branch Service Lines Tee branch service piping shall be of the type, size, and wall thickness specified. The pipe and appurtenances shall have rubber gasketed push-on or mechanical joints. Tee branch service lines shall be provided as required by the Plans. Installation of tee branch service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations. C2 Tapped Service Lines Service piping shall be of the size and type specified. Unless otherwise specified, minimum pipe size for tap service installations shall be one inch (1") nominal inside diameter. Larger size pipe may be specified for commercial and industrial uses or for some domestic service as specifically identified. Page 35 Installation of service facilities shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications as pertain to the mainline installations, subject to the exceptions and supplementary provisions set forth hereinafter. Installation of tapped service lines shall be performed while the mainline watermain is at system operating pressure. Dry tapping watermain pipe will not be allowed. Unless otherwise indicated, service piping may be laid directly on any solid foundation soil that is free of stones and hard lumps. However, when specified or ordered, aggregate materials shall be furnished and placed as necessary to secure proper foundation drainage, pipe covering, or backfill support. Tapped service piping of three quarters inch (3/4") to and including one and one quarter inches (1-1/4”) in diameter shall be installed in one piece without intermediate joint couplings between the corporation stop and the curb stop. Service pipe of one and one half inches (1-1/2") in diameter and larger shall be furnished in standard roll lengths to eliminate any intermediate joints. When full roll lengths are less than the service length the rolls may be joined with approved couplings. Unless otherwise specified, connection of tapped service lines to the watermain shall be made at an angle of not more than twenty-two (22) degrees from the horizontal. A double wrap of Teflon tape shall be placed on the corporation stop threads prior to installation in the main. Unless otherwise indicated, tap service lines shall be installed on a straight line at right angles to the watermain or property line as directed by the Engineer. In the absence of specific requirements, the service line shall be terminated at the property line, where it shall be connected to an existing line or, in the case of undeveloped property, it shall be capped, plugged, or peened as approved by the Engineer. The flaring of new copper tubing ends shall be accomplished only with the use of the proper size and type of tools as designed for the purpose. Tubing shall be cut squarely and all edge roughness shall be removed prior to flaring. All couplings shall be tightened securely, so the flared end fits snugly against the bevel of the fitting without leakage. The flared joint couplings shall be made up without the use of jointing compounds. The service pipe and curb stop coupling depth shall be such as to maintain not less than the specified minimum cover. The service box shall be connected to or centered over the curb stop and be firmly supported on concrete blocking as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Clearance shall be provided so the service box does not rest on the water pipe. Service boxes shall be installed plumb. The service boxes shall be brought to proper surface grade when the final ground surface has been established. Page 36 D Setting Valves, Hydrants, Fittings and Specials Valves, hydrants, fittings, and specials shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions with the exact locations and setting as directed by the Engineer, and with each installation accomplished in accordance with the requirements for installation of mainline pipe to the extent applicable. Support blocking, reaction backing, and anchorage devices shall be provided as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Hydrants shall be installed plumb, with the height and orientation of nozzles as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the hydrants shall be connected to the mainline pipe with six-inch (6") diameter pipe, controlled by an independent valve. When a hydrant with an open drain outlet is set in clay or other impervious soil, a drainage pit of at least one cubic yard shall be excavated below and around the hydrant base and the pit shall be filled with Foundation Material to a level six inches (6") above the drain outlet. MnDOT 3733 geotextile Type 5, or other material approved by the Engineer, shall be carefully placed over the rock to prevent backfill material from entering voids in the rock drain. Hydrants located where the groundwater table is above the drain outlet shall have the outlet drain hole plugged or the drain tube cut off to prevent draining, and shall be equipped with a tag stating, "Pump After Use". Valve boxes shall be centered over the valve wrench nut and be installed plumb, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or at such other level as may be directed. Valve box adaptors for use to stabilize the valve box in a centered position over the valve wrench nut shall include a rubber gasket between the adaptor plate and valve body. The adaptor shall be epoxy coated conforming to the requirements for fittings in section 2611.2A1, or as otherwise allowed by the plans, specifications and special provisions. Gate valve box adaptors shall be incidental to the valve box unless otherwise provided in the bid proposal. Masonry valve pit structures, for valves with exposed gearing or operating mechanisms, shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and with the applicable provisions of these Specifications. Drainage blow-offs, air vents, and other special appurtenances shall be provided and installed as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. All dead ends shall be closed with approved plugs or caps and shall be equipped with suitable blow-off facilities. E Disinfection of Watermains Before being placed in service, the completed water main shall be disinfected. Disinfection materials and procedures, and the collection and testing of water samples, shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWWA C651. After the final flushing of watermain, the water shall be tested for bacteriologic quality and found to meet the standards prescribed by the Minnesota Department of Health. Page 37 Where an existing watermain is cut for the installation of any fitting, the pipe and fittings proposed to be installed shall be disinfected prior to installation as follows: (1)The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be cleaned of all dirt and foreign material. (2)The interior of the pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly swabbed or sprayed with a one percent (1%) minimum hypochlorite solution. Unless otherwise indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, the Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform the disinfecting, flushing, and testing as necessary for meeting the water quality requirements. The flushing operations and the form of chlorine and method of application to be used shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. F Electrical Conductivity Test The Contractor shall perform a conductivity test within one week after completion of pressure testing of the main on all watermains to ensure continuous conductivity for locating watermain. Sufficient conductivity shall be provided to allow for the location of watermain, services, hydrant leads, and laterals for mainline segments at least one thousand two hundred (1,200) linear feet in length G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains After the pipe has been laid, including fittings and valves and blocking, all newly-laid pipe or any section between valves thereof, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer, shall be subject to hydrostatic pressure of one hundred fifty (150) pounds per square inch. The duration of each such test shall be at least two (2) hours. Each section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water and all air expelled at the highest point. The required taps to expel air or to fill the watermain shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor, shall be three quarters inch (3/4") and shall include an approved service saddle when required. The test apparatus shall be applied at the lowest elevation on the section to be tested. The apparatus shall be connected to the main at a service tap or special tap location. The pressure gauge shall be a standard pressure gauge. The dial shall register from 0 - 200 psi and have a dial size of four and one half inches (4-1/2") with one (1) psi increments. The hydrostatic test pressure requirement for an acceptable test shall be a maximum pressure drop of two (2) psi during the last hour of the two (2) hour pressure test. The test pressure shall not drop more than five (5) psi for the duration of the test. If this test requirement cannot be met, the Contractor shall investigate the cause, make corrections, and retest until the pressure drop requirement can be met. Page 38 Only if several consecutive tests indicate a consistent pressure drop and only after the Contractor has made numerous attempts to resolve the problem, acceptable to the Engineer, may the Contractor request in writing and the Engineer consider the use of the leakage test. The leakage test may be performed by the Contractor to determine the magnitude of the leak, however, meeting the leakage allowance shall not automatically be considered acceptance, in lieu of the pressure test, for the section being tested. Final acceptance shall be at the discretion of the Engineer. When allowed, the leakage test shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C600. H Operational Inspection At the completion of the project and in the presence of the Engineer and the Contractor, representatives of the Owner shall operate all valves, hydrants, and water services to ascertain that the entire facility is in good working order; that all valve boxes are centered and valves are opened; that all hydrants operate and drain properly; that all curb boxes are plumb and centered; and that water is available at all curb stops. 2611.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Pipe will generally be designated by size (inside diameter or span), strength class, kind or type, and laying condition. Payment shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any item covered by a separate pay item. Lineal measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, bends, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Water Pipe Mainline pipe and service pipe of each kind and size will be measured separately by the overall length along the axis of the pipeline, from beginning to end of each installation and without regard to intervening valves or specials. Terminal points of measure will be the spigot or cut end, base of hub or bell end, center of valves or hydrants, intersecting centers of tee or wye branch service connections, and center of corporation stop or curb stop couplings. B Valves Valves of each size and type will be measured separately as complete units, including the required manhole or valve box setting. C Corporation Stops Corporation stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the watermain tap and saddle. Page 39 D Curb Stops Curb stops of each size and type will be measured separately by the number of units installed, including the required curb box. E Hydrants Hydrants will be measured by the number of units installed. F Air Vents Air vents of each type and size will be measured separately by the number of complete units installed, including the required manhole or valve box setting. G Polyethylene Encasement Polyethylene encasement of pipe will be measured by the linear foot of pipe encased of each specified size. H Ductile and Gray Iron Fittings Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings shall be measured by the pound without joint accessories or on an each basis as specified on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. Joint accessories including tie rods, joint restraints, nuts and bolts shall be incidental to the watermain unless otherwise provided on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. The standard weight of Ductile Iron and Gray Iron fittings, for payment basis, shall be as published in AWWA C153 and C110, respectively. I Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride or Polyethylene fittings shall be measured on an each basis as specified and shown on the Proposal or in the Special Provisions. J Access Structures Access structures, such as valve boxes, service boxes, manholes and vaults, will be measured for payment only when and to the extent that the Proposal contains specific items therefore. Otherwise, the required structures are included for payment as part of the pipe appurtenance (Gate Valve, Curb Stop, Air Vent, etc.) item which is served. When applicable, measurement will be by the number of individual units installed of each type and design. 2611.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for construction of water distribution facilities will be made as detailed in the method of measurement and as shown on the Bid Proposal or detailed in the Special Provisions. Payment shall include all costs of furnishing and installing the complete facility as required by the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Page 40 Payment shall be made for Watermain Pipe, Service Pipe, and Tapped Service Pipe, of each size and kind at the appropriate Contract prices per linear foot installed All costs of pipeline disinfection, leakage testing, pipe jointing materials, dead end plugs and caps, making connections to existing facilities, blocking and anchorage materials, and other work necessary for proper installation of pipe as specified shall be included for payment as part of the pipe item, without any direct compensation being made therefore unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Payment shall be made for Valves, Corporation Stops, Curb Stops, Hydrants, Air Vents, Polyethylene Encasement, Insulation, and other specially identified appurtenant items, at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure for each size and type or kind installed. Access structures such as Valve Boxes, Service Boxes, Manholes, and Vaults will be paid for as separate items only when separate pay items are included on the Proposal. Payment for rearrangement of in-place facilities or vertical offset of proposed facilities shall be made under specially named items at the appropriate Contract prices per unit of measure and shall be compensation in full for all costs of performing the work as specified. All costs of excavating to foundation grade, preparing the foundation, placing and compacting backfill materials, restoring surface improvements, and other work necessary for prosecution and completion of the work as specified, shall be included for payment as part of the pipe and pipe appurtenance items without any direct compensation being made therefore, unless specific pay items are included on the Proposal. Watermain connections shall be paid per each connection to new watermain. All necessary labor, materials, and work required to make the connection shall be included in the price per each as provided in the bid proposal. Installation of tracer wire for thermoplastic and other non-conductive pipe materials shall be considered incidental with no direct compensation made thereto, except where noted otherwise. Page 41 SECTION 2621 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER AND STORM SEWER INSTALLATION 2621.1 DESCRIPTION This work shall consist of the construction of pipe sewers utilizing plant fabricated pipe and other appurtenant materials, installed for conveyance of sewage, industrial wastes, or storm water. The work includes construction of manhole and catch basin structures and other related items as specified. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: AASHTO M198 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Precast Box Sections Using Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants AASHTO M294 Standard Specification for Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe, 300-mm to 1500-mm (12-in. to 60-in.) Diameter ASTM A48 Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings ASTM A74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM A798 Standard Practice for Installing Factory Made Corrugated Steel Pipe for Sewers and Other Applications ASTM C12 Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines ASTM C76 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C301 Standard Test Methods for Vitrified Clay Pipe ASTM C361 Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low Head Pressure Pipe ASTM C425 Standard Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings ASTM C443 Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C478 Standard Specification for Circular Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections ASTM C564 Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings ASTM C700 Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated ASTM C969 Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines ASTM C1479 Standard Practice for Installation of Precast Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe Using Standard Installations ASTM D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity Flow Applications Page 42 ASTM D2751 Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings (Withdrawn 2014) ASTM D3034 Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM D3212 Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM D3262 Standard Specification for “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Sewer Pipe ASTM D3839 Standard Guide for Underground Installation of “Fiberglass” (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe ASTM D4161 Standard Specification for Fiberglass (Glass Fiber Reinforced Thermosetting Resin) Pipe Joints Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals ASTM F477 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe ASTM F679 Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Large-Diameter Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings ASTM F949 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth Interior and Fittings ASTM F1417 Standard Practice for Installation Acceptance of Plastic Non pressure Sewer Lines Using Low Pressure Air ASTM F2764 Standard Specification for 6 to 60 in. [150 to 1500 mm] Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Double and Triple Wall Pipe and Fittings for Non-Pressure Sanitary Sewer Applications ASTM F3219 Standard Specification for 3 to 30 in. (75 To 750 mm) Polypropylene (PP) Corrugated Single Wall Pipe and Fittings AWWA C104 American National Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings AWWA C110 Standard for Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C111 Standard for Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 Standard for Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe With Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Standard for Protective Fusion-Bonded Coatings for the Interior and Exterior Surfaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings AWWA C150 Standard for Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C151 Standard for Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast AWWA C153 Standard for Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings AWWA C550 Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 2621.2 MATERIALS All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Page 43 All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. At the request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit in writing a list of materials and suppliers for approval. Suppliers shall submit a Certificate of Compliance that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specifications. A Sewer Pipe and Service Line Materials All pipe furnished for main sewer and service line installations shall be as indicated for each particular line segment as shown in the Plans and designated in the Contract Items. Wherever connection of dissimilar materials or designs is required, the method of joining and any special fittings employed shall be products specifically manufactured for this purpose and subject to approval by the Engineer. A1 Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Vitrified clay extra strength pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C700 for the size and type and class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1)Unless otherwise specified, the pipe and fittings shall be non-perforated, full circular type, either glazed or unglazed. (2)All pipe and fittings manufactured with bell-and-spigot ends shall be furnished with factory fabricated compression joints conforming to the requirements of ASTM C425. (3)In lieu of the bell-and-spigot jointing requirements, the pipe and fittings may be furnished with plain ends, in which case the jointing shall be by means of compression couplings conforming to the requirements of ASTM C425, Type B. (4)All clay pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, plugs, etc.) shall be of the same pipe class and joint design as the pipe to which they are to be attached. A2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron and Gray Iron and Fittings The pipe furnished shall be Ductile Iron pipe and pipe fittings furnished shall be of the Ductile Iron or Gray Iron type as specified for each particular use of installation. When Gray Iron is specified, either type may be furnished. Gray Iron may not be substituted for Ductile Iron unless specifically authorized in the Special Provisions. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C115 or C151 for water, and thickness design shall conform to AWWA C150. In addition, the pipe shall comply with the following supplementary provisions: Page 44 (1)Fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C110 (Gray Iron and Ductile Iron Fittings) or AWWA C153 (Ductile Iron Compact Fittings) for the joint type specified. (2)Unless otherwise specified all pipe and fittings shall be furnished with cement mortar lining meeting the requirements of AWWA C104 for standard thickness lining. All exterior surfaces of the pipe and fittings shall have an asphaltic coating at least one mil thick. Spotty or thin seal coating, or poor coating adhesion, shall be cause for rejection. Fittings specified to be furnished with fusion bonded epoxy external coating and/or interior lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C550 and C116/A21.16, with 6-8 mil nominal thickness. (3)Rubber gasket joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C111. (4)The nuts and bolts shall be constructed of corrosion resistant, high-strength, low- alloy steel with a ceramic filled, baked on fluorocarbon resin. The nuts and bolts shall be in compliance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. (5)Conductivity, when required by the Special Provisions, shall be maintained through pipe and fittings with an external copper jumper wire or specialty gaskets which are capable of meeting conductive requirements. Wedge type connectors will not be allowed. A3 Reinforced Concrete Pipe and Fittings Reinforced concrete (RC) pipe, fittings and specials shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2501, 2503, 3236, and ASTM C76 (Reinforced Concrete Pipe) with rubber O-ring or profile joints for the type, size, and strength class specified, subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1)All branch fittings such as tees, wyes, etc. shall be cast as integral parts of the pipe. All fittings and specials shall be of the same strength class as the pipe to which they are attached. (2)Joints shall meet the requirements of ASTM C361, and ASTM C443. (3)Lift holes will not be permitted unless specifically authorized in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions Page 45 A4 Corrugated Steel Pipe and Fittings Corrugated Steel (CS) Pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of MnDOT 2501, 2503, and 3226 (CS) Pipe for the application, type, size and sheet thickness specified. Joints for joining CS Pipe shall be the band type or bell/spigot type, soil-tight and watertight, with preformed gasket seals meeting MnDOT 3726. Fittings and bands for joining pipe sections shall be of the same material and thicknesses as the mainline pipe. Specialty coatings for the pipe shall be as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A5 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings Smooth walled polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D3034 and ASTM F679 for the size, standard dimension ratio (SDR), and strength requirements indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. The grade used shall be resistant to aggressive soils or corrosive substances in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D543. Pipe fittings shall be of the same class and grade as specified for the pipe, unless otherwise specified in the special provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be SDR 35 and connections shall be push- on with elastomeric gasket joints which are bonded to the inner wall of the gasket recess of the bell socket. PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.2 A3 for watermain class pipe. Corrugated polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings with smooth interior shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F949 for the size and wall thickness indicated on the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. A6 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Unless otherwise specified in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions, cast iron soil pipe shall be service weight pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM A74 and the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. Unless otherwise specified, pipe joints shall be push-on, sealed with elastomeric gaskets, meeting the requirements of ASTM C564. Page 46 A7 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Pipe Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) solid wall pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2751 (Withdrawn 2014) and shall be gasket seal joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Unless otherwise specified, all pipe and fittings shall be push-on with snug fit elastomeric joints meeting tightness requirements of ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. Solvent cemented joints, assembled as recommended by the pipe manufacturer, shall be provided only where specifically indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A8 Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Dual-Wall and Triple-Wall Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (PE/HDPE) for gravity sewers shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M294 for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Joints shall be bell and spigot push-on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477. Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to MnDOT 2501, 2503, 3247, ASTM C969, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A9 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene Pipe Solid wall HDPE for pressure and gravity sewer pipes shall meet the requirements of 2611.2A4. A10 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe (FRP/GRP) for gravity sewers shall meet requirements of ASTM D3262 for Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Thermosetting Resin pipe, such as reinforced thermosetting- resin pipe (RTRP) and reinforced polymer mortar pipe (RPMP; natural polymers not included) for use in gravity-flow systems. The pipe shall be manufactured with polyester resin systems with a proven history of performance in this application. The reinforcing glass fibers used to manufacture the components shall be of highest quality commercial grade E-glass filaments with binder and sizing compatible with impregnating resins. Sand used to manufacture the pipe and fittings shall be minimum ninety eight percent (98%) silica sand with a maximum moisture content of two tenths of a percent (0.2%). Pipe resin additives, such as curing agents, pigments, dyes, fillers, thixotropic agents, etc., when used, shall not detrimentally effect the performance of the products. Gaskets shall be supplied by approved gasket manufacturers and be suitable for the service intended. Minimum pressure rating of gaskets shall be two hundred fifty (250) psi. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe shall be field connected with fiberglass sleeve couplings that utilize elastomeric sealing gaskets made of EPDM rubber compound to provide watertight joints meeting the requirements of ASTM D4161. Joints at tie-ins, when needed, may utilize fiberglass, gasket-sealed closure couplings. Page 47 Fittings shall be capable of withstanding all operating conditions when installed. They may be contact molded or manufactured from mitered sections of pipe joined by glass-fiber-reinforced overlays. Properly protected standard ductile iron, fusion-bonded epoxy-coated steel and stainless steel fittings are allowed unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions. The actual outside diameter (eighteen inch (18") to forty eight inch (48")) of the pipes shall be in accordance with ASTM D3262. Other pipe diameter OD’s shall be per manufacturer’s literature. Pipe shall be supplied in nominal lengths of twenty feet (20') except where noted otherwise on the drawings. Actual laying length shall be nominal ±1/4 inches. At least ninety percent (90%) of the total footage of each size and class of pipe, excluding special order lengths, shall be furnished in nominal length sections. Pipe ends shall be square to the longitudinal pipe axis with a maximum tolerance of one-eighth inch (1/8"). Pipe shall be marked identifying each pipe with the name of manufacturer, plant location, code date of manufacturer, nominal pipe size, pipe stiffness designation and ASTM D3262. Service lateral connections (wye, tee, bend) to the sanitary sewer shall be as recommended by the main line sewer pipe manufacturer recommendation. A11 Polypropylene Pipe Corrugated Polypropylene Pipe (PP) for gravity sewers shall conform to ASTM F2881. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot push-on type, soil-tight and watertight joints in accordance with ASTM D3212 and ASTM F477, and shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M330 dual wall Type “S” pipe for storm sewer pipe sizes twelve inch (12") through sixty inch (60"). Pipe manufacture, watertight joint testing, and installation shall conform to current MnDOT requirements, ASTM F1417, and as indicated in the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. A12 Tracer Wire for Non-conductive Pipe Tracer wire for use with all thermoplastic pipe types shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed for use in direct burial applications, color coated per APWA uniform color code for the specific utility being marked. Tracer wire shall be a minimum 12 AWG copper clad steel rated to 30 volts, insulation shall be High Molecular Weight Polyethylene (HMWPE) meeting ASTM D1248, with designation identified on the outside of the wire casing. Tracer wire shall meet the following additional criteria for the construction method specified: Open Trench - Trace wire shall be High Strength with minimum 450 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Directional Drilling/Boring - Trace wire shall be Extra High Strength with minimum 1,150 lb. break load, with minimum 30 mil HDPE insulation thickness. Page 48 Pipe Bursting/Slip Lining - Trace wire shall be 7 x 7 Stranded Copper Clad Steel, Extreme Strength with 4,700 lb. break load, with minimum 50 ml HDPE insulation thickness. Connectors for tracer wire shall meet the following: All mainline trace wires must be interconnected at tees and crosses, joined using a single 3-way or 4-way lockable connector for tees and crosses, respectively. Lockable connectors shall be for direct bury application, and shall be dielectric silicon filled to seal out moisture and corrosion. B Metal Sewer Castings Metal castings for sewer structures such as manhole frames and covers, catch basin frames, grates and curb boxes, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A48 (Gray Iron Castings), subject to the following supplementary provisions: (1)Casting assemblies or dimensions, details, weights, and class shall be as indicated in the detailed drawings for the design designation specified. Unless otherwise specified, the castings shall be Class 30 or better. (2)Lid-to-frame surfaces on round casting assemblies shall be machine milled to provide true bearing around the entire circumference. (3)Casting weight shall be not less than ninety five percent (95%) of theoretical weight for a unit cast to exact dimensions, based on four hundred forty two (442) pounds per cubic foot. (4)A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of castings stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (5)Unless otherwise specified, sanitary sewer manholes shall have self-sealing lids and concealed pick holes. C Precast Concrete Manhole and Catch Basin Sections Precast concrete riser sections and appurtenant units (grade rings, top and base slabs, special sections, etc.) used in the construction of manhole and catch basin structures shall conform with the requirements of ASTM C478, MnDOT 2506 and the following supplementary provisions: (1)The precast sections and appurtenant units shall conform to all requirements as shown on the detailed drawings. (2)Joints of manhole riser sections shall be tongue and groove with rubber "O" ring or profile gaskets conforming to the requirements of ASTM C443.. Page 49 (3)Sanitary sewer inlet and outlet pipes shall be joined to the manhole with a gasketed, flexible, watertight connection, watertight boot, or any watertight connection arrangement approved by the Engineer that allows differential settlement of the pipe and manhole wall to take place. (4)Air-entrained concrete shall be used in the production of all wet-cast units. Air content shall be maintained within the range of five (5) to eight (8) percent (%). (5)A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each shipment of precast manhole and catch basin sections stating that the materials furnished have been tested and are in compliance with the specification requirements. (6)Lift holes will not be permitted in precast manholes. D Mortar Mortar for use in masonry construction shall meet the requirements of MNDOT 2506.2B and ASTM C270. E Concrete Concrete used for cast-in-place masonry construction shall be produced and furnished in accordance with the provisions of MnDOT Specification 2461, Table 2461-6, for the mix design indicated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Type 3, air-entrained, concrete shall be furnished and used in all structures having weather exposure. 2621.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A Installation of Pipe and Fittings The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to handle and install all pipe and appurtenances as recommended by the manufacturer, Engineer, Plans, Specifications, and the Special Provisions. Installation of PVC pipe and fittings for pressure sewer and forcemains shall meet the requirements of 2611.3 for watermain class pipe. A1 Inspection and Handling Proper and adequate implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient prosecution of the work. During the process of unloading, all pipe and accessories shall be inspected by the Contractor for damage. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of all material found to have cracks, flaws or other defects. The Engineer shall inspect the damaged materials and have the right to reject any materials found to be unsatisfactory. The Contractor shall promptly remove all rejected material from the site. All materials shall be handled carefully, as will prevent damage to protective coatings, linings, and joint fillings; preclude contamination of interior areas; and avoid jolting contact, dropping, or dumping. Page 50 All work and materials are subject to tests by the Owner at such frequency as may be determined by the Engineer. While suspended and before being lowered into laying position, each pipe section and appurtenant unit shall be inspected by the Contractor to detect damage or unsound conditions that may need corrective action or be cause for rejection. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of any defects discovered and the Engineer will prescribe the required corrective actions or order rejection. Immediately before placement, the joint surfaces of each pipe section and fitting shall be inspected for the presence of foreign matter, coating blisters, rough edges or projections, and any imperfections so detected shall be corrected by cleaning, trimming, or repair as needed. A2 Pipe Laying Operations Trench excavation and bedding preparations shall proceed ahead of pipe placement as will permit proper laying and joining of the units at the prescribed grade and alignment without unnecessary deviation or hindrance. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the inside of the pipe and fittings before they are lowered into position in the trench and they shall be kept clean. The sewer materials shall be carefully lowered into laying position by the use of suitable restraining devices. Under no circumstances shall the pipe be dropped into the trench. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, bell and spigot pipe shall be laid with the bell ends facing upgrade and the laying shall start on the downgrade end and proceed upgrade. As each length of bell and spigot pipe is placed in laying position, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. Connection of pipe to existing lines or previously constructed manholes or catch basins shall be accomplished as shown in the Plans or as otherwise approved by the Engineer. Where necessary to make satisfactory closure or produce the required curvature, grade or alignment, deflections at joints shall not exceed that which will assure watertight joints and shall comply with the pipe manufacturer recommendations. Entrance of foreign matter into pipeline openings shall be prevented at all times to the extent that suitable plugs or covering can be kept in place over the openings without interfering with the installation operations. Installation of thermoplastic pipe shall conform to ASTM D2321; FRP/GRP pipe to ASTM D3839, and the manufacturers’ recommendations; ASTM A798 for CS pipe, and ASTM C1479 for RC pipe. A3 Connection and Assembly of Joints All pipe and fitting joints shall fit tightly and be fully closed. Spigot ends shall be marked as necessary to indicate the point of complete closure. All joints shall be soil tight and watertight in all sanitary sewer and storm sewer pipe. Page 51 A4 Bulkheading Open Pipe Ends All pipe and fitting ends left open for future connection shall be bulkheaded by approved methods prior to backfilling. Unless otherwise specified or approved, all openings of twenty four inches (24") in diameter or less shall be closed off with prefabricated plugs or caps and all openings larger than twenty four inches (24") in diameter shall be closed off with masonry bulkheads. Prefabricated plugs and caps shall be of the same material as the pipe material, or an approved alternate material, and they shall be installed with watertight seal as required for the pipeline joints. Masonry bulkheads shall be constructed with clay or concrete brick to a wall thickness of eight inches (8"). Bulkheads installed for temporary service during construction may be constructed with two inch (2") timber planking securely fastened together and adequately braced, as an alternate to the masonry construction. A5 Tracer Wire Tracer wire shall be installed along the length of all non-conductive mainline pipe, laterals, and services with vertical riser to the surface, at manholes, catch basins, stubs, laterals, services, and/or utility location boxes as required by the Special Provisions. Tracer wire shall be taped, clamped or affixed to the pipe in another manner as approved by the Engineer. Splicing tracer wire shall be by mechanical split bolt type or a crimp type compression fitting fully encased in approved electrical insulation putty. A twelve inch (12") tracer wire loop shall be provided on each side of a spliced connection. Tracer wire lengths greater than 500 linear feet are to include an approved grade level/in- ground access box, located at the edge of the road right-of-way and outside of the roadway. Tracer wire shall be grounded at all terminal ends (stubs, plugs). B Appurtenance Installations Appurtenance items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and castings shall be installed where and as required by the Plans and in accordance with such standard detail drawings or supplementary requirements as may be specified. Casting assemblies installed on manhole or catch basin structures shall be set in a full mortar bed and be adjusted to the specified elevation without the use of shims or blocking. Sewer aprons shall be subject to all applicable requirements for installation of pipe. All aprons and outfall end sections shall have the last three (3) sections tied. Two (2) tie bolt fasteners shall be placed in each of the last three joints, one on each side of top center at the sixty (60 degree point (from vertical). Tie bolt diameter shall be: 5/8 inch for 12" to and including 27" pipe; 3/4 inch for 30” to and including 66” pipe; 1 inch for 72” to and including 144” pipe. The tie bolts shall be of a design approved by the Engineer. Page 52 C Sewer Service Installations Main sewer service connections and building service sewer pipe shall be installed as provided for in the Contract and as may be directed by the Engineer. The sewer service connections and pipe lines shall be installed in conformance with all applicable requirements of the main sewer installation and as more specifically provided for herein. The Engineer, with the assistance of the Contractor, shall keep accurate records of all service installations as to type, location, elevation, point of connection and termination, etc. This service record shall be maintained jointly by the Contractor and Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer. The service installations shall not be backfilled until all required information has been obtained and recorded. The main sewer service connection shall consist of installing a Branch Tee or Wye section in the main sewer line at designated locations or providing an insert type Saddle Tee or Wye fitting in a pipe cut-out where specified. Orientation of service connection fitting shall be as shown in the standard drawings unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Where the depth of cover over the main sewer invert is greater than fifteen (15) feet (or such other maximum as may be indicated), the service connection shall be extended upward by means of a Service Riser Section. Unless otherwise specified, service pipe shall be installed at right angles to the main sewer and at a straight line grade to the property line. The standard and minimum grades shall be a uniform rise of one inch (1") in four feet (4') (two percent (2%)) for sanitary service lines and one inch (1") in eight feet (8') (one percent (1%)) for storm sewer service lines. These minimum grades may be reduced (by not more than one-half (1/2) pitch) where the Engineer so approves in the case of restrictive elevation differences. Building service pipe lines shall generally be kept as deep as required to serve the building elevation and maintain the specified minimum pipe grades. Pipe bends shall be provided as necessary to bring the service lines to proper location and grade. Pipe bends shall not exceed twenty-two and one half (22-1/2) degrees without approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated, service pipe installation shall terminate at property line or as designated on the Plans, with a gasketed plug placed in the end, at which point the Contractor shall furnish and set a four inch by four inch (4" x 4") wooden timber six feet (6') to eight feet (8') in length embedded four feet (4') below grade, or approved steel post to mark the exact end of pipe. The timber or post shall be set vertically, with the top two feet (2') painted green. Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are permitted or required to be made by the open cut-out method in the absence of a built-in Tee or Wye fitting, the connection shall be made by using an approved type of Saddle Tee or Wye fitting. The pipe cut-out shall be made with an approved type coring machine or by other approved methods producing a uniform, smooth circular cut-out as required for proper fit. The cut-out discs shall be retrieved and shall not be allowed to remain within the main sewer pipe. The Saddle Tee shall be securely fastened to the main sewer pipe by means of epoxy resin or other approved adhesive. The entire connection fitting shall be encased in concrete to a minimum thickness of six inches (6") and as may be shown in the standard drawings. Page 53 Wherever service line connections to the main sewer are required to be made by means of built- in Branch Tee or Wye fittings, the Contractor shall, in the absence of such fitting, remove a section of the main sewer pipe and replace it with the required Branch Tee or Wye section connected by means of an approved sleeve coupling. Sanitary sewer service lines shall not be connected to a manhole at an elevation more than twenty-four inches (24") above the crown of the outgoing sewer. Where the elevation difference is greater than twenty-four inches (24"), the connection shall be made by means of an Outside Drop Connection in accordance with the details shown in the standard drawings. All pipe and fitting openings at temporary terminal points shall be fitted with suitable plugs or shall be bulkheaded as required for the main sewer pipe. D Manhole and Catch Basin Structures Manholes, catch basins, and other special access structures shall be constructed at designated locations as required by the Plans and in accordance with any standard detail drawings or special design requirements given therefor. Unless otherwise specified or approved, storm sewer manholes and catch basins shall be constructed on a precast or cast-in-place concrete base and the barrel riser sections, and cone section shall all be of precast concrete. Sanitary sewer manholes shall be constructed with precast concrete integral base with pre-formed invert barrel section and with watertight boots at all pipe locations. All units shall be properly fitted and sealed to form a completely watertight structure. Manholes and catch basin structures shall be fabricated to provide a twelve-inch (12") or sixteen inch (16") barrel section immediately below the cone or top slab whenever possible. Barrel and cone height shall be such as to permit placement of at least two (2) and not more than six (6) standard two-inch (2") precast concrete or high density polyethylene adjusting immediately below the casting assembly. Sanitary manhole adjustment rings and casting flange shall be fitted with specified method/materials as indicated in the Special Provisions to reduce inflow and infiltration. Storm sewer manhole and drainage structure adjustment rings and casting flange shall be wrapped with a Type 2 Geotextile fabric meeting MnDOT 3733. Unless otherwise specified or approved, manholes and catch basins shall have an inside barrel diameter at the bottom of forty-eight inches (48") minimum and the inside diameter at the top of the cone section and all adjusting rings shall be of the same size and shape as the casting frame. Casting assemblies shall be as specified in the Plans Concrete cast-in-place base shall be poured on undisturbed or firmly compacted foundation material which shall be trimmed to proper elevation. The bottom riser section shall be set in fresh concrete or mortar and all other riser section joints of the tongue and groove design shall be sealed with rubber gaskets. The concrete base under an outside drop connection shall be monolithic with the manhole base. Wherever special designs so require or permit, and as may be approved by the Engineer, a precast concrete base may be used or the structure may be constructed with solid sewer brick or block units or with cast-in-place concrete. Any combination of cast-in-place concrete and brick or block mortar construction will be allowed and may be required where it is impossible to complete the construction with standard precast manhole sections. Page 54 All manhole and catch basin structure doghouses shall be completely filled with mortar, concrete masonry, or concrete to completely seal the pipes into the structure wall. When formed inverts are specified, the inside bottom of each manhole and catch basin shall be shaped with fresh concrete to form free flow invert troughs. When connecting to an existing sanitary sewer manhole without an existing opening for sewer pipe, the Contractor shall be required to core-drill an opening of the correct size and elevation for the proposed sanitary sewer facility. The Contractor shall set the connecting pipe through the full thickness of the wall flush with the inner face of the wall. Connection to the structure shall be made with a watertight joint, by means of a rubberized boot. The Contractor shall ensure the flow line of the manhole is constructed in a manner to provide steady flow from the new sanitary line to the existing sanitary line. The flow line and the core-drilled hole are to be grouted smooth. The Contractor shall install a plug in the connecting pipe once the connection is complete and construction has advanced to the next manhole to prevent rainwater or sediment from entering the existing system. The plug shall be removed once all the proposed sanitary sewer mains on the project have been installed, tested, inspected, and approved. E Sanitary Sewer Leakage Testing All sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing, either by hydrostatic or air test method as described below and at the Contractor's option. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. If the ground water level is greater than three feet above the invert elevation of the upper manhole and the Engineer so approves, infiltration testing may be allowed in lieu of the exfiltration testing, in which case the allowable leakage shall be the same as would be allowed for the Hydrostatic Test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. E1 Air Test Method E1a Gravity Sewers All gravity sanitary sewer lines, including service connections, shall be substantially watertight and shall be tested for excessive leakage upon completion and before connections are made to the service by Others. Each test section of the sewer shall be subjected to exfiltration testing by the ASTM F1417 (low pressure air) test method regardless of pipe material. The requirements set forth for maximum leakage shall be met as a condition for acceptance of the sewer section represented by the test. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor without any direct compensation being made therefore, and the Contractor shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials, including plugs and standpipes as required. Page 55 The sewer pipe section under test shall be clean at the time of testing but the pipe may be wetted. Pneumatic balls shall be used to plug the pipe ends at manholes. Low pressure air shall be introduced to the plugged line until the internal air pressure reaches three and one half (3.5) psi greater than the average back pressure of any ground water pressure that may submerge the pipe. At least two (2) minutes shall be allowed for the air temperature to stabilize before readings are taken and the timing started. During this time the Contractor shall check all plugs to detect plug leakage. If plugs are found to leak, air shall be bled off, the plugs shall be retightened, and the air shall be reintroduced into the line. The sewer section under test will be accepted as having passed the air leakage test when the rate of air loss as measured by pressure drop, does not exceed a specified amount in a specified time. Pressure drop may be determined by using the table below, or calculated by use of the formulas provided below. Page 56 TABLE Minimum Specified Time Required for a 0.5 psig Pressure Drop for Size and Length of Pipe Indicated for Q = 0.0015 CFM/SF *NOTE - Consult with pipe and appurtenance manufacturer for maximum test pressure for pipe size greater than twenty four inches (24") in diameter. FORMULA The formula below calculates the specified minimum time required for a 1.00 psig pressure drop from a starting pressure of 3.5 psig to a final pressure of 2.5 psig using a leakage rate of 0.0015 cubic feet/minute/square foot of internal surface. Calculate all test times by the following formula: T= 0.085 DK/Q where: T = shortest time allowed for the air pressure to drop 1.0 psig, sec. K = 0.000419 DL but not less than 1.0, Q = leak rate = 0.0015 CFM/SF, D = measured average inside diameter of sewer pipe, in., and L = length of test section, ft. E2 Hydrostatic Test Method E2a Gravity Sewers After bulkheading the test section, the pipe shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure produced by a head of water at a depth of three feet (3') above the invert elevation of the sewer at the upstream manhole of the test section. In areas where ground water exists, this head of water shall be three feet (3') above the existing water table. 100 Ft.150 Ft.200 Ft.250 Ft.300 Ft.350 Ft.400 Ft.450 Ft. 4 1:535970.190 L 1:531:531:531:531:531:531:531:53 6 2:503980.427 L 2:502:502:502:502:502:502:51.3:12 8 3:472980.760 L 3:473:473:473:473:484:265:045:42 104:432391.187 L 4:434:434:434:575:566:557:548:54 125:401991.709 L 5:405:405:427:088:339:5811:2412:50 157:051592.671 L 7:057:058:5411:0813:2115:3517:4820:02 188:301333.846 L 8:309:3712:4916:0119:1422:2625:3828:51 219:551145.235 L 9:5513:0517:2721:4928:1130:3234:5439:16 2411:20996.837 L 11:2417:5722:4828:3034:1139:5345:3551:17 *27 12:45888.653 L 14:2521:3828:5136:0443:1850:3057:4264:54 *30 14:108010.683 L 17:4826:4335:3744:3153:2562:1971:13180:07 *33 15:357212.926 L 21:3332:1943:5653:5264:3875:2486:1096:57 *36 17:006615.384 L 25:3938:2851:1764:0676:5589:44102:34115:23 Specification Time for Length (L) Shown    (Min:Sec) Pipe  Diameter  (Inches) Minimum  Time  (Min:Sec) Length for  Min. Time  (Feet) Time for  increased  Length (Sec) Page 57 The water head shall be maintained for a period of one (1) hour during which time it will be presumed that full absorption of the pipe body has taken place, and thereafter for an extended period of one (1) hour the water head shall be maintained as the test period. During the test period, the measured water loss within the test section, including service stubs, shall not exceed an infiltration / exfiltration rate of thirty five (35) gallons / inch diameter / mile / day. If measurements indicate exfiltration within a test action section is not greater than the allowable maximum, the section will be accepted as passing the test. E2b Pressure Sewers For sewers designated as pressure pipe sewers, the sewer shall be subjected to hydrostatic testing under 2611.3G Hydrostatic Testing of Watermains, except the hydrostatic testing pressure shall be two (2) times the maximum design operating pressure, but not less than one hundred (100) psig and the duration of the test shall be one hour. E3 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, testing shall be continued until all leakage has been detected and corrected to meet the requirements. All repair work shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. Introduction of sealant substances by means of the test water will not be permitted. Unsatisfactory repairs or test results may result in an order to remove and replace pipe as the Engineer considers necessary for test conformance. All repair and replacement work shall be at the Contractor's expense. F Deflection Test Deflection tests shall be performed on all plastic gravity sewer pipes. The test shall be conducted after the sewer trench has been backfilled to the desired finished grade and has been in place for thirty (30) days. The deflection test shall be performed by pulling a rigid ball or nine-point mandrel in accordance with MnDOT 2503.3 C.4. Direct measurement of the pipe diameter to determine deflection is not allowed. The ball or mandrel shall have a minimum diameter equal to ninety five percent (95%) of the actual inside diameter of the pipe. The maximum allowable deflection shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the pipe's internal diameter. The line will be considered acceptable if the mandrel can progress through the line without binding. The time of the test, method of testing, and the equipment to be used for the test shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All testing shall be performed by the Contractor at his expense without any direct compensation being made therefore, and he shall furnish all necessary equipment and materials required. F1 Test Failure and Remedy In the event of test failure on any test section, the section shall be replaced, with all repair work subject to approval of the Engineer. The replaced section shall be retested for leakage and deflection in conformance with the specifications contained herein. All repairs, replacement, and retesting shall be at the Contractor's expense. Page 58 G Televising Sewer line televising may be required by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor, if visual inspection, leakage testing, or deflection testing indicate the sewer has not been constructed in accordance with these specifications and the requirements of the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions. 2621.4 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT All items will be measured separately according to design designation as indicated in the Pay Item name and as may be detailed and defined in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. Complete-in-place items shall include all component parts thereof as described or required to complete the unit, but excluding any excesses covered by separate Pay Items. Linear measurement of piping will include the running length of any special fittings (tees, wyes, elbows, gates, etc.) installed within the line of measure between specified terminal points. A Sewer Pipe Sewer pipe of each design designation will be measured by length in linear feet along the line of pipe. Terminal points of measurement will be the pipe end at free outlets; the point of connection with in-place pipe; the center of manholes or catch basins; the point of centerline intersections at branch fittings; or the point of juncture with other appurtenances or units as defined. Separation of quantities according to "depth zone classification", when so designated in the Pay Item, will be determined by depth of pipe invert below the ground surface profile. B Manholes Manholes of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than eight feet (8') measured from top of manhole cover to invert elevation of lowest pipe. Excess manhole depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the eight feet (8') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. C Catch Basins Catch basins of each design designation will be measured by number of each constructed complete-in-place, including the base and castings as required, but excluding any excess depth greater than five feet (5') measured from top of grate (low point) to invert elevation of lowest outlet pipe. Page 59 Excess catch basin depth of each design designation will be measured by the linear foot difference in depth between the five feet (5') allowed as standard and the actual increased depth as constructed. D Outside Drop Connection Outside drop connections of each design will be measured by linear foot constructed complete- in-place, and shall include granular encasement, fittings, any special piping required, including coring holes and watertight boots for existing manholes for the drop connection. Measurement shall be made vertically from the invert of the lower outside drop invert to the upper outside drop invert. E Service Connection Service Connections of each design will be measured by number of each constructed complete- in-place as specified. F Service Pipe Service pipe of each design will be measured separately by length in linear feet, horizontally along the line of installation, between the service end and the point of juncture with the main pipe connection fitting. G Special Pipe Fittings Special pipe fittings (wyes, tees, bends, etc.) of each design designation will be measured by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified, but excluding any such fittings required to be installed as a component part of any other Work Unit. H Appurtenant Items Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, gates and other prefabricated units or assemblies as identified by Pay Item name will be measured separately by number of each installed complete-in-place as specified. 2621.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for sewer pipe and service pipe items at the Contract prices per linear foot of pipe of each design shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing a complete-in-place pipeline, including excavation, foundation preparation, backfilling, leakage testing, restoration of surface improvements, disposal of surplus or waste materials, final cleanup, and such other work as may be specified, but excluding the construction of other structures or special sections and the placement of special fittings, appurtenances or materials specifically designated for payment under other Contract Items. Page 60 Payment for manhole, catch basin, outside drop connection, service connection, and other structures as specified, at the Contract prices per structure, shall be compensation in full for all costs of constructing each unit complete-in-place as specified, including all required castings, special fittings, base or encasement, and appurtenant materials as specified for the complete structure or section, but excluding such additional work as may be designated for payment under other Contract Items. Where the specified standard manhole, catch basin, or outside drop connection depths are exceeded, the excess depth of each design will be paid for separately as linear footage items and payment at the Contract prices therefor shall be compensation in full for all costs of providing the extra depth. Special pipe fittings such as wyes, tees and bends will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are required to be installed in the sewer pipe and service pipe lines and not as a component part of a complete-in-place structure (outside drop connections, service connections, etc.) Appurtenant items such as aprons, trash guards, drainage gates, and other prefabricated units or assemblies and specials as designated will be paid for as separate Contract Items to the extent they are not included as a component part of any complete-in-place structure. Page 61 SECTION 2631 CIPPS – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE REHABILITATION WITH CURED IN-PLACE PIPE SYSTEMS (CIPPS) 2631.1 CIPPS DESCRIPTION A General This work shall consist of the rehabilitation of pipelines and conduits by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube Cured-In-Place Pipe System (CIPPS). The rehabilitation of pipelines shall be constructed by the installation of a resin-impregnated flexible tube which, when cured, shall be continuous and tight-fitting throughout the entire length of the original pipe. The CIPP shall extend the full length of the original pipe and provide a structurally sound, joint less and watertight new pipe within the existing pipe. The Contractor is responsible for proper, accurate and complete installation of the CIPP using the system selected by the Contractor. Neither the CIPP system, nor its installation, shall cause adverse effects to any downstream facilities. The use of the product shall not result in the formation or production of any detrimental compounds or by-products that may affect downstream structures, pups, pipe, equipment and wastewater treatment facilities. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and identify any by- products produced as a result of the installation operations, test and monitor the levels, and comply with any and all local waste discharge requirements. The Contractor shall cleanup, restore existing surface conditions and structures, and repair any of the CIPP system determined to be defective. The Contractor shall conduct installation operations and schedule cleanup in a manner to cause the least possible obstruction and inconvenience to traffic, pedestrians, businesses, and residents. The use of the term "Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions" within this specification shall be construed to mean those documents which compliment, modify, or clarify these specifications and are an enforceable component of the Contract Documents. All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. All references to other Specifications of AASHTO, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc. shall mean the latest published edition available on the date of advertisement for bids. The following specifications have been referenced in this Specification: ASTM F1216 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Inversion and Curing of a Resin-Impregnated Tube ASTM F1743 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Pulled- in-Place Installation of Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM D543 Standard Practice for Evaluating the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D638 Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D790 Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Un-reinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM D792 Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by displacement. Page 62 ASTM F2019 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in- Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) ASTM D2122 Standard Test Method for Determining Dimensions of Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings ASTM D2990 Standard Test Methods for Tensile, Compressive, and Flexural Creep and Creep- Rupture of Plastics ASTM D5813 Standard Specification for Cured-in Place Thermosetting Resin Sewer Piping Systems B Qualifications The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the design of the liner pipe. The Contractor shall guarantee that the installed liner is capable of sustaining outside loads, resist chemical attack that normally occurs in sanitary and storm sewer systems, and will maintain hydraulic characteristics over a fifty (50) year design life. Unless provided otherwise in the plans or Special Provisions, the existing sewer pipe shall be considered to be in a fully deteriorated condition, is not structurally sound, and cannot support soil and live loads. The cured-in-place pipe shall be designed to support hydraulic, soil, and live loads. The sewer products are intended to have a fifty (50) year or greater design life, and in order to minimize the Owner’s risk, only proven products with substantial successful long term track records will be approved. B1 Manufactured Products and Installation Contractors must meet all of the following criteria: a.For a Product to be considered acceptable, a minimum of 100,000 linear feet or two hundred fifty (250) manhole-to-manhole line sections of successful wastewater collection system installations in the U.S. must be documented to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In addition, at least 50,000 linear feet of the product shall have been in successful service within the State for a minimum of five (5) years. b.The Contractor’s personnel must satisfy all insurance, financial, and bonding requirements of the Owner, and must have had at least 5 (five) years active experience in the commercial installation of the product bid. In addition, the Contractor’s personnel must have successfully installed at least 100,000 feet of the same product bid. The Field Supervisor/Foreman shall have a minimum five (5) years as a foreman/superintendent for a cured-in-place lining crew (installing actual product included with this bid/proposal), and a minimum of 100,000 lineal feet of cured-in-place lining, diameters up to and including twenty-four inches (24") installed under his/her supervision. Such experience shall include the actual product, by trade name, Contractor proposes to install. Acceptable documentation of these minimum installations must be submitted to the Engineer. Page 63 c.Sewer rehabilitation products submitted for approval must provide Third Party Test Results supporting the long-term performance and structural strength of the product and such data shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. Test samples shall be prepared so as to simulate installation methods and trauma of the product. No product will be approved without independent third party testing verification. 2631.2 CIPPS MATERIALS A General All materials required for this work shall be new material conforming to requirements of the referenced specifications for the class, kind, type, size, grade, and other details indicated in the Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, all required materials shall be furnished by the Contractor. If any options are provided for, as to type, grade, or design of the material, the choice shall be limited as may be stipulated in the Plans, Specifications, or Special Provisions. All manufactured products shall conform in detail to such standard design drawings as may be referenced or furnished in the Plans. Otherwise, the Owner may require advance approval of material suppliers, product design, or other unspecified details as it deems desirable for maintaining adopted standards. All materials shipped to the project site shall be accompanied by test reports certifying that the material conforms to the ASTM standards listed herein. Materials shall be shipped, stored, and handled in a manner consistent with written recommendations of the CIPP manufacturer to avoid damage. Damage includes but is not limited to, gouging, abrasion, flattening, cutting, puncturing, and ultra-violet (UV) degradation. All damaged materials shall be promptly removed from the project site at no cost to the Owner. On site material storage locations shall be approved by the Engineer. A1 CIPPS Fabric Tube The CIPPS fabric “Tube” shall consist of one or more layers of absorbent non-woven felt fabric, felt/fiberglass or fiberglass and meet the requirements of ASTM F 1216, ASTM F 1743, ASTM D5813 & ASTM F2019. The fabric Tube shall be capable of absorbing and carrying resins, manufactured to withstand installation pressures and curing temperatures, have sufficient strength to bridge missing pipe segments, and stretch to fit irregular pipe sections. The fabric Tubes shall have a uniform thickness that when compressed at installation pressures will equal the specified nominal tube thickness. The wet-out fabric tube shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. The fabric tube shall be manufactured to a size and length that when installed will tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. Allowance shall be made for circumferential stretching during installation. The tube shall be properly sized to the diameter of the existing pipe and the length to be rehabilitated and be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. The Contractor shall determine the minimum tube length necessary to effectively span the designated run between manholes. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The Page 64 Contractor shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition. Overlapped layers of felt in longitudinal seams that cause lumps in the final product shall not be allowed. The minimum length of the fabric tube shall be that deemed necessary by the installer to effectively span the distance from the starting manhole to the terminating manhole or access point, plus that amount required to run-in and run-out for the installation process. The outside and/or inside layer of the fabric tube (before inversion/pull-in, as applicable) shall be coated with an impermeable, flexible membrane that will contain the resin and facilitate, if applicable, vacuum impregnation and monitoring of the resin saturation during the resin impregnation (wet-out) procedure. No material shall be included in the fabric tube that may cause de-lamination in the cured CIPP. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. The tube shall be homogeneous across the entire wall thickness containing no intermediate or encapsulated elastomeric layers. No materials shall be included in the tube that is subject to delamination in the CIPPS. The wall color of the interior pipe surface of CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color so that a clear detailed examination with closed circuit television inspection equipment may be made. The hue of the color shall be dark enough to distinguish a contrast between the fully resin saturated felt fabric and dry or resin lean areas. Seams in the fabric tube, if applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM D5813. The outside of the fabric tube shall be marked every five feet (5') with the name of the manufacturer or CIPP system, manufacturing lot and production footage. The nominal fabric tube wall thickness shall be constructed to the nearest 0.5 mm increment, rounded up from the design thickness for that section of installed CIPP. Wall thickness transitions, in 0.5 mm increments or greater as appropriate, may be fabricated into the fabric tube between installation entrance and exit access points. The quantity of resin used in the impregnation shall be sufficient to fill all of the felt voids for the nominal felt thickness. The resin shall be a corrosion resistant polyester or vinyl ester resin and catalyst system that when properly cured within the tube composite meets the requirements of ASTM F1216, ASTM F1743 or F2019, the physical properties herein, and those, which are to be utilized in the design of the CIPP for this application. The resin shall produce CIPP which will comply with or exceed the structural and chemical resistance requirements of this specification. A2 CIPPS Structural Requirements The physical properties and characteristics of the finished liner will vary considerably, depending on the types and mixing proportions of the materials used, and the degree of cure executed. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to control these variables and to provide a CIPP system which meets or exceeds the minimum properties specified herein: Page 65 (1)The CIPP shall be designed as per ASTM standards. The CIPP design shall assume no bonding to the original pipe wall. (2)The design engineer shall set the long term (fifty (50) year extrapolated) Creep Retention Factor at thirty three percent (33%) of the initial design flexural modulus as determined by ASTM D-790 test method. This value shall be used unless the Contractor submits long term test data (ASTM D2990) to substantiate a higher retention factor. (3)The layers of the cured CIPP shall be uniformly bonded. It shall not be possible to separate any two (2) layers with a probe or point of a knife blade so that the layers separate cleanly or the probe or knife blade moves freely between the layers. If separation of the layers occurs during testing of field samples, new samples will be cut from the work. Any reoccurrence may cause rejection of the work. Minimum Physical Properties: The cured pipe material (CIPP) shall, at a minimum, meet or exceed the structural properties, as listed in the table below. Property Test Method Cured Composite Per ASTM F1216 Cured Composite Per Design Flexural Modulus of Elasticity (Short Term) ASTM D790 250,000 Psi Contractor Value Flexural Strength (Short Term) ASTM D7904,500 PsiContractor Value The required structural CIPP wall thickness shall be based as a minimum, on the physical properties listed above and in accordance with the Design Equations in the appendix of ASTM F 1216, and the following design parameters: Design Safety Factor 2.0 (1.5 For Pipes 36” Or Larger) Creep Retention Factor 33% Ovality 2% Or As Measured By Field Inspection Constrained Soil Modulus Per AASHTO LRFD Section 12 And AWWA Manual M45 Groundwater Depth As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Soil Depth (Above The Crown) As Specified Or Indicated On The Plans Live Load H20 Highway Soil Load (Assumed) 120 Lb/Cu. Ft. Minimum Service Life 50 Years The Contractor shall submit, prior to installation of the lining materials, certification of compliance with these specifications and/or the requirements of the pre-approved CIPP system. Certified material test results shall be included that confirm that all materials conform to these specifications. Materials not complying with these requirements will be rejected. CIPP Short-Liners or segmental liners shall be of the same materials and meet the structural requirements of the full CIPP Tube liner. Page 66 A3 Material Testing Requirements (1)Chemical Resistance - The CIPP shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216, Appendix X2. CIPP samples for testing shall be of tube and resin system similar to that proposed for actual construction. It is required that CIPP samples with and without plastic coating meet these chemical testing requirements. (2)Hydraulic Capacity - Overall, the hydraulic profile shall be maintained as large as possible. The CIPP shall have a minimum of the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using a commonly accepted roughness coefficient for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. (3)CIPP Field Samples - When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit test results from field installations in the USA of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation. These test results must verify that the CIPP physical properties specified in above have been achieved in previous field applications. Samples for this project shall be made and tested as described herein. 2631.3 CIPPS CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall clean the interior of the existing host pipe prior to installation of the CIPP liner. All debris and obstructions that will affect the installation and the final CIPP product shall be removed and disposed of. The CIPP liner shall be constructed of materials and methods, that when installed, shall provide a joint less and continuous structurally sound liner able to withstand all imposed static and dynamic loads on a long-term basis. A Installation of CIPPS A1 Access It will be the responsibility of the Owner to locate and designate all manhole access points open and accessible for the work, and provide rights of access to these points. If a street must be closed to traffic because of the orientation of the sewer, the Contractor shall institute the actions necessary to do this for the mutually agreed time period. Traffic Control shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall conform to the latest revision of the MMUTCD and other provisions of this specification herein. The Contractor shall keep the roadway open to traffic at all times unless given prior approval by the Engineer. A2 Water Usage Water is available from the City at designated locations for cleaning, inversion, and other work items requiring water. Use of an approved double check backflow assembly shall be required. The Contractor shall provide his own approved assembly. The Contractor may use City water but shall inform the Public Works Department of such use and obtain a meter for documenting water usage. No fees will be charged for water. Page 67 A3 Cleaning of Sewer Lines The Contractor shall remove all internal debris from the pipe line that will interfere with the installation and the final product delivery of the CIPP as required in these specifications. Solid debris and deposits shall be removed from the system and disposed of properly by the Contractor. Moving material from manhole section to manhole section shall not be allowed. As applicable the contractor shall either plug or install a flow bypass pumping system to properly clean the pipe lines. The Contractor shall ensure that no debris is transferred downstream during cleaning operations. The Contractor shall use a vacuum vehicle or similar means to remove debris during cleaning operations. Precaution shall be taken, by the Contractor in the use of cleaning equipment to avoid damage to the existing pipe. The repair of any damage, caused by the cleaning equipment, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Disposal of the cleaning debris shall be in accordance with local, State and Federal Law and shall be incidental to the CIPPS. A4 Bypassing Wastewater The Contractor shall provide a by-pass for the flow of existing mainline and service connection effluent around the section or sections of pipe designated for CIPP installation. Installation of the liner shall not begin until the Contractor has installed a sewage by-pass system and all pumping facilities have been installed and tested under full operating conditions including the bypass of mainline and side sewer flows. Once the lining process has begun, existing sewage flows shall be maintained, until the resin/felt tube composite is fully cured, cooled down, fully televised and the CIPP ends finished. The Contractor shall coordinate sewer bypass and flow interruptions with the Engineer at least fourteen (14) days in advance and with the property owners and businesses at least three (3) business days in advance. The pump and bypass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle peak flows. The Contractor shall submit a detail of the bypass plan and design to the Engineer prior to proceeding with any CIPP installation. Compensation for by-pass pumping and all associated plans and approvals shall be included in the price bid for CIPPS Installation. A5 Inspection of Pipelines Inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit television. The interior of the pipeline shall be carefully inspected to determine the location of any conditions which may prevent proper installation of the CIPPS into the pipelines and it shall be noted so that these conditions can be corrected. A video and suitable log shall be kept for later reference by the Owner. The Owner has copies of a video inspection of the sewers to be relined, and these are available for prospective bidders. However, since the deterioration of sewer is an ongoing process, and roots, solids, and deposits can accumulate over time, the Contractor shall base the design of the liner on inspections made immediately prior to installation. Page 68 A6 Line Obstructions It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clear the line of obstructions such as solids and roots that will prevent the insertion of CIPP. If pre-installation inspection reveals an obstruction such as a protruding service connection, dropped joint, or a collapse that will prevent the inversion process, that was not evident on the pre-bid video and it cannot be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment, if directed by the Owner, the Contractor shall make a point repair excavation to uncover and remove or repair the obstruction. Such excavation shall be approved in writing by the Owner's representative prior to the commencement of the work and shall be considered as a separate pay item. A7 Public Notification The Contractor shall make every effort to maintain service usage throughout the duration of the project. In the event that a service will be out of service, the maximum amount of time of no service shall be eight (8) hours for any property served by the sewer. A public notification program shall be implemented, and shall as a minimum, require the Contractor to be responsible for contacting each home or business connected to the sanitary sewer and informing them of the work to be conducted, and when the sewer will be off-line. The Contractor shall also provide the following: (1)Written notice to be delivered to each home or business the day prior to the beginning of work being conducted on the section, and a local telephone number of the Contractor they can call to discuss the project or any problem which could arise. (2)Personal contact with any home or business, which cannot be reconnected within the time stated in the written notice. (3)Notification shall include advisory statements to the resident that: a.To minimize odor problems during the installation of CIPP, residents should be advised to ensure that their sewer traps are in a proper state of repair. In cases of damaged, dry, or non-existent traps, the areas or rooms where floor drains or access to traps are located should be ventilated, if possible, by leaving doors or windows open to the outside during the CIPP installation process. The Contractor shall be responsible for confirming the locations of all branch service connections prior to installing and curing the CIPP. A8 Liner Installation CIPP installation shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM standards with the following modifications: (1)The wet-out tube shall be positioned in the pipeline using the method specified by the manufacturer. Care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of installation. The tube should be pulled-in or inverted through an existing manhole or approved access point and fully extend to the next designated manhole or termination point. If pulled into place, a power winch should be utilized, and care should be exercised not to damage the tube as a result of pull-in friction. Page 69 (2)Prior to installation and as recommended by the manufacturer remote temperature gauges or sensors shall be placed inside the host pipe to monitor the temperatures during the cure cycle. Liner and/or host pipe interface temperature shall be monitored and logged during curing of the liner. (3)Curing shall be accomplished by utilizing the appropriate medium in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule. The curing source or in and output temperatures shall be monitored and logged during the cure cycles. The manufacturer’s recommended cure schedule shall be used for each line segment installed, and the liner wall thickness and the existing ground conditions with regard to temperature, moisture level, and thermal conductivity of soil, per ASTM as applicable, shall be taken into account by the Contractor. (4)The Contractor shall remove protruding taps to the inside wall of the pipe. In no case shall the pipe be less than ninety five percent (95%) open to flow. A9 Resin Impregnation The quantity of resin used for tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of air voids in the tube with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the original pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To insure a through wet-out, the point of vacuum shall be no further than twenty-five feet (25') from the point of initial resin introductions. After vacuum in the tube is established, the vacuum points shall be no further than seventy-five feet (75') from the leading edge of the resin. The leading edge of the resin slug shall be as near to perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tube as possible. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute tie resin throughout the tube. If the Installer proposes an alternate method of resin impregnation, the method must produce the same results and the method approved by the Engineer. A10 Cool Down The Contractor shall cool the CIPP in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Temperatures and curing data shall be monitored and recorded, by the Contractor, throughout the installation process to ensure that each phase of the process is achieved as approved in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. Proper curing and handling of CIPP systems shall be done using the following guidelines for discharge of by-products: Water Curing Method: Sanitary Sewers (1)Release process water to the sewer after per industry standards during/after cool- down. Storm Sewers and Culverts (1)Based upon receiving waterway’s assimilative capacity a.Discharge water when cooled to ambient air temperature b.Discharge water once styrene concentration is confirmed to be at or below 25ppm; or, c.Transport process water to nearest wastewater treatment facility Page 70 Steam Curing Method: Sanitary Sewers (1)Release condensate water directly to receiving sewer while processing Storm Sewers and Culverts (1)Based upon receiving waterway’s assimilative capacity a.Detain condensate in a lined holding pond until it cools to ambient b.Discharge water once styrene concentration is confirmed to be less than 25ppm; or c.Retrieve condensate by pumping it into the steam generation truck’s reservoir; or d.Transport condensate to nearest wastewater treatment facility. A11 Finishing Operations The installed CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of a sewer line section and be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, major wrinkles and delamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity or strength of the linings, shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. The beginning and end of the CIPP shall be sealed to the existing host pipe. The sealing material shall be compatible with the pipe end and shall provide a watertight seal. If any of the service connections leak water between the host pipe and the installed liner, the connection mainline interface shall be sealed to provide a watertight connection. If the wall of the CIPP leaks, it shall be repaired or removed and replaced with a watertight pipe as recommended by the manufacture of the CIPP system. At all points where the liner pipe has been exposed (such as service connection fittings, or other points where the old pipe must be removed), the liner pipe and fittings shall be encased in cement-stabilized sand or other high density material as specified by the Engineer to prevent deflection due to difference in subsidence. After the encasement material is in place and accepted by the Engineer, backfill is placed and compacted to require finish grade in accordance with the specifications. Particular care should be taken to ensure compaction of earth beneath the lateral/service pipe in order to reduce subsidence and resultant bending at the lateral connection at the sewer main. A12 Manhole Connections A seal, consisting of a resin mixture or hydrophilic seal compatible with the installed CIPP shall be applied at manhole walls in accordance with the CIPP System manufacturer’s recommendations. Page 71 A13 Reconnections of Existing Services Services shall be identified by the Contractor prior to lining work. After the pipe has been reconstructed and tested, the service connections shall be reconnected. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to make sure that all service connections are reconnected, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. A CCTV camera and remote cutting tool shall be used for internal reconnections. The machined opening shall be at least ninety five percent (95%) of the service connection opening and the bottom of both openings must match. The opening shall not be more than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening. The edges of the opening shall not have pipe fragments or liner fragments, which may obstruct flow or snag debris. In the event that service reinstatements result in openings that are greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the service connection opening, the Contractor shall install a CIPP type repair, sufficiently in size to completely cover the over-cut service connection. No additional compensation will be paid for the repair of over-cut service connections. Discs of pipe material resulting from service tap cutting shall be collected at the next manhole downstream of the pipe rehabilitation operation prior to leaving the site. Discs shall not be allowed to pass through the system. A14 CIPP Short-Liner The CIPP short-liner shall meet the requirements of the full length CIPP liner and the following: (1)The Short-Liner shall be inserted into the existing sewer line with a power winch and steel cable attached to the end of the liner by use of an appropriate pulling head. Length of the liner to be inserted at any one time shall be governed by the length of the section in need of repair or the maximum length of the installation equipment considering the size and condition of the sewer. (2)A mobile installation unit shall be brought to the site ready to process the liner. The installation unit shall contain heat generating equipment, CCTV facility and other auxiliary miscellaneous equipment necessary for controlling processing of the Short- Liner pipe. The equipment shall be positioned next to the point of entry with minimum obstruction to the other side activities and shall be operated by trained personnel only. (3)The pressure shall be increased to compensate for the heating-cooling transition and it shall be maintained until the temperature at the lowest critical point is 100º F (38º C). This shall constitute completion of the Short-Liner pipe processing. The pipe within the pipe shall be tight fitting and adapted to the existing sewer pipe. Page 72 B TESTING AND INSPECTION B1 Testing CIPP samples shall be prepared and tested in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.1, using either method proposed. Leakage testing of the CIPP shall be accomplished during cure while under a positive head. CIPP products in which the pipe wall is cured while not in direct contact with the pressurizing fluid (e.g., a removable bladder) must be tested by an alternative method approved by the Engineer. B2 Inspection Visual inspection of the CIPP shall be in accordance with ASTM F1216, Section 8.4. The relined pipe shall be continuous without joints through the entire pipe length. The liner shall be free of all visible defects except those resulting from pre-lined conditions which the Contractor has noted prior to lining. There shall be no pits, pinholes, cracks, or crazing, and the surface shall be smooth and free of waviness throughout the pipe. Any defects shall be repaired by the Contractor with no expense to the Owner. Where leakage is observed through the wall of the pipe, the contractor shall institute additional testing including but not limited to air testing, localized testing and any other testing that will verify the leak proof integrity of the installed CIPP to the satisfaction of the Owner. B3 Televising Prior to final acceptance of any sanitary sewer relining including short-liners, the Contractor shall inspect by means of remote closed circuit television equipment the entire segment of sanitary sewer, manhole-to manhole. Sewer shall be cleaned prior to inspection. A video of the inspection shall be furnished to the City. The following conditions shall apply to the sewer acceptance TV inspection: (1)The video shall be in a format to be decided by the Owner, that creates high quality picture and sound and shall be recorded in color. (2)The TV camera shall be pulled through the sewer at a maximum rate of thirty-five feet (35') per minute. (3)The camera shall be pulled downstream in all cases. (4)The lens of the camera shall be cleaned at each manhole or when directed by the Owner. (5)The recording shall have an on-screen display showing the following: a.Upstream and downstream manhole numbers b.Footage from the upstream manhole c.Inspection date (6)Sewers shall not be televised within forty-eight (48) hours of a rainfall event greater than one half inch (½"). Page 73 2631.4 CIPPS METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for CIPP Lining shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole. 2631.5 CIPPS BASIS OF PAYMENT The proposal form shall cover all work shown on the contract drawings, specifications, and Special Provisions. All costs associated with the work including furnishing of all materials, providing all construction and equipment, and performing all necessary labor, coordination, supervision, and management to fully complete the work, shall be included in the unit or lump sum prices quoted in the proposal form. This work shall include restoration of all surfaces to their original condition or better. Reconnection of all existing services shall be considered incidental to the CIPPS. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the proposal form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the amounts and prices submitted in the proposal form. The following methods of measurement for payment will be used to derive the quantities installed: (1)Site Protection and Restoration a.No separate payment will be made for protection and restoration of roadway surfaces, curb and gutter, landscaping, and other site features unless otherwise specified. (2)Spot Repair to existing pipe a.Bid items have been provided in the proposal for removal and replacement of pipe as Spot or Point Repairs. No additional compensation will be granted for repairs. (3)Cured-in-Place Pipe System (CIPPS) a.Payment shall be made at the unit price as listed on the proposal. All work related to the cleaning, installation and acceptance of the system as a whole shall be considered incidental to CIPPS installation. b.Payment for re-instatement of services shall be at the unit price listed on the proposal per each service, and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. c.Payment for Short-Liner installations shall be made at the unit price listed on the proposal and shall be compensation in full for all materials, labor, equipment, and maintenance necessary to complete the work as required by the plans or required by the Engineer. Page 74 SECTION 2641 – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PIPELINE REHABILITATION BY PIPE BURSTING 2641.1 DESCRIPTION A General All references to MnDOT Specifications shall mean the latest published edition of the Minnesota Department of Transportation “Standard Specifications for Construction”, and all supplements and amendments thereto, published prior to the date of advertisement for bids. This specification shall cover the rehabilitation of existing gravity and pressure utility pipelines using pipe bursting methods. Pipe bursting is a process by which the bursting unit fractures the existing pipe while simultaneously installing a new pipe of the same size or larger size pipe in the place of the existing pipe. Existing lateral and service connections are disconnected prior to mainline pipe bursting to reduce lateral pipe/service pipe damage, then reconnected after testing and disinfection of the new pipe as applicable is approved, television inspection of the new pipe is performed, and the installation is completed in accordance with the contract documents. 2641.2 QUALIFICATIONS The Contractor shall be certified by the particular Pipe Bursting System Manufacturer as a fully trained installer of the pipe bursting system. The Contractor shall provide certifications of training and proficiency in the use of the equipment. Only the Contractor’s employees that are trained and certified shall operate the equipment. The Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years' experience using the pipe-bursting method proposed and shall have installed no less than 50,000 feet by this method. 2641.3 MATERIALS Pipe materials meet the requirements described in Sections 2611.2 and 2621.2 of these specifications, and as provided in the Special Provisions and the following: (1)Sizes of the new pipe insertions shall be such to renew the pipe mainline to greater than the original flow capacity. (2)All pipe and fittings shall be made of virgin material. No rework except that obtained from the manufacturer’s own production of the same formulation shall be used. (3)The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and shall be free of visible cracks, holes, foreign material, blisters, or other deleterious faults. (4)Tensile strength of the pipe shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendation for the specified purpose and method of installation. Page 75 (5)Material color shall be as specified with interior of pipe having a light reflective color to allow for viewing for television inspection. The fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to reduce collection of sediment and allow a camera to pass during inspection. (6)The Contractor shall consult with the selected pipe bursting equipment manufacturer regarding recommendations for the installation of pipe materials specified. 2641.4 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit the following: (1)Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as specified herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate from the manufacturer indicating the materials furnished meet the requirements of these specifications. (2)Shop drawings, catalog data, and manufacturer’s technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimensions of new pipe and fittings. Include manufacturer’s recommendations for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings damaged. (3)Certification of Contractor and assigned personnel training for installing pipe. (4)Detailed submittal of the procedures and method proposed by the Contractor to burst the existing pipe and insert the new pipe. (5)Television inspection reports and video made of the existing pipe and after new pipe installation. 2641.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING The Contactor shall transport, handle, and store pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. If new pipe and fittings become damaged before or during installation, it shall be repaired as recommended by the manufacturer or replaced as required by the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense, before proceeding further. Deliver, store and handle other materials as required to prevent damage. 2641.6 LICENSE AGREEMENTS The Contractor shall submit evidence acceptable to the Owner, such as a certified copy of a license or agreement that it has the authority to use the proposed method from the patent holder and licensed manufacturer. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against all claims, suits, and actions or other damages as a result of negligence of any person or property arising out of patent infringement by the Contractor or the Contractor’s employee’s, agents, the suppliers, or any tier of subcontractors involved in the work. Page 76 2641.7 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Before excavation is started, it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to check with the various utility companies and determine the location and depth of the existing utilities in the vicinity of the work area. Damage to utilities and the resulting repair, temporary service cost, etc., shall be borne by the Contractor. Access pits shall be backfilled in accordance with Section 2600, Trench Excavation and Backfill. All excavations shall be properly sheeted/shored in accordance with relevant specifications for trench safety systems. Any damage resulting from improperly shored excavations shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer with no compensation to the Contractor. All open excavations shall be kept secure at all times by the use of barricades and fencing with appropriate lights and signs, construction tape, covering with steel plates, etc., or as directed by the Engineer. All lateral and service connections shall be identified, located and excavated prior to the pipe insertion to expedite reconnection. The Contractor shall use excavation methods that will not create a rise or sag at the service or lateral connection for gravity sewers. A rise or sag in the sewer will be repaired by the contractor at no expense to the Owner, in a manner approved by the Engineer. The location and number of insertion and receiving excavations shall be planned by the Contractor and submitted in writing for approval by the Engineer at least ten (10) days prior to excavation. One (1) or more receiving pits shall be excavated at the end(s) of the pipe to be replaced or at appropriate points within the length of the existing pipe. Pit shall be centered over the existing pipe. The number of pits for machine and pipe insertion shall be the minimum necessary to most efficiently accomplish the work. The Contractor shall give consideration to the use of excavation required for other purposes such as for sanitary sewer service reconnections and manhole replacement. Where manholes are used as machine or new pipe insertion pits, the Contractor shall identify such manholes and replace them at no additional cost to the Owner if damaged. Any manhole modification or replacement required shall be considered incidental to the installation of the new pipe. Equipment used to perform the work shall be located away from buildings so as not to create noise impact. Provide a silent engine compartment to reduce machine noise as required to meet local requirements. The Contractor shall install all pulleys, rollers, bumpers, alignment control devices, and other equipment required to protect existing manholes and pipe components not intended for removal/replacement, and to protect the new pipe from damage during installation. Lubrication may be used as recommended by the manufacturer. If lubrication is used for insertion, the Contractor shall ensure that the lubricant does not backfill existing services. Under no circumstances will the pipe be stressed beyond eighty percent (80%) of its elastic limit as published and recommended by the manufacturer. Page 77 Pipe insertion shall be continuous and without interruption from manhole to manhole for sewers, or junction to junction for watermain, except as approved by the Engineer. Upon completion of insertion of the new pipe, and after the relaxation period, the Contractor shall expedite the reconnection of laterals and services so as to minimize any inconvenience to customers. Connection of services shall be in accordance with Sections 2611 and 2621 of these specifications and as provided in the Special Provisions. The installed pipe shall be allowed the manufacturer’s recommended amount of time, but not less than four (4) hours, for cooling and relaxation due to tensile stressing prior to any reconnection of service lines, sealing of the annulus or backfilling of the insertion pit. Sufficient excess length of new pipe, but not less than four inches (4"), shall be allowed to protrude into manholes. Restraint of pipe ends shall be achieved by means of electrofusion couplings. The electrofusion couplings shall be slipped over pipe ends against manhole wall and fused in place. Installation of electrofusion couplings shall be done in accordance with the manufacturers recommended procedures. Following the relaxation period, the annular space at the manhole shall be sealed. Sealing shall be made with material approved by the Engineer and shall extend a minimum of eight inches (8") into the manhole wall in such a manner as to form a smooth, uniform, watertight joint. Fused pipe joints shall be de-beaded to create a smooth flow line. There shall be no ridges or burrs from the fusion method exposed on the interior of the pipe following installation. Tracer wire shall be installed with the pipe in accordance with 2611 and 2621. Equipment: The pipe bursting tool shall increase the external dimensions sufficiently, causing breakage of the existing pipe at the same time expanding the surrounding ground. Simultaneously, the new pipe, directly attached to the expander, shall also move forward. See manufacturer’s specifications for what size tool should be used in what diameter of pipe, as well as parameters of what size tool for percentage of upsize allowed. The bursting head shall incorporate a shield/expander to prevent collapse of the hole ahead of the pipe insertion. Bypass Pumping: The Contractor, when and where required for sanitary sewer replacement, shall provide diversion for the pipe bursting/replacement process. The pumps and by-pass lines shall be of adequate capacity and size to handle all flows. All costs for by-pass pumping required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Temporary Water: The Contractor when and where required for watermain replacement, shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment associated with managing, constructing, and maintaining a temporary potable water distribution system for all existing water users which must be taken out of service for a period exceeding eight (8) hours, or as required at the discretion of the Engineer. All costs to provide temporary water required during installation of the pipe shall be incidental to the installation of the pipe, unless otherwise provided in the Special Provisions. Page 78 2641.8 TESTING AND INSPECTION Testing: Tests for compliance with this specification shall be made as described herein and in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification. A certificate with this specification shall be furnished, upon request, by the manufacturer for all material furnished under this specification. Inspection: Video inspection of pipelines shall be performed by experienced personnel trained in locating breaks, obstacles, and service connections by closed circuit color television. Video inspection shall include the following: Two (2) copies of the DVD’s in mpeg4 format (post) to be submitted to the Owner before final invoice. DVD’s are to remain property of the Owner; Contractor to retain second copy. All flows tributary to reach of sewer being inspected are to be completely by-passed around the reach during inspection if necessary and required by the Owner. Pre-construction video of the existing pipe and post construction video inspection upon completion of reconstruction of each reach of pipe, with the voice description, with stationing of services indicated. Data and stationing to be on video. Should any portion of the video inspection be of inadequate quality or coverage, as determined by the Owner the Contractor will have the portion re-inspected and video recorded at no additional expense to the Owner. 2641.9 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Measurement for pipe bursting shall be on a linear foot basis, to the nearest whole foot, measured from center of manhole to center of manhole or junction point to junction point as indicated on the plans. 2641.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT Pipe Bursting: The work performed as prescribed by this item will be paid for by the linear foot at the unit price bid for the pipe bursting/replacement at the specified pipe diameter and location which price shall be full compensation for the installation of the new pipe, furnishing and placing of all materials, labor, tools, equipment, cleaning, and preparation of the existing pipe to receive the new pipe, tracer wire, pipe bedding, backfill material, annulus sealing material and launching pits, and video inspection of final installed pipe, bypass pumping, temporary water distribution, traffic control, sealing at manholes, locating, excavating, disconnecting, testing in accordance with the Contract Documents, and all else incidental thereto for which separate payment is not provided under other Items in the Bid Form. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX B CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 APPENDIX B GEOTECHNICAL REPORT GEOTECHNICAL REPORT SILVER LAKE LIFT STATION AND BOAT LANDING IMPROVEMENTS COLUMBIA HEIGHTS MINNESOTA January 3, 2020 Prepared for: City of Columbia Heights 673 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 WSB PROJECT NO. 015305-000 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 SILVER LAKE LIFT STATION AND BOAT LANDING IMPROVEMENTS FOR CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS January 3, 2020 CERTIFICATION Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Darin E. Hyatt, PE Date: January 3, 2020 Lic. No. 41316 5 4 0 G A T E W A Y B L V D | B U R N S V I L L E , MN | 55 3 3 7 | 9 5 2 . 7 3 7 . 4 6 6 0 | W S B E N G . C O M January 3, 2020 Mr. Kevin Hansen Public Works Director/City Engineer City of Columbia Heights 673 38th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Re: Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Launch Improvements 4121 NE Stinson Boulevard Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No.: 015305-000 We have conducted a geotechnical subsurface exploration program for the above referenced project. This report contains our soil boring logs, an evaluation of the conditions encountered in the borings and our recommendations for allowable soil bearing pressure, dewatering, and other geotechnical related design and construction considerations. If you have any questions concerning this report or our recommendations, or for construction material testing for this project, please call us at (952) 737-4660. Sincerely, WSB Darin Hyatt, PE Mark Osborn, PE Senior Geotechnical Engineer Geotechnical Project Engineer Attachment Geotechnical Report DEH/tw TABLE OF CONTENTS Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 TITLE SHEET CERTIFICATION SHEET LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 1 Project Location ......................................................................................................................... 1 Project Description .................................................................................................................... 1 Purpose and Project Scope of Services .................................................................................... 1 2.PROCEDURES ..................................................................................................................................... 2 2.1 Boring Layout and Soil Sampling Procedures ........................................................................... 2 2.2 Groundwater Measurements and Borehole Abandonment ....................................................... 2 2.3 Boring Log Procedures and Qualifications ................................................................................ 2 3.EXPLORATION RESULTS .................................................................................................................. 3 3.1 Site and Geology ....................................................................................................................... 3 3.2 Subsurface Soil and Groundwater Conditions .......................................................................... 3 3.3 Strength Characteristics ............................................................................................................ 3 3.4 Groundwater Conditions ............................................................................................................ 4 4.ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS .................................................................. 5 4.1 Discussion ................................................................................................................................. 5 4.2 Lift Station and Retaining Wall Foundation Preparation ........................................................... 5 4.3 Bearing Capacity ....................................................................................................................... 6 4.4 Retaining Wall and Below Grade Walls ..................................................................................... 6 4.5 Pavement Subgrade Preparation and Stability ......................................................................... 6 4.6 Pavement Area .......................................................................................................................... 7 4.7 Dewatering................................................................................................................................. 8 4.8 Backfill and Fill Selection and Compaction ............................................................................... 8 4.9 Construction Safety ................................................................................................................... 8 4.10 Cold Weather Construction ....................................................................................................... 8 4.11 Field Observation and Testing................................................................................................... 8 4.12 Plan Review and Remarks ........................................................................................................ 9 5.STANDARD OF CARE ....................................................................................................................... 10 Appendix A Soil Boring Exhibit Logs of Test Boring Symbols and Terminology on Test Boring Log Notice to Report Users Boring Log Information Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 1 1.INTRODUCTION Project Location The site is located at 4121 NE Stinson Boulevard in Columbia Heights, Minnesota. The approximate soil boring location can be found on the Soil Boring Exhibit in Appendix A. Project Description It is proposed to construct a new lift station, retaining wall and to construct a new parking lot and drive lanes. It is our understanding that the precast lift station structure will have a concrete base slab placed at elevation 211 about 30 feet below existing grade. We understand that structural loads for a lift station are typically less than 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf). New retaining walls will be constructed along the western side of the new parking lot. The block retaining walls will generally be 6 to 10 feet high and have a foundation bottom about 6 feet below existing grades. The existing parking lot will be expanded and reconstructed. We have assumed that the final grade for the parking and drive areas will be within 1 foot of existing grades. WSB has developed recommendations for this project in consideration of the proposed layout, loadings, and configurations as understood at this time. When the architect and/or structural engineer develops additional information about final design, configuration, or other significant factors, the recommendations presented herein may no longer apply. WSB must be made aware of the revised or additional information in order to evaluate the recommendations for continued applicability. Purpose and Project Scope of Services Mr. Kevin Hansen with the City of Columbia Heights authorized this work. In order to assist the design team in preparing plans and specifications, we have developed recommendations for the lift station and retaining wall foundations as well as subgrade preparation for the parking and drive areas . As such, we have completed a subsurface exploration program and prepared a geotechnical report for the referenced site. This stated purpose was a significant factor in determining the scope and level of service provided. Should the purpose of the report change the report immediately ceases to be valid and use of it without WSB’s prior review and written authorization shall be at the user’s sole risk. Our authorized scope of work has been limited to: 1.Mobilization / Demobilization of a Track Mounted Drill Rig. 2.Clearing underground utilities utilizing the Gopher State One Call. 3.Drilling 4 standard penetration test borings to depths ranging from about 5 to 40 feet below grade. 4.Sealing the boring per Minnesota Department of Health procedures. 5.Performing soil classification and analysis. 6.Review of readily available project information and geologic data. 7.Providing this geotechnical report containing: a.Summary of our findings. b.Discussion of subsurface soil and groundwater conditions and how they may affect the proposed lift station and retaining wall foundations and pavements. c.Estimated Allowable Bearing Capacity of the soils. d.Estimated R-value and pavement recommendations e.A discussion of soils for use as structural fill and site fill. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 2 2.PROCEDURES 2.1 Boring Layout and Soil Sampling Procedures WSB recommended the boring depths and selected the desired locations. The borings were staked using existing site features as guides. The planned locations of some of the borings were not accessible to our drilling rig, as such, the borings were offset to allow access. The approximate boring locations are shown on the Soil Boring Exhibit in Appendix A which is an aerial photo. We drilled the borings on December 20 and 27, 2019, with a track-mounted CME-55 drill rig operated by a two-person crew. The drill crew advanced the borings using continuous hollow stem augers. Drilling methods, crew chief, depths, sampling interval, casing usage, groundwater observations, test data, and other drilling information are indicated on the boring logs. Due to the existing topography and snow cover we could not access the proposed location s of Borings PB-1 and PB-2 and those borings were not completed. We offset Boring PB-1 to an accessible location. The offset boring location is denoted with an ‘A’ suffix. Generally, the drill crew sampled the soil in advance of the auger tip at two and one-half foot (2½’) intervals until the 25-foot depth and then at 5-foot intervals until the borings termination. The soil samples were obtained using a split-barrel sampler which was driven into the ground during standard penetration tests in accordance with ASTM D 1586, Standard Method of Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils. The materials encountered were described on field log and representative samples were containerized and transported to our laboratory for further examination and testing. The samples were visually examined to estimate the distribution of grain sizes, plasticity, consistency, moisture condition, color, presence of lenses and seams, and apparent geologic origin. We classified the soils according to type using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). A chart describing the Unified Soil Classification System is included in Appendix A. 2.2 Groundwater Measurements and Borehole Abandonment The drill crew observed the boring for free groundwater while drilling and after completion. These observations and measurements are noted on the boring log. The crew then backfilled the boring with soil cuttings to comply with Minnesota Department of Health regulations. 2.3 Boring Log Procedures and Qualifications The subsurface conditions encountered by the test borings are illustrated on the Logs of Test Boring in Appendix A. Similar soils were grouped into the strata shown on the boring logs, and the appropriate estimated USCS classification symbols were also added. The depths and thickness of the subsurface strata indicated on the boring logs were estimated from the drilling results. The transition between materials (horizontal and vertical) is approximate and is usually far mor e gradual than shown. Information on actual subsurface conditions exists only at the specific locations indicated and is relevant only to the time exploration was performed. Subsurface conditions and groundwater levels at other locations may differ from conditions found at the indicated locations. The nature and extent of these conditions would not become evident until exposed by construction excavation. These stratification lines were used for our analytical purposes and, due to the aforementioned limi tations, should not be used as a basis of design or construction cost estimates. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 3 3.EXPLORATION RESULTS 3.1 Site and Geology The borings were completed at 4121 NE Stinson Boulevard in Columbia Heights. We used a surveyors hub labeled as CP-12 as our benchmark. The elevation of that reference was shown as 958.11 which equates to elevation 247.8 on the City of Columbia Heights datum . It appears that recent site grading has occurred at this site, however, t he site currently slopes downward from the west toward the lake. Geologic origins can be difficult to determine solely from boring samples. We referenced online geologic data of the area and used our experience to help determine geologic origin of the soils, however only a detailed geologic exploration would accurately determine the geologic history of the site. The Anoka County Geologic Atlas indicates the surficial geology of the area is mixed glacial till deposits consisting silty and clayey soils that may contain cobbles and boulders. 3.2 Subsurface Soil and Groundwater Conditions The boring profile generally consisted of fill materials overlying glacial till deposits. Two of our borings (PB-1A and PB-3) were drilled on a slope near the location of the retaining wall and lift station while Boring PB-4 was drilled in the existing drive lane. Pavement Section Boring PB-4 was completed in the existing drive lane. That boring encountered about 4 inches of bituminous over about 8 inches of aggregate base. Topsoil Borings PB-1A and PB-3 encountered about 3 inches of topsoil. The topsoil consisted of sandy lean clay and clayey sand that contained organic fines was dark brown in color and moist. Fills Underlying the pavement section or topsoil, fill consisting of clayey sand and sandy lean clay with varying amounts of topsoil mixed in was encountered to a depth of about 5 1/2 feet in Borings PB-1A and PB-3 and to the 6-foot termination depth of Boring PB-4. The fills were brown to dark brown in color and were moist to wet. Glacial Till Below the fill, we encountered glacial till consisting of clayey sand, sandy lean clay and silty sand and contained varying amounts of gravel. The till soils were brown with iron staining to reddish brown in color and were considered moist, however, the silty sand encountered at depth in Boring PB-2 was considered wet. 3.3 Strength Characteristics The penetration resistance N-values of the materials encountered were recorded during drilling and are indicated as blows per foot (BPF). Those values provide an indication of soil strength characteristics and are located on the boring log sheets. Also, visual-manual classification techniques and apparent moisture contents were also utilized to make an engineering judgment of the consistency of the materials. Table 1 presents a summary of the penetration resistances in the soils for the borings completed and remarks regarding the material strengths of the soils. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 4 Table 1: Penetration Resistances Soil Type Classification Penetration Resistances Remarks Fill SC 4 to 7 BPF Poorly compacted Till SC, CL 15 to >50 BPF Firm to very hard Till SM 33 to >50 BPF Dense to very dense The preceding is a generalized description of soil conditions at this site. Variations from the generalized profile exist and should be assessed from the boring logs, the normal geologic character of the deposits, and the soils uncovered during site excavation. 3.4 Groundwater Conditions WSB took groundwater level readings in the exploratory borings, reviewed the data obtained, and discussed its interpretation of the data in the text of the report. Groundwater was not encountered in the borings during the relatively short time of drilling and sampling. Borings PB-1A and PB-3 were left open for about 7 days. After about 7 days, groundwater was not observed to cave-in depths of about 13 and 9 feet in Borings PB-1A and PB-3, respectively. The clayey soils from about 5 feet to a depth of about 13 feet were brown with iron staining. Iron staining within soils can indicate groundwater fluctuations and/or slow infiltration of surface water. Based on published data provided by the Minnesota DNR the latest water level of adjacent Silver Lake was 932.73 feet on November 6, 2019. This is approximately elevation 222 ½ on the City of Columbia Heights datum. This water level is about 19 to 20 feet above the ground surface elevation at Borings PB-1A and PB-3. Based on this information, it is our opinion that the static groundwater surface at this site will be near that of Silver Lake. Note that groundwater levels typically fluctuate due to seasonal variations (e.g. precipitation, snowmelt and rainfall) and/or other factors not evident at the time of measurement. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 5 4.ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Discussion Fills No information was provided to us regarding density tests or excavation observations for the existing fills placed at the boring locations. The fills had a relatively low N-value and appeared to be mixed with varying amounts of topsoil. Generally, fills that are not documented during placement are recommended for removal and replacement with an engineered fill. This is especially true beneath structures and newly constructed pavements, however, beneath existing pavements consideration can be given to leaving the fill in place provided the subgrades can be properly stabilized. Natural Soils The natural soils encountered at the proposed depth of the lift station and retaining walls consisted of clayey sands and silty sands. Based on our borings these soils generally appear suitable for support of the lift station and retaining wall foundations. General Groundwater may be encountered by excavations at this site – especially the deeper lift station excavation – and dewatering may be required. Groundwater levels will likely be above the bottom of the lift station structure as well and waterproofing of the structure is recommended. 4.2 Lift Station and Retaining Wall Foundation Preparation The organic soils, vegetation and root zone, and existing fills should be removed from beneath the proposed structure. We understand the base of the retaining walls will be about 6 feet below existing grades and the lift station is planned to be constructed at a depth of about 25 to 30 feet below existing grade. Below the base of the lift station structure, one foot of coarse filter aggregate meeting the requirements of MnDOT Specification 3149.2H will be placed and wrapped in a geotextile. We anticipate a similar platform of compacted aggregate will be placed below the block retaining walls as well. Based on the borings, estimated minimum excavation depth to native soils are indicated in Table 2. Table 2: Estimated Minimum Excavation Depth Boring Surface Elevation Estimated Excavation depth to native soils Estimated Bottom of Excavation Elevation* PB-1A 240.5 5 ½ 235 PB-3 242.0 5 ½ 234 ½ *Elevations rounded to the lowest ½ foot. At the base of footing excavations, if wet clayey or silty soils are loose/soft or become loose/soft under construction traffic they should be subcut. We recommend the wet, loose/soft silty or clayey soils be subcut a minimum of 1 foot below the base of the footings. The sub-excavations should be oversized by at least one foot (1’) beyond the edge of footings for each foot of depth below the bottom of footing elevations (1-horizontal to 1-vertical lateral oversizing). Because the depth and lateral extent of the sub- excavations will vary away from our borings, we recommend a qualified engineering technician working under the direction of a registered professional geotechnical engineer observe and test the excavation bases during construction. Based on the borings, it appears that the on-site soil can generally be reused as structural backfill provided organic soils are segregated out, it is moisture conditioned and can be compacted to project specifications. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 6 The site should be graded to prevent water from ponding on clayey and silty soils and potentially softening them. 4.3 Bearing Capacity We recommend that the structures be supported on conventional spread footings bearing on naturally occurring silty and clayey sand or on engineered fill. Based on th e borings, it is our opinion the footings throughout may be designed for a net allowable soil bearing pressure not to exceed 3,000 pounds per square foot (psf). We recommend unheated structure footings should be placed at least five feet (5’) below adjacent exterior grade. The factor of safety against shear or bearing capacity failure for this footing design would be three (3) or greater. If the site is prepared as recommended, we estimate that total and differential settlements corresponding to our assumed structural loads would be less than one inch (1”) and one -half inch (1/2”), respectively, provided the bearing soils are not frozen or disturbed at the time of construction. 4.4 Retaining Wall and Below Grade Walls To help prevent water from accumulating behind retaining walls in clayey or silty soils, we recommend drain tiles be placed at the base of the footings. To promote water migration to the drain tile, we recommend either a drainage composite be placed against the back side of the wall or at least two feet (2’) (horizontally) of clean coarse sand be placed along the back of the wall. We recommend the upper foot of backfill consist of clayey soils to act as a “cap” and reduce water infiltration into the backfill soils. The drain tile should be connected to the storm sewer system or “daylighted” to suitable disposal areas. To assist in retaining wall design Table 3 presents estimated soil parameters for common backfill soils. The coefficients presented below assume a level backfill at the top of wall. If the backfill is sloped, these values may change significantly. Table 3: Estimated Soil Parameters for Retaining Wall Design Soil Type Unit Weight pcf Cohesion Adhesion Angle of Internal Friction Equivalent Fluid Weight (psf/ft)^2 Active Passive At-Rest SP, SP-SM 120 --- --- 32 35 400 55 SM, SC 125 --- --- 30 40 375 65 CL 120 1000 700 24 50 280 70 *- Parameters do not include safety factors. 4.5 Pavement Subgrade Preparation and Stability We recommend excavation of organics and unstable/unsuitable soils from beneath the proposed pavement areas. The soils at the bottom of the excavation should be prepared in accordance with MnDOT Specification 2112, Subgrade Preparation. If the subgrade preparation operations encounter unstable soils, we recommend removing these unsuitable materials and replacing them with Select Grading Material (MnDOT 2105.1.A.6). If the on-site soils cannot be moisture conditioned and compacted as recommended, additional measures, such as placement of additional sand subbase or a section of coarse breaker run aggregate, can be completed to provide a firm base for subsequent fill placement. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 7 The final subgrade should have proper stability within three vertical feet of gradin g grade (grade which contacts the bottom of the aggregate base). This will generally be achieved in fill areas with proper compaction of embankment materials and in cut areas through proper subgrade preparation. The stability of the pavement subgrade should be evaluated prior to placement of the pavement section using the test roll procedure (MnDOT 2111), except a fully loaded tandem axle dump truck or a full water truck should be utilized for the proof roll. If unstable soils are found under the test ro ll, these soils should be improved by means of scarification, moisture conditioning, and re-compaction, or by subcutting and replacement. 4.6 Pavement Area Once the site has been prepared as recommended, we anticipate the prepared subgrade soils will consist mostly of clayey sands. Based on the MnDOT Flexible Pavement Guide from 2017, the estimated R-value of the subgrade soils would range between 12 and 30. We used a design R-value of 20 for the pavements. No Information was provided to us regarding traffic volumes, however, this is a small parking lot. We have assumed that the Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) for roadway design would be less than 50,000. Based on MnDOT’s FlexPave excel design utilizing granular equivalent charts, we recommend the pavement section indicated below in Table 4. Table 4: Recommended Flexible Pavement Section Section Thickness (inches) Granular Equivalent Bituminous Course, MnDOT 2360 1 1/2 3.38 Bituminous Course, MnDOT 2360 2 4.5 Aggregate Base, MnDOT 3138 (Class 5, 5Q, or 6) 6 6.0 Subgrade Preparation, MnDOT 2112 Yes - TOTAL - 13.88 We recommend limiting Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) within the upper wear course to a maximum of 10 percent in order to minimize cracking. Aggregate base placement for pavement support should meet the gradation and quality requirements for Class 5, 5Q, or 6 per MnDOT specification 3138. Aggregate base material should be compacted to 100 percent of its standard Proctor maximum dry density. Within several years after initial paving, some thermal shrinkage cracks will develop. We recommend routine maintenance be performed to improve pavement performance and increase pavement life. Pavement should be sealed with a liquid bitumen sealer to retard water intrusion into the base course and subgrade. Localized patch failures may also develop where trucks or buses turn on the pavement. When these occur, they should be cut out and patch repaired. The pavement sections above provide options to meet the ESAL requirements. Other pavement design options would be acceptable as well as long as they meet the min imum requirements for bituminous thickness, aggregate base thickness, and can meet the ESAL requirements. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 8 4.7 Dewatering We understand the base of the excavations for the lift station is planned to be about 30 feet below existing grade, and our borings encountered clayey sand and silty sand soils at those depths. Being this depth is below the lake level, dewatering should be anticipated. Based on the soils encountered in the borings, it is our opinion that it will be possible to dewater the excavation with sumps and pumps located in the base of the excavation. We recommend that fills and structures be placed on a dry subgrade. 4.8 Backfill and Fill Selection and Compaction Based on the borings, it appears that the on-site fills may be reused as structural fill unless they are mixed with topsoil. The existing fill may require moisture conditioning (wetting/drying) before being used as backfill and fill. The native clayey and silty soils may be used as structural backfill and fill. We recommend fill placed below the water table consist of a clean, coarse sand with less than 50% passing the #40 sieve and less than 5% passing the #200 sieve. Backfills with cobbles larger than six inches (6”) should not be placed below or within contact of the structures. We recommend that all soils used as backfill and fill be moisture conditioned to meet compaction specifications as determined from their standard Proctor tests (ASTM D -698). Fill should be spread in lifts of 8 inches or less for clayey soils, depending on the size and type of compaction equipment used. Table 5 indicates the recommended compaction levels. Table 5: Recommended Level of Compaction for Backfill and Fill Area Percent of standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density Beneath Structures and Pavements (within 3 feet of the top of pavement subgrade.) 100 Pavements greater than 3 feet below top of pavement subgrade 95 Landscaping (non-structural) 90 4.9 Construction Safety All excavations must comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P “Excavations and Trenches”. This document states that excavation safety is the responsibility of the contractor. Reference to this OSHA requirement should be included in the job specifications. The responsibility to provide safe working conditions on this site, for earthwork, building construction, or any associated operations is solely that of the contractor. This responsibility is not borne in an y manner by WSB. 4.10 Cold Weather Construction It is our understanding that construction is unlikely to occur during the winter months. However, if the construction does continue into the winter months, we recommend the following guidelines. Only unfrozen fill should be used. Placement of fill or structures must not be permitted on frozen soil, and the bearing soils under structures should not be allowed to freeze because excessive post-construction settlement could occur as the frozen soils thaw. 4.11 Field Observation and Testing The soil conditions illustrated on the Logs of Test Borings in Appendix A are indicative of the conditions only at the boring locations. For this reason, we recommend that excavations at this site be observed by a soil engineer or technician prior to fill or backfill placement or construction of foundation elements to determine if the soils are capable of supporting the fill backfill and/or foundation loads. These Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 9 observations are recommended to judge if the unsuitable materials have been removed from within the planned construction area and an appropriate degree of lateral oversize has been provided. WSB also recommends a representative number of field density tests be taken in engineered fill and backfill placed to aid in judging its suitability. Fill placement and compaction should be monitored and tested to determine that the resulting fill and backfill conforms to specified density, strength or compressibility requirements. We recommend at least one compaction test for every 2 ,000 square feet of building area at vertical intervals not exceeding two (2) feet, and one compaction test for every 150 feet of utility trench at a vertical interval of two (2) feet. Prior to use, proposed fill and backfill material should be submitted to the WSB laboratory for testing to verify compliance with recommendations and project specifications. Dynamic Cone Penetrometer (DCP) tests can be completed in the aggregate base in lieu of density testing. We recommend following MnDOT Specification 22 11.3.D.2.c. WSB would be pleased to provide the advised field observation, monitoring and testing services during construction. 4.12 Plan Review and Remarks The observations, recommendations and conclusions described in this report are based primarily on information provided to WSB, obtained from our subsurface exploration, our experience, several necessary assumptions and the scopes of service developed for this project and are for the sole use of our client. We recommend that WSB be retained to perform a review of final design drawing and specifications to evaluate that the geotechnical engineering report has not been misinterpreted. Should there be any changes in the design or location of the structures related to this project or if there are any uncertainties in the report we should be notified. We would be pleased to review any project changes and modify the recommendations in this report (if necessary) or provide any clarification in writing. The entire report should be kept together; for example, boring logs should not be removed and placed in the specifications separately. The boring logs and related information included in this report are indicators of the subsurface conditions only at the specific locations indicated on the Soil B oring Exhibit and times noted on the Logs of Test Boring sheets in Appendix A. The subsurface conditions, including groundwater levels, at other locations on the site may differ significantly from conditions that existed at the time of sampling and at the boring locations. The test borings were put down by WSB solely to obtain indications of subsurface conditions as part of a geotechnical exploration program. No services were performed to evaluate subsurface environmental conditions. WSB has not performed any observations, investigations, studies or testing that is not specifically listed in the scope of service. WSB shall not be liable for failing to discover any condition whose discovery required the performance of services not authorized by the Agreement. Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 Page 10 5.STANDARD OF CARE The recommendations and opinions contained in this report are based on our professional judgment. The soil testing and geotechnical engineering services performed for this project have been performed with the level of skill and diligence ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the same profession under similar circumstances, at the same time and in the same or a similar locale. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made. Geotechnical Report Appendix A Silver Lake Lift Station and Boat Landing Improvements Columbia Heights, Minnesota WSB Project No. 015305-000 APPENDIX A Soil Borings Exhibit Logs of Test Boring Symbols and Terminology on Test Boring Log Notice to Report Users Boring Log Information Unified Soil Classification Sheet (USCS) !( !( !( !( !( PB 1A PB 3 PB 2 PB 4 PB 1 !(Approximate Soil Boring Location (Drilled) !(Approximate Soil Boring Location (Not Drilled) 0 50Feet¯ Soil Boring Exhibit Geotechnical Report Silver Lake Lift Station & Boat Landing Improvements 4121 NE Stinson Blvd. Colum bia Heights, MN WSB Project: 015305-000 Document Path: K:\015305-000\GIS\Maps\SoilBoringExhibit\SoilBoringExhibit.mxd Date Saved: 12/31/2019 1:48:50 PM 1 inch = 50 f eet 3 1/4" HSA 0' - 39.5' 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB Topsoil Fill Till 6 19 15 19 16 17 16 22 21 43 33 39 * 15 11 12 11 15 11 12 11 10 7 7 CL CL SC SC SC SM SANDY LEAN CLAY, Organic fines, dark brown, moist CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, brown, moist to wet -ROOT FIBERS CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL, brown with iron staining, moist, firm to hard CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, brown, moist, hard CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL, brown, moist, very hard SILTY SAND WITH TRACE GRAVEL, reddish brown, moist to wet, dense to very dense -* 23 Blows for 6", 50 Blows for 5" End of Boring 41.0 ft. N-Value Plot 23.50 47 TIME CASING DEPTH CAVE-IN DEPTH WATER DEPTH WATER ELEVATION WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS SAMPLED DEPTHDATE 39.5 13 414:00 pm 10:00 am 12/20/2019 12/27/2019 METHOD START: 12/20/2019END: 12/27/2019 Logged By: DEHR.Kurth Notes: Crew Chief: None None PROJECT NAME: Silver Lake Boat Landing Imp. LOG OF TEST BORING PROJECT LOCATION: Columbia Heights BORING NUMBER PB-1A PAGE 1 OF 1SURFACE ELEVATION: 240.45 ftCLIENT/WSB #: 015305-000 SAMPLE No.TYPE GEOLOGIC ORIGIN WL N DD (P C F ) Dr i l l i n g Op e r a t i o n MC %USCSDEPTH (ft) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 GE O T E C H N I C A L N - P L O T - W S B . G D T - 1 / 3 / 2 0 0 8 : 5 9 - K : \ 0 1 5 3 0 5 - 0 0 0 \ G E O T E C H - C M T \ G E O T E C H \ B O R I N G L O G S . G P J ELEV. (ft) 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 ELEV. (ft) 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 6 19 15 19 16 17 16 22 21 43 33 39 3 1/4" HSA 0' - 30' 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB HSA SB Topsoil Fill Till 7 20 22 21 20 29 33 * 44 49 * 10 10 12 9 8 11 7 7 7 SC SC SC SC CL SM CLAYEY SAND, Organic fines, dark brown, moist CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, brown with iron staining, moist -ROOT FIBERS CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, brown with iron staining, moist, hard CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, brown, moist, hard SANDY LEAN CLAY WITH GRAVEL, reddish brown, moist, hard to very hard -* 50 Blows for 3" SILTY SAND WITH GRAVEL, fine to medium grained, reddish brown, moist, very dense -* 24 Blows for 6", 50 Blows for 3" End of Boring 31.5 ft. N-Value Plot 26.50 53 TIME CASING DEPTH CAVE-IN DEPTH WATER DEPTH WATER ELEVATION WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS SAMPLED DEPTHDATE 30 9 31.51:35 pm 10:00 am 12/20/2019 12/27/2019 METHOD START: 12/20/2019END: 12/20/2019 Logged By: DEHR.Kurth Notes: Crew Chief: None None PROJECT NAME: Silver Lake Boat Landing Imp. LOG OF TEST BORING PROJECT LOCATION: Columbia Heights BORING NUMBER PB-3 PAGE 1 OF 1SURFACE ELEVATION: 242.02 ftCLIENT/WSB #: 015305-000 SAMPLE No.TYPE GEOLOGIC ORIGIN WL N DD (P C F ) Dr i l l i n g Op e r a t i o n MC %USCSDEPTH (ft) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 GE O T E C H N I C A L N - P L O T - W S B . G D T - 1 / 3 / 2 0 0 8 : 5 9 - K : \ 0 1 5 3 0 5 - 0 0 0 \ G E O T E C H - C M T \ G E O T E C H \ B O R I N G L O G S . G P J ELEV. (ft) 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 ELEV. (ft) 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 7 20 22 21 20 29 33 44 49 3 1/4" HSA 0' - 4.5' 1 2 3 HSA SB HSA SB Pavement Section Fill 7 4 SC 4" BITUMINOUS 8" AGGREGATE BASE CLAYEY SAND, a little Gravel, dark brown, moist -MIXED WITH TOPSOIL End of Boring 6.0 ft. N-Value Plot 5.50 11 TIME CASING DEPTH CAVE-IN DEPTH WATER DEPTH WATER ELEVATION WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS SAMPLED DEPTHDATE 4.52610:45 am12/27/2019 METHOD START: 12/27/2019END: 12/27/2019 Logged By: DEHR.Kurth Notes: Crew Chief: None PROJECT NAME: Silver Lake Boat Landing Imp. LOG OF TEST BORING PROJECT LOCATION: Columbia Heights BORING NUMBER PB-4 PAGE 1 OF 1SURFACE ELEVATION: 244.9 ftCLIENT/WSB #: 015305-000 SAMPLE No.TYPE GEOLOGIC ORIGIN WL N DD (P C F ) Dr i l l i n g Op e r a t i o n MC %USCSDEPTH (ft) 1 2 3 4 5 6 GE O T E C H N I C A L N - P L O T - W S B . G D T - 1 / 3 / 2 0 0 8 : 5 9 - K : \ 0 1 5 3 0 5 - 0 0 0 \ G E O T E C H - C M T \ G E O T E C H \ B O R I N G L O G S . G P J ELEV. (ft) 244 243 242 241 240 239 ELEV. (ft) 244 243 242 241 240 239 DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL 7 4 wsb� SYMBOLS AND TERMINOLOGY ON TEST BORING LOG SYMBOLS Drilling and Sampling Laboratory Testing SmQ] Description SmQ] Description HSA 3 1/4" LD. Hollow Stem Auger MC Moisture content,% (ASTM D2216) FA Flight Auger DD Dry Density, pcf HA Hand Auger LL Liquid Limit (ASTM D4318) RC Size A, B, or N rotary casing PL Plastic Limit (ASTM D4318) cs Continuous split barrel sampling DM Drilling Mud -Inserts in last column JW Jetting Water SB 2" O.D. split barrel sampling Qu Unconfined compressive strength, psf(ASTM D2166) _L 2 1/2" or 3 1/2" OD split barrel liner sampler Pq Penetrometer Reading, tsf(ASTM Dl558) T 2" or 3" thin walled tube sample Ts Torvane Reading, ts w Wash sample G Specific Gravity (ASTM D854) B Bag sample SL Shrinkage limits (ASTM D427) p Test Pit sample oc Organic Contenct (ASTM D2974) _Q BQ, NQ, or PQ wire line system SP Swell Pressure, tsf (ASTM D4546) _x AX, BX, or NX double tube barrel PS Percent swell under pressure (ASTM D4546) N Standard penetration test, blow per foot FS Free swell, % (ASTM D4546) CR Core recovery, percent ss Shrink swell,% (ASTM D4546) WL Water level pH n/a no measurement recorded SC Sulfate content, parts/million or mg/I cc Chloride content, parts/million or mg/I C One dimensional consolidation (ASTM D2435) Qc Triaxial compression (ASTM D2850 and D4767) DS Direct Shear (ASTM D3080) K Coefficient of permeability, cm/sec (ASTM D2434) p Pinhole Test (ASTM D4647) DH Double hydrometer (ASTM D4221) MA Particle size analysis (ASTM D422) R Laboratory electreical resistivity, ohm-cm (ASTM G57) vs Field vane shear (ASTM D2573) RQD Rock quality designation, percent IR Infiltration Test (ASTM D3385) TERMINOLOGY Particle Sizes Soil Layering and Moisture � Size B.WJi,:e Tom Yis11w QllmYllii!lD Boulders > 12"Lenses Small pockets of different soils Cobbles 3" -12"Lamination < 1/4" thick stratum Coarse gravel 3/4" -3" Layer 1/4" -12" thick stratum Fine gravel #4 sieve -3/4"Stratified Altering lenses of varying materials or colors Coarse sand #4 sieve -#IO sieve Varved Altering laminations of clay, silt, fine sand, or colors Medium sand #IO sieve -#40 sieve Dry Powdery, no noticeable water Fine sand #40 sieve -#200 sieve Moist Damp, below saturation Silt I 00% passing #200 sieve, and > 0.005 mm Wet MC above plastic limit Clay I 00% passing #200 sieve, and < 0.005 mm Waterbearing Pervious soil below water table Saturated Cohesive soil with MC above liquit limit Gravel Content Standard Pentration Resistance (N-value) Coarse-Grained Soils Fine-Grained Soils Cohesionless Soils Cohesive Soils � Description � Description N:Yfilllil B.el11tixe �ensi� N:Yfilllil Consistency 2-15 A little gravel 2 -5 Trace of gravel 0-4 Very loose 0-4 Very soft 16-30 With gravel 5 -1 5 a little gravel 5 -10 Loose 5 -8 Soft 31 -49 Gravelly 16-30 with gravel 11 -30 Medium dense 9 -15 Firm 31 -49 Gravelly 31 -50 Dense 16-30 Hard >50 Very dense >30 Very hard wsb,., NOTICE TO REPORT USERS BORING LOG INFORMATION Subsurface Profiles The subsurface stratification lines on the graphic representation of the test borings show an approximate boundary between soil types or rock. The transition between materials is approximate and is usually far more gradual than shown. Estimating excavation depths, soil volumes, and other computations relying on the subsurface strata may not be possible to any degree of accuracy. Water Level WSB & Associates, Inc. took groundwater level readings in the exploratory borings, reviewed the data obtained, and discussed its interpretation of the data in the text of this report. The groundwater level may fluctuate due to seasonal variations caused by precipitation, snowmelt, rainfalls, construction or remediation activities, and/or other factors not evident at the time of measurement. The actual determination of the subsurface water level is an interpretive process. Subsurface water level may not be accurately depicted by the levels indicated on the boring logs. Normally, a subsurface exploration obtains general information regarding subsurface features for design purposes. An accurate determination of subsurface water levels is not possible with a typical scope of work. The use of the subsurface water level information provided for estimating purposes or other site review can present a moderate to high risk of error. The following information is obtained in the field and noted under "Water Level Measurements" at the bottom of the log. Sample Depth: Casing Depth: Cave-in Depth: Water Level: Obstruction De_pths The lowest depth of soil sampling at the time a water level measurement is taken. The depth to the bottom of the casing or hollow stem auger at the time of water level measurement. The depth at which a measuring tape stops in the bore hole. The point in the bore hole at which free-standing water is encountered by a measure device from the surface. Obstructions and/or obstruction depths may be noted on the boring logs. Obstruction indicates the sampling equipment encountered resistance to penetration. It must be realized that continuation of drilling, the use of other drilling equipment or further exploration may provide information other than that depicted on the logs. The correlation of obstruction depths on the log with construction features such as rock excavation, foundation depths, or buried debris cannot normally be determined with any degree of accuracy. For example, penetration of weathered rock by soil sampling equipment may not correlate with removal by certain types of construction equipment. Using this information for estimating purposes often results in a high degree of misinterpretation. Accurately identifying the obstruction or estimating depths where hard rock is present over the site requires a scope of service beyond the normal geotechnical exploration program. The risk of using the information noted on the boring logs for estimating purposes must be understood. UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOL CHART COARSE-GRAINED SOILS (more than 50% of material is larger than No. 200 sieve size.) GRAVELS More lhan 50% of coarse fraction larger than No. 4 sieve size SANDS 50%or more of coarse fraction smaller than No. 4 sieve size Clean Gravels (Less lhan 5¾ fines) ;J;, GW Well-graded gravels, gravel-sand .;;i:• mixtures, little or no Ones it�, GP Poorly-graded gravels, gravel-sand 1,;.'&� mixtures, little or no fines Gravels with fines {More lhan 12% nnes) GM Silly gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures GC Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures Clean Sands (Less than 5% fines\ ·.•.•,• ::::::: SW Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, :::::;: little or no fines �J=� :7� ({:� ,·.•..'t SP Poorly graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines Sands with fines (More than 12% fines) Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures FINE-GRAINED SOILS (50% or more of material is smaller than No. 200 sieve size.) SILTS ANO CLAYS Liquid limit less than 50% SILTS AND CLAYS Liquid limit 50¾ or greater HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS i}ti ({f% 1:/f;;.----=----,__-_ � �, I� i!.t. �� Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock ML flour, silty of clayey fine sands or dayey silts with slight plaslicily Inorganic clays of low to medium CL plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays Organic sills and organic silly clays of OL low plasticity Inorganic slits, mlcaceous or MH dlatomaceous fine sandy or silty softs, elastic silts Inorganic clays of high plastlclly, fat CH clays Organic clays of medium to high OH plasllclty, organic silts PT Peal and other highly organic soils GW GP GM GC SW SP SM SC wsb.., LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA DGo (D30)2 Cu = --greater than 4; Cc = between 1 and 3 D10 °10 xD60 Nol meeting all gradaHon requirements for GW Atterberg limits below "A" Above "A" line with P.I. between line orP.1. less than 4 4 and 7 am borderline cases Atterberg limits above "A" requiring use of dual symbols line with P.I. greater than 7 N D50 Cu = --greater than 4: C0 =between 1 and 3 D10 D10 x D60 Not meeting all gradation requirements for OW Allerberg limits below "A" Limits plotting In shaded zone line orP.l. less than 4 with P.l. between 4 and 7 are Altenberg limlls above "A' borderline cases requiting use line wllh P.I. greater than 7 of dual symbols. Delermlne percentages of sand and gravel From graln-slze curve. Depending on percentage of fines (fraction smaller than No. 20D sieve size), coarse-grained soils are classlfled as follows: Less than 5 percent ........ , ......... , ... , ... , ... , .... , . GW, GP, SW, SP More than 12 percent ............ ,, ........ , ..... , ... ,, . GM, GC, SM, SC 6 to 12 percent,, ..... , ... ,.,.,,,, Borderllne casos requiring dual symbols PLASTICITY CHART 60 60 � 40 30 � 20 10 Cl. .,V CH V / l/i"' ALINE: Pl,. o·73(LL-20) CL J/ MH iOH ./ ..... ,. ,I �ltMl ./ ML&,OL •' O O 10 20 30 40 60 60 70 80 90 100 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) (%) SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX C CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 APPENDIX C WET WELL MOUNTE LIFT STATION EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 1 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® SPECIFICATION - EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES WET WELL MOUNTED PUMP STATION WITH DUPLEX NON-CLOG PUMPS PROJECT: SILVER LAKE PS LOCATION: COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN INQUIRY #: 29697 GENERAL The contractor shall furnish and install one factory-built, automatic pumping station as manufactured by Smith & Loveless, Inc., Lenexa, Kansas. The station shall be complete with all needed equipment, factory-installed on a welded steel base with a hinged fiberglass cover. The principal items of equipment shall include two vertical, close-coupled, motor driven, vacuum primed, non-clog pumps; valves; internal piping; vacuum priming panel; heater; ventilating blower; priming pumps with WaveStart™ pump prime detection system and appurtenances; and all internal wiring. OPERATING CONDITIONS Each pump shall be capable of delivering 450 GPM of raw water or wastewater against a total dynamic head of 40 feet. The maximum allowable speed shall be 1200 RPM. The minimum rated horsepower of each pump motor shall be 7.5. The actual static suction lift, measured from the station baseplate to the “off” level in the wet well, shall be 20’. All openings and passages shall be large enough to permit the passage of a sphere 3” in diameter and the pump shall have a flanged suction and discharge connection no smaller than 4”. The pump motors shall not be overloaded beyond their nameplate rating at the design conditions nor at any head in the operating range. CONSTRUCTION The station shall be constructed in one complete, factory-built assembly. It shall be sized to rest on the top of the wet well as detailed in the construction drawings. EPOXY COATED CARBON STEEL BASEPLATE The supporting floor plate shall be minimum 3/8” thick carbon steel with reinforcing, as required, to prevent deflection and ensure an absolutely rigid support. Steel plate shall meet or exceed ASTM A-36 specifications. The pump station shall be enclosed by a hinged fiberglass cover made of molded reinforced orthophthalic polyester resins with a minimum of 30% glass fibers with a minimum average length of 1-1/4”. The outside of the enclosure shall be coated with a polyester protective in-mold coating for superior resistance to weathering, ultraviolet radiation, yellowing and chalking. The completed fiberglass enclosure shall be resistant to mold, mildew, fungus and corrosive liquids and gasses normally found in pump station environments. The dimensions of the enclosure shown on the drawings shall be considered a minimum, for internal component clearances and accessibility, and nothing smaller will be acceptable. The cover shall have a suitable drip-lip around the edge and shall be provided with a hasp and staple connection to the floor plate to allow the pump chamber to be locked with a padlock. The cover shall be attached with a multi segment stainless steel hinge, constructed of 7 gauge (minimum) type 304 stainless steel with a 3/8” diameter stainless steel pin and supporting at least 75% of the width of one end. Stainless steel bolts with tamperproof heads and a full width 3/8” thick anodized aluminum backing plate shall anchor the hinge to the fiberglass cover. Dual high-pressure gas struts shall be provided to counteract the dead weight of the cover assembly and limit the maximum lifting force required for opening to less than 20 pounds. The cover shall be self-latching upon opening, with a manually operated release for closing. Duplex heavy gauge safety chains shall be provided to prevent over-extension. All hardware and components of the cover assembly that are exposed to the weather shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials. ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 2 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® Heavy extruded aluminum, adjustable ventilating louvers shall be provided on each end of the fiberglass cover, which are capable of being closed during cold weather operation. An aluminum manway cover fabricated of 1/4” treadplate, located exterior to the fiberglass pump chamber shall be provided, complete with padlocking provisions. The manway shall be an integral part of the station floor plate and provide access to the wet well. The minimum open area of the manway access into the wet well shall be at least 4.2 square feet. The manway cover shall have a three color 7” x 10” (minimum) corrosion-resistant sign permanently affixed to it, reading “DANGER – Before Entering, Test For Explosive Gases. Test For Oxygen Deficiency. Supply Fresh Air To Work Area”. Enclosures utilized to house the valve train and/or controls, which are defined under OSHA Article 29CFR, Parts 1910 as a Confined Space shall not be acceptable. To allow on-site maintenance of the pumps, a stanchion with lifting arm shall be provided to lift each pump. The lifting arm shall have a hook over the center of the motor to support a hoist (provided by others) for removal of the motors, impellers and pumps from the station. The pump casings and discharge piping shall be mounted in relation to the floor plate as detailed in the construction drawings. The suction and discharge connections, where they pass through the floor shall be sealed by gaskets, rather than being welded, to allow adjustment and replacement. WELDING All steel structural members shall be joined by electric arc welding with welds of adequate section for the joint involved. Structural welding shall be preformed in accordance with AWS standards and procedures. PROTECTION AGAINST CORROSION All structural steel surfaces shall be factory blasted with steel grit, in an environmentally controlled booth, to remove rust, mill scale, weld slag, etc. All weld spatter and surface roughness shall be removed by grinding. Surface preparation shall comply with SSPC-SP6 specifications. Sandblasting is specifically prohibited. Immediately following cleaning, a single 6-8 mil dry film thickness coating of VERSAPOX®, a self-priming Cycloaliphatic Amine Epoxy shall be factory applied to the piping. This coating shall be as formulated by Smith & Loveless specifically for this type of application and service. Stainless steel, aluminum and other corrosion-resistant surfaces shall not be coated. Carbon steel surfaces not otherwise protected shall be coated with a suitable non-hardening rust preventative compound. Auxiliary components such as the electrical enclosure, ventilating blower and vacuum pumps shall be furnished with the original manufacturer’s coating. Finish coating shall be accomplished prior to shipment of the station from the factory and shall comply fully with the intent of these specifications. A touch-up kit shall be provided by the pump station manufacturer for repair of any mars or scratches occurring during shipping and installation. This kit shall contain detailed instructions for use. MAIN PUMPS The pumps shall be 4” vertical, centrifugal non-clog type of heavy cast-iron construction, especially designed for the use of mechanical seals and vacuum priming. In order to minimize seal wear caused by linear movement of the shaft, the shaft bearing nearest the pump impeller shall be locked in place so that endplay is limited to the clearance within the bearing. To minimize seal wear resulting from shaft deflection caused by the radial thrust of the pump, the shaft from the top of the impeller to the lower bearing supporting the impeller shall have a minimum diameter of 1-7/8”. The dimension from the lowest bearing to the top of the impeller shall not exceed 6”. The motor shaft shall be directly connected to the impeller without the use of drive belts or couplings, which require alignment and maintenance, and which increase power consumption due to their inherent energy losses. ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 3 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® Pumps with less than a standard 4” suction or 4” discharge connection, or with less than a 3” spherical solids handling capacity will be rejected for this application. The oversized shaft incorporating oversized bearings and heavier bearing frame construction provides for extended mechanical seal, bearing and overall pump/motor life. Since the larger shaft with the specified minimum overhang is the key to heavier, more rigid construction throughout, no deviation from the specified shaft diameter or tolerances will be allowed. The bearing nearest the impeller shall be designed for the combined thrust and radial load. The upper bearing shall be free to move in a linear direction with the thermal expansion of the shaft and shall carry only radial loads. The shaft shall be solid stainless steel through the mechanical seal to eliminate corrosion and abrasive rust particles. Removable shaft sleeves will not be acceptable if the shaft under the sleeve does not meet the specified minimum diameter. The pump shall have an integral adapter providing a large water reservoir above the impeller to provide for positive exclusion of air from the impeller. The seal shall be inside this area to assure lubrication. Pumps which do not use hollow priming adapters for positive lubrication of the seal will not be acceptable. Self-priming pumps are specifically unacceptable due to the need for suction check valves, air vent piping and the possibility of overheating and damaging the pump or producing steam or high temperatures in the pump, which may be a hazard to the operator, when the pump is run dry. The pump controls must be set so that the main pumps cannot be turned on unless they are filled with liquid, and the pump is completely primed. The pump shall be constructed so as to permit priming from the lower pressure area behind the impeller. Priming from high- pressure connections, which tends to cause solids to enter and clog the priming system, will not be acceptable. The priming bowl shall be transparent, enabling the operator to monitor the priming level. The pump shall be arranged so that the rotating element can easily be removed from the casing without disconnecting the electrical wiring or disassembling the motor, impeller, backhead or seal, so that any foreign object may be removed from the pump or suction line. Enclosed impellers must be used to avoid the necessity of wear plates and the associated costs of replacement and maintenance of wear plate clearances with semi-open impellers. The pump shaft shall be sealed against leakage by a single mechanical seal constructed so as to be automatically drained and primed each time the pump is drained and primed. Water, which lubricates the mechanical seal, shall be automatically drained from around the seal if the pump loses prime in order to allow both the pump and the seal to be drained, thereby preventing freezing and breakage of the seal during power outages in sub-freezing temperatures. The seal shall be of carbon and ceramic materials with the mating surfaces lapped to a flatness tolerance of one light band. The rotating ceramic shall be held in mating position with the stationary carbon by a stainless steel spring. The entire seal assembly shall be held in place by a bronze seal housing to prevent excessive heat buildup. Use of cast-iron or other ferrous material for the seal housing which will rust and damage the seal, shortening its life, will not be acceptable. The pump volute shall be furnished with mounting lugs and bolted to the station floor plate, forming a gas-tight seal. NON-CLOG TWO-PORT IMPELLER The pump impeller shall be of the enclosed two-port type made of close-grained cast-iron and shall be balanced. The eye of the impeller as well as the ports shall be large enough to permit the passage of a sphere 3” in diameter in accordance with nationally recognized codes. The impeller shall be keyed with a stainless steel key and secured to the motor shaft by a stainless steel capscrew equipped with a Nylock or other suitable self-locking device. The impeller shall not be screwed or pinned to the motor pump shaft and shall be readily removable without the use of special tools. To prevent the buildup of stringy materials, grit and other foreign particles around the pump shaft, all impellers less than full diameter shall be trimmed inside the impeller shrouds. The shrouds shall remain full diameter so that close minimum clearance from shrouds to volute is maintained. Both the end of the shaft and the bore of the impeller shall be tapered to permit easy removal of the impeller from the shaft. ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 4 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® MOTORS The pump motors shall be vertical, solid shaft, NEMA P-base, squirrel-cage induction type, suitable for 3 phase, 60 cycle, 230 volt electric current. They shall have Class F insulation. Insulation temperature shall, however, be limited to Class B. The motors shall have normal starting torque and low-starting current, as specified by NEMA Design B characteristics. They shall be open drip-proof design with forced air circulation by integral fan. Openings for ventilation shall be uniformly spaced around the motor frame. Leads shall be terminated in a cast connection box and shall be clearly identified. Motor winding thermostats shall be provided. This shall be used to provide overtemperature alarm signals. The motors shall have 1.15 service factor. The service factor shall be reserved for the owner’s protection. The motors shall not be overloaded beyond their nameplate rating, at the design conditions, nor at any head in the operating range as specified under Operating Conditions. The motor-pump shaft shall be centered, in relation to the motor base, within .005”. The shaft runout shall not exceed .003”. The motor shaft shall equal or exceed the diameter specified under Main Pumps at all points from immediately below the top bearing to the top of the impeller hub. A bearing cap shall be provided to hold the bottom motor bearing in a fixed position. Bearing housings shall be provided with fittings for lubrication as well as purging old lubricant. The motor shall be fitted with heavy lifting eyes or lugs, each capable of supporting the entire weight of the pump and motor. The pump motors shall be Premium Efficiency type, per NEMA MG-1 table 12-12, Inverter Ready per NEMA Part 31.4.4.2, with cast-iron frames, and be UL Recognized and CSA Approved. The motor windings shall be 200 C Inverter Spike- Resistant magnet wire and the rotors shall have an epoxy coating for corrosion protection. PUMP FAILURE TO PRIME OR FAILURE TO PUMP ALARM To sense failure to deliver normal flow for any reason, including failure to prime, each pump shall be provided with a sealed sensor switch mounted in a protective ABS enclosure. The enclosure shall be mounted with an adjustable universal mounting bracket to the external arm of each discharge check valve. The mounting bracket shall allow the adjustment of the sensor switch with a single locking pivot adjustment. A red LED indicating light shall be provided on each switch unit to facilitate accurate setting of the switch for proper operation. The sensor switch shall monitor the movement of the check valve arm and thereby detect failure of the pump to deliver normal operating flow when called on to run. An auxiliary time delay relay shall be provided to prevent an alarm signal during the pump priming and startup period. VACUUM-PRIMING SYSTEM A vacuum priming system shall be furnished to prime the main pumps in a station mounted, NEMA 1 vacuum priming panel. The system shall be as shown on the vacuum priming schematic and shall include two vacuum pumps, providing 100 percent standby. Vacuum pumps shall have corrosion-resistant internal components. The vacuum priming system shall be complete with large port vacuum control solenoid valves, WaveStart™ prime level sensor, float-operated check valves to protect the vacuum pumps, and all necessary shut-off valves as shown on the piping schematic. The float-operated check valves shall have a transparent body for visual inspection. All hoses and tubing used in the priming system shall be at least 3/8” nominal diameter. The solenoid valves used in the vacuum priming system shall be of the high flow, direct acting brass body type, with threaded ports, NBR seals and 300 Series stainless steel plunger, rod, plate and springs. The minimum orifice diameter shall be 5/16”. The solenoid valves shall be UL Listed, with Class F coil rating and of suitable voltage and thermal capacity for the application. Liquid level in the pump priming chamber shall be monitored by a WaveStart™ liquid level sensing probe incorporating ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 5 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® frequency spectrum technology to evaluate the media with which it is in contact at several measurement points. At each measurement point the sensor shall take readings. Using a multi-variable sensing technology, collected over a spectrum sweep, the sensor shall create an outline of the medium, its residue and absence of medium. From these reference points the sensor shall be able to accurately determine the presence or absence of liquid, unaffected by foam, residue or deposits. The liquid level sensor algorithm shall provide prime status in less than 100 milliseconds. Systems utilizing an electrode, mechanical means such as a float or protrusions into the pump, which may become fouled due to bridging or wrapping, or that require any type of electrical or moving parts inside the priming chamber, which may accumulate debris, short out, bind or fail will not be acceptable. Single or double medium sensing probes will be unacceptable. The WaveStart™ probe shall be provided with light emitting diodes. This diagnostic tool shall indicate connectivity, prime status or a fault condition. The probe shall be complete sealed and have a 316L stainless steel housing for corrosion resistance. It shall be provided with a wiring connector of molded thermoplastic for impact and chemical resistance. The probe shall have a threaded electrical connector to facilitate easy removal. The priming system shall automatically provide positive lubrication of the mechanical seal each time a main pump is primed. To prevent excessive stoppage due to grease accumulation, no passageway in the priming system through which the pumped liquid must pass shall be smaller than the equivalent of a 2-1/2” opening. The vacuum priming system shall have two field selectable modes of operation. In the “On-Demand” mode, the priming system will operate only after a pump is called on to run, and if it is not primed. Once primed, the pump will be allowed to run. In the “Constant Prime” mode, both pumps are kept primed continuously, and ready to start immediately when called for. ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT A ventilating blower capable of delivering 245 CFM at 0.1” static water pressure shall be provided in order to remove the heat generated by continuous motor operation. The ventilating blower shall be turned on and off automatically by a preset thermostat. A heavy extruded aluminum louvered grille with adjustable openings shall cover the discharge of the blower. A similar grille shall be provided in the other end of the station enclosure for air intake. A 500-watt electric heater controlled by a preset thermostat shall be furnished. The heater shall be rigidly mounted in the station to prevent removal. MAIN PIPING The pump suction connections shall be drilled and tapped for a 125-pound American Standard flange for easy attachment of the suction risers. The discharge line from each pump shall be fitted with a clapper-type check valve and eccentric plug valve. Size, location and quantity of check valves and plug valves shall be as shown on the construction drawing. The check valve shall be of the spring-loaded type with external lever arm and an easily replaced resilient seat for added assurance against vacuum leaks. Check valves shall have stainless steel shaft with replaceable bronze shaft bushings. Ball- type check valves are specifically unacceptable for this application. An operating wrench shall be provided for the plug valves. All station piping and fittings shall be capable of passing a 3” spherical solid. RAPID-JACK™ CHECK VALVE The cast iron check valve body shall be designed so that the upper portion may be easily removed, without disturbing the end flange seals to adjacent piping, to service the shaft, arm and clapper or to remove any material which may be causing clogging. Provide one spare body gasket for each valve. Protrusions through the station floor shall be sealed where necessary to effect sealing between the equipment chamber and the wet well. The suction and discharge connections, where they pass through the floor, shall be sealed by gaskets in order to prevent corrosive, noxious fumes from entering the station. Welded joints that do not allow adjustment or replacement will not be considered for this application. The pump station manufacturer shall extend the suction and discharge connections below the floor at the factory so that field connections can be made without disturbing the gas-tight seals. Once the station is installed, however, it shall be possible to remove the entire 6” suction pipes through the station floor without having to enter the wet well to unbolt them. ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 6 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® The manufacturer of the pump station shall provide a compression-type sleeve coupling for installation on the common discharge pipe. A minimum of two anchoring points shall be provided on the bottom of the station baseplate for attachment of coupling joint restraints, which shall be provided by the installing contractor. PROTECTED LIQUID FILLED COMPOUND PRESSURE GAUGES A four-inch (4”) Bourdon tube-type compound vacuum/pressure gauge with 3-1/2” dial, fitted with a brass stop valve and a manual air relief valve shall be provided for each pump. The gauges shall be mounted apart from the pumps, on a bracket attached to the control panel support structure, and connected to the pump discharge taps by flexible tubing to minimize vibration. The range of each gauge shall be selected to place the normal operating discharge pressure reading in the middle one-third of the scale and the gauge shall also be capable of measuring up to 30” HG of vacuum. The dial shall be white with black markings and the gauge itself shall have an accuracy of 1% of scale. The gauge shall be American made, with a Zytel Nylon case with 1/2” blow-out plug, stainless steel bezel, acrylic lens and phosphorus bronze tube with brass socket. Temperature compensation shall be provided by an internal compensating diaphragm. Gauges shall be protected from the service fluid by a Buna-N elastomer “boot” diaphragm within the stem, and the Bourdon tube and the space between the Bourdon tube and the internal isolating diaphragm shall be filled with low temperature instrument oil, completely isolating the gauge components from the fluid being measured. FACTORY TESTS All components of the pump station shall be given an operational test at the pump station manufacturer’s facility to check for excessive vibration or leaks in the piping or seals, and to correct operation of the automatic control and vacuum priming systems and all auxiliary equipment. Installed pumps shall take suction from a deep wet well, simulating actual service conditions. The control panel shall undergo both a dry logic test and a full operational test with all systems operating. Factory test instrumentation must include flow measuring with indicator; compound suction gauge; Bourdon tube-type discharge pressure gauge; electrical meters to measure amperes, volts, kilowatts and power factor; speed indicator; and a Vibrometer capable of measuring both amplitude and frequency. SPARE PARTS A complete replacement pump shaft seal assembly shall be furnished with each pump station. The spare seal shall be packed in a suitable container and shall include complete installation instructions. A spare volute gasket and seal gasket shall be provided. An instructional video presentation on the pump mechanical seal system in DVD format shall be included. The DVD shall contain a presentation on the following subjects: purpose and location of the mechanical seal, signs of a defective mechanical seal, how to remove the mechanical seal, troubleshooting seal failure causes, seal components, required tools, how to reinstall the seal and how to place the pump back into service. The video shall include footage of an actual seal replacement. INSTALLATION AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Installation of the pump chamber shall be done in accordance with the written instructions provided by the manufacturer. Operation and maintenance manuals shall be furnished which will include parts lists of components and complete service procedures and troubleshooting guide. STARTUP The Manufacturer shall provide the services of a factory-trained representative for a maximum period of one day on-site to perform initial startup of the pump station and to instruct the owners operating personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment. MANUFACTURER’S INSURANCE ALL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS, either direct or subcontractors to the general or mechanical contractors, SHALL HAVE in effect at TIME OF BID, CONTRACT AWARD, CONTRACT PERFORMANCE, and WARRANTY TERM, PRODUCT AND COMPREHENSIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE, INCLUDING SUDDEN AND ACCIDENTAL POLLUTION COVERAGE in the amount of FIVE MILLION DOLLARS, $5,000,000, through an insurance company with a minimum rating of A+ (SUPERIOR) XV according to the BEST’S INSURANCE REPORTS. All policies must be written ENGINEERING DATA EVERLAST™ 1000 SERIES Wet Well Mounted Pump Station Specification Page 7 © Smith & Loveless, Inc., 1998-2019. All Rights Reserved. October 2019 14040 Santa Fe Trail Drive Lenexa, KS 66215 smithandloveless.com Smith & Loveless Inc.® on an OCCURRENCE BASIS. Policies written on a CLAIMS MADE BASIS are not acceptable. A typical CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE attesting to the specified coverage issued by the responsible carrier naming the ENGINEER OF RECORD and the OWNER as ADDITIONAL INSURED must be presented to the named additional insured prior to contract award. A FAILURE TO COMPLY with this requirement BY THE BIDDER will require DISQUALIFICATION of the BID and CONTRACT AWARD. EVERLAST™ PACKAGES COLD CLIMATE PACKAGE For cold weather operation, the station shall be provided with a 1300/1500 watt, dual range auxiliary heater with automatic circulating fan, thermostat control and an On/Off switch. The auxiliary heater shall be plugged into the station’s duplex receptacle. In addition, the fiberglass cover shall have a minimum of 1” thick urethane insulation, protected by fiberglass, with an “R” value of 7 or more. Also, the priming system shall be interlocked with the station temperature sensor so that, should the station ambient temperature fall below a pre-set minimum, solenoid valves shall open the priming system to atmospheric pressure, when the pumps are not running, allowing the liquid in the pumps and piping to drain back into the wet well, preventing freezing. EVERLAST™ ACCESSORIES UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY ALARM A timer circuit shall be provided in the control panel to signal unauthorized entry into the pump station. The timer shall be activated whenever the fiberglass cover is opened. A key operated switch shall be provided on the station control panel to provide authorized personnel a means to deactivate the alarm before the timer completes its cycle. 120V ALARM LIGHT A vapor-proof light fixture with 50-watt lamp for outdoor pole mounting shall be provided with a red globe and guard. REMOTE ALARM CONTACTS In addition to the common, powered local alarm connection, individual unpowered contacts shall be provided and wired to a terminal strip for field connection to a remote alarm monitoring system (not included). The following contacts shall be provided: -Pump/Prime Fail – Pump #1 -Pump/Prime Fail – Pump #2 -Overtemperature Alarm – Pump #1 -Overtemperature Alarm – Pump #2 -Intrusion Alarm WET WELL FALL PROTECTION BARRIER A fall protection safety barrier to prevent personnel, tools or equipment from falling through the manway opening and into the wet well when the manway cover is in the raised position, shall be provided by the station manufacturer for field installation in the wet well by the installing contractor. The fall protection barrier shall be constructed of aluminum bar grating and shall cover the area beneath the manway cover. Stainless steel hinges and a lifting handle shall be provided for convenience. When fully open, the fall protection safety barrier can be latched open for safe entering and exiting of the wet well. All components shall be constructed of stainless steel except for the aluminum grating. The barrier shall be capable of holding a 400-pound concentrated load, when in the Closed position. The wet well fall protection barrier kit shall include the aluminum grating barrier, 304 SST hinges, 304 SST mounting brackets, 304 SST hardware, the required number of 1/2” diameter 304 SST wedge anchors for the specific wet well kit size and a complete set of instructions for installation of the fall protection barrier in a foot diameter wet well. EMERGENCY PUMPING CONNECTION The common discharge pipe of the pump station shall be fitted with a branch with a 4” plug valve and male quick-connect fitting, with cap, as shown on the drawings, to facilitate connection of a portable emergency pump to the force main, to bypass the pump station. The emergency pumping connection shall be housed within the station’s fiberglass cover. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX D CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 APPENDIX D 6’ WIDE X 30’ LONG SIMPLE FLOATING DOCK CUT SHEET 6’ 30 ' 6 " 10 ' 10 ’ 10 ' Note: American Muscle Docks & Fabrication disclaims any and all responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or functionality of the information provided on the accompanying document. American Muscle Docks & Fabrication assumes no liability to any user of said documents or any other party. Said documents are provided by American Muscle Docks & Fabrication as a gratuitous service at the request of the potential users of American Muscle Docks & Fabrication's products. All dimensions are approximate. Date: Drawing#: Project: Page: 1 of 1 WSBGL-1 01.02.20 WSB ASSOCIATES Sales Person: Mark Robinson DRAWING APPROVED BY: NAME DATE CONCRETE WALL 10” CLEAT VINYL RUB RAIL (BLACK)/ REVOLVE 2X6 SKIRT CORNER BUMPER REVOLVE COMPOSITE DECK ARTICULATING CONNECTION NON-ARTICULATING CONNECTION WD-PHE3E SIMPLE DOCK FRAME SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT APPENDIX E CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 APPENDIX E RCWD Permit Requirements Rice Creek Watershed District Permit Application Status Update THIS IS NOT A PERMIT Permit Application Number: 19-119 Date of Board Action: 01/22/2020 Current Status: Conditionally Approved Pending Receipt Of Changes (CAPROC) Please note the following: •You are not authorized to begin site work until all pending items are satisfied as enumerated in the attached Engineer's Report. If project is initiated without obtaining an RCWD Permit, the project will be stopped by the District Inspector until the permit is obtained. •You have 12 months from the date of Board action to submit/satisfy all pending items and receive a permit. Otherwise the conditional approval expires and a new application will need to be submitted and considered by the Board. RCWD staff is not authorized to grant extensions. •To satisfy pending items, applicants must submit two (2) paper copies of all submittal items to the District with the exception of plan sheets. Plan sheets must include 1 full-sized copies, and 1 reduced size (11 by 17 inches or smaller) or an electronic file. •Surety -for surety amounts of $5000 or less, the applicant must submit a check made out to the RCWD. For surety amounts over $5000, the applicant must provide the first $5000 in the form of a check and has the option of providing the remainder of the surety amount in the form of a Letter of Credit (see website for template) or performance bond. An escrow agreement is required with the submittal of surety. (Public entities are not subject to surety obligations.) •Easements -if an easement is required per your list of pending items in the attached Engineer's Report, then the legal descriptions of these easements must be prepared by the applicant, reviewed and approved by the District, and then submitted to the County Recorder's Office for recording. An easement template is on the website. cc: •Wetland Conservation Act Forms -For projects involving wetland impacts and replacement, State law requires the preparation and recording of Wetland Legal Forms for replacement wetlands. Instructions for completing and recording these forms are included in the wetland legal forms document on the website. The wetland legal documents require the applicant to prepare legal descriptions of all replacement wetlands. These legal descriptions and the forms must be reviewed and approved by the District prior to submittal to the County Recorder's Office for recording. •Stormwater Operation & Maintenance -For projects involving stormwater ponds and infiltration features, applicants must complete and record a Stormwater Operation and Maintenance Agreement (see website for template) for these features unless a City assumes the maintenance responsibilities of these features as indicated in an agreement with the District. An exhibit and/or legal description that clearly delineates and identifies all stormwater and infiltration features must accompany the stormwater operation and maintenance agreement. A draft of this agreement with accompanying exhibit must be submitted to the District for review and approval prior to submission to the County Recorder's office. -Kevin Hansen (City of Columbia Heights), 590 40th Avenue NE, Columbia Heights, MN 55421 khansen@columbiaheightmn.gov;-Heather Nelson (WSB), 701 Xenia Avenue South Suite 300, Minneapolis, MN 55416 mrogers@wsbeng.com �&IRCWD �m11 ff\�!'� RICE CREEK WATERSHED DISTRICT OFFICIAL DOCUMENT: This Engineer's report has been accepted by the RCWD Board of Managers. The Recommendations and Stipulations below are incorporated as binding terms of RCWD Permit 19-119. Permit Application Number: Permit Applicant Name: 19-119 Silver Lake Boat Landing Reconstruction Applicant/Landowner: City of Columbia Heights Attn: Kevin Hansen 590 40th Avenue NE Columbia Heights, MN 55421 Ph: (763) 706-3705 Fx: (763) 706-3601 khansen@columbiaheightmn.gov Permit Contact: WSB Attn: Heather Nelson 701 Xenia Avenue South Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 Ph: (763) 231-4840 Fx: hnelson@wsbeng.com Project Name: Silver Lake Boat Landing Reconstruction Purpose: FSD -Final Site Drainage; SA-Shoreland Alteration, FA -Floodplain Alteration; Reconstruction of the existing boat ramp along the western shore of Silver Lake. Improvements include ADA accessibility, parking at the bottom of the ramp, a hydrodynamic separator reconstruction of pavement and new plantings throughout the project site. Site Size: 2.08± acre parcel / 0.93 ± acres of disturbed area; existing and proposed impervious areas are 0.22 ± acres and 0.42 ± acres, respectively Location: Silver Lake, Columbia Heights T-R-S: NE¼, Section 36, T30N, R24W District Rule: C, D, E Recommendation: CAPROC It is recommended that this Permit Application be given Conditional Approval Pending Receipt of Changes (CAPROC) and outstanding items related to the following items. Rule D -Erosion and Sediment Control 1.Submit the following information per Rule D.4: (c)Name, address and phone number of party responsible for maintenance of all erosion and sediment control measures. Administrative 2.Submit the permit application with the signature of the successful bidder to the District. 3.Send one final, signed 11x17 sized plan set to the District, and e-mail a full-sized pdf copy to both the District and the District Engineer. Include a list of changes that have been made since approval by the RCWD Board. 4.The applicant must memorialize the responsibility for maintenance of stormwater facilities in a document executed by the property owner in a form acceptable to the District and recorded on the deed. Alternatively, a public permittee may meet the perpetual maintenance obligation by executing Houston Engineering Inc. Page 1 of 3 1/22/2020 RCWD Permit Number 19-119 a programmatic or project-specific maintenance agreement with the District. A draft document should be submitted to the District for consideration prior to execution. (The agreement process requires submittal of the final original signed agreement to the District. If the applicant needs an original of the signed agreement, then two endorsed final agreements should be submitted.) Stipulations: The permit will be issued with the following stipulations as conditions of the permit. By accepting the permit, applicant agrees to these stipulations: 1.Provide an as-built survey and computation of the floodplain fill and mitigation storage areas and volume for verification of compliance with the approved plans. Exhibits: 1.Plan set containing 18 sheets dated 12-9-2019 and received 1-3-2020. 2.Permit application, dated 12-13-2019 and received 12-13-2019. 3.Updated Stormwater Calculations, dated 1-8-2020 and received 1-8-2020, containing narrative, drainage maps, HydroCAD report for the 2-year, 10-year, and 100-year rainfall events for proposed and existing conditions. 4.Stormwater Calculations, dated 1-3-2020 and received 1-3-2020, containing narrative, drainage maps, HydroCAD report for the 2-year, 10-year, and 100-year rainfall events for proposed and existing conditions. 5.Geotechnical Report, dated 12-23-2014 and received 1-3-2020. 6.Variance Application, dated 1-3-2020 and received 1-7-2020. 7.Review file 19-019R Findings: 1.Description -The proposed project is located on a 2.08± acre parcel east of 41 st Ave NE and Stinson Blvd NE. The applicant is proposing to construct a boat launch and associated parking. The proposed redevelopment will result in an increase of 0.20± acres of impervious surfaces from the existing 0.22± acres to 0.42± acres. In addition, the applicant is proposing to reconstruct 0.20± acres of impervious surfaces. Runoff discharges into the existing BMP and then directly into Silver Lake, the Resource of Concern. The applicant is a public entity and therefore is not charged an application fee. 2.Stormwater -The applicant is utilizing the existing BMP as described below for the project: Proposed BMP Location Pretreatment Volume EOF Description provided IESF (Iron West of *14,946± cubic 954.76± Enhanced Sand Proposed Sumps feet below the Filter) Construction outlet *Based off 91 % of the entire available volume of the BMP (16,425± cubic feet below the outlet). Soils on site are primarily sandy clay (HSG D) soils. Thus, infiltration is not considered feasible and the existing bio-filtration (IESF) is acceptable to meet the water quality requirement. Per Rule C.6(c)(1 ), the Water Quality requirement is 1.69-inches over the new/reconstructed area (0.40± acres) for a total requirement of 2,453± cubic feet. The previously built BMP was constructed to provide regional treatment for stormwater runoff as part of the RCWD urban cost share program. RCWD has previously funded 9% of the existing BMP which is not available for the water quality requirement of this permit. As the City of Columbia Heights has funded 91 % of the BMP the City of Houston Engineering Inc Page 2 of 3 1/22/2020 RCWD Permit Number 19-119 Columbia Heights may utilize 91 % of water quality volume provided by the existing BMP (14,946± cubic feet below the outlet). The City of Columbia Heights has treated 60% of the project new and reconstructed impervious site area. The remainder of the required treatment area will be treated in­ lieu from the impervious surfaces west of the project site consisting of sections of 41 st Ave NE, Polk St NE, Arthur St. NE, Cleveland St. NE, and Stinson Blvd NE along with the residential properties along the sections of roads that are routed to the existing BMP thus compliant with District Rule C.6(e). Drawdown is expected within 48-hours. 12-inches of sand has been provided above the drain tile. The seasonal high-water table is estimated at elevation 934, which provides adequate separation. Additional TSS removal is not practicable. The applicant has met all the Water Quality requirements of Rule C.6 and the design criteria of Rule C.9(c). Drainage Area 2-year (cfs)10-year ( cfs)100-year (cfs) Existing Proposed Existing Proposed Existing Proposed Silver Lake 7.0 5.8 29.6 10.1 67.0 22.3 80% Existing 5.6* 23.7 53.6 *The increase during the two-year event 1s w1th1n the tolerance of the model. The project is located within the Flood Management Zone. The submitted information indicates that the project has reduced the proposed runoff rate to less than 80% of the existing runoff rate in aggregate thus in compliance with District Rule C.7. The applicant has complied with the freeboard requirements of Rule C.9(g). 3.Wetlands -There are no wetlands located within the project area. 4.Floodplain -The site is in a regulatory floodplain. The applicant is proposing to fill 58 cubic yards of the floodplain without providing any mitigation. Due to the boat landing slope requirements of the DNR the applicant is unable to meet the District rules thus the applicant has applied for a variance. 5.Erosion Control -Proposed erosion control methods include silt fence, sediment control log, silt curtain, inlet protection and erosion control blanket. An NPDES permit is not required for the project. The information listed under the Rule D -Erosion and Sediment Control section above must to be submitted. Otherwise, the project complies with RCWD Rule D requirements. The project drains to Silver Lake which is an impaired water. 6.Bridges and Culvert Crossing/Drainage Systems -No work is proposed within a creek, major watercourse or drainage system; thus, Rules G and I are not applicable. 7.Documenting Easements and Maintenance Obligations -Applicant must execute an agreement with the RCWD for the maintenance of the stormwater facilities. 8.Previous Permit Information -Previous permit information includes permit 18-087 and review files 88- R16 and 19-2019R. Houston Engineering Inc Page 3 of 3 1/22/2020 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 FOR THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ANOKA COUNTY, MINNESOTA WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE 1 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed Landscape Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Steven D. Foss, PLA Date: February 21, 2020 Lic. No. 56582 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Heather Nelson, PE Date: February 21, 2020 Lic. No. 45801 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Ashley Hammerbeck, PE Date: February 21, 2020 Lic. No. 54844 I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly licensed professional engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Stuart S. Stephens, PE Date: February 21, 2020 Lic. No. 25753 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 FOR THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ANOKA COUNTY, MINNESOTA WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE 2 SPECIFICATION DATED: February 7, 2020 THIS ADDENDUM DATED: February 21, 2020 This Addendum shall be attached to the Contract Documents and shall be included as part of said Contract Documents. Items herein shall take precedence over any clauses which they modify in the Contract Documents or portions of drawings which they modify or supplement. PROJECT MANUAL Proposal Form Changes A revised proposal form is attached to this addendum. Replace the proposal form in its entirety with the attached revised proposal form labeled Addendum No. 1. Contractors submitting a bid for this project shall use the revised proposal form and indicate acknowledgement of receipt of the addendum in the appropriate location on the proposal form. Failure to use the revised proposal form may result in rejection of the submitted form. Division 2 Changes Under Division 2 Section 2411 DELETE and REPLACE the following paragraph: 2411.2 - MATERIALS 2.01 PRECAST MODULAR BLOCK RETAINING WALL UNITS J.The precast modular block unit face texture shall be Limestone. Each textured block facing unit shall be a minimum of 5.76 square feet (0.54 square meters) with a unique texture pattern that repeats with a maximum frequency of once in any 15 square feet (1.4 square meters) of wall face. ADD the following Suppliers who have been approved as an equal for Redi Rock Retaining Wall Systems, Inc.: A.Manufacturer: Recon Walls Product/finish: LeSueur County Limestone texture Contact: Jim Weider; Rochester Concrete Products, PH. 507-535-1496 B.Manufacturer: Versa-Lok Product/finish: Bronco 18H system Contact: Jeremy Laska; Versa-Lok Midwest, PH. 651-775-5706 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 FOR THE CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS ANOKA COUNTY, MINNESOTA WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 ADDENDUM NO. 1 PAGE 3 Division 26 Changes Under Division 26 Section 26 DELETE and REPLACE the following paragraph: PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION REPLACE Paragraph B. with the following: B.The generator set shall be as manufactured by Cummins, Caterpillar, or approved equal. Alternate machines shall have prior approval. Under Section 26 20 00, part 1.02.B DELETE this paragraph in its entirety, and replace it with the following: It is anticipated the serving utility will provide a pad mount transformer adjacent to the lift station control panel as shown in the Drawings. The utility will be responsible for furnishing and installing primary service cable from the street to the pad mount transformer. The contractor shall provide below grade secondary cable and conduit from the pad mount transformer to the control panel as shown in the Drawings. The contractor will make final connections at the control panel, and the utility will make final connections at the pad mount transformer. The overhead electrical service to the existing control panel in the existing generator building will be removed by the serving utility at the end of the project. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to contact the utility to arrange connection of the new service and disconnection of the old service. Coordinate the timing for disconnection of the old service with the construction schedule, so power to the existing lift station is maintained until the new lift station is ready for operation. PLAN CHANGES DELETE plan sheet C4 and REPLACE with attached sheet C4 with Revision date 2020-02-20. The modifications are circled in red. Electrical site plan, sheet E1 of E4, numbered note 4. DELETE this note in its entirety and replace with the following: BELOW GRADE PRIMARY CABLE FROM NEW UTILITY POLE TO PAD MOUNT TRANSFORMER BY UTILITY. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 00 00. Lift Station Electrical Plan and Section Views, sheet E2 of E4, numbered note 7. DELETE this note in its entirety and replace with the following. BELOW GRADE PRIMARY CABLE FROM NEW UTILITY POLE TO PAD MOUNT TRANSFORMER BY UTILITY. SEE SPECIFICATION SECTION 26 00 00. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 1 Contractor's Business Name: ___________________________ Address: ___________________________ ___________________________ Phone No: ___________________________ Fax No: ___________________________ PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BIDS TO BE OPENED: 10:00 A.M. – WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2020 This bid is submitted to: CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 637 - 38TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 1.The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER on the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Document. 2.BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instruction to Bidders. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of Bid opening. BIDDER will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER'S NOTICE OF AWARD. 3.In submitting this bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: (a)BIDDER has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Date Number ____________________ __________ ____________________ __________ ____________________ __________ ____________________ __________ (b)BIDDER has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of Work. BID FORM ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 2 (c)BIDDER has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 5.03 & 5.04 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in Paragraph S.C. 5.03 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely. (d)BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work as BIDDER considers necessary for the performance of furnishing the work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 5.03 & 5.04 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar inf ormation or data are or will be required by BIDDER for such purposes. (e)BIDDER has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by BIDDER in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 5.05 of the General Conditions. (f)BIDDER has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. (g)BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER. (h)This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other BIDDER or over OWNER. (i)Any other representation as required by Laws and Regulations. 4.BIDDER WILL COMPLETE THE WORK FOR THE FOLLOWING UNIT PRICE(S): (Quantities are indicated for the convenience of the Bidder. Final Payment will be based on actual quantities.) No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price BID SCHEDULE REMOVALS AND EARTHWORK 1 2021 MOBILIZATION LS 1 $____________$____________ 2 2104 REMOVE SPLIT RAIL FENCE LF 462 $____________$____________ 3 2104 REMOVE CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF 100 $____________$____________ 4 2104 REMOVE SEWER PIPE (SANITARY)LF 50 $____________$____________ 5 2104 REMOVE GENERATOR BUILDING LS 1 $____________$____________ 6 2104 REMOVE UTILITY POLE LS 1 $____________$____________ 7 2104 REMOVE EXISTING SANITARY LIFT STATION LS 1 $____________$____________ 8 2104 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SY 1195 $____________$____________ 9 2104 REMOVE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER LF 50 $____________$____________ 10 2106 COMMON EXCAVATION (P)CY 1700 $____________$____________ 11 2106 IMPORT SELECT GRANULAR BORROW (LV)CY 400 $____________$____________ 12 2105 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW CY 210 $____________$____________ SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 13 2506 CHIMNEY SEAL EA 3 $____________$____________ 14 2506 SANITARY MANHOLE CASTING EA 3 $____________$____________ 15 2506 RECONSTRUCT SANITARY MANHOLE LF 30 $____________$____________ 16 2503 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS PUMPING LS 1 $____________$____________ 17 2503 10" PVC GRAVITY PIPE SEWER LF 65 $____________$____________ 18 2503 8" HDPE FORCEMAIN PIPE SEWER LF 50 $____________$____________ 19 2451 INSULATION SY 30 $____________$____________ 20 2506.601 SANITARY LIFT STATION - DIVISION 9 & 22 LS 1 $____________$____________ 21 2506.601 SANITARY LIFT STATION - DIVISION 26 LS 1 $____________$____________ BID FORM SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 ADDENDUM NO. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price 22 2505 UTILITY COORDINATION & TEMPORARY POWER LS 1 $____________$____________ STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS 23 2503 12" RC PIPE LF 57 $____________$____________ 24 2503 12" PP PIPE LF 14 $____________$____________ 25 2501 12" RC PIPE APRON EA 1 $____________$____________ 26 2506 MODIFY EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURE LS 1 $____________$____________ 27 2506 STORMCEPTOR LS 1 $____________$____________ 28 2506 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE EA 2 $____________$____________ 29 2503 CONNECT TO EXISTING RCP LS 1 $____________$____________ 30 2511 RANDOM RIPRAP CLASS II CY 8 $____________$____________ PAVEMENTS 31 2211 BOAT LAUNCH RAMP W/BASE LS 1 $____________$____________ 32 2211 AGGREGATE BASE (CV) CLASS 5 CY 405 $____________$____________ 33 2360 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE 1.5" THICK SY 1641 $____________$____________ 34 2360 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR COURSE 2.0" THICK SY 1641 $____________$____________ 35 2521 6" CONCRETE WALK SF 320 $____________$____________ 36 2521 12" CONCRETE WALK - REINFORCED SF 220 $____________$____________ 37 2531 B618 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER LF 50 $____________$____________ 38 2531 PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP EA 4 $____________$____________ MISCELLANEOUS 39 2411 CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL SFF 2115 $____________$____________ 40 2540 BOLLARD EA 4 $____________$____________ 41 2540 6' WIDE X 30' LONG COMPOSITE DOCK LS 1 $____________$____________ 42 2557 48" HIGH PVC COATED CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF 186 $____________$____________ 43 2564 ADA PARKING SIGN EA 4 $____________$____________ 44 2564 SAFETY SIGN EA 4 $____________$____________ ADDENDUM NO. 1 No. Item Units Quantity Unit Price Total Price 45 2582 PARKING LOT STRIPING/MARKINGS LS 1 $____________$____________ EROSION CONTROL AND LANDSCAPE 46 2573 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT LS 1 $____________$____________ 47 2573 INLET PROTECTION EA 2 $____________$____________ 48 2573 SILT FENCE (TYPE MS)LF 373 $____________$____________ 49 2573 SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG LF 60 $____________$____________ 50 2573 FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN, TYPE STILL WATER LF 165 $____________$____________ 51 2105 DEWATERING LS 1 $____________$____________ 52 2571 TRANSPLANT TREE (42" Spade)EA 4 $____________$____________ 53 2575 TYPE 1 TURF SEED MIX AC 0.25 $____________$____________ 54 2575 TYPE 2 NATIVE SEED MIX AC 0.30 $____________$____________ 55 2575 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CAT 4(N), 2S SY 2665 $____________$____________ 56 2575 RAPID STABILIZATION CATEGORY 3 SY 2090 $____________$____________ $____________ TOTAL BID ADDENDUM NO. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 6 5.BIDDER agrees that all work is to be completed in compliance with the contract documents and as identified in Division 1 GR - 2 WORK SEQUENCE. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the work on time. 6.The following documents are attached to and made a condition of the BID. (a)A tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. (b)The contractor will complete the Work sequence in accordance with Division 1, Section 4, General Requirements. (c)Affidavit of Non-Collusion. (d)Responsible Contractor Certificate. 7.Communications concerning this BID shall be addressed to the address of BIDDER indicated below. 8.The terms used in this BID, which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents, have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SUBMITTED ON:_____________________________ , 2020. ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 7 If BIDDER is: AN INDIVIDUAL By_____________________________________________ (SEAL) (Individual's Name) Doing Business As________________________________ Address_________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Telephone No____________________________________ A PARTNERSHIP By______________________________________________ (SEAL) (Firm Name) ________________________________________________ (General Partner) Business Address_________________________________ ________________________________________________ Telephone No.___________________________________ (Continued on next page.) ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 8 A CORPORATION By______________________________________________ (SEAL) (Corporation Name) ________________________________________________ (State of Incorporation) By______________________________________________ (Name of Person Authorized to Sign) ________________________________________________ (Title) ATTEST________________________________________ (Secretary) Business Address_________________________________ ________________________________________________ Telephone No.____________________________________ A JOINT VENTURE By______________________________________________ (Name) ________________________________________________ (Address) By______________________________________________ (Name) ________________________________________________ (Address) Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above. ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 9 STATE OF____________________________________________ COUNTY OF__________________________________________ AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION: (1)That I am the BIDDER (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the BIDDER (if the bidder is a partnership) of an officer or employee of the BIDDER corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the BIDDER is a corporation; (2)That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the BIDDER individually and have been submitted without collusion with, and without any agreement, understanding or planned common course of action with any vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid designed to limit individual bidding or competition; (3)That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the BIDDER, or its employees or agents, to any person not any employee or agent of the BIDDER, or its surety, on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any person, prior to any official opening of the bids, or bids; and; (4)That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. BIDDER FIRM MAKING BIDS Subscribed and sworn to before me this ________ day of ________________, 20 20. NAME OFFICIAL TITLE ADDENDUM NO. 1 SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 PAGE 10 STATE OF MINNESOTA - RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE Applies to all prime contracts in excess of $50,000 A responsible contractor is defined in Minnesota Statutes §16C.285, subdivision 3. Any prime contractor or subcontractor who does not meet the minimum criteria under Minnesota Statutes §16C.285, subdivision 3, or who fails to verify that it meets those criteria, is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project or to perform work on the project. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall render the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that makes a false statement. A prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority upon request copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier pursuant to subdivision 3, clause 7. By signing this statement, I, ________________________________________________(typed or printed name), _____________________________________(title) certify that I am an owner or officer of the company and do verify under oath that my company is in compliance with each of the minimum criteria listed in the law. ____________________________________________________________________ (name of the person, partnership or corporation submitting this proposal) ____________________________________________________________________ (business address) Signed: ____________________________________ __________________ (bidder or authorized representative) Date EXISTING LEGEND EXISTING STORM SEWER EXISTING SANITARY SEWER EXISTING WATERMAIN EXISTING STORM MANHOLE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE EXISTING FLARED END SECTION (FES) ST s PROPOSED LEGEND PROPOSED STORM SEWER PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE PROPOSED STORM SEWER MANHOLE PRO = PROPOSED EX = EXISTING SAN MH = SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE STMH = STORM SEWER MANHOLE FES = FLARED END SECTION s 230 235 240 245 250 230 235 240 245 250 23 8 . 0 24 4 . 9 24 4 . 6 5 0+50 1+00 STMH 4 INV: 240.28 (N) SUMP DEPTH: 4.00 TYPE: 24" NYLOPLAST DRAIN BASIN WITH DOME GRATE STA: 0+76.78, 0.00' RIM: 243.27 57' - 12" RCP @ 2.02% FES INV: 239.00 S T 0 + 0 0 1 + 0 0 FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM s SF S F SF S F SF SF 245 245 24 4 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 2 3 8 2 3 9 215 220 225 230 235 240 215 220 225 230 235 240 23 6 . 7 23 0 . 7 22 9 . 1 8 22 8 . 5 9 0+40 14' - 12" PP @ 2.44% INLET 1 INV: 223.50 (NE) SUMP DEPTH: 4.00 TYPE: 24" NYLOPLAST DRAIN BASIN WITH DOME GRATE STA: 0+12.90, 0.00' RIM: 228.43 CORE DRILL INTO EXISTING 48" RCP s S T ST 0+00 0+40 ST s FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM s N O P A R K I N G FM FM FS S F 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 2 4 2 2 3 8 2 3 9 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 220 225 230 235 240 245 250 24 0 . 5 0+00 0+50 STMH-6 INV: 226.04 (SE) SUMP: 218.30 TYPE: 96" ∅ STA: 0+68.57, -11.06' LT RIM: 240.27 STMH-5 INV: 225.76 (N) TYPE: 96" ∅ DIVERSION STRUCTURE W/ 1.5' WEIR STA: 0+59.98, 0.02' RT RIM: 239.86 INV: 225.76 (S) INV: 225.76 (NW) 14' - 18" RCP CL V @ 2.00% s ST 0+ 0 0 0+ 4 5 FM FM FM FM FM FM FM F M FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM FM s SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF 245 245 244 24 3 242 STORM SEWER K: \ 0 1 4 7 9 0 - 0 0 0 \ C a d \ P l a n \ 0 1 4 7 9 0 - 0 0 0 C - U T I L - P L A N . d w g 2/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 0 9 : 2 8 : 2 5 A M WSB PROJECT NO.: SCALE: PLAN BY: DESIGN BY: CHECK BY: SHEET OF I H E R E B Y C E R T I F Y T H A T T H I S P L A N , S P E C I F I C A T I O N , OR R E P O R T W A S P R E P A R E D B Y M E O R U N D E R M Y DI R E C T S U P E R V I S I O N A N D T H A T I A M A D U L Y LI C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R U N D E R T H E LA W S O F T H E S T A T E O F M I N N E S O T A . LI C . N O : DA T E : RE V I S I O N S NO . DA T E DE S C R I P T I O N C6 C4 014790-000 AS SHOWN CKJ HN HN 02 / 2 0 / 2 0 2 0 SI L V E R L A K E B O A T L A N D I N G S I T E IM P R O V E M E N T S CI T Y O F C O L U M B I A H E I G H T S EXISTING & PROPOSED STORM SEWER PLAN & PROFILE EXISTING SURFACE PROPOSED SURFACE STMH-4 SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 20 40 SCALE IN FEET 0 V: 5 10 N SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 20 40 SCALE IN FEET 0 V: 5 10 N STMH-2 STMH-1 INLET 1 PROPOSED SURFACE EXISTING SURFACE NOTES: 1.CORE DRILL INTO THE MIDDLE SECTION OF THE PIPE SUCH THAT CORE IS NOT IN THE BELL / SPICOT OF PIPE. CONNECT 12" PP PIPE INTO CORED DRILL USING FLEXIBLE SADDLE CONNECTION. 2.STONE FOR NYLOPLAST DRAIN IS INCIDENTAL. SCALE IN FEET 0 H: 20 40 SCALE IN FEET 0 V: 5 10 N STMH-6 STMH-5 STMH-J2 NOTES: 1.GEOTEXTILE FILTER FABRIC AND GRANULAR FILTER SHALL BE CONSIDERED INCIDENTAL TO THE INSTALLATION OF FES. INSTALL 3 CY OF CLASS II RIPRAP. 2.STONE FOR NYLOPLAST DRAIN IS INCIDENTAL. HE A T H E R N E L S O N 45 8 0 1 1 2/ 2 0 / 2 0 2 0 AD D E N D U M N O . 1 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Contractor's Business Name: Address: Phone No: Fax No: II BID FORM Lametti & Sons, Inc. 16028 Forest Blvd. N., P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 (651)426-1380 (651)426-0044 II PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BIDS TO BE OPENED: This bid is submitted to: 10:00 A.M. -WEDNESDAY, FEBRUARY 26, 2020 CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS 637 -38TH AVENUE NE COLUMBIA HEIGHTS, MN 55421 1.The undersigned BIDDER proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with OWNER on the form included in the Contract Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Document. 2.BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instruction to Bidders. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of Bid opening. BIDDER will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER'S NOTICE OF AWARD. 3.In submitting this bid, BIDDER represents, as more fully set forth in the Agreement, that: (a)BIDDER has examined copies of all the Bidding Documents and of the following Addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Date 02/21/2020 Number 1 (b)BIDDER has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and all local conditions and laws and regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of Work. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 BID FORM PAGE 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 (c)BIDDER has studied carefully all reports and drawings of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in Paragraph 5.03 & 5.04 of the General Conditions, and accepts the determination set forth in Paragraph S.C. 5.03 of the Supplementary Conditions of the extent of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings upon which BIDDER is entitled to rely. (d)BIDDER has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in (c) above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical conditions at the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work as BIDDER considers necessary for the performance of furnishing the work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 5.03 & 5.04 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data are or will be required by BIDDER for such purposes. (e)BIDDER has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by BIDDER in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Time and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of Paragraph 5.05 of the General Conditions. (f)BIDDER has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports and studies with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. (g)BIDDER has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, discrepancies that it has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to BIDDER. (h)This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham Bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person, firm or corporation to refrain from bidding; and BIDDER has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other BIDDER or over OWNER. (i)Any other representation as required by Laws and Regulations. 4.BIDDER WILL COMPLETE THE WORK FOR THE FOLLOWING UNIT PRICE(S): (Quantities are indicated for the convenience of the Bidder. Final Payment will be based on actual quantities.) SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 BID FORM PAGE 2 BID FORMSILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT COLUMBIA HEIGHTS CITY PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790--000 ADDENDUM NO. 1 No. Item Units Quantit� BID SCHEDULE REMOVALS AND EARTHWORK 1 2021 MOBILIZATION LS 1 2 2104 REMOVE SPLIT RAIL FENCE LF 462 3 2104 REMOVE CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF 100 4 2104 REMOVE SEWER PIPE (SANITARY) LF 50 5 2104 REMOVE GENERATOR BUILDING LS 1 6 2104 REMOVE UTILITY POLE LS 1 7 2104 REMOVE EXISTING SANITARY LIFT STATION LS 1 8 2104 REMOVE BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT SY 1195 9 2104 REMOVE CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER LF 50 10 2106 COMMON EXCAVATION (P) CY 1700 11 2106 IMPORT SELECT GRANULAR BORROW (LV) CY 400 12 2105 COMMON TOPSOIL BORROW CY 210 SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS 13 2506 CHIMNEY SEAL EA 3 14 2506 SANITARY MANHOLE CASTING EA 3 15 2506 RECONSTRUCT SANITARY MANHOLE LF 30 16 2503 SANITARY SEWER BYPASS PUMPING LS 1 17 2503 10" PVC GRAVITY PIPE SEWER LF 65 18 2503 8" HDPE FORCEMAIN PIPE SEWER LF 50 19 2451 INSULATION SY 30 20 2506.601 SANITARY LIFT STATION -DIVISION 9 & 22 LS 1 21 2506.601 SANITARY LIFT STATION -DIVISION 26 LS 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Unit Price Total Price s?, s-, ooa --s�ooa- s lJ s5i544- s tJ--$ l,d{X) s lo -s 8:JO $ 41d6o -$ Lf:,atXJ s s s $ s $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ s l,@11 - /'61 OClJ - /p - U; ,,,,,. 'JS - 45- {d) - 7gy- qe!i - l� ... $ lE 5{)(j s J<K,crn - s ?;/70- s :?ii5 - s4;).,� slK,otrJ - $ l�/4tYJ $ ,;},�- s d1. 2tlt2 - $ 3..tJkJ- IY,!ixJ -s /'ifiV 103-s&,6%-i'-IL - 5,(5 -' $ '2IJ6:J $/,{:;5o s I ID701K>--s I ID/VD- s toD1ootr s 1D61ool� No. Item Units 22 2505 UTILITY COORDINATION & TEMPORARY POWER LS STORM SEWER IMPROVEMENTS 23 2503 12" RC PIPE LF 24 2503 12" PP PIPE LF 25 2501 12" RC PIPE APRON EA 26 2506 MODIFY EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURE LS 27 2506 STORMCEPTOR LS 28 2506 CONSTRUCT DRAINAGE STRUCTURE EA 29 2503 CONNECT TO EXISTING RCP LS 30 2511 RANDOM RIPRAP CLASS II CY PAVEMENTS 31 2211 BOAT LAUNCH RAMP W/BASE LS 32 2211 AGGREGATE BASE (CV) CLASS 5 CY 33 2360 TYPE SP 9.5 WEARING COURSE 1.5" THICK SY 34 2360 TYPE SP 12.5 NON WEAR COURSE 2.0" THICK SY 35 2521 6" CONCRETE WALK SF 36 2521 12" CONCRETE WALK -REINFORCED SF 37 2531 B618 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER LF 38 2531 PRECAST CONCRETE WHEEL STOP EA MISCELLANEOUS 39 2411 CONCRETE BLOCK RETAINING WALL SFF 40 2540 BOLLARD EA 41 2540 6' WIDE X 30' LONG COMPOSITE DOCK LS 42 2557 48" HIGH PVC COATED CHAIN-LINK FENCE LF 43 2564 ADA PARKING SIGN EA 44 2564 SAFETY SIGN EA ADDENDUM NO. 1 Quantit� 1 57 14 1 1 1 2 1 8 1 405 1641 1641 320 220 50 4 2115 4 1 186 4 4 Unit Price Total Price s /{),ft;oo -s /0, f&J $ l3:J -$ '7/{!i.Jlf - s J8"5 -s 3,qqo $ 1,400 -$ /,L/IJO s � 050 -s 6,()6() - s lAd, )00 -$ /.d)I 2<}0 $ z-go- s �()o- s �-- s8�poo- $ $ s $ $ $ $ $ '6'] - J6 - rJ - 30 3:J-- !f 3' - 400 -- &J.so s l,�UJ6 - $ q_.ldJO - s $ $ L.i'J - t60 - lloo- s L, '7tJ(2 - $ /t;_I)() s�Wa $ 5?,ttl?-- s:)?,136 - $ L �/-II 0. -- sJql VJ) .� s g,wo - $ t"J1 ()_l/o s ;J., LOO·-' $ JJ/�/J(J _. s/32,JgJ,50 s6 {110()_ $ ql �I.XJ s i ']_4 J - &/XJ $ $ },(&)- No. Item Units 45 2582 PARKING LOT STRIPING/MARKINGS LS EROSION CONTROL AND LANDSCAPE 46 2573 STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION EXIT LS 47 2573 INLET PROTECTION EA 48 2573 SILT FENCE (lYPE MS) LF 49 2573 SEDIMENT CONTROL LOG LF 50 2573 FLOTATION SILT CURTAIN, TYPE STILL WATER LF 51 2105 DEWATERING LS 52 2571 TRANSPLANT TREE (42" Spade) EA 53 2575 lYPE 1 TURF SEED MIX AC 54 2575 lYPE 2 NATIVE SEED MIX AC 55 2575 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET CAT 4(N), 2S SY 56 2575 RAPID STABILIZATION CATEGORY 3 SY ADDENDUM N0.1 Quantitx 1 1 2 373 60 165 1 4 0.25 0.30 2665 2090 Unit Price $ ,,aoo-$ Total Price l,dfUJ - s 6. 500 -$ 5l5t?tJ - $ uo- $ '-l - $ 4- $ Jo- s Uu.,D.aQ - $ l1000 - s "-· ao.o - $ �,OOlJ - $ ;} -' - $ TOTAL BID -;)JO $ $ lt�<J-- ;}'-f()_ $ $ 3,3tl.O s lft,ooa - $�(){)() - s J. 5.ad. - s j,.Sot,- s6,3� - $ ;1,oq� -I s � bftl l, SD ADDENDUM NO. 1 5.BIDDER agrees that all work is to be completed in compliance with the contract documents and as identified in Division 1 GR -2 WORK SEQUENCE. BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the work on time. 6.The following documents are attached to and made a condition of the BID. (a)A tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid. (b)The contractor will complete the Work sequence in accordance with Division 1, Section 4, General Requirements. (c)Affidavit of Non-Collusion. (d)Responsible Contractor Certificate. 7.Communications concerning this BID shall be addressed to the address of BIDDER indicated below. 8.The terms used in this BID, which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents, have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SUBMITTED ON:_P_• _b_.ru_a_ry __ 2_6 _______ _,, 2020. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 BID FORM PAGE6 ADDENDUM NO. 1 If BIDDER is: AN INDIVIDUAL By __________________ _ (Individual's Name) Doing Business As _____________ _ Address _________________ _ Telephone No _______________ _ A PARTNERSHIP By ___________________ _ (Firm Name) (General Partner) Business Address. _____________ _ Telephone No. _______________ _ (Continued on next page.) SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 (SEAL) (SEAL) BID FORM PAGE7 ADDENDUM NO. 1 A CORPORATION By Lametti & Sons, Inc. (Corporation Name) Minnesota (State of Incorporation) By � � Mario Lametti (Name of Person Authorized to Sign) CEO (Title) ATTEST � Cl{Yn-,. (Secretary) Lisa Navin Business Address 16028 Forest Blvd. N., P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 Telephone No. (651) 426-1380 A JOINT VENTURE By ________________ _ (Name) (Address) By ___________________ _ (Name) (Address) (SEAL) Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 BID FORM PAGES STATE OF Minnesota COUNTY OF Washington AFFIDAVIT OF NON-COLLUSION: ADDENDUM NO. 1 (1)That I am the BIDDER (if the bidder is an individual), a partner in the BIDDER (if the bidder is a partnership) of an officer or employee of the BIDDER corporation having authority to sign on its behalf (if the BIDDER is a corporation; (2)That the attached bid or bids have been arrived at by the BIDDER individually and have been submitted without collusion with, and without any agreement, understanding or planned common course of action with any vendor of materials, supplies, equipment or services described in the invitation to bid designed to limit individual bidding or competition; (3)That the contents of the bid or bids have not been communicated by the BIDDER, or its employees or agents, to any person not any employee or agent of the BIDDER, or its surety, on any bond furnished with the bid or bids, and will not be communicated to any person, prior to any official opening of the bids, or bids; and; (4)That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit. � &: � Mario Lametti -CEO BIDDER Lametti & Sons, Inc. FIRM MAKING BIDS Subscribed and sworn to before me this 26th day of February 2020. Kris A. McPhee NAME Administrative Assistant OFFICIAL TITLE SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 BID FORM PAGE9 ADDENDUM NO. 1 STATE OF MINNESOTA-RESPONSIBLE CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATE Applies to all prime contracts in excess of $50,000 A responsible contractor is defined in Minnesota Statutes §16C.285, subdivision 3. Any prime contractor or subcontractor who does not meet the minimum criteria under Minnesota Statutes §16C.285, subdivision 3, or who fails to verify that it meets those criteria, is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project or to perform work on the project. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall render the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that makes a false statement. A prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority upon request copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier pursuant to subdivision 3, clause 7. By signing this statement, I, Mario Lametti ttyped or printed name), CEO (tlllel certify that I am an owner or officer of the company and do verify under oath that my company is in compliance with each of the minimum criteria listed in the law. Latnetti & Sons Inc. (name of the person, partnership or corporation submitting this proposal) 16028 Forest Blvd. N., P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 (business address) SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 02/26/2020 Date BID FORM PAGE10 Date: SUPPLEMENT AL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE By signing this document I certify that I am an owner or officer of the company, and I swear under oath that: My company meets each of the minimum criteria of Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, the Responsible Contractor statute. Pursuant to Stat.§ 16C.285, subd. 3(7), my company has obtained from all subcontractors and motor carriers with which it will have a direct contractual relationship a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying that they meet all of the minimum criteria in subdivision 3 prior to execution of a construction contract with each subcontractor or motor carrier. The undersigned agrees that, if it retains additional subcontractors on the project after submitting its verification of compliance, it shall obtain verifications of compliance from each additional subcontractor with which it has a direct contractual relationship and shall submit a supplemental verification confirming compliance with Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7), within 14 days of retaining the additional subcontractors. Upon request, the undersigned shall submit to the contracting authority copies of the signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier and all motor carriers providing for-hire transportation of materials, equipment, or supplies for a project. The undersigned understands that a failure to meet or verify compliance with the minimum criteria established for a "responsible contractor" as defined in Minn. Stat.§ 16C.285, subd. 3, renders a bidder ineligible to be awarded a construction contract for the Project or to perform work on the Project. The undersigned understands that a false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall make the undersigned, ineligible to be awarded a construction project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to the undersigned. A contracting authority shall not be liable for declining to award a contract or terminating a contract based on a reasonable determination that the contractor failed to verify compliance with the minimum criteria or falsely stated that it meets the minimum criteria. 02/26/2020 Contractor: Lametti & Sons, Inc. By Mario Lametti Signature Its CEO SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT SUPPLEMENTAL CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION FORM CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 NOTICE TO BIDDERS BIDDERS PLEASE NOTE: Certain documents and specification sections are available online and are not included in the project manual. This in no way reduces Bidder's responsibility to strictly adhere to these documents and specifications. These documents and specifications are also available by request from City of Columbia Heights. These documents and specifications are listed in the following Notice to Bidders in this project manual. Your signature is required on the following Notice to Bidders and you are required to submit the signed Notice to Bidders - Acknowledgement with your completed Bid Form as a Bidder on this project. SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-014790-000 NOTICE TO BIDDERS -ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PAGE1 The following documents and specifications are required by this contract and are available by request at the City of Columbia Heights and online at the sites listed below: Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Special Provisions (Revised 07/12 Updated 07/17) 38 pages This contract requires strict adherence to the EEO Special Provisions. It is the contractor's responsibility to make himself/herself familiar with the requirements. EEO Special Provisions are available via the internet at: http://www. dot. state. mn. us/pre-lettin g/prov/order/eeo-specprov. pdf MnDOT -f 1910) Fuel Escalation Clause (Dated December 2016) The Fuel Escalation Clause does not apply to this project. 3 pages As Bidder of this Contract, I acknowledge that I (we) am (are) familiar with the above documents and that we will adhere to the requirements of same for this Contract. for: Lametti & Sons, Inc. 02 26 2020 Date SILVER LAKE BOAT LANDING AND SITE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT CITY OF COLUMBIA HEIGHTS PROJECT NO. 2019-2943 WSB PROJECT NO. R-01790-000 NOTICE TO BIDDERS -ACKNOWLEDGEMENT PAGE 2 Lametti & Sons, Inc. • Resolutions to Sign Contracts RESOVLED, that the following corporate officers ofLametti & Sons, Inc. are hereby authorized and empowered to enter into contracts in the name of, and behalf of the corporation. This includes bids, contracts and bonds. Mario Lametti Chief Executive Officer\President Such powers are to remain in effect until modified by corporate resolutions. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and qualified Secretary of Lametti & Sons, Inc. a corporation duly formed pursuant to the laws of the state of Minnesota and that the forgoing is a true record of a resolution duly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors and that said meeting was held in accordance with state laws and the bylaws of the above named corporation on August 9, 2019, and that said resolution is now in full force and effect without modification or rescission. IN WITNWESS HERE OF, I have executed my name as Secretary and have hereunder affixed the corporate seal of the above named corporation the 9th day of August, 2019. 16028 Forest Boulevard North P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 651/426-1380 Fax: 426-0044 Equal Opportunity Employer #6 a)A tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this bid. 1.Sir Lines-A-Lot Edina, MN 2.JL Theis, Inc.Jordon, MN 3.Dinius Fence, LLC dba D'Fence Maple Grove, MN 4.Precision Hardscapes Braham, MN 5.FPI Paving Saint Paul, MN 6.Safety Signs, LLC Lakeville, MN 7.Thul Specialty Contracting Elk River, MN ACORD® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE I DATE (MMIDDNYYY) �03/18/2020 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Sheryl Davison NAME: AssuredPartners of Minnesota LLC FlJ8Ntro Exll: (651) 294-0711 I rt,�.Nol: (651) 644-9137 2361 Hwy 36 W E-MAIL sdavison@apminnesota.com ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# St. Paul MN 55113 INSURER A: Charter Oak Fire Insurance 25615 INSURED INSURERS: Travelers Property Casualty Co. of America 25674 Lametti and Sons Inc. INSURER C: Travelers Indemnity Company 25658 16028 Forest Blvd. No. INSURER D: P.O. Box477 INSURER E: Hugo MN 55038 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 19-20 Master REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER IMMIDDNYYYl IMM/DDNYYY) X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 � CLAIMS-MADE [81 OCCUR PRltMISE� YE�";;��i�nce\ $ 300,000 I---X Subj $5,000 PD Deductible MED EXP (Any one person) $ 10,000 I---A X Contractual Liability-XCU Included y y I--- DT-CO-4B318276-COF-19 04/01/2019 04/01/2020 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 f:8j POLICY [81 rrir D LOC PRODUCTS -COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 OTHER: Employee Benefits $ 1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 (Ea accidentf I---X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ I---OWNED �SCHEDULED A AUTOS ONLY AUTOS y DT-810-4B318276-TIL-19 04/01/2019 04/01/2020 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ x HIRED x NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY /Per accident\ -I---Underinsured motorist $ 1,000,000 X UMBRELLA LIAB �OCCUR VUIIIUIOl""'U Vlll�I._. IIIIIIL $ 8,000,000 EACH OCCURRENCE B EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE y y CUP 4J065286-19-26 04/01/2019 04/01/2020 AGGREGATE $ 8,000,000 DED I XI RETENTION $ 10,000 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION XI �ffTuTE I I OTH-AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ER Y/N C ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE 0 y UB-3K114731-19-26-G 04/01/2019 04/01/2020 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N/A (Mandatory In NH) E.L. DISEASE -EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ Contractors Equipment Schedule Equipment $6,366,000 C Special Form Wrrheft QT-660-8A122865-IND-19 04/01/2019 04/01/2020 Leased/Rented Equipmet $ 600,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached If more space Is required) Project: Silver Lake Boat Landing and Site Improvement. Lametti Job: 20508 Owner, Engineers and any individuals or entities identified in written contract are included as additional insured on a primary and non-contributory basis as respects general liability, auto liability, umbrella liabilty when required by written contract. Waiver of subrogation included for owner and other parties as required as respects general liability, auto liability, umbrella liability and workers compensation when required by written contract. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN City of Columbia Heights ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. 637 38th Ave NE AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Columbia Heights MN 55421 �� �-��I © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDO RSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMEND MENT OF COVERAGE B -PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PROVISIONS A.AMENDMENT OF DEFINITION OF PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY The following replaces the definition of "personal and advertising injury'' in the DEFINITIONS Sec­ tion: "Personal and advertising injury'' means "personal injury'' or "advertising injury". B.AMENDMENT OF CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY EXCLUSION -EXCEPTION FOR DAMAGE SBECAUSE OF PERSONAL INJURY ASSUMED BY NAMED INSURED IN AN INSURED CON• TRACT 1. The following is added to Exclusion e., Con­ tractual Liability, in Paragraph 2. of SEC·TION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURYLIABILITY: This exclusion also does not apply to liability for damages because of "personal injury" as­sumed by you in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract", provided that the "personal injury" is caused by an offense committed subsequent to the execution of thecontract or agreement. Solely for the purpos­ es of liability assumed by you in an "insured contract", reasonable attorney fees and nec­ essary litigation expenses incurred by or for a party other than an insured will be deemed to be damages because of "personal Injury",provided that: (1)Liability to such party for, or for the cost of, that party's defense has also been as­ s·umed by you in the same "insured con­tract"; and (2)Such attorney fees and litigation expens­es are for defense of that party against a civil or alternative dispute resolution pro­ ceeding in which damages to which thisinsurance applies are alleged. 2.The following replaces the third sentence ofParagraph 2. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAY· MENTS-COVERAGES A AND B: Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 2.b.(2) of Section I -Coverage A -Bodily In­ jury And Property Damage Liability or Para­graph 2.e. of Section I -Coverage B -Per­ sonal and Advertising Injury Liability, such payments will not be deemed to be damages because of "bodily injury'', "property damage" or "personal injury", and will not reduce thelimits of insurance. 3.The following replaces the first paragraph ofParagraph f. of the definition of "insured con­ tract" in the DEFINITIONS Section : f.That part of any other contract or agree­ ment pertaining to your business (Includ­ ing an indemnification of a municipality inconnection with work performed for a municipality) under which you assume thetort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "per­ sonal injury" to a third party or organiza­ tion. Tort liability means a liability thatwould be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. C.ADDITION OF ACCESS OR DISCLOSURE OFCONFIDENTIAL OR PERSONAL INFOR- MATION EXCLUSION The following exclusion is added to Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISINGINJURY LIABILITY: Access Or Disclosure Of Confidential Or Per­sonal Information "Personal injury'' or "advertising injury'' arising out of any access to or disclosu re of any person's or organization's confidential or personal infor­ mation. CG D4 71 0115 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its pennission. .� COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY D. AMENDMENT OF OTHER EXCLUSIONS 1.The following replaces Exclusion b., Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVER­ TISING INJURY LIABILITY: b.Material Published With Knowledge Of Falsity "Personal injury'' or "advertising injury" arising out of oral or written publication, including publication by electronic means, of material, if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsi­ ty. 2.The following replaces Exclusion c., Material Published Prior To Policy Pe riod, in Para­ graph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES - COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVER­ TISING INJURY LIABILITY: c.Material Published Or Used Prior To Policy Period (1)"Personal injury" or "advertising inju­ ry'' arising out of oral or written publi­ cation, including publication by elec­ tronic means, of material whose first publication took place before the be­ ginning of the policy period; or (2)"Advertising injury'' arising out of In­ fringement of copyright, "title" or "slo­ gan" in your "advertisement" whose first infringement in your "advertise­ ment" was committed before the be­ ginning of the policy period. 3.The following replaces Exclusion f., Breach Of Contract, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I - COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY: f.Breach Of Contract "Advertising injury" arising out of a breach of contract. 4. The following replaces Exclusion g., Quality Or Performance of Goods -Failure To Conform To Statements, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY: g.Quality Or Performance Of Goods - Failure To Conform To Statements "Advertising injury'' arising out of the fail­ ure of goods, products or services to con- form with any statement of quality or per­ formance made in your "advertisemenr. 5.The following replaces Exclusion h., Wrong Description Of Prices, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION 1-COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY: h.Wrong Description Of Prices "Advertising injury'' arising out of the wrong description of the price of goods, products or services stated in your "ad­ vertisement''. 6.The following replaces Exclusion i., In­ fringement Of Copyright, Patent, Trade­ mark, Or Trade Secret, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES-COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY: I.Intellectual Property "Personal injury'' or "advertising injury" arising out of any actual or alleged in­ fringement or violation of any of the fol­ lowing rights or laws, or any other "per­ sonal injury" or "advertising injury" alleged in any claim or "suit" that also alleges any such infringement or violation: (1)Copyright; (2)Patent; (3)Trade dress; (4)Trade name; (5)Trademark; (6)Trade secret; or (7)Other intellectual property rights or laws. This exclusion does not apply to: (1) "Advertising injury" arising out of any actual or alleged infringement or vio­ lation of another's copyright, "title" or "slogan" in your "advertisement"; or (2)Any other "personal injury" or "adver­ tising injury'' alleged in any claim or "suit'' that also alleges any such in­ fringement or violation of another's copyright, "title" or "slogan" in your "advertisement''. 7.The following replaces Exclusion J., Insureds In Media And Internet Type Businesses, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE B PERSONAL AND ADVER­ TISING INJURY LIABILITY: Page 2 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D4 71 01 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its penniSslon. J.Insureds In Media And Internet Type Businesses "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed by an insured whose business is: (1)Advertising, "broadcasting" or pub­ lishing; (2)Designing or determining content of web-sites for others; or (3)An Internet search, access, content or service provider. This exclusion does not apply to Para­ graphs a.(1 ), (2) and (3) of the definition of "personal injury". For the purposes of this exclusion: (1)Creating and producing correspond­ ence written in the conduct of your business, bulletins, financial or annu­ al reports, or newsletters about your goods, products or services will not be considered the business of pub­ lishing; and (2)The placing of frames, borders or links, or advertising, for you or others anywhere on the Internet will not, by itself, be considered the business of advertising, "broadcasting" or publish­ ing. 8.The following replaces Paragraph (2) of Ex­ clusion n., Pollution-Related, in Paragraph 2.of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVER­ AGE B PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY: (2)Claim or suit by or on behalf of a govern­ mental authority because of testing for, monitoring, cleaning up, removing, con­ taining, treating, detoxifying or neutraliz­ ing, or in any way responding to, or as­ sessing the effects of, "pollutants". E.AMENDMENT OF WHO IS AN INSURED The following replaces the introductory phrase of Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: (1)"Bodily injury" or "personal injury'': F. AMENDMENT OF LIMITS OF INSURANCE The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION Ill -LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 2. above, the Personal and Advertising Injury Limit Is the most we will pay under Cover­ age B for the sum of all damages because of all COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY "personal injury'' and "advertising injury'' sus­ tained by any one person or organization. G.ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Sec­ tion: "Advertising injury'': a.Means injury, other than "personal injury'', caused by one or more of the following of­ fenses: (1)Oral or written publication, including pub­ lication by electronic means, of material in your "advertisement" that slanders or li­ bels a person or organization or dispar­ ages a person's or organization's goods, products or services, provided that the claim is made or the "suit" is brought by a person or organization that claims to have been slandered or libeled, or that claims to have had its goods, products or ser­ vices disparaged; (2)Oral or written publication, including pub­ lication by electronic means, of material in your "advertisement" that: (a)Appropriates a person's name, voice, photograph or likeness; or (b)Unreasonably places a person In a false light; or (3)Infringement of copyright, "title" or "slo­ gan" in your "advertisement", provided that the claim is made or the "suit" is brought by a person or organization that claims ownership of such copyright, "title" or "slogan". b.Includes "bodily injury'' caused by one or more of the offenses described in Paragraph a.above. "Broadcasting" means transmitting any audio or visual material for any purpose: a.By radio or television; or b.In, by or with any other electronic means of communication, such as the Internet, if that material is part of: (1)Radio or television programming being transmitted; (2)Other entertainment, educational, instruc­ tional, music or news programming being transmitted; or (3)Advertising transmitted with any of such programming. CG D4 710115 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its pennlsslon. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY "Personal injury": a.Means injury, other than "advertising injury", caused by one or more of the following of­ fenses: (1)False arrest, detention or imprisonment; (2)Malicious prosecution; (3)The wrongful eviction from, wrongful entry into, or invasion of the right of private oc­ cupancy of a room, dwelling or premises that a person occupies, provided that the wrongful eviction, wrongful entry or inva­ sion of the right of private occupancy Is committed by or on behalf of the owner, landlord or lessor of that room, dwelling or premises; (4)Oral or written publication, including pub­ lication by electronic means, of material that slanders or libels a person or organi­ zation or disparages a person's or organ­ ization's goods, products or services, provided that the claim is made or the "suit" is brought by a person or organiza­ tion that claims to have been slandered or libeled, or that claims to have had its goods, products or services disparaged; or (5) Oral or written publication, including pub­ lication by electronic means, of material that: (a)Appropriates a person's name, voice, photograph or likeness; or (b) Unreasonably places a person in a false light. b.Includes "bodily injury'' caused by one or more of the offenses described In Paragraph a.above. "Slogan": a.Means a phrase that others use for the pur­ pose of attracting attention in their advertis­ ing. b.Does not include a phrase used as, or in, the name of: (1)Any person or organization, other than you; or (2)Any business, or any of the premises, goods, products, services or work, of any person or organization, other than you. "Title" means a name of a literary or artistic work. Page4of4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D47101 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. POLLUTION LIABILITY -BROADENED COVERAGE FOR COVERED AUTOS -BUSINESS AUTO AND MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORMS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modi­ fied by the endorsement. A.Covered Autos Liability Coverage is changedas follows: 1.Paragraph a. of the Pollution Exclusion ap­plles only to liability assumed under a con­tract or agreement. 2.With respect to the coverage afforded byParagraph A.1. above, Exclusion B.6. Care,Custody Or Control does not apply. B.Changes In Definitions For the purposes of thi$ endorsement, ParagraphD.of the Definitions Section is replaced by the following: D."Covered pollution cost or expense" meansany cost or expense arising out of: 1.Any request, demand, order or statutoryor regulatory requirement that any "in­sured" or others test for, monitor, cleanup, remove, contain, treat, detoxify orneutralize, or in any way respond to, orassess the effects of "pollutants"; or 2.Any claim or "suit" by or on behalf of agovernmental authority for damages be­cause of testing for, monitoring, cleaningup, removing, containing, treating, detoxi­fying or neutralizing, or in any way re­sponding to or assessing the effects of"pollutants". "Covered pollution cost or expense" does not include any cost or expense arising out of the actual, alleged or threatened discharge, dis- persal, seepage, migration, release or escape of "pollutants": a.Before the "pollutants" or any prop­ erty in which the "pollutants" are con­ tained are moved from the place where they are accepted by the "in­sured" for movement into or onto thecovered "auto"; or b.After the "pollutants" or any property in which the "pollutants" are con­tained are moved from the covered "auto'' to the place where they are fi­ nally delivered, disposed of or aban­doned by the "insured". Paragraphs a. and b. above do not apply to "accidents" that occur away from prem� ises owned by or rented to an "insured" with respect to "pollutants" not in or upon a covered "auto" if: (1)The "pollutants" or any property in which the "pollutants" are con­ tained are upset, overturned or damaged as a result of the main­ tenance or use of a covered "auto"; and (2)The discharge, dispersal, seep­ age, migration, release or escapeof the "pollutants" is caused di­ rectly by such upset, overturn or damage. i I COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. We will waive, both in the adjustment of claims and in the defe nse of "suits" against the insured, any governmen� tal immunity of the insured, unless the insured requests in writing that we not do so. Waiver of immunity as a defense will not subject us to liability for any portion of a claim or judgment in excess of the applicable limit of insurance. � TRAVELERSJ ONE TOWER SQUARE HARTFORD CT 06183 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY ENDORSEMENT WC 00 0313 (00)-001 POLICY NUMBER: UB-3Kll4731-18-26-G WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit any one not named in the Schedule. SCHEDULE DESIGNATED PERSON: DESIGNATED ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION FOR WHICH THE INSURED HAS AGREED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS TO FURNISH THIS WAIVER. DATE OF ISSUE: 04-20-18 ST ASSIGN: PAGE l OFl COMMERCIAL AUTO r---. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. 001448 BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE -This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover­ age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en­ dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A.BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED H.HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE -LOSS OF B.BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED USE -INCREASED LIMIT C.EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D.EMPLOYEES AS INSURED E.SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -INCREASED LIMITS F.HIRED AUTO -LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE -INDEMNITY BASIS G.WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE -GLASS PROVISIONS A.BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur­ ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un­til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or­ ganization or the end of the policy period, which­ ever is earlier. B.BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi­ tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which I.PHYSICAL DAMAGE -TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES -INCREASED LIMIT J.PERSONAL PROPERTY K. AIRBAGS L.NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT ORLOSS M.BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N.UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section 11: C.EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1.The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II -COV­ ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi­ ness. 2.The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV -BUSI­ NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b.For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover­ age, the following are deemed to be cov­ ered "autos" you own: (1)Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2)Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in an "employee's" name, with your CA T3 53 0215 ©2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi­ ness. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". D.EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us­ ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E.SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -INCREASED LIMITS 1.The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABIL­ ITY COVERAGE: (2)Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in­ cluding bonds for related traffic law viola­ tions) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2.The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), of SECTION II -GOVERED AUTOS LIABIL­ ITY COVERAGE: (4)All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day be­ cause of time off from work. F.HIRED AUTO -LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV­ ERAGE -INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para­ graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDI­ TIONS: (5)Anywhere in the world, except any country or jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em­ bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro­ hibits the transaction of business with or within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov­ ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company) or members of their households. (a)With respect to any claim made or "suit" brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (i)You must arrange to defend the "in­ sured" against, and investigate or set­ tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac­ tions. (ii)Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent. (iii)We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or "suit". (iv)We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the "in­ sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para­ graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. (v)We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga­ tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para­ graph c., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II -COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in addition to such limit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. (b)This insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. (c)This insurance is not a substitute for re­ quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter­ ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. Page 2 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 0215 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. ,-.., �- 001449 You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun­ try up to the minimum limits required by local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in­ surance requirements. (d)It is understood that we are not an admit­ ted or authorized insurer outs(de the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can­ ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G.WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE -GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti­ ble, of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H.HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE -LOSS OF USE -INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para­ graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC­ TION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident". I.PHYSICAL DAMAGE -TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES -INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para­ graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER­ AGE: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in­ curred by you because of the total theft of a cov­ ered "auto" of the private passenger type. J.PERSONAL PROPERTY The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover­ age Extensions, of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Personal Property We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap­ parel and other personal property which is: (1)Owned by an "insured": and COMMERCIAL AUTO (2)In or on your covered "auto". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this Personal Property coverage. K.AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph 8.3., Exclu­sions, of SECTION Ill -PHYSICAL DAMAGECOVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in­ flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but only: a.If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre­ hensive Coverage under this policy; b.The airbags are not covered under any war-ranty; and c.The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L.NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., ofSECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa­ tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap­ plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is known to: (a)You (if you are an individual); (b)A partner (if you are a partnership); (c)A member (if you are a limited liability com­ pany): (d)An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or­ ganization); or (e)Any "employee" authorized by you to give no­ tice of the "accident" or "loss". M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDI­ TIONS: 5.Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us We waive any right of recovery we may haveagainst any person or organization to the ex­tent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by CA T3 53 02 15 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its permission. COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N.UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con­cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, ofSECTION IV -BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: The unintentional om1ss1on of, or unintentional error in, any information given by you shall not ;--,, prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. Page 4 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 0215 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its permission. POLICY NUMBER: DT-81 0-4831 8276-TI L-1 8 COMMERCIAL AUTO ISSUE DATE: 04-20-18 � THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. 001434 SHORT TERM HIRED AUTO -ADDITIONAL INSURED AND LOSS PAYEE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the follow ing: AUTO DEALERS COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE Additional In sured (Lessor): Any lessor of a "leased auto" under a leasing or rental agreement of less than 6 months. Designation Or Description Of "Leased Autos": Any "leased auto" under a leasing or rental agreement of less than 6 months. A.Coverage 1.Any "leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule will be considered a covered "auto" you own and not a covered "auto" you hire or borrow for Covered Autos Liability Coverage. 2.For a "leased auto" designated or described in the Schedule, the Who Is An Insured provision under Covered Autos Liability Coverage is changed to include as an "insured" the lessor of such "leased auto". However, the lessor is an "insured" only for "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the acts or omissions by: a.You; b.Any of your "employees" or agents; or c.Any person, except the lessor or any "employee" or agent of the lessor, operating a "leased auto" with the permission of any of the above. 3.Coverage for any "leased auto" described in the Schedule applies until the end of the policy period shown in the Declarations or when the lessor or his or her agent takes possession of the "leased auto", whichever occurs first. B.Loss Payable Clause 1.We will pay, as interest may appear, you and the lessor, if your policy includes Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, for "loss" to a "leased auto". 2.The insurance covers the interest of the lessor unless the "loss" results from fraudulent acts or omissions on your part. 3.If we make any payment to the lessor, we will obtain his or her rights against any other party. CAT4520216 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 2 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. C.The lessor Is not liable for payment of your premiums. D.Additional Definition As used in this endorsement: "Leased auto" means an "auto" leased or rented to you, including any substitute, replacement or r-1, extra "auto" needed to meet seasonal or other needs, under a leasing or rental agreement that requires you to provide direct primary in surance for the lessor. l"'-1 Page 2 of 2 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its per mission. CA T4 52 0216 UMBRELLA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE The following is added to Paragraph 11., OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS., of SECTION IV - CONDITIONS.: If the insured has agreed in a contract or agreement to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organization, but only for payments we make because of: a."Bodily injury'' or "property damage" caused by an "occurrence" that takes place; or b."Personal injury'' or "advertising injury'' caused by an "offense" that is committed; subsequent to the execution of the contract or agree­ ment. UM 0488 07 08 © 2008 The Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Includes the copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. ,� -·� I� 009216 UMBRELLA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT -MEANING OF YOU AND YOUR AND MEANING OF EMPLOYEE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE PROVISIONS 1.The following replaces the first sentence of the second paragraph of the introductory provisions: Throughout this insurance the words "you" and "your" refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations, and any other person or organiza­ tion qualifying as a Named Insured under this in­ surance. 2.The following is added to the second paragraph of the introductory provisions: The word "employee": a.Includes a person leased to you by a labor leasing firm under an agreement between you and the labor leasing firm, to perform duties related to the conduct of your business. b.Does not include a person who is furnished to you to substitute for a permanent employee on leave or to meet seasonal or short-term workload conditions. UM 04 810708 © 2008 The Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Includes the copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. UMBRELLA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF WHO IS AN INSURED -INSUREDS ADDED WHEN QUALIFYING UNDER SCHEDULED UNDERLYING INSURANCE WITHOUT WRITTEN CONTRACT AND LIMITATIONS ADDED FOR LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES AND FOR YOUR EMPLOYEES This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE PROVISIONS 1.The following replaces Paragraph 2.c. of SEC­ TION II -WHO IS AN INSURED.: c.Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or lim­ ited liability company, that qualifies as a Named Insured under a similar provision in any policy of Commercial General Liability (CGL) "underlying insurance" listed in the SCHEDULE OF UNDERLYING INSURANCE of the DECLARATIONS of this insurance will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other excess liability or umbrella insurance available to that organization. However: (1)Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the end of the period of time during which the organization qualifies as a Named Insured under that provision in that policy of Commercial General Liabil­ ity "underlying insurance"; (2)Coverage A does not apply to "bodily in­ juty" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the or­ ganization; and (3)Coverage B does not apply to "personal injuty" or "advertising injuty" arising out of an "offense" committed before you ac­ quired or formed the organization. 2.The following replaces paragraph 2.f. of SEC­ TION II -WHO IS AN INSURED.: f.Any other person or organization insured un­ der any policy of the "underlying insurance" listed in the SCHEDULE OF UNDERLYING INSURANCE of the DECLARATIONS of this insurance. This insurance is subject to all the limitations upon coverage under such policy of "underlying insurance", and the limits of in­ surance afforded to such person or organiza­ tion will be: (i)The difference between the "underlying insurance" limits and the minimum limits of insurance which you agreed to provide, if you have agreed to provide insurance for that person or organization in a written contract signed and executed by you be- fore the "occurrence" takes place or the � "offense" is committed; or (ii)The limits of insurance of this policy; whichever is less. If the minimum limits of insurance you agreed to provide such person or organization in such written contract are wholly within the "underlying insurance", this policy shall not apply. 3.The following replaces the last two para­ graphs of SECTION II -WHO IS AN IN­ SURED.: No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named In­ sured in the Declarations. This paragraph does not apply to any such partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that oth­ erwise qualifies as an insured under SEC­ TION II -WHO IS AN INSURED None of your employees is an insured for the following: (1)"Bodily injuty" or "personal injuty":.� UM 04 76 07 08 © 2008 The Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 2 Includes the copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its permission. -� 009214 UMBRELLA (a)To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint ven­ ture), to your members (if you are a limited liability company), or to a co­ employee while acting Within the scope of his or her duties; (b)To the spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that co-employee as a consequence of Paragraph (1 )(a) above; (c)For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay some­ one else who must pay damages be­ cause of the injury described in Para­ graphs (1)(a) or (b) above; or (d)Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. (a)Owned, occupied or used by; or (b)Rented to, in the care, custody or control of, or over which physical con­ trol is being exercised for any pur­ pose by; you, any of your employees, any partner or member (If you are a partnership or joint venture), or any member (if you are a limited liability company). This paragraph does not apply to "bodily in­ jury", "personal injury" or "property damage" for which such employee is an insured under any policy of "underlying insurance" listed in the SCHEDULE OF UNDERLYING INSUR­ ANCE of the DECLARATIONS of this insur­ ance, or any renewal or replacement thereof, that would apply but for the exhaustion of its limits of liability. (2)"Property damage" to property: Page 2 of 2 © 2008 The Travelers Companies, Inc. UM 04 76 07 08 Includes the copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Hs permission. = 0- 009212 UMBRELLA THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EMPLOYERS LIABILITY -FOLLOWING FORM This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE PROVISIONS: (2)To any obligation to share damages A.The following exclusion is added to Paragraph with or repay someone else who must 3.EXCLUSIONS of SECTION I _ COVER-pay damages because of the injury. AGES, COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND B.The PROVISION A. exclusion above does not PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY; and COV-apply if you have a policy of "underlying insur- ERAGE B. PERSONAL INJURY AND ADVER-ance" listed in the SCHEDULE OF UNDERLY- TISING INJURY LIABILITY:ING INSURANCE of the DECLARATIONS of 3.Exclusions . This insurance does not apply to: Employers Liability "Bodily injury" to: (1)An employee of the insured arising out of and in the course of: (a)Employment by the insured; or (b)Performing duties related to the conduct of the insured's business; or (2)The spouse, child, parent, brother or sister of that employee as a conse­ quence of Paragraph (1) above. This exclusion applies: (1)Whether the insured may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and this insurance, or any renewal or replacement thereof, which provides coverage· for such dam­ ages or would provide coverage for such dam­ ages but for the exhaustion of its limits of liabil­ ity. Coverage provided will follow the same pro­ visions, terms, definitions, exclusions, limita­ tions and conditions of the policy(ies) of "under­ lying insurance" listed in the SCHEDULE OF UNDERLYING INSURANCE of the DECLARA­ TIONS of this insurance. C.Only as respects the provisions of this en­ dorsement, SECTION V -DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 1.Parts. 3.a.(1), 3.a.(2) and 3.b. of the defini­ tion of "Applicable underlying limit" are de­ leted; and 2.Part 17.b. of the definition of "Underlying insurance" is deleted. UM 03 92 11 03 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2003 Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY EXCLUSION -EXCEPTION FOR DAMAGES ASSUMED IN AN INSURED CONTRACT APPLIES ONLY TO NAMED INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PROVISIONS 1.The following replaces Paragraph (2) of Exclusion b., Contractual Liability, in Paragraph 2. ofSECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGELIABILITY: (2)Assumed by you in a contract or agreementthat is an "insured contract", provided that the "bodily Injury" or "property damage" occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement. Solely for the purposes of liabilityassumed by you in an "insured contract", rea­ sonable attorney fees and necessary litigationexpenses incurred by or for a party other than an insured will be deemed to be damages because of "bodily injury" or "property dam­age", provided that: (a)Liability to such party for, or for the cost of, that party's defense has also been as­ sumed by you in the same "insured con­tract"; and (b)Such attorney fees and litigation ex­penses are for defense of that party against a civil or alternative dispute reso­ lution proceeding in which damages to which this insurance applies are alleged. 2.The following replaces the beginning of Para­graph 2., and Paragraphs 2.a., b., c., d. and e., ofSUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -COVER·AGES A AND B of SECTION I -COVERAGES: 2.If we defend you against a "suit" and your ln­demnitee is also named as a party to the"suit", we will have the right and duty to de­fend that indemnitee if all of the followingconditions are met: a.The "suit" against the indemnitee seeksdamages for which you have assumed the liability of the indemnitee in a contractor agreement that is an "insured con­ tract"; b.This insurance applies to such liability as­ sumed by you; c.The obligation to defend, or the cost of the defense of, that indemnitee has also been assumed by you in the same "in­sured contract"; d.The allegations in the "suit" and the in­formation we know about the "occur­ rence" or offense are such that we de­ termine that no conflict exists betweenyour interests and the interests of the in­demnitee; e.You and the indemnitee ask us to con­ duct and control the defense of that in­ demnltee against such "suit" and agreethat we can assign the same counsel to defend you and the indemnitee; and 3.The following replaces the last sentence ofParagraph 2. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAY­ MENTS -COVERAGES A AND B of SEC­ TION I -COVERAGES: Our obligation to defend your indemnitee andto pay for attorneys' fees and necessary litiga­ tion expenses as Supplementary Paymentsends when: a.We have used up the applicable limit ofinsurance in the payment of judgments,settlements· or medical expenses; or b.The conditions set forth above, or theterms of the agreement described inParagraph f. above, are no longer met. CG D421 0708 © 2008 The Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 1 Includes the copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with Its pennlsslon. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE -This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover­ age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en­ dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A.Aircraft Chartered With Pilot B.Damage To Premises Rented To You C.Increased Supplementary Payments D.Incidental Medical Malpractice E.Who Is An Insured -Newly Acquired Or Formed Organizations F.Who Is An Insured -Broadened Named Insured -Unnamed Subsidiaries G.Blanket Additional Insured -Owners, Managers Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS A.AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES -COVERAGE A BODILY IN­ JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that is: (a)Chartered with a pilot to any insured; (b)Not owned by any insured; and (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop­ erty for a charge. B.DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU 1.The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex­ clusion j., Damage To Property, in Para­ graph 2. of SECTION I -COVERAGES - COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. 2.The following replaces the last paragraph of Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I - COVERAGES -COVERAGE A. BODILY H.Blanket Additional Insured -Lessors Of Leased Equipment I.Blanket Additional Insured -States Or Political Subdivisions -Permits J.Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense K.Unintentional Omission L.Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition N.Contractual Liability -Railroads INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI­ ABILITY: Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply to "premis�s damage". Exclusion f.(1)(a) does not apply to "premises damage" caused by: a.Fire; b.Explosion; c.Lightning; d.Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or e.Water; unless Exclusion f. of Section I -Coverage A -Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by another endorsement to this Coverage Part that has Exclusion -All Pollu­ tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- clusion In its title. A separate limit of insurance applies to "premises damage• as described in Para­ graph 6. of SECTION .111 -LIMITS OF IN• SURANCE. CG D316 11 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3.The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC· TION 111-LIMITS OF INSUR ANCE: ·Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem­ ises Rented To You Limit is the most we willpay under Coverage A for damages because of "premises damage" to any one premises. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all "property damage" proximately caused by the same "occur­ rence", whether such damage results from: fire; explosion; lightning; smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or any combination of any of these causes. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will be: a.The amount shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or b.$300,000 if no amount is shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 4.The following replaces Paragraph a. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI· TIONS Section: a.A contract for a lease of premises. How­ ever, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for "premises damage" is not an "insured contract"; 5.The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Premises damage" means "property dam­ age" to: a.Any premises while rented to you or tem­ porarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or b. The contents of any premises while such premises is rented to you, If you rent such premises for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. 6.The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of SECTION IV -COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: (b)That is insurance for "premises damage"; or 7.Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON· DITIONS is deleted. C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -COVER­ AGES A AND B of SECTION I -COVER­ AGE: b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fur­ nish these bonds. 2.The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS -COVER­ AGES A AND B of SECTION I -COVER­ AGES: d.All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D.INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 1.The following is added to the definition of "oc­ currence" in the DEFINITIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to a person. 2.The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION 11-WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail­ ing to provide: (i)"Incidental medical services" by any of your "employees" who is a nurse practi­ tioner, registered nurse, licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi­ cal technician or paramedic; or (ii) First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers", other than an employed or vol­ unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser­ vices" during their work hours for you will be deemed to be acting within the scope of their employment by you or performing duties related to the conduct of your busi­ ness. Page 2 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 1111 -�· 3.The following is added to Paragraph 5. of SECTION Ill -LIMITS OF INSURANCE: For the purposes of determining the applica­ ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or omissions committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any one per­ son will be deemed to be one "occurrence". 4.The following exclusion is added to Para­ graph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I -COV­ ERAGES -COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: Sale Of Pharmaceuticals "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti­ cals committed by, or with the knowledge or consent of, the insured. 5.The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Incidental medical services" means: a.Medi�I, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-ray or nursing service or treatment, advice or instruction, or the related furnishing of food or beverages; or b.The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or medical, dental, or surgical supplies or appliances. "Good Samaritan services" means any emer­ gency medical services for which no compen­ sation is demanded or received. 6.The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex­ cess Insurance, of SECTION IV -COM· MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI­ TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the in­ sured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or failing to provide "incidental medical ser­ vices", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any person to the extent not subject toParagraph 2.a.(1) of Section II -Who Is An Insured. E.WHO IS AN INSURED -NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 4.Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or nm: ited liability company, of which you are the sole owner or In which you maintain the ma­ jority ownership interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other insurance which provides similar coverage to that or­ ganization. However: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only: (1)Until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier, if you do not report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it; or (2)Until the end of the policy period, when that date is later than 180 days after you acquire or form such organization, if you report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it, and we agree in writing that it will con­ tinue to be a Named Insured until the end of the policy period; b.Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c.Coverage B does not apply to "personal in­ jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. F.WHO IS AN INSURED -BROADENED NAMED INSURED -UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES The following is added to SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declara­ tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own­ ership interest of more than 50% in such subsidi­ ary on the first day of the policy period. No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of­ fense committed after the date, if any, during the policy period, that you no longer maintain an ownership Interest of more than 50% in such sub­ sidiary. CG D31611 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G.BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED -OWNERS, MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES The following is added to SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is a premises owner, manager or lessor and that you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to in­ clude as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a.Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit­ ted, subsequent to the execution of that con­ tract or agreement; and b.Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is subject to the following pro­ visions: a.The limits of insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor will be the minimum llmits which you agreed to pro­ vide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, which­ ever are less. b.The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor does not apply to: (1)Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "adver­ tising injury" caused by an offense that is committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (2)Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such premises owner, lessor or manager. c.The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such premises owner, manager or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this in­ surance must be primary to, or non­ contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other insur­ ance. H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED -LESSORS OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is an equipment lessor and that you have agreed in a written con­ tract or agreement to include as an insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re­ spect to liability for "bodily injury", "property dam­ age", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a.Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury'' caused by an offense that is commit­ ted, subsequent to the execution of that con­ tract or agreement; and b.Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is subject to the following provisions: a.The limits of insurance provided to such equipment lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to provide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever are less. b.The insurance provided to such equipment lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal Injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of­ fense that is committed, after the equipment lease expires. c.The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this insurance must be primary to, or non-contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other in­ surance. I.BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED -STATES OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS -PERMITS The following is added to SECTION II -WHO IS AN INSURED: Any state or political subdivision that has issued a permit in connection with operations performed by you or on your behalf and that you are required Page4 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG 031611 11 by any ordinance, law or building code to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal in­ jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of such op­ erations. The insurance provided to such state or political subdivi sion does not apply to: a.Any "bodily injury," "property damage," "per­ sonal injury• or "advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for that state or po­ litical subdivision; or b.Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in­ cluded in the "products-completed operations hazard". J.KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR· RENCE OR OFFENSE The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, of SECTION IV -COMMERCIAL GEN­ ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: e.The following provisions apply to Paragraph a. above, but only for the purposes of the in­ surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any Insured listed in Paragraph 1. or 2. of Section II -Who Is An Insured: (1) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of­ fense must be given as soon as practica­ ble only after the ·"occurrence" or offense is known by you (if you are an individual), any of your partners or members who is an individual (if you are a partnership or joint venture), any of your managers who is an individual (if you are a limited liability company), any of your "executive offi­ cers" or directors (if you are an organiza­ tion other than a partnership, joinfventure or limited liability company) or any "em­ ployee" authorized by you to· give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (2)If you are a partnership, joint venture or limlted liability company, and none of your partners, joint venture members or man­ agers are individuals, notice to us of such "occurrence" or offense must be given as soon as practicable only after the "occur­ rence" or offense is known by: (a)Any individual who is: (i)A partner or member of any part­ nership or joint venture; COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (ii)A manager of any limited liability company; or (iii)An executive officer or director of any other organization; that is your partner, joint venture member or manager; or (b)Any "employee" authorized by such partnership, joint venture, limited li­ ability company or other organization to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (3)Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of an offense will be deemed to be given as soon as practicable if it is given in good faith as soon as practicable to your work- . ers' compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us of the "occurrence• or offense as soon as practicable after any of the persons de­ scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or (2) above discovers that the "occurrence" or offense may result in sums to which the insurance provided under this Coverage Part may apply. However, if this Coverage Part includes an en­ dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution costs arising out of a discharge, release or es­ cape of "pollutants" which contains a requirement that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut­ ants" must be · reported to us within a specific number of days after its abrupt commencement, this Paragraph e. does not affect that require­ ment. K.UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre­ sentations, of SECTION IV -COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information provided by you which we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju­ dice your rights under this insurance. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance laws or regulations. L.BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV -COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI­ ABILITY CONDITIONS: CG D316 11 11 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 5 of6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed In a contract or agree­ ment to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organiza­ tion, but only for payments we make because of: a."Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc­ curs; or b."Personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed; subsequent to the execution of that contract or agreement. M.AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION The following replaces the definition of "bodily injury" in the DEFINITIONS Section: 3."Bodily injury" means bodily Injury, mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, disability, humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by a person, Including death resulting from any of these at any time. N.CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY -RAILROADS 1.The following replaces Paragraph c. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI­ TIONS Section: c. Any easement or license agreement; 2.Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured contract" In the DEFINITIONS Section is de­ leted. Page 6 of6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D31611 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1.WHO IS AN INSURED -(Section II) is amended c)The insurance provided to the additional in­ sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or"property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products-completed op­ erations hazard" unless the •written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional insured, and then the insurance provided to the additional insured applies only to such"bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc­ curs before the end of the period of time for which the "written contract requiring· insur­ ance" requires you to provide such coverage or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. to include any person or organization that you agree in a "written contract requiring insurance" to include as an additional insured on this Cover-age Part, but: a)Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", •property damage" or "personal injury"; and b)If, and only to the extent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies. The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organization. 2.The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a)In the event that the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in­ surance provided to the additional insured shall be limited to the limits of liability re­ quired by that "written contract requiring in­ surance". This endorsement shall not in­ crease the limits of insurance described in Section Ill -Limits Of Insurance. b)The insurance provided to the additional in­ sured does not apply to "bodily injury", "prop­erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur­ veying services, including: i.The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw­ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or­ ders or change orders, or the preparing,approving, or failing to prepare or ap­ prove, drawings and specifications; and Ii. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 3.The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible "other insurance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary basis or a primary and non-contributory basis, this insurance is primary to "other insurance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured for such loss, and we will not share with that "other insurance". But the insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid and collectible "other in­surance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that Is available to the addi­ tional insured when that person or organization is an additional insured under such "other insur- ance". 4.As a condition of coverage provided to the additional insured by this er;idorsement: a)The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur­ rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: CG D2460805 © 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 2 r-,., COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY i.How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; ii.The names and addresses of any injuredpersons and witnesses; and iii.The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" oroffense. b)If a claim is made or "suit" is brought againstthe additional insured, the additional insuredmust: i.Immediately record the specifics of theclaim or "suit" and the date received; and ii.Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional Insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c)The additional Insured must immediatelysend us copies of all legal papers received inconnection with the claim or "suit", cooperatewith us in the investigation or settlement ofthe claim or defense against the "suit", andotherwise comply with all policy conditions. d)The additional insured must tender the de­fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of "other Insurance" which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur­ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to "other insur­ance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured as described in paragraph 3. above. 5.The following definition is added to SE CTION V. -DEFINITIONS: "Written contract requiring insurance" meansthat part of any written contract or agreement under which you are required to include a person or organization as an additional in­sured on this Coverage Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" oc­curs and the "personal Injury" is caused by an offense committed: a.After the signing and execution of thecontract or agreement by you; b.While that part of the contract oragreement is in effect; and c.Before the end of the policy period. Page 2 of2 © 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. CG D246 08 05 � I ' POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-4B'318276-COF-18 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ISSUE DATE: 04-19-18 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Designated Project(s): EACH "PROJECT" FOR WHICH YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH IS IN EFFECT DURING THIS POLICY PERIOD, TO PROVIDE A SEPARATE GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT; PROVIDED THAT, THE CONTRACT IS SIGNED AND EXECUTED BY YOU BEFORE THE aBODILY INJURY" OR "PROPERTY DAMAGE" OCCURS. A.For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur­ rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents un­ der COVERAGE C (SECTION I), which can be attributed only to operations at a single desig­ nated "project'' shown in the Schedule above: 1.A separate Designated Project General Ag­ gregate Limit applies to each designated "pro­ ject", and that limit is equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, unless separate Designated Project General Aggregate(s) are sched­ uled above. 2.The Designated Project General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of all damages under COVERAGE A., except damages because of "bodily injury" or "prop­ erty damage" included in the "products­ completed operations hazard", and for medi­ cal expenses under COVERAGE C, regard­ less of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". Designated Project General Aggregate(s): GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMIT SHOWN ON THE DECLARATIONS. 3.Any payments made under COVERAGE A. for damages or under COVERAGE C. for medical expenses shall reduce the Desig­ nated Project General Aggregate Limit for that designated "project". Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations nor shall they re­ duce any other Designated Project General Aggregate Limit for any other designated "project" shown in the Schedule above. 4.The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, Damage To Premises Rented To You and Medical Expense continue to apply. However, instead of being subject to the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, such limits will be subject to the applicable Designated Project General Ag­ gregate Limit. B.For all sums which the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages caused by "occur­ rences" under COVERAGE A. (SECTION I), and for all medical expenses caused by accidents un­ der COVERAGE C. (SECTION I), which cannot be attributed only to operations at a single desig­ nated "project" shown in the Schedule above: CG D21101 04 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 Page 1 of 2 I"'\ � COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1.Any payments made under COVERAGE A. for damages or under COVERAGE C. for medical expenses shall reduce the amount available under the General Aggregate Limit or the Products-Completed Operations Ag- gregate Limit, whichever is applicable; and 2.Such payments shall not reduce any Desig- nated Project General Aggregate Limit. c.Part 2. of SECTION Ill -LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by the following: 2.The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a.Damages under Coverage B; and b.Damages from "occurrences" under COVERAGE A (SECTION I) and for all medical expenses caused by accidents under COVERAGE C (SECTION I) which cannot be attributed only to operations at a single designated "project" shown in the SCHEDULE above. D. When coverage for liability arising out of the "products-completed operations hazard" is pro- E. F. vided, any payments for damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included In the "products-completed operations hazard" will reduce the Products-Completed Operations Ag­ gregate Limit, and not reduce the General Aggre­ gate Limit nor the Designated Project General Aggregate Limit. For the purposes of this endorsement the Defini­ tions Section is amended by the addition of the following definition: "Project" means an area away from premises owned by or rented to you at which you are per­ forming operations pursuant to a contract or agreement. For the purposes of detennining the applicable aggregate limit of insurance, each "project" that includes premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose con­ nection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad shall be considered a single "project". The provisions of SECTION Ill -LIMITS OF INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this en­ dorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. Page2 of 2 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 2004 CG D2110104 ' . POLICY NUMBER: D'l'•C0•4B318216•COF•l8 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY ISSUE DATE: 04 .. 19-18 THIS·ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED -ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS OR SURVEYORS NOT ENGAGED BY THE NAMED INSURED Thia endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIASILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Addltional Insured Engineers, Architects Or Surveyors Not Engaged By The Named Insured: lnfonnation required to complete this Schedule, If not shown above, will be shown In the Declarations. A.Section II -Who Is An Insur� Is amended to include as an addftional Insured the architects,engineers or suiveyors shown in the Schedule,but only with respect to llabiUty for "bodHy Injury","properly damage", "personal Injury" or "advertis­ing Injury" caused, In whole or in part by: 1.Your acts or omissions: or . 2.The acts or omissions of those acting on yourbehalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf. Such architects, engineers or suiveyors, while not engaged by you, are contraeluatly required to be added as an additional Insured to your policy, 8.With respect to the insurance afforded to theseadditional insureds, the following addlllonal exclu­sion applies: This lneurance does not apply to "bodily Injury", 11property damage", "personal Injury" or "advertis­ing injury" arising out or the rendering of or thefailure to render any professional seivlces, Includ­ing: 1.The preparing, approving, or falllng to prepare or approve maps, drawings, opinions, reports,surveys, change orders, designs or specifica­tions; or 2.Supervisory, Inspection or engineering ser­vices. CG 02700110 c 2010 The Travelers Indemnity Company Page 1 of 1 lndud$$ �pyrlghled material of ll'ltutance Services Offloe, lno. with Ila permllslon. AIG SPECIAL TY INSURANCE COMPANY (A Capital Stock Company, herein called the Company) 175 Water Street New York, NY 10038 CONTRACTOR'S POLLUTION LIABILITY POLICY DECLARATIONS NOTICE: AMOUNTS INCURRED FOR LEGAL DEFENSE SHALL BE APPLIED AGAINST THE DEDUCTIBLE AMOUNT AND ALSO SHALL REDUCE THE LIMIT OF LIABILITY AVAILABLE TO PAY OTHER COSTS COVERED BY THIS INSURANCE. POLICY NUMBER: CPO 16398030 Item 1. NAMED INSURED: LAMETTI & SONS, INC. ADDRESS: 16028 FOREST BLVD N HUGO, MN 55038-8396 Item 2. POLICY PERIOD: THIS INSURANCE IS ISSU ED PURSUANT TO THE MINNESOTA SURPLUS LI NES INSURANCE ACT. THE INSURER IS AN ELIGIBL E SURPLUS LINES INSURER BUT IS NOT OTHERWISE LICENSED BY THE STATE OF MINNESOTA. IN CASE OF INSOLVENCY, PAYMENT OF CLAIMS IS NOT GUARANTEED. FROM: April 1, 2019 TO: April 1, 2021 12:01 AM STAN DARD TIME AT THE ADDRESS OF THE NAMED INSURED SHOWN ABOVE Item 3. LIMIT OF LIABILITY: COVERAGE A $2,000,000 COVERAGE B $2,000,000 $2,000,000 Item 4. DEDUCTIBLE: $10,000 Item 5. POLICY PREMIUM: $27,232 EACH LOSS EACH LOSS AGGREGATE EACH LOSS Premium : $27,232.00 MN Surplus Lines Tax : $816.96 MN Stamping Office Fee : $10.89 Total Charges : $28,059;85 Premium for Certified Acts of Terrorism Coverage Under Terrorism Risk Insurance Act 2002: Not Applicable Broker: RISK PLACEMENT SERVICES INC 6625 W. 78TH STREET SUITE 210 MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55439 RPSEAC/SC/2019.04.15 127250 (01/18) Cl6222 To Report a Loss •Dial toll-free #1 (844)777-8323 or visit our•Website: https://my.rpsins.com/cla imsfnol•Contact Insurer directly (see policy section) By___./l,_,__� '�--'----AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE or countersignature (in states \Mlere applicable) Page 1 of 1 NOTICE: THIS INSURER IS NOT LICENSED IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND IS NOT SUBJECT TO ITS SUPERVISION ENDORSEMENT NO. 3 This endorsement, effective 12:01 AM, April 1, 2019 Forms a part of Policy No: CPO 16398030 Issued to: LAMETTI & SONS, INC. By: AIG SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED(S) ENDORSEMENT It is hereby agreed that Section VI. DEFINITIONS, Paragraph a. Insured is amended by adding the followng scheduled entity(s) as additional lnsured (s) but solely as respects liability arising out of the Covered Operations performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. Additional Insured (s) Blanket as required by written contract entered into prior to Claim or Loss. All other terms, conditions, and exclusions shall remain the same. �� UTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE or countersignature (in states where applicable) 127148 (01/18) Cl6143 Page 1 of 1 Change Order PROJECT: CHANGE ORDER#: 2 Silver Lake Boat Landing and Site Improvement Project City of Columbia Heights Date: 6/30/2020 4121 NE Stinson Blvd Columbia Heights, MN 55421 TO CONTRACTOR: Lametti and Sons, Inc. Attn: Lynn Carlson 16028 Forest Blvd. N, P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 Change in Contract Amount: Original Contract Sum: $ Net Change from Previous ChanQe Orders: Contract Price Prior to This Chanr:ie Order: Net Change from This Chanae Order: Current Total Contract Sum: $ City Project No: 2019-2943 WSB Project No: 014790-000 DISTRIBUTION TO: D Consultant D Contractor D Owner D Other Contract Summary to Date Change in Contract Time: 804,661.50 Original Contract 10/14/2020 Completion Date: 1,245.30 Change in Working Days 0 Days from Previous Change Orders: 805,906.80 Completion Date Prior 10/14/2020 to This ChanQe Order: Increase in Time 0 Days $7,500.00 for This Chanae Order: 813,406.80 current contrac1 10/14/2020 Comoletion Date: The contractor is hereby notified that the contract documents are changed as follows: Contract Changes No. Description Qty. Unit Unit Price 1 ADO: 18" RCP FOR RELOCATION OF STORMCEPTOR 1 LS $ 7,500.00 TOTAL CHANGE ORDER ADDS AND DEDUCTS: NET CHANGE ORDER TOTAL: NOT VALID UNTIL SIGNED BY THE CONSUL TANT, CONT Consultant: WSB & Associates, Inc. 701 Xenia Ave. South -Suite 300 Minneapolis, MN 55416 Contractor: Lametti and Sons, Inc. 16028 Forest Blvd. N, P.O. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 Owner: Name (Printed) r:/b:Jb1: 11) ignature I I SB N I\ ,q C\ Name (Printed) ADD DEDUCT $ 7,500.00 $ 7,500.00 $7,500.00 ADD 6/30/2020 Date Pro·ect Mana er Title Date Q..f() Title Date City of Columbia Heights 4121 NE Stinson Blvd Columbia Heights, MN 55421 k;~ ~hi" Page 1 of 1 Lamettl & Sons, Inc. June 29, 2020 Steve Foss Project Manager WSB 178 9th St. E #200 St. Paul, MN 55101 RE: Silver Lake Boat Landing Retaining Wall Change City Project No. 2019-2943 WSB Project No. 014790 Lametti Project No. 20508 Steve, Per the discussion at the Silver Lake Boat Landing project site on June 12, 2020; there will be a change to the location of STM-5 and STM-6. These structures will be relocated to the north and west of the plan. This relocation will change the quantity of 18" RCP from 14 LF to 68 LF and associated installation cost. The anticipated relocation cost is broke down below: Item Additional 18" RCP Installation Total Cost $2,350.00 $5,150.00 $7,500.00 As agreed to at the site, this relocation will ease in cleaning of the stormceptor and alleviate issues with the existing utilities. ~ Lynn Carlson Project Manager ----------------------------------e 16028 Forest Boulevard North P. 0. Box 477 Hugo, MN 55038 651/426-1380 Fax: 426-0044 Equal Opportunity Employer